ScalingStacks

Arithmetic geometry of toric varieties. Metrics, measures and heights

Gil, José Ignacio Burgos · Philippon, Patrice · Sombra, Martín

Original paper

Original official author HTML, exact retained edition. Historical TeX conversion verdicts remain unchanged. Cited-edition alignment and mathematical self-containment are not assessed.

Arithmetic geometry of toric varieties.
Metrics, measures and heightsThanks: Burgos Gil and Sombra were partially supported by the MICINN research projects MTM2006-14234-C02-01 and MTM2009-14163-C02-01. Burgos Gil was also partially supported by the CSIC research project 2009501001. Philippon was partially supported by the CNRS research project PICS “Properties of the heights of arithmetic varieties”.

José Ignacio Burgos Gil Address: Instituto de Ciencias Matemáticas (CSIC-UAM-UCM-UCM3). Calle Nicolás Cabrera 15, Campus UAB, Cantoblanco, 28049 Madrid, Spain Email address: burgos@icmat.es , Patrice Philippon Address: Institut de Mathématiques de Jussieu - U.M.R. 7586 du CNRS, Équipe de Géométrie et Dynamique. 175 rue du Chevaleret, 75013 Paris, France Email address: pph@math.jussieu.fr URL: http://www.math.jussieu.fr/~pph and Martín Sombra Address: ICREA & Universitat de Barcelona, Departament d’Àlgebra i Geometria. Gran Via 585, 08007 Barcelona, Spain Email address: sombra@ub.edu URL: http://atlas.mat.ub.es/personals/sombra
Date: 26th May 2011
Abstract.

We show that the height of a toric variety with respect to a toric metrized line bundle can be expressed as the integral over a polytope of a certain adelic family of concave functions. To state and prove this result, we study the Arakelov geometry of toric varieties. In particular, we consider models over a discrete valuation ring, metrized line bundles, and their associated measures and heights. We show that these notions can be translated in terms of convex analysis, and are closely related to objects like polyhedral complexes, concave functions, real Monge-Ampère measures, and Legendre-Fenchel duality.

We also present a closed formula for the integral over a polytope of a function of one variable composed with a linear form. This allows us to compute the height of toric varieties with respect to some interesting metrics arising from polytopes. We also compute the height of toric projective curves with respect to the Fubini-Study metric, and of some toric bundles.

Key words and phrases:
Toric variety, integral model, metrized line bundle, height of varieties, concave function, real Monge-Ampère measure, Legendre-Fenchel duality.
2000 Mathematics Subject Classification
Primary 14M25; Secondary 14G40, 52A41.
[02ID]

1. Introduction

Systems of polynomial equations appear in a wide variety of contexts in both pure and applied mathematics. Systems arising from applications are not random but come with a certain structure. When studying those systems, it is important to be able to exploit that structure.

A relevant result in this direction is the Bernštein-Kušnirenko-Khovanskii theorem [Kuš76, Ber75]. Let KK be a field with algebraic closure K¯{\overline{K}}. Let Δ⊂ℝn\Delta\subset\mathbb{R}^{n} be a lattice polytope and f1,…,fn∈K⁡[t1±1,…,tn±1]f_{1},\dots,f_{n}\in K[t_{1}^{\pm 1},\dots,t_{n}^{\pm 1}] a family of Laurent polynomials whose Newton polytope is contained in Δ\Delta. The BKK theorem implies that the number (counting multiplicities) of isolated common zeros of f1,…,fnf_{1},\dots,f_{n} in (K¯×)n({\overline{K}}^{\times})^{n} is bounded above by n!n! times the volume of Δ\Delta, with equality when f1,…,fnf_{1},\dots,f_{n} is generic among the families of Laurent polynomials with Newton polytope contained in Δ\Delta. This shows how a geometric problem (the counting of the number of solutions of a system of equations) can be translated into a combinatorial, simpler one. It is commonly used to predict when a given system of polynomial equations has a small number of solutions. As such, it is a cornerstone of polynomial equation solving and has motivated a large amount of work and results over the past 25 years, see for instance [GKZ94, Stu02, PS08b] and the references therein.

A natural way to study polynomials with prescribed Newton polytope is to associate to the polytope Δ\Delta a toric variety XX over KK equipped with an ample line bundle LL. The polytope conveys all the information about the pair (X,L)(X,L). For instance, the degree of XX with respect to LL is given by the formula

(1.1) degL⁡(X)=n!​vol⁡(Δ),\deg_{L}(X)=n!\operatorname{vol}(\Delta),

where vol\operatorname{vol} denotes the Lebesgue measure of ℝn\mathbb{R}^{n}. The Laurent polynomials fif_{i} can be identified with global sections of LL, and the BKK theorem is equivalent to this formula. Indeed, there is a dictionary which allows to translate algebro-geometric properties of toric varieties in terms of combinatorial properties of polytopes and fans, and formula (1.1) is one entry in this “toric dictionary”.

The central motivation for this text is an arithmetic analogue for heights of this formula, which is Theorem 1.2 below. The height is a basic arithmetic invariant of a proper variety over the field of rational numbers. Together with its degree, it measures the amount of information needed to represent this variety, for instance, via its Chow form. Hence, this invariant is also relevant in computational algebraic geometry, see for instance [GHH+97, AKS07, DKS10]. The notion of height of varieties generalizes the height of points already considered by Siegel, Northcott, Weil and others, and is a key tool in Diophantine geometry, see for instance [BG06] and the references therein.

Assume that the pair (X,L)(X,L) is defined over ℚ\mathbb{Q}. Let 𝔐ℚ\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}} denote the set of places of ℚ\mathbb{Q}, and {ϑv}v∈𝔐ℚ\{\vartheta_{v}\}_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}}} a family of concave functions on Δ\Delta such that ϑv≡0\vartheta_{v}\equiv 0 for all but a finite number of vv. We will show that, to this data, one can associate an adelic family of metrics {∥⋅∥v}v\{\|\cdot\|_{v}\}_{v} on LL. Write L¯=(L,{∥⋅∥v}v){\overline{L}}=(L,\{\|\cdot\|_{v}\}_{v}) for the resulting metrized line bundle.

[02IE]
Theorem 1.2.

The height of XX with respect to L¯{\overline{L}} is given by

hL¯⁡(X)=(n+1)!​∑v∈𝔐ℚ∫Δϑv​d​vol.\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X)=(n+1)!\sum_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}}}\int_{\Delta}\vartheta_{v}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}.

This theorem was announced in [BPS09] and we prove it in the present text. To establish it in a wide generality, we have been led to study the Arakelov geometry of toric varieties. In the course of our research, we have found that a large part of the arithmetic geometry of toric varieties can be translated in terms of convex analysis. In particular, we have added a number of new entries to the arithmetic geometry chapter of the toric dictionary, including models of toric varieties over a discrete valuation ring, metrized line bundles, and their associated measures and heights. These objects are closely related to objects of convex analysis like polyhedral complexes, concave functions, Monge-Ampère measures and Legendre-Fenchel duality.

These additions to the toric dictionary are very concrete and well-suited for computations. In particular, they provide a new wealth of examples in Arakelov geometry where constructions can be made explicit and properties tested. In this direction, we also present a closed formula for the integral over a polytope of a function of one variable composed with a linear form. This formula allows us to compute the height of toric varieties with respect to some interesting metrics arising from polytopes. Some of these heights are related to the average entropy of a simple random process on the polytope. We also compute the height of toric projective curves with respect to the Fubini-Study metric and of some toric bundles.

There are many other arithmetic invariants of toric varieties that may be studied in terms of convex analysis. For instance, one can give criteria for positivity properties of toric metrized line bundles, like having or being generated by small sections, a formula for its arithmetic volume, and an arithmetic analogue of the BKK theorem bounding the height of the solutions of a system of sparse polynomial equations with rational coefficients. In fact, we expect that the results of this text are just the starting point of a program relating the arithmetic geometry of toric varieties and convex analysis.

In the rest of this introduction, we will present the context and the contents of our results. We will refer to the body of the text for the precise definitions and statements.

Arakelov geometry provides a framework to define and study heights. We leave for a moment the realm of toric varieties, and we consider a projective variety XX over ℚ\mathbb{Q} of dimension nn. Let 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} be a proper integral model of XX, and X⁡(ℂ)X(\mathbb{C}) the analytic space over the complex numbers associated to XX. The main idea behind Arakelov geometry is that the pair (𝒳,X⁡(ℂ))({\mathcal{X}},X(\mathbb{C})) should behave like a compact variety of dimension n+1n+1 [Ara74]. Following this philosophy, Gillet and Soulé have developed an arithmetic intersection theory [GS90]. As an application of this theory, one can introduce a very general and precise definition, with a geometric flavor, of the height of a variety [BGS94]. To the variety XX, one associates the arithmetic intersection ring CH^∗⁡(X)ℚ\operatorname{\widehat{CH}}^{*}(X)_{\mathbb{Q}}. This ring is equipped with a trace map ∫:CH^n+1⁡(X)ℚ→ℝ\int\colon\operatorname{\widehat{CH}}^{n+1}(X)_{\mathbb{Q}}\to\mathbb{R}. Given a line bundle LL on XX, an arithmetic line bundle L¯{\overline{L}} is a pair (ℒ,∥⋅∥)({\mathcal{L}},\|\cdot\|), where ℒ{\mathcal{L}} is a line bundle on 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} which is an integral model of LL, and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is a smooth metric on the analytification of LL. In this setting, the analogue of the first Chern class of LL is the arithmetic first Chern class c^1⁡(L¯)∈CH^1⁡(X)ℚ\operatorname{\widehat{c}_{1}}({\overline{L}})\in\operatorname{\widehat{CH}}^{1}(X)_{\mathbb{Q}}. The height of XX with respect to L¯{\overline{L}} is then defined as

hL¯⁡(X)=∫c^1⁡(L¯)n+1∈ℝ.\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X)=\int\operatorname{\widehat{c}_{1}}({\overline{L}})^{n+1}\in\mathbb{R}.

This is the arithmetic analogue of the degree of XX with respect to LL. This formalism has allowed to obtain arithmetic analogues of important results in algebraic geometry like the Bézout’s theorem, the Riemman-Roch theorem, the Lefschetz fixed point formula, the Hilbert-Samuel formula, etc.

This approach has two technical issues. In the first place, it only works for smooth varieties and smooth metrics. In the second place, it depends on the existence of an integral model, which puts the Archimedean and non-Archimedean places in different footing. For the definition of heights, both issues were addressed by Zhang [Zha95b] by taking an adelic point of view and considering uniform limits of semipositive metrics.

Many natural metrics that arise when studying line bundles on toric varieties are not smooth, but are particular cases of the metrics considered by Zhang. This is the case for the canonical metric of a toric line bundle, see §5.2. The associated canonical height of subvarieties plays an important role in Diophantine approximation in tori, in particular in the generalized Bogomolov and Lehmer problems, see for instance [DP99, AV09] and the references therein. Maillot has extended the arithmetic intersection theory of Gillet and Soulé to this kind of metrics at the Archimedean place, while maintaining the use of an integral model to handle the non-Archimedean places [Mai00].

The adelic point of view of Zhang was developed by Gubler [Gub02, Gub03] and by Chambert-Loir [Cha06]. From this point of view, the height is defined as a sum of local contributions. We outline this procedure, that will be recalled with more detail in §2.

For the local case, let KK be either ℝ\mathbb{R}, ℂ\mathbb{C}, or a field complete with respect to a nontrivial non-Archimedean absolute value. Let XX be a proper variety over KK and LL a line bundle on XX, and consider their analytifications, respectively denoted by XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} and LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. In the Archimedean case, XanX^{\text{\rm an}} is the complex space X⁡(ℂ)X(\mathbb{C}) (equipped with an anti-linear involution, if K=ℝK=\mathbb{R}), whereas in the non-Archimedean case it is the Berkovich space associated to XX. The basic metrics that can be put on LanL^{\text{\rm an}} are the smooth metrics in the Archimedean case, and the algebraic metrics in the non-Archimedean case, that is, the metrics induced by an integral model of a pair (X,L⊗e)(X,L^{\otimes e}) with e≥1e\geq 1. There is a notion of semipositivity for smooth and and for algebraic metrics, and the uniform limit of such semipositive metrics leads to the notion of approachable metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. More generally, a metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} is integrable if it is the quotient of two approachable metrics.

Let L¯{\overline{L}} be an integrable metrized line bundle on XX and YY a dd-dimensional cycle of XX. These data induce a (signed) measure on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}, denoted c1​(L¯)∧d∧δYc_{1}({\overline{L}})^{\wedge d}\wedge\delta_{Y} by analogy with the Archimedean smooth case, where it corresponds with the current of integration along YanY^{{\text{\rm an}}} of the dd-th power of the first Chern form. This measure plays an important role in the distribution of points of small height in the direction of the Bogomolov conjecture and its generalizations, see for instance [Bil97, SUZ97, Yua08]. Furthermore, if we have sections sis_{i}, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, that meet YY properly, one can define a notion of local height hL¯⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d}). The metrics and their associated measures and local heights are related by the Bézout-type formula:

hL¯⁡(Y⋅div⁡(sd),s0,…,sd−1)=hL¯⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)+∫Xanlog⁡‖sd‖​c1​(L¯)∧d∧δY.\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y\cdot\operatorname{div}(s_{d});s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1})=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d})+\int_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\log||s_{d}||\,c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{\wedge d}\wedge\delta_{Y}.

For the global case, consider a proper variety XX over ℚ\mathbb{Q} and a line bundle LL on XX. For simplicity, assume that XX is projective, although this hypothesis is not really necessary. An integrable quasi-algebraic metric on LL is a family of integrable metrics ∥⋅∥v\|\cdot\|_{v} on the analytic line bundles LvanL_{v}^{{\text{\rm an}}}, v∈𝔐ℚv\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}}, such that there is an integral model of (X,L⊗e)(X,L^{\otimes e}), e≥1e\geq 1, which induces ∥⋅∥v\|\cdot\|_{v} for all but a finite number of vv. Write L¯=(L,{∥⋅∥v}v){\overline{L}}=(L,\{\|\cdot\|_{v}\}_{v}), and L¯v=(Lv,∥⋅∥v){\overline{L}}_{v}=(L_{v},\|\cdot\|_{v}) for each v∈𝔐ℚv\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}}. Given a dd-dimensional cycle YY of XX, its global height is defined as

hL¯⁡(Y)=∑v∈𝔐ℚhL¯v⁡(Y,s0,…,sd),\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=\sum_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}}}\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{v}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d}),

for any family of sections sis_{i}, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, meeting YY properly. The fact that the metric is quasi-algebraic implies that the right-hand side has only a finite number of nonzero terms, and the product formula implies that this definition does not depend on the choice of sections. This notion can be extended to number fields, function fields and, more generally, to MM-fields [Zha95b, Gub03].

Now we review briefly the elements of the construction of toric varieties from combinatorial data, see §4 for more details. Let KK be a field and 𝕋≃𝔾mn\mathbb{T}\simeq\mathbb{G}_{m}^{n} a split torus over KK. Let N=Hom⁡(𝔾m,𝕋)≃ℤnN=\operatorname{Hom}(\mathbb{G}_{m},\mathbb{T})\simeq\mathbb{Z}^{n} be the lattice of one-parameter subgroups of 𝕋\mathbb{T} and M=N∨M=N^{\vee} the dual lattice of characters of 𝕋\mathbb{T}. Set Nℝ=N⊗ℤℝN_{\mathbb{R}}=N\otimes_{\mathbb{Z}}{\mathbb{R}} and Mℝ=M⊗ℤℝM_{\mathbb{R}}=M\otimes_{\mathbb{Z}}\mathbb{R}. To a fan Σ\Sigma on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} one can associate a toric variety XΣX_{\Sigma} of dimension nn. It is a normal variety that contains 𝕋\mathbb{T} as a dense open subset, denoted XΣ,0X_{\Sigma,0}, and there is an action of 𝕋\mathbb{T} on XΣX_{\Sigma} which extends the natural action of the torus on itself. In particular, every toric variety has a distinguished point x0x_{0} that corresponds to the identity element of 𝕋\mathbb{T}. The variety XΣX_{\Sigma} is proper whenever the underlying fan is complete. For sake of simplicity, in this introduction we will restrict to the proper case.

A Cartier divisor invariant under the torus action is called a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor. In combinatorial terms, a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor is determined by a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma, that is, a continuous function Ψ:Nℝ→ℝ\Psi\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\rightarrow{\mathbb{R}} whose restriction to each cone of Σ\Sigma is an element of MM. Let DΨD_{\Psi} denote the 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor of XΣX_{\Sigma} determined by Ψ\Psi. A toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma} is a line bundle LL on this toric variety, together with the choice of a nonzero element z∈Lx0z\in L_{x_{0}}. The total space of a toric line bundle has a natural structure of toric variety whose distinguished point agrees with zz. A rational section of a toric line bundle is called toric if it is regular and nowhere zero on the principal open subset XΣ,0X_{\Sigma,0}, and s⁡(x0)=zs(x_{0})=z. Given a virtual support function Ψ\Psi, the line bundle LΨ=𝒪⁡(DΨ)L_{\Psi}={\mathcal{O}}(D_{\Psi}) has a natural structure of toric line bundle and a canonical toric section sΨs_{\Psi} such that div⁡(sΨ)=DΨ\operatorname{div}(s_{\Psi})=D_{\Psi}. Indeed, any line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma} is isomorphic to a toric line bundle of the form LΨL_{\Psi} for some Ψ\Psi. The line bundle LΨL_{\Psi} is generated by global sections (respectively, is ample) if and only if Ψ\Psi is concave (respectively, Ψ\Psi is strictly concave on Σ\Sigma).

Consider the lattice polytope

ΔΨ:={x∈Mℝ:⟨x,u⟩≥Ψ⁡(u)​ for all ​u∈Nℝ}⊂Mℝ.\Delta_{\Psi}:=\{x\in M_{\mathbb{R}}:\langle x,u\rangle\geq\Psi(u)\mbox{ for all }u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\}\subset M_{\mathbb{R}}.

This polytope encodes a lot of information about the pair (XΣ,LΨ)(X_{\Sigma},L_{\Psi}). In case the virtual support function Ψ\Psi is concave, it is determined by this polytope, and the formula (1.1) can be written more precisely as

degLΨ⁡(XΣ)=n!​volM⁡(ΔΨ),\deg_{L_{\Psi}}(X_{\Sigma})=n!\operatorname{vol}_{M}(\Delta_{\Psi}),

where the volume is computed with respect to the Haar measure volM\operatorname{vol}_{M} on MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} normalized so that MM has covolume 1.

In this text we extend the toric dictionary to metrics, measures and heights as considered above. For the local case, let KK be either ℝ\mathbb{R}, ℂ\mathbb{C}, or a field complete with respect to a nontrivial non-Archimedean absolute value associated to a discrete valuation. In this latter case, let K∘K^{\circ} be the valuation ring, K∘⁣∘K^{\circ\circ} its maximal ideal and ϖ\varpi a generator of K∘⁣∘K^{\circ\circ}. Let 𝕋\mathbb{T} be an nn-dimensional split torus over KK, 𝕋an\mathbb{T}^{{\text{\rm an}}} its analytification and 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}} the compact torus of 𝕋an\mathbb{T}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Let XX be a toric variety over KK with torus 𝕋\mathbb{T} and LL a toric line bundle on XX. The compact torus 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}} is a closed subgroup of the analytic torus 𝕋an\mathbb{T}^{{\text{\rm an}}} and it acts on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}. A metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} is toric if, for every toric section ss, the function ‖s‖\|s\| is invariant under the action of 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}.

The correspondence that to a virtual support function assigns a toric line bundle with a toric section can be extended to approachable and integrable metrics. Assume that Ψ\Psi is concave, and let XΣX_{\Sigma}, LΨL_{\Psi} and sΨs_{\Psi} be as before. For short, write X=XΣX=X_{\Sigma}, L=LΨL=L_{\Psi} and s=sΨs=s_{\Psi}. There is a fibration valK:X0an→Nℝ{\operatorname{val}}_{K}\colon X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} whose fibers are the orbits of the action of 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}} on X0anX_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Now let ψ:Nℝ→ℝ\psi\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} be a continuous function. We define a metric on the restriction Lan|X0anL^{{\text{\rm an}}}|_{X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}} by setting

‖s⁡(p)‖ψ=eλK​ψ​(valK⁡(p)),\|s(p)\|_{\psi}=e^{\lambda_{K}\psi({\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p))},

with λK=1\lambda_{K}=1 if K=ℝK=\mathbb{R} or ℂ\mathbb{C}, and λK=−log⁡|ϖ|\lambda_{K}=-\log|\varpi| otherwise.

Our first addition to the toric dictionary is the following classification result. Assume that the function ψ\psi is concave and that |ψ−Ψ||\psi-\Psi| is bounded. Then ∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\psi} extends to an approachable toric metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} and, moreover, every approachable toric metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} arises in this way (Theorem 5.73(1)). There is a similar characterization of integrable toric metrics in terms of differences of concave functions (Corollary 5.83) and a characterization of toric metrics that involves the topology of the variety with corners associated to XΣX_{\Sigma} (Proposition 5.16). As a consequence of these classification results, we obtain a new interpretation of the canonical metric of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} as the metric associated to the concave function Ψ\Psi under this correspondence.

We can also classify approachable metrics in terms of concave functions on polytopes: there is a bijective correspondence between the space of continuous concave functions on ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} and the space of approachable toric metrics on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} (Theorem 5.73(2)). This correspondence is induced by the previous one and the Legendre-Fenchel duality of concave functions. Namely, let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be an approachable toric metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}, write L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|) and let ψ\psi be the corresponding concave function. The associate roof function ϑL¯,s:ΔΨ→ℝ\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s}\colon\Delta_{\Psi}\to\mathbb{R} is the concave function defined as λK\lambda_{K} times the Legendre-Fenchel dual ψ∨\psi^{\vee}. One of the main outcomes of this text is that the pair (ΔΨ,ϑL¯,s)(\Delta_{\Psi},\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s}) plays, in the arithmetic geometry of toric varieties, a role analogous to that of the polytope in its algebraic geometry.

Our second addition to the dictionary is the following characterization of the measure associated to an approachable toric metric. Let XX, L¯{\overline{L}} and ψ\psi be as before, and write μψ=c1∧n+1​(L¯)∧δXΣ\mu_{\psi}=c_{1}^{\wedge n+1}({\overline{L}})\wedge\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} for the induced measure on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Then

(valK)∗​(μψ|X0an)=n!​ℳM​(ψ),({\operatorname{val}}_{K})_{*}(\mu_{\psi}|_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{0}})=n!\,{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(\psi),

where ℳM​(ψ){\mathcal{M}}_{M}(\psi) is the (real) Monge-Ampère measure of ψ\psi with respect to the lattice MM (Definition 3.92). The measure μψ\mu_{\psi} is determined by this formula, and the conditions of being invariant under the action of 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}} and that the set Xan∖X0anX^{{\text{\rm an}}}\setminus X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}} has measure zero. This gives a direct and fairly explicit expression for the measure associated to an approachable toric metric.

The fact that each toric line bundle has a canonical metric allows us to introduce a notion of local toric height that is independent of a choice of sections. Let XX be an nn-dimensional projective toric variety and L¯{\overline{L}} an approachable toric line bundle as before, and let L¯can{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}} be the same toric line bundle LL equipped with the canonical metric. The toric local height of XX with respect to L¯{\overline{L}} is defined as

hL¯tor⁡(X)=hL¯⁡(X,s0,…,sn)−hL¯can⁡(X,s0,…,sn),\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X)=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X;s_{0},\dots,s_{n})-\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(X;s_{0},\dots,s_{n}),

for any family of sections sis_{i}, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, that meet properly on XX (Definition 6.1). Our third addition to the toric dictionary is the following formula for this toric local height in terms of the roof function introduced above (Theorem 6.6):

hL¯tor⁡(X)=(n+1)!​∫ΔΨϑL¯,s​d​volM.\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X)=(n+1)!\int_{\Delta_{\Psi}}\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}.

More generally, the toric local height can be defined for a family of n+1n+1 integrable toric line bundles on XX. The formula above can be extended by multilinearity to compute this local toric height in terms of the mixed integral of the associated roof functions (Remark 6.23).

For the global case, let Σ\Sigma and Ψ\Psi be as before, and consider the associated toric variety XX over ℚ\mathbb{Q} equipped with a toric line bundle LL and toric section ss. Given a family of concave functions {ψv}v∈𝔐ℚ\{\psi_{v}\}_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}}} such that |ψv−Ψ||\psi_{v}-\Psi| is bounded for all vv and such that ψv=Ψ\psi_{v}=\Psi for all but a finite number of vv, the metrized toric line bundle L¯=(L,{∥⋅∥ψv}v){\overline{L}}=(L,\{\|\cdot\|_{\psi_{v}}\}_{v}) is quasi-algebraic. Moreover, every approachable quasi-algebraic toric metric on LL arises in this way (Theorem 5.85). Write L¯v=(L,∥⋅∥ψv){\overline{L}}^{v}=(L,\|\cdot\|_{\psi_{v}}) for the metrized toric line bundle corresponding to a place vv. The associated roof functions ϑL¯v,s:ΔΨ→ℝ\vartheta_{{\overline{L}}^{v},s}\colon\Delta_{\Psi}\to\mathbb{R} are identically zero except for a finite number of places. Then, the global height of XX with respect to L¯{\overline{L}} can be computed as (Theorem 6.37)

hL¯⁡(X)=∑v∈𝔐ℚhL¯vtor⁡(Xv)=(n+1)!​∑v∈𝔐ℚ∫ΔΨϑL¯v,s​d​volM,\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X)=\sum_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}}}\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}^{v}}(X_{v})=(n+1)!\sum_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}}}\int_{\Delta_{\Psi}}\vartheta_{{\overline{L}}^{v},s}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M},

which precises Theorem 1.2 at the beginning of this introduction.

A remarkable feature of these results is that they read exactly the same in the Archimedean and in the non-Archimedean cases. For general metrized line bundles, these two cases are analogous but not identical. By contrast, the classification of toric metrics and the formulae for the associated measures and for the local heights are the same in both cases. We also point out that these results holds in greater generality than explained in this introduction: in particular, they hold for proper toric varieties which are not necessarily projective and, in the global case, for general adelic fields (Definition 2.47). By contrast, we content ourselves with the case when the torus is split. For the computation of heights, one can always reduce to the split case by considering a suitable field extension. Still, it would be interesting to extend our results to the non-split case by considering the corresponding Galois actions as, for instance, in [ELST10].

The toric dictionary in arithmetic geometry is very concrete and well-suited for computations. For instance, let KK be a local field, XX a toric variety and φ:X→ℙr\varphi\colon X\to\mathbb{P}^{r} an equivariant map. Let L¯{\overline{L}} be the toric approachable metrized line bundle on XX induced by the canonical metric on the universal line bundle of ℙr\mathbb{P}^{r}, and ss a toric section of LL. The concave function ψ:Nℝ→ℝ\psi\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} corresponding to this metric is piecewise affine (Example 5.26). Hence, it defines a polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, and it turns out that (valK)∗​(μψ|X0an)({\operatorname{val}}_{K})_{*}(\mu_{\psi}|_{X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}), the direct image under valK{\operatorname{val}}_{K} of the measure induced by L¯{\overline{L}}, is a discrete measure on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} supported on the vertices of this polyhedral complex (Proposition 3.95). The roof function ϑL¯,s\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s} is the function parameterizing the upper envelope of a polytope in Mℝ×ℝM_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R} associated to φ\varphi and the section ss (Example 6.31). The toric local height of XX with respect to L¯{\overline{L}} can be computed as the integral of this piecewise affine concave function.

Another nice example is given by toric bundles on a projective space. For a finite sequence of integers ar≥⋯≥a0≥1a_{r}\geq\dots\geq a_{0}\geq 1, we consider the vector bundle on ℙℚn\mathbb{P}^{n}_{\mathbb{Q}}

E:=𝒪⁡(a0)⊕⋯⊕𝒪⁡(ar).E:=\mathcal{O}(a_{0})\oplus\dots\oplus\mathcal{O}(a_{r}).

The toric bundle ℙ⁡(E)→ℙℚn\mathbb{P}(E)\rightarrow\mathbb{P}^{n}_{\mathbb{Q}} is defined as the bundle of hyperplanes of the total space of EE. This is an (n+r)(n+r)-dimensional toric variety over ℚ\mathbb{Q} which can be equipped with an ample universal line bundle 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1), see §8.2 for details.

We equip 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1){\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1)} with an approachable adelic toric metric as follows: the Fubini-Study metrics on each line bundle 𝒪⁡(aj)\mathcal{O}(a_{j}) induces a semipositive smooth toric metric on 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1) for the Archimedean place of ℚ\mathbb{Q}, whereas for the finite places we consider the corresponding canonical metric. We show that both the corresponding concave functions ψv\psi_{v} and roof functions ϑv\vartheta_{v} can be described in explicit terms (Lemma 8.17 and Proposition 8.20). We can then compute the height of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) with respect to this metrized line bundle as (Proposition 8.26)

h𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)¯⁡(ℙ⁡(E))=h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(ℙn)​∑𝒊∈ℕr+1|𝒊|=n+1𝒂𝒊+∑𝒊∈ℕr+1|𝒊|=nAn,r​(𝒊)​𝒂𝒊,\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}(E))=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}^{n})\hskip-4.2679pt\sum_{{\boldsymbol{i}\in\mathbb{N}^{r+1}}\atop{|\boldsymbol{i}|=n+1}}\boldsymbol{a}^{\boldsymbol{i}}+\sum_{{\boldsymbol{i}\in\mathbb{N}^{r+1}}\atop{|\boldsymbol{i}|=n}}A_{n,r}(\boldsymbol{i})\,\boldsymbol{a}^{\boldsymbol{i}},

where for 𝒊=(i0,…,ir)∈ℕr+1\boldsymbol{i}=(i_{0},\dots,i_{r})\in\mathbb{N}^{r+1}, we set |𝒊|=i0+⋯+ir|\boldsymbol{i}|=i_{0}+\dots+i_{r}, 𝒂𝒊=a0i0​…​arir\boldsymbol{a}^{\boldsymbol{i}}=a_{0}^{i_{0}}\dots a_{r}^{i_{r}} and An,r​(𝒊)=∑m=0r(im+1)​∑j=im+2n+r+112​jA_{n,r}(\boldsymbol{i})=\sum_{m=0}^{r}(i_{m}+1)\sum_{j=i_{m}+2}^{n+r+1}\frac{1}{2j}, while h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(ℙℚn)=∑i=1n∑j=1i12​j\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}^{n}_{\mathbb{Q}})=\sum_{i=1}^{n}\sum_{j=1}^{i}\frac{1}{2j} denotes the height of the projective space with respect to the Fubini-Study metric. In particular, the height of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) is a positive rational number.

The Fubini-Study height of the projective space was computed by Bost, Gillet and Soulé [BGS94, Lemma 3.3.1]. Other early computations for the Fubini-Study height of some toric hypersurfaces where obtained in [CM00, Dan97]. Mourougane has determined the height of Hirzebruch surfaces, as a consequence of his computations of Bott-Chern secondary classes [Mou06]. A Hirzebruch surface is a toric bundle over ℙℚ1\mathbb{P}^{1}_{\mathbb{Q}}, and the result of Mourougane is a particular case of our computations for the height of toric bundles, see Remark 8.27.

The fact that the canonical height of a toric variety is zero is well-known. It results from its original construction by a limit process on the direct images of the variety under the so-called “powers maps”. Maillot has studied the Arakelov geometry of toric varieties and line bundles with respect to the canonical metric, including the associated Chern currents and their product [Mai00].

In [PS08a], Philippon and Sombra gave a formula for the canonical height of a “translated” toric projective variety, a projective variety which is the closure of a translate of a subtorus, defined over a number field. In [PS08b], they also obtain a similar formula for the function field case. Both results are particular cases of our general formula, see Remark 6.40. Indeed, part of our motivation for the present text was to understand and generalize this formula in the framework of Arakelov geometry.

For the Archimedean smooth case, our constructions are related to the Guillemin-Abreu classification of Kähler structures on symplectic toric varieties [Abr03]. The roof function corresponding to a smooth metrized line bundle on a smooth toric variety coincides, up to a sign, with the so-called “symplectic potential” of a Kähler toric variety, see Remark 5.74. In the Archimedean continuous case, Boucksom and Chen have recently considered a similar construction in their study of arithmetic Okounkov bodies [BC09]. It would be interesting to further explore the connection with these results.

We now discuss the contents of each section, including some other results of interest.

Section 2 is devoted to the first half of the dictionary. Namely, we review integrable metrized line bundles both in the Archimedean and in the non-Archimedean cases. For the latter case, we recall the basic properties of Berkovich spaces of schemes. We then explain the associated measures and heights following [Zha95b, Cha06, Gub03]. For simplicity, the theory presented is not as general as the one in [Gub03]: in the non-Archimedean case we restrict ourselves to discrete valuation rings and in the global case to adelic fields, while in loc. cit. the theory is developed for arbitrary valuations and for MM-fields, respectively.

Section 3 deals with the second half of the dictionary, that is, convex analysis with emphasis on polyhedral sets. Most of the material in this section is classical. We have gathered all the required results, adapting them to our needs and adding some new ones. We work with concave functions, which are the functions which naturally arise in the theory of toric varieties. For latter reference, we have translated many of the notions and results of convex analysis, usually stated for convex functions, in terms of concave functions.

We first recall the basic definitions about convex sets and convex decompositions, and then we study concave functions and the Legendre-Fenchel duality. We introduce a notion of Legendre-Fenchel correspondence for general closed concave functions, as a duality between convex decompositions (Definition 3.31 and Theorem 3.33). This is the right generalization of both the classical Legendre transform of strictly concave differentiable functions, and the duality between polyhedral complexes induced by a piecewise affine concave function. We also consider the interplay between Legendre-Fenchel duality and operations on concave functions like, for instance, the direct and inverse images by affine maps. This latter study will be important when considering the functoriality with respect to equivariant morphisms between toric varieties. We next particularize to two extreme cases: differentiable concave functions whose stability set is a polytope that will be related to semipositive smooth toric metrics in the Archimedean case, and to piecewise affine concave functions that will correspond to semipositive algebraic toric metrics in the non-Archimedean case. Next, we treat differences of concave functions, that will be related to integrable metrics. We end this section by studying the Monge-Ampère measure associated to a concave function. There is an interesting interplay between Monge-Ampère measures and Legendre-Fenchel duality. In this direction, we prove a combinatorial analogue of the arithmetic Bézout’s theorem (Theorem 3.97), which is a key ingredient in the proof of our formulae for the height of a toric variety.

In §4 we study the algebraic geometry of toric varieties over a field and of toric schemes over a discrete valuation ring (DVR). We start by recalling the basic constructions and results on toric varieties, including Cartier and Weil divisors, toric line bundles and sections, orbits and equivariant morphisms, and positivity properties. Toric schemes over a DVR where first considered by Mumford in [KKMS73], who studied and classified them in terms of fans in Nℝ×ℝ≥0N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}. In the proper case, these schemes can be alternatively classified in terms of complete polyhedral complexes in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} [BS10]. Given a complete fan Σ\Sigma in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, the models over a DVR of the proper toric variety XΣX_{\Sigma} are classified by complete polyhedral complexes on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} whose recession fan (Definition 3.7) coincides with Σ\Sigma (Theorem 4.60). Let Π\Pi be such a polyhedral complex, and denote by 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi} the corresponding model of XΣX_{\Sigma}. Let (L,s)(L,s) be a toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma} with a toric section defined by a virtual support function Ψ\Psi. We show that the models of (L,s)(L,s) over 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi} are classified by functions that are rational piecewise affine on Π\Pi and whose recession function is Ψ\Psi (Theorem 4.81). We also prove a toric version of the Nakai-Moishezon criterion for toric schemes over a DVR, which implies that semipositive models translate into concave functions under the above correspondence (Theorem 4.95).

In §5 we study toric metrics and their associated measures. For the discussion, consider a local field KK, a complete fan Σ\Sigma on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and a virtual support function Ψ\Psi on Σ\Sigma, and let (X,L)(X,L) denote the corresponding proper toric variety over KK and toric line bundle. We first introduce a variety with corners NΣN_{\Sigma} which is a compactification of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, together with a proper map valK:XΣan→NΣ{\operatorname{val}}_{K}\colon X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to N_{\Sigma} whose fibers are the orbits of the action of 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}} on XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}, and we prove the classification theorem for toric metrics on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} (Proposition 5.16). We next treat smooth metrics in the Archimedean case. A toric smooth metric is semipositive if and only if the associated function ψ\psi is concave (Proposition 5.29). We make explicit the associated measure in terms of the Hessian of this function, hence in terms of the Monge-Ampère measure of ψ\psi (Theorem 5.33). We also observe that an arbitrary smooth metric on LL can be turned into a toric smooth metric by averaging it by the action of 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. If the given metric is semipositive, so is the obtained toric smooth metric.

Next, in the same section, we consider algebraic metrics in the non-Archimedean case. We first show how to describe the reduction map for toric schemes over a DVR in terms of the corresponding polyhedral complex and the map valK{\operatorname{val}}_{K} (Lemma 5.39). We then study the triangle formed by toric metrics, rational piecewise affine functions and toric models (Proposition 5.41 and Theorem 5.49), the problem of obtaining a toric metric from a non-toric one (Proposition 5.51) and the effect of a field extension (Proposition 5.53). Next, we treat in detail the one-dimensional case, were one can write in explicit terms the metrics, associated functions and measures. Back to the general case, we use these results to complete the characterization of toric semipositive algebraic metrics in terms of piecewise affine concave functions (Proposition 5.67). We also describe the measure associated to a semipositive toric algebraic metric in terms of the Monge-Ampère measure of its associated concave function (Theorem 5.70).

Once we have studied smooth metrics in the Archimedean case and algebraic metrics in the non-Archimedean case, we can study approachable toric metrics. We show that the same classification theorem is valid in the Archimedean and non-Archimedean cases (Theorem 5.73). Moreover, the associated measure is described in exactly the same way in both cases (Theorem 5.81). We end this section by introducing and classifying adelic toric metrics (Definition 5.84 and Corollary 5.83).

In §6, we prove the formulae for the toric local height and for the global height of toric varieties (Theorem 6.6 and Theorem 6.37). By using the functorial properties of the height, we recover, from our general formula, the formulae for the canonical height of a translated toric projective variety in [PS08a, Théorème 0.3] for number fields and in [PS08b, Proposition 4.1] for function fields.

In §7, we consider the problem of integrating functions on polytopes. We first present a closed formula for the integral over a polytope of a function of one variable composed with a linear form, extending in this direction Brion’s formula for the case of a simplex [Bri88] (Proposition 7.3 and Corollary 7.14). This allows us to compute the height of toric varieties with respect to some interesting metrics arising from polytopes (Proposition 7.27). We can interpret some of these heights as the average entropy of a simple random process defined by the polytope (Proposition 7.34).

In §8 we study some further examples. We first consider translated toric curves in ℙℚn\mathbb{P}^{n}_{\mathbb{Q}}. For these curves, we consider the line bundle obtained from the restriction of 𝒪⁡(1){\mathcal{O}}(1) to the curve, equipped with the metric induced by the Fubiny-Study metric at the place at infinity and by the canonical metric for the finite places. We compute the corresponding concave function ψ\psi and toric local height in terms of the roots of a univariate polynomial (Theorem 8.7). We finally consider toric bundles as explained before, and compute the relevant concave functions, measure and height.

Acknowledgements. Jacques-Arthur Weil assisted us, at the beginning of this project, in the computation of the height of some toric curves. Richard Thomas called our attention to the relationship between our formulae and the Legendre-Fenchel duality. We thank both of them. We also thank Antoine Chambert-Loir, Teresa Cortadellas, Carlos D’Andrea, Antoine Ducros, Walter Gubler, Qing Liu, Vincent Maillot and Juan Carlos Naranjo for several useful discussions and pointers to the literature.

Part of this work was done while the authors met at the Universitat de Barcelona, the Centre de Recerca Matemàtica (Barcelona), the Institut de Mathématiques de Jussieu (Paris), and the Université de Bordeaux 1. Short courses on parts of this text were delivered at the Morningside Center of Mathematics (Beijing), the Centro de Investigación en Matemáticas (Guanajuato), and the Universidad de Buenos Aires. We thank all of these institutions for their hospitality.

[02IF]

2. Metrized line bundles and their associated heights

In this section we will recall the adelic theory of heights as introduced by Zhang [Zha95b] and developed by Gubler [Gub02, Gub03] and Chambert-Loir [Cha06]. These heights generalize the ones that can be obtained from the arithmetic intersection theory of Gillet and Soulé [GS90, BGS94].

To explain the difference between both points of view, consider a smooth variety XX over ℚ\mathbb{Q}. In Gillet-Soulé’s theory, we choose a regular proper model 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} over ℤ\mathbb{Z} of XX, and we also consider the real analytic space XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} given by the set of complex points X⁡(ℂ)X(\mathbb{C}) and the anti-linear involution induced by the complex conjugation. By contrast, in the adelic point of view we consider the whole family of analytic spaces XvanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{v}, v∈𝔐ℚv\in{\mathfrak{M}}_{\mathbb{Q}}. For the Archimedean place, XvanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{v} is the real analytic space considered before, while for the non-Archimedean places, this is the associated Berkovich space [Ber90]. Both points of view have advantages and disadvantages. In the former point of view, there exists a complete formalism of intersection theory and characteristic classes, with powerful theorems like the arithmetic Riemann-Roch theorem and the Lefschetz fixed point theorem, but one is restricted to smooth varieties and needs an explicit integral model of XX. In the latter point of view, one can define heights, but does not dispose yet of a complete formalism of intersection theory. Its main advantages are that it can be easily extended to non-smooth varieties and that there is no need of an integral model of XX. Moreover, all places, Archimedean and non-Archimedean, are set on a similar footing.

[02IG]

2.1. Smooth metrics in the Archimedean case

Let XX be an algebraic variety over ℂ\mathbb{C} and XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} its associated complex analytic space. We recall the definition of differential forms on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} introduced by Bloom and Herrera [BH69]. The space XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} can be covered by a family of open subsets {Ui}i\{U_{i}\}_{i} such that each UiU_{i} can be identified with a closed analytic subset of an open ball in ℂr\mathbb{C}^{r} for some rr. On each UiU_{i}, the differential forms are defined as the restriction to this subset of smooth complex-valued differential forms defined on an open neighbourhood of UiU_{i} in ℂr\mathbb{C}^{r}. Two differential forms on UiU_{i} are identified if they coincide on the non-singular locus of UiU_{i}. We denote by 𝒜∗​(Ui)\mathscr{A^{\ast}}(U_{i}) the complex of differential forms of UiU_{i}, which is independent of the chosen embedding. In particular, if UiU_{i} is non-singular, we recover the usual complex of differential forms. These complexes glue together to define a sheaf 𝒜Xan∗\mathscr{A}^{\ast}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}. This sheaf is equipped with differential operators  d, dc\operatorname{d^{c}}, ∂\partial, ∂¯\bar{\partial}, an external product and inverse images with respect to analytic morphisms: these operations are defined locally on each 𝒜∗​(Ui)\mathscr{A^{\ast}}(U_{i}) by extending the differential forms to a neighbourhood of UiU_{i} in ℂr\mathbb{C}^{r} as above and applying the corresponding operations for ℂr\mathbb{C}^{r}. We write 𝒪Xan\mathcal{O}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}} and CXan∞=𝒜Xan0C^{\infty}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}=\mathscr{A}^{0}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}} for the sheaves of analytic functions and of smooth functions of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}, respectively.

Let LL be an algebraic line bundle on XX and LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} its analytification.

[02IH]
Definition 2.1.

A metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} is an assignment that, to each local section ss of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} on an open subset U⊂XanU\subset X^{{\text{\rm an}}}, associates a continuous function

‖s⁡(⋅)‖:U⟶ℝ≥0\|s(\cdot)\|\colon U\longrightarrow\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}

such that, for all p∈Up\in U,

  1. (1)

    ‖s⁡(p)‖=0\|s(p)\|=0 if and only if s⁡(p)=0s(p)=0;

  2. (2)

    for any λ∈𝒪Xan​(U)\lambda\in\mathcal{O}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}(U), it holds ‖(λ​s)​(p)‖=|λ⁡(p)|​‖s⁡(p)‖.\|(\lambda s)(p)\|=|\lambda(p)|\,\|s(p)\|.

The pair L¯:=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}:=(L,\|\cdot\|) is called a metrized line bundle.The metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is smooth if for every local section ss of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}, the function ‖s⁡(⋅)‖2\|s(\cdot)\|^{2} is smooth.

We remark that what we call “metric” in this text is called “continuous metric” in other contexts.

Let L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|) be a smooth metrized line bundle. Given a local section ss of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} on an open subset UU, the first Chern form of L¯{\overline{L}} is the (1,1)(1,1)-form defined on UU as

c1⁡(L¯)=∂∂¯​log⁡‖s‖2∈𝒜1,1​(U).\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}})=\partial\bar{\partial}\log\|s\|^{2}\in\mathscr{A}^{1,1}(U).

It does not depend on the choice of local section and can be extended to a global closed (1,1)(1,1)-form. Observe that we are using the algebro-geometric convention, and so c1⁡(L¯)\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}) determines a class in H2​(Xan,2​π​i​ℤ)H^{2}(X^{{\text{\rm an}}},2\pi i\,\mathbb{Z}).

[02II]
Example 2.2.

Let X=ℙℂnX=\mathbb{P}^{n}_{\mathbb{C}} and L=𝒪⁡(1)L={\mathcal{O}}(1), the universal line bundle of ℙℂn\mathbb{P}^{n}_{\mathbb{C}}. A rational section ss of 𝒪⁡(1){\mathcal{O}}(1) can be identified with a homogeneous rational function ρs∈ℂ⁡(x0,…,xn)\rho_{s}\in\mathbb{C}(x_{0},\dots,x_{n}) of degree 1. The poles of this section coincide which those of ρs\rho_{s}. For a point p=(p0:…:pn)∈ℙn(ℂ)p=(p_{0}:\dots:p_{n})\in\mathbb{P}^{n}(\mathbb{C}) outside this set of poles, the Fubini-Study metric of 𝒪​(1)an{\mathcal{O}}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}} is defined as

‖s⁡(p)‖FS=|ρs​(p0,…,pn)|(∑i|pi|2)1/2.\|s(p)\|_{\operatorname{FS}}=\frac{|\rho_{s}(p_{0},\dots,p_{n})|}{(\sum_{i}|p_{i}|^{2})^{1/2}}.

Clearly, this definition does not depend on the choice of a representative of pp. The pair (𝒪(1),∥⋅∥FS)({\mathcal{O}}(1),\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{FS}}}) is a metrized line bundle.

Many smooth metrics can be obtained as the inverse image of the Fubini-Study metric. Let XX be a variety over ℂ\mathbb{C} and LL a line bundle on XX, and assume that there is an integer e≥1e\geq 1 such that L⊗eL^{\otimes e} is generated by global sections. Choose a basis of the space of global sections Γ⁡(X,L⊗e)\Gamma(X,L^{\otimes e}) and let φ:X→ℙℂM\varphi\colon X\to\mathbb{P}^{M}_{\mathbb{C}} be the induced morphism. Given a local section ss of LL, let s′s^{\prime} be a local section of 𝒪⁡(1){\mathcal{O}}(1) such that s⊗e=φ∗​s′s^{\otimes e}=\varphi^{\ast}s^{\prime}. Then, the smooth metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} obtained from the Fubini-Study metric by inverse image is given by

‖s⁡(p)‖=‖s′​(φ⁡(p))‖FS1/e\|s(p)\|=\|s^{\prime}(\varphi(p))\|^{1/e}_{{\operatorname{FS}}}

for any p∈Xanp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}} which is not a pole of ss.

[02IJ]
Definition 2.3.

Let L¯{\overline{L}} be a smooth metrized line bundle and 𝔻={z∈ℂ||z|≤1}\mathbb{D}=\{z\in\mathbb{C}|\,|z|\leq 1\}, the unit disk of ℂ\mathbb{C}. We say that L¯{\overline{L}} is semipositive if, for every holomorphic map φ:𝔻⟶Xan,\varphi\colon\mathbb{D}\longrightarrow X^{{\text{\rm an}}},

12​π​i​∫𝔻φ∗​c1⁡(L¯)≥0.\frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_{\mathbb{D}}\varphi^{\ast}\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}})\geq 0.

We say that L¯{\overline{L}} is positive if this integral is strictly positive for all non-constant holomorphic maps as before.

[02IK]
Example 2.4.

The Fubini-Study metric (Example 2.2) is positive because its first Chern form defines a smooth metric on the holomorphic tangent bundle of ℙn​(ℂ)\mathbb{P}^{n}(\mathbb{C}) [GH94, Chapter 0, §2]. All metrics obtained as inverse image of the Fubini-Study metric are semipositive.

A family of smooth metrized line bundles L¯0,…,L¯d−1{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d-1} on XX and a dd-dimensional cycle YY of XX define a signed measure on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} as follows. First suppose that YY is a subvariety of XX and let δY\delta_{Y} denote the current of integration along the analytic subvariety YanY^{{\text{\rm an}}}, defined as δY​(ω)=1(2​π​i)d​∫Yanω\delta_{Y}(\omega)=\frac{1}{(2\pi i)^{d}}\int_{Y^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\omega for ω∈𝒜Xan2​d\omega\in\mathscr{A}^{2d}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}. Then the current

c1⁡(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(L¯d−1)∧δY\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{0})\wedge\cdots\wedge\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{d-1})\wedge\delta_{Y}

is a signed measure on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}. This notion extends by linearity to Y∈Zd​(X)Y\in Z_{d}(X). If L¯i{\overline{L}}_{i}, i=0,…,d−1i=0,\dots,d-1, are semipositive and YY is effective, this signed measure is a measure.

[02IL]
Remark 2.5.

We can reduce the study of algebraic varieties and line bundles over the field of real numbers to the complex case by using the following standard technique. A variety XX over ℝ\mathbb{R} induces a variety XℂX_{\mathbb{C}} over ℂ\mathbb{C} together with an anti-linear involution σ:Xℂ→Xℂ\sigma\colon X_{\mathbb{C}}\to X_{\mathbb{C}} such that the diagram

Xℂ\textstyle{X_{\mathbb{C}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}σ\scriptstyle{\sigma}Xℂ\textstyle{X_{\mathbb{C}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}Spec⁡(ℂ)\textstyle{\operatorname{Spec}(\mathbb{C})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}Spec⁡(ℂ)\textstyle{\operatorname{Spec}(\mathbb{C})}

commutes, where the arrow below denotes the map induced by complex conjugation. A line bundle LL on XX determines a line bundle LℂL_{\mathbb{C}} on XℂX_{\mathbb{C}} and an isomorphism α:σ∗​Lℂ→Lℂ\alpha\colon\sigma^{*}L_{\mathbb{C}}\to L_{\mathbb{C}} such that a section ss of LℂL_{\mathbb{C}} is real if and only if α⁡(σ∗​s)=s\alpha(\sigma^{*}s)=s. By a metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} we will mean a metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| on LℂanL_{\mathbb{C}}^{{\text{\rm an}}} such that the induced map σ∗(Lℂ,∥⋅∥)→(Lℂ,∥⋅∥)\sigma^{*}(L_{\mathbb{C}},\|\cdot\|)\to(L_{\mathbb{C}},\|\cdot\|) is an isometry.

In this way, the above definitions can be extended to metrized line bundles on varieties over ℝ\mathbb{R}. For instance, a real smooth metrized line bundle is semipositive if and only if its associated complex smooth metrized line bundle is semipositive. The corresponding signed measure is a measure over XℂanX_{\mathbb{C}}^{{\text{\rm an}}} which is invariant under σ\sigma.

In the sequel, every time we have a real variety, we will work with the associated complex variety and quietly ignore the anti-linear involution σ\sigma, because it will play no role in our results.

[02IM]

2.2. Berkovich spaces of schemes

In this section we recall Berkovich’s theory of analytic spaces. We will not present the most general theory developed in [Ber90] but we will content ourselves with the analytic spaces associated to algebraic varieties, that are simpler to define and enough for our purposes.

Let KK be a field complete with respect to a nontrivial non-Archimedean absolute value |⋅||\cdot|. Such fields will be called non-Archimedean fields. Let K∘={α∈K∣|α|≤1}K^{\circ}=\{\alpha\in K\mid|\alpha|\leq 1\} be the valuation ring, K∘⁣∘={α∈K∣|α|<1}K^{\circ\circ}=\{\alpha\in K\mid|\alpha|<1\} the maximal ideal and k=K∘/K∘⁣∘k=K^{\circ}/K^{\circ\circ} the residue field.

Let XX be a scheme of finite type over KK. Following [Ber90, §1 and Remark 3.4.2], we can associate an analytic space XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} to the scheme XX as follows. First assume that X=Spec⁡(A)X=\operatorname{Spec}(A), where AA is a finitely generated KK-algebra. Then, the points of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} are the multiplicative seminorms of AA that extend the absolute value of KK, see [Ber90, §1.1]. Every element aa of AA defines a function |a⁡(⋅)|:Xan→ℝ≥0|a(\cdot)|\colon X^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0} given by evaluation of the seminorm. The topology of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} is the coarsest topology that makes the functions |a⁡(⋅)||a(\cdot)| continuous for all a∈Aa\in A.

To each point p∈Xanp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}} we attach a prime ideal

𝔭p={a∈A∣|a⁡(p)|=0}.\mathfrak{p}_{p}=\{a\in A\mid|a(p)|=0\}.

This induces a map π:Xan→X\pi\colon X^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to X defined as π⁡(p)=𝔭p\pi(p)=\mathfrak{p}_{p}. The point pp is a multiplicative seminorm on AA and so it induces a non-Archimedean absolute value on the field of fractions of A/𝔭pA/\mathfrak{p}_{p}. We denote by ℋ⁡(p)\mathscr{H}(p) the completion of this field with respect to that absolute value.

Let UU be an open subset of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}. An analytic function on UU is a function

f:U⟶∐p∈Uℋ⁡(p)f\colon U\longrightarrow\coprod_{p\in{U}}\mathscr{H}(p)

such that, for each p∈Up\in U, f⁡(p)∈ℋ⁡(p)f(p)\in\mathscr{H}(p) and there is an open neigborhood U′⊂UU^{\prime}\subset U of pp with the property that, for all ε>0\varepsilon>0, there are elements a,b∈Aa,b\in A with b∉𝔭qb\not\in\mathfrak{p}_{q} and |f⁡(q)−a⁡(q)/b⁡(q)|<ε|f(q)-a(q)/b(q)|<\varepsilon for all q∈U′q\in U^{\prime}. The analytic functions form a sheaf, denoted 𝒪Xan\mathcal{O}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}, and (Xan,𝒪Xan)(X^{{\text{\rm an}}},\mathcal{O}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}) is a locally ringed space [Ber90, §1.5 and Remark 3.4.2]. In particular, every element a∈Aa\in A determines an analytic function on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}, also denoted aa. The function |a⁡(⋅)||a(\cdot)| can then be obtained by composing aa with the absolute value map

|⋅|:∐p∈Xanℋ(p)⟶ℝ≥0,|\cdot|\colon\coprod_{p\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\mathscr{H}(p)\longrightarrow\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0},

which justifies its notation.

Now, if XX is a scheme of finite type over KK, the analytic space XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} is defined by gluing together the affine analytic spaces obtained from an affine open cover of XX. If we want to stress the base field we will denote XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} by XKanX_{K}^{{\text{\rm an}}}.

Let K′K^{\prime} be a complete extension of KK and XK′anX^{\text{\rm an}}_{K^{\prime}} the analytic space associated to the scheme XK′X_{K^{\prime}}. There is a natural map XK′an→XKanX_{K^{\prime}}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to X_{K}^{{\text{\rm an}}} defined locally by restricting seminorms.

[02IN]
Definition 2.6.

A rational point of XKanX_{K}^{\text{\rm an}} is a point p∈Xanp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}} satisfying ℋ⁡(p)=K\mathscr{H}(p)=K. We denote by Xan​(K)X^{\text{\rm an}}(K) the set of rational points of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}. More generally, for a complete extension K′K^{\prime} of KK, the set of K′K^{\prime}-rational points of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} is defined as Xan​(K′)=XK′an​(K′)X^{\text{\rm an}}(K^{\prime})=X^{\text{\rm an}}_{K^{\prime}}(K^{\prime}). There is a map Xan​(K′)→XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}(K^{\prime})\to X^{{\text{\rm an}}}, defined by the composing the inclusion Xan​(K′)↪XK′anX^{{\text{\rm an}}}(K^{\prime})\hookrightarrow X_{K^{\prime}}^{{\text{\rm an}}} with the map XK′an→XKanX_{K^{\prime}}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to X_{K}^{{\text{\rm an}}} as above. The set of algebraic points of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} is the union of Xan​(K′)X^{{\text{\rm an}}}(K^{\prime}) for all finite extensions K′K^{\prime} of KK. Its image in XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} is denoted XalganX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{{\text{\rm alg}}}. We have that Xalgan={p∈X|[ℋ(p):K]<∞}X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{{\text{\rm alg}}}=\{p\in X|\,[\mathscr{H}(p):K]<\infty\}.

The basic properties of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} are summarized in the following theorem.

[02IP]
Theorem 2.7.

Let XX be a scheme of finite type over KK and XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} the associated analytic space.

  1. (1)

    XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} is a locally compact and locally arc-connected topological space.

  2. (2)

    XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} is Hausdorff (respectively compact and Hausdorff, arc-connected) if and only if XX is separated (respectively proper, connected).

  3. (3)

    The map π:Xan→X\pi\colon X^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to X is continuous. A locally constructible subset T⊂XT\subset X is open (respectively closed, dense) if and only if π−1​(T)\pi^{-1}(T) is open (respectively closed, dense).

  4. (4)

    Let ψ:X⟶Y\psi\colon X\longrightarrow Y be a morphism of schemes of finite type over KK and ψan:Xan⟶Yan\psi^{{\text{\rm an}}}\colon X^{{\text{\rm an}}}\longrightarrow Y^{{\text{\rm an}}} its analytification. Then ψ\psi is flat (respectively unramified, étale, smooth, separated, injective, surjective, open immersion, isomorphism) if and only if ψan\psi^{{\text{\rm an}}} has the same property.

  5. (5)

    Let K′K^{\prime} be a complete extension of KK. Then the map πK′:XK′an→XK′\pi_{K^{\prime}}:X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{K^{\prime}}\to X_{K^{\prime}} induces a bijection between Xan​(K′)X^{{\text{\rm an}}}(K^{\prime}) and X⁡(K′)X(K^{\prime}).

  6. (6)

    Set Xalg={p∈X|[K(p):K]<∞}X_{{\text{\rm alg}}}=\{p\in X|\,[K(p):K]<\infty\}. Then π\pi induces a bijection between XalganX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{{\text{\rm alg}}} and XalgX_{{\text{\rm alg}}}. The subset Xalgan⊂XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{{\text{\rm alg}}}\subset X^{{\text{\rm an}}} is dense.

[02IQ]
Proof.

The proofs can be found in [Ber90] and the next pointers are with respect to the numeration in this reference: (1) follows from Theorem 1.2.1, Corollary 2.2.8 and Theorem 3.2.1, (2) is Theorem 3.4.8, (3) is Corollary 3.4.5, (4) is Proposition 3.4.6, (5) is Theorem 3.4.1(i), while (6) follows from Theorem 3.4.1(i) and Proposition 2.1.15. ∎

[02IR]
Example 2.8.

Let MM be a finitely generated free ℤ\mathbb{Z}-module of rank nn. Consider the associated group algebra K⁡[M]K[M] and the algebraic torus 𝕋M=Spec⁡(K⁡[M])\mathbb{T}_{M}=\operatorname{Spec}(K[M]). The corresponding analytic space 𝕋Man\mathbb{T}_{M}^{{\text{\rm an}}} is the set of multiplicative seminorms of K⁡[M]K[M] that extend the absolute value of KK. This is an analytic group. We warn the reader that the set of points of an analytic group is not an abstract group, hence some care has to be taken when speaking of actions and orbits. The precise definitions and basic properties can be found in [Ber90, §5.1].

Its analytification 𝕋Man\mathbb{T}_{M}^{{\text{\rm an}}} is an analytic torus as in [Ber90, §6.3]. The subset

𝕊an={p∈𝕋Man||χm​(p)|=1​ for all ​m∈M}.\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}=\{p\in\mathbb{T}_{M}^{{\text{\rm an}}}|\,|\chi^{m}(p)|=1\text{ for all }m\in M\}.

is a compact subgroup, called the compact torus of 𝕋Man\mathbb{T}_{M}^{{\text{\rm an}}}.

[02IS]
Remark 2.9.

Not every analytic space in the sense of Berkovich can be obtained by the above procedure. The general theory is based on spectra of affinoid KK-algebras, that provide compact analytic spaces that are the building blocks of the more general analytic spaces.

[02IT]

2.3. Algebraic metrics in the non-Archimedean case

Let KK be a field complete with respect to a nontrivial non-Archimedean absolute value, as in the previous section. For simplicity, we will assume from now on that K∘K^{\circ} is a discrete valuation ring (DVR), and we will fix a generator ϖ\varpi of its maximal ideal K∘⁣∘K^{\circ\circ}. This is the only case we will need in the sequel and it allows us to use a more elementary definition of measures and local heights. Nevertheless, the reader can consult [Gub03, Gub07] for the general case.

Let XX be an algebraic variety over KK and LL a line bundle on XX. Let XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} and LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} be their respective analytifications.

[02IU]
Definition 2.10.

A metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} is an assignment that, to each local section ss of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} on an open subset U⊂XanU\subset X^{{\text{\rm an}}}, associates a continuous function

‖s⁡(⋅)‖:U⟶ℝ≥0,\|s(\cdot)\|\colon U\longrightarrow\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0},

such that, for all p∈Up\in U,

  1. (1)

    ‖s⁡(p)‖=0\|s(p)\|=0 if and only if s⁡(p)=0s(p)=0;

  2. (2)

    for any λ∈𝒪Xan​(U)\lambda\in\mathcal{O}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}(U), it holds ‖(λ​s)​(p)‖=|λ⁡(p)|​‖s⁡(p)‖.\|(\lambda s)(p)\|=|\lambda(p)|\,\|s(p)\|.

The pair L¯:=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}:=(L,\|\cdot\|) is called a metrized line bundle.

Models of varieties and line bundles give rise to an important class of metrics. To introduce and study these metrics, we first consider the notion of model of varieties. Write S=Spec⁡(K∘)S=\operatorname{Spec}(K^{\circ}). The scheme SS has two points: the special point oo and the generic point η\eta. Given a scheme 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} over SS, we set 𝒳o=𝒳×Spec⁡(k)\mathcal{X}_{o}=\mathcal{X}\times\operatorname{Spec}(k) and 𝒳η=𝒳×Spec⁡(K)\mathcal{X}_{\eta}=\mathcal{X}\times\operatorname{Spec}(K) for its special fibre and its generic fibre, respectively.

[02IV]
Definition 2.11.

A model over SS of XX is a flat scheme 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} of finite type over SS together with a fixed isomorphism X≃𝒳ηX\simeq\mathcal{X}_{\eta}. This isomorphism is part of the model, and so we can identify 𝒳η{\mathcal{X}}_{\eta} with XX. When XX is proper, we say that the model is proper whenever the scheme 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} is proper over SS.

Given a model 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} of XX, there is a reduction map defined on a closed subset of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} with values in 𝒳o\mathcal{X}_{o} [Ber90, §2.4]. This map can be described as follows. Let {𝒰i}i∈I\{\mathcal{U}_{i}\}_{i\in I} be a finite open affine cover of 𝒳\mathcal{X} by schemes over SS of finite type and, for each ii, let 𝒜i{\mathcal{A}}_{i} be a K∘K^{\circ}-algebra such that 𝒰i=Spec⁡(𝒜i){\mathcal{U}}_{i}=\operatorname{Spec}({\mathcal{A}}_{i}). Set Ui=𝒰i∩XU_{i}=\mathcal{U}_{i}\cap X and let CiC_{i} be the closed subset of UianU_{i}^{{\text{\rm an}}} defined as

(2.12) Ci={p∈Uian∣|a(p)|≤1,∀a∈𝒜i}C_{i}=\{p\in U_{i}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\mid|a(p)|\leq 1,\forall a\in{\mathcal{A}}_{i}\}

For each p∈Cip\in C_{i}, the prime ideal 𝔮p:={a∈𝒜i∣|a⁡(p)|<1}⊂𝒜i\mathfrak{q}_{p}:=\{a\in{\mathcal{A}}_{i}\mid|a(p)|<1\}\subset{\mathcal{A}}_{i} contains K∘⁣∘​𝒜iK^{\circ\circ}{\mathcal{A}}_{i} and so it determines a point red⁡(p):=𝔮p/K∘⁣∘​𝒜i∈𝒰i,o⊂𝒳o{\operatorname{red}}(p):=\mathfrak{q}_{p}/K^{\circ\circ}{\mathcal{A}}_{i}\in\mathcal{U}_{i,o}\subset\mathcal{X}_{o}. Consider the closed subset C=⋃iCi⊂XanC=\bigcup_{i}C_{i}\subset X^{{\text{\rm an}}}. The above maps glue together to define a map

(2.13) red:C⟶𝒳o.{\operatorname{red}}\colon C\longrightarrow\mathcal{X}_{o}.

This map is surjective and anti-continuous, in the sense that the preimages of the open subsets are closed [Ber90, §2.4]. For each irreducible component VV of 𝒳o{\mathcal{X}}_{o}, there is a unique point ξV∈C\xi_{V}\in C such that

(2.14) red⁡(ξV)=ηV,{\operatorname{red}}(\xi_{V})=\eta_{V},

where ηV\eta_{V} denotes the generic point of VV [Ber90, Proposition 2.4.4]. The finite subset {ξV}V⊂Xan\{\xi_{V}\}_{V}\subset X^{{\text{\rm an}}} is called the Shilov boundary of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Observe that it depends on the choice of 𝒳{\mathcal{X}}.

If both XX and 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} are proper, then C=XanC=X^{{\text{\rm an}}} and the reduction map is defined on the whole of XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}. If both XX and 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} are normal, we can compute the Shilov boundary. Let VV be an irreducible component of 𝒳o\mathcal{X}_{o} and choose a finite type affine open subset 𝒰=Spec⁡(𝒜)⊂𝒳\mathcal{U}=\operatorname{Spec}({\mathcal{A}})\subset{\mathcal{X}} containing ηV\eta_{V}. Put A=𝒜⊗K∘K{A}={\mathcal{A}}\otimes_{K^{\circ}}K and U=𝒰∩XU={\mathcal{U}}\cap X. Then the point ξV∈U⊂Xan\xi_{V}\in U\subset X^{{\text{\rm an}}} is the multiplicative seminorm on AA given by

(2.15) |a⁡(ξV)|=|ϖ|ordV⁡(a)/ordV⁡(ϖ),|a(\xi_{V})|=|\varpi|^{{\operatorname{ord}}_{V}(a)/{\operatorname{ord}}_{V}(\varpi)},

for each a∈Aa\in A, where ordV⁡(f){\operatorname{ord}}_{V}(f) is the order of ff at the generic point of VV.

Next we recall the definition of models of line bundles. Let LL be a line bundle on XX.

[02IW]
Definition 2.16.

A model over SS of (X,L)(X,L) is a triple (𝒳,ℒ,e)(\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L},e), where 𝒳\mathcal{X} is a model over SS of XX, ℒ\mathcal{L} is a line bundle on 𝒳\mathcal{X} and e≥1e\geq 1 is an integer, together with a fixed isomorphism ℒ|X≃L⊗e\mathcal{L}|_{X}\simeq L^{\otimes e}. When e=1e=1, the model (𝒳,ℒ,1)(\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L},1) will be denoted (𝒳,ℒ)(\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L}) for short. A model of (𝒳,ℒ,e)(\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L},e) is called proper whenever 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} is proper.

We assume that the variety XX is proper for the rest of this section. To a proper model of a line bundle we can associate a metric.

[02IX]
Definition 2.17.

Let (𝒳,ℒ,e)({\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}},e) be a proper model of (X,L)(X,L). Let ss be a local section of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} defined at a point p∈Xanp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Let 𝒰⊂𝒳\mathcal{U}\subset{\mathcal{X}} be a trivializing open neighbourhood of red⁡(p){\operatorname{red}}(p) and σ\sigma a generator of ℒ|𝒰{\mathcal{L}}|_{{\mathcal{U}}}. Let U=𝒰∩XU={\mathcal{U}}\cap X and λ∈𝒪Uan\lambda\in{\mathcal{O}}_{U^{{\text{\rm an}}}} such that s⊗e=λ​σs^{\otimes e}=\lambda\sigma on UanU^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Then, the metric induced by the proper model (𝒳,ℒ,e)({\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}},e) on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}},, denoted ∥⋅∥𝒳,ℒ,e\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}},e}, is given by

‖s⁡(p)‖𝒳,ℒ,e=|λ⁡(p)|1/e.\|s(p)\|_{{\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}},e}=|\lambda(p)|^{1/e}.

This definition does neither depend on the choice of the open set 𝒰{\mathcal{U}} nor of the section σ\sigma, and it gives a metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. The metrics on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} obtained in this way are called algebraic, and a pair L¯:=(L,∥⋅∥𝒳,ℒ,e){\overline{L}}:=(L,\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}},e}) is called an algebraic metrized line bundle.

Different models may give rise to the same metric.

[02IY]
Proposition 2.18.

Let (𝒳,ℒ,e)(\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L},e) and (𝒳′,ℒ′,e′)(\mathcal{X}^{\prime},{\mathcal{L}}^{\prime},e^{\prime}) be proper models of (X,L)(X,L), and f:𝒳′→𝒳f\colon\mathcal{X}^{\prime}\to\mathcal{X} a morphism of models such that (ℒ′)⊗e≃f∗​ℒ⊗e′({\mathcal{L}}^{\prime})^{\otimes e}\simeq f^{\ast}{\mathcal{L}}^{\otimes e^{\prime}}. Then the metrics on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} induced by both models agree.

[02IZ]
Proof.

Let ss be a local section of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} defined on a point p∈Xanp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Let 𝒰⊂𝒳{\mathcal{U}}\subset{\mathcal{X}} be a trivializing open neighbourhood of red𝒳⁡(p){\operatorname{red}}_{{\mathcal{X}}}(p), the reduction of pp with respect to the model 𝒳{\mathcal{X}}, and σ\sigma a generator of ℒ|𝒰{\mathcal{L}}|_{{\mathcal{U}}}. Let λ\lambda be an analytic function on (𝒰∩X)an({\mathcal{U}}\cap X)^{{\text{\rm an}}} such that s⊗e=λ​σs^{\otimes e}=\lambda\sigma.

We have that red𝒳′⁡(p)=f−1​(red⁡(p)){\operatorname{red}}_{{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime}}(p)=f^{-1}({\operatorname{red}}(p)) and 𝒰′:=f−1​(𝒰){\mathcal{U}}^{\prime}:=f^{-1}({\mathcal{U}}) is a trivializing open set of ℒ′⊗e{\mathcal{L}}^{\prime\otimes e} with generator f∗​σ⊗e′f^{*}\sigma^{\otimes e^{\prime}}. Then s⊗e​e′=λe′​f∗​σ⊗e′s^{\otimes ee^{\prime}}=\lambda^{e^{\prime}}f^{*}\sigma^{\otimes e^{\prime}} on (𝒰′∩X)an=(𝒰∩X)an({\mathcal{U}}^{\prime}\cap X)^{{\text{\rm an}}}=({\mathcal{U}}\cap X)^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Now the proposition follows directly from Definition 2.17. ∎

The inverse image of an algebraic metric is algebraic.

[02J0]
Proposition 2.19.

Let φ:X1→X2\varphi\colon X_{1}\to X_{2} be a morphism of proper algebraic varieties over KK and L¯2{\overline{L}}_{2} a line bundle on X2X_{2} equipped with an algebraic metric. Assume that X1X_{1} admits a proper model. Then φ∗​L¯2\varphi^{*}{\overline{L}}_{2}, the inverse image under φ\varphi of L¯2{\overline{L}}_{2}, is a line bundle on X1X_{1} equipped with an algebraic metric.

[02J1]
Proof.

Let (𝒳2,ℒ2,e)({\mathcal{X}}_{2},{\mathcal{L}}_{2},e) be a proper model of (X2,L2)(X_{2},L_{2}) which induces the metric in L¯2{\overline{L}}_{2}, and 𝒳1′{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime}_{1} be a proper model of X1X_{1}. Let 𝒳1{\mathcal{X}}_{1} be the Zariski closure of the graph of φ\varphi in 𝒳1′×S𝒳2{\mathcal{X}}_{1}^{\prime}\times_{S}{\mathcal{X}}_{2}. This is a proper model of X1X_{1} equipped with a morphism φS:𝒳1→𝒳2\varphi_{S}\colon{\mathcal{X}}_{1}\to{\mathcal{X}}_{2}. Then (𝒳1,φS∗​ℒ2,e)({\mathcal{X}}_{1},\varphi_{S}^{*}{\mathcal{L}}_{2},e) is a proper model of (X1,φ∗​L2)(X_{1},\varphi^{*}L_{2}) which induces the metric of φ∗​L¯2\varphi^{*}{\overline{L}}_{2}. ∎

Next we give a second description of an algebraic metric. As before, let XX be a proper variety over KK and LL a line bundle on XX, and ∥⋅∥𝒳,ℒ,e\|\cdot\|_{\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L},e} an algebraic metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Let p∈Xanp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}} and put H=ℋ⁡(p)H=\mathscr{H}(p), which is a complete extension of KK. Let H∘H^{\circ} be its valuation ring, and oo and η\eta the special and the generic point of Spec⁡(H∘)\operatorname{Spec}(H^{\circ}), respectively. The point pp induces a morphism of schemes Spec⁡(H)→X\operatorname{Spec}(H)\to X. By the valuative criterion of properness, there is a unique extension

(2.20) p~:Spec⁡(H∘)⟶𝒳.\widetilde{p}\colon\operatorname{Spec}(H^{\circ})\longrightarrow\mathcal{X}.

It satisfies p~​(η)=π​(p)\widetilde{p}(\eta)=\pi(p), where π:Xan→X\pi\colon X^{{\text{\rm an}}}\rightarrow X is the natural map introduced at the beginning of §2.2, and p~​(o)=red⁡(p)\widetilde{p}(o)={\operatorname{red}}(p).

[02J2]
Proposition 2.21.

With notation as above, let ss be a local section of LL in a neighbourhood of π⁡(p)\pi(p). Then

(2.22) ∥s(p)∥𝒳,ℒ,e=inf{|a|1/e|a∈H×,a−1p~∗s⊗e∈p~∗ℒ}.\|s(p)\|_{\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L},e}=\inf\big\{|a|^{1/e}\big|a\in H^{\times},a^{-1}{\widetilde{p}}^{\ast}s^{\otimes e}\in\widetilde{p}^{\ast}\mathcal{L}\big\}.
[02J3]
Proof.

Write ∥⋅∥=∥⋅∥𝒳,ℒ,e\|\cdot\|=\|\cdot\|_{\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L},e} for short. Let 𝒰=Spec⁡(𝒜)∋red⁡(p)\mathcal{U}=\operatorname{Spec}({\mathcal{A}})\ni{\operatorname{red}}(p) be an open affine trivializing set of ℒ\mathcal{L} and σ\sigma be a generator of ℒ|𝒰\mathcal{L}|_{{\mathcal{U}}}. Then s⊗e=λ​σs^{\otimes e}=\lambda\sigma with λ\lambda in the fraction field of 𝒜{\mathcal{A}}. We have that λ⁡(p)∈H\lambda(p)\in H and, by definition, ‖s⁡(p)‖=|λ⁡(p)|1/e\|s(p)\|=|\lambda(p)|^{1/e}. If λ⁡(p)=0\lambda(p)=0, the equation is clearly satisfied. Denote temporarily by CC the right-hand side of (2.22). If λ⁡(p)≠0\lambda(p)\not=0,

λ​(p)−1​p~∗​s⊗e=p~∗​σ∈p~∗​ℒ.\lambda(p)^{-1}\widetilde{p}^{\ast}s^{\otimes e}=\widetilde{p}^{\ast}\sigma\in{\widetilde{p}}^{*}\mathcal{L}.

Hence ‖s⁡(p)‖≥C\|s(p)\|\geq C. Moreover, if a∈H×a\in H^{\times} is such that a−1​p~∗​s⊗e∈p~∗​ℒa^{-1}\widetilde{p}^{\ast}s^{\otimes e}\in{\widetilde{p}}^{*}\mathcal{L}, then there is an element α∈H∘∖{0}\alpha\in H^{\circ}\setminus\{0\} with a−1​p~∗​s⊗e=α​p~∗​σa^{-1}\widetilde{p}^{\ast}s^{\otimes e}=\alpha\widetilde{p}^{\ast}\sigma. Therefore, a=λ⁡(p)/αa=\lambda(p)/\alpha and |a|1/e=|λ⁡(p)|1/e/|α|1/e≥|λ⁡(p)|1/e|a|^{1/e}=|\lambda(p)|^{1/e}/|\alpha|^{1/e}\geq|\lambda(p)|^{1/e}. Thus, ‖s⁡(p)‖≤C\|s(p)\|\leq C. ∎

We give a third description of an algebraic metric in terms of intersection theory that makes evident the relationship with higher dimensional Arakelov theory. Let (𝒳,ℒ,e)({\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}},e) be a proper model of (X,L)(X,L) and ι:𝒴→𝒳\iota\colon{\mathcal{Y}}\to{\mathcal{X}} a closed algebraic curve. Let 𝒴~{\widetilde{{\mathcal{Y}}}} be the normalization of 𝒴{\mathcal{Y}} and ι~:𝒴~→𝒳{\widetilde{\iota}}\colon{\widetilde{{\mathcal{Y}}}}\to{\mathcal{X}} and ρ:𝒴~→Spec⁡(K∘)\rho\colon{\widetilde{{\mathcal{Y}}}}\to\operatorname{Spec}(K^{\circ}) the induced morphisms. Let ss be a rational section of ℒ{\mathcal{L}} such that div⁡(s)\operatorname{div}(s) intersects properly 𝒴{\mathcal{Y}}. Then the intersection number (ι⋅div⁡(s))(\iota\cdot\operatorname{div}(s)) is defined as

(ι⋅div⁡(s))=deg⁡(ρ∗​(div⁡(ι~∗​s))).(\iota\cdot\operatorname{div}(s))=\deg(\rho_{\ast}(\operatorname{div}({\widetilde{\iota}}^{\ast}s))).
[02J4]
Proposition 2.23.

With the above notation, let p∈Xalganp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{{\text{\rm alg}}}. Let p~\widetilde{p} as in (2.20). This is a closed algebraic curve. Let ss be a local section of LL defined at pp and such that s⁡(p)≠0s(p)\not=0. Then

log⁡‖s⁡(p)‖log⁡|ϖ|=(p~⋅div⁡(s⊗e))e[ℋ(p):K].\frac{\log\|s(p)\|}{\log|\varpi|}=\frac{(\widetilde{p}\cdot\operatorname{div}(s^{\otimes e}))}{e[\mathscr{H}(p):K]}.
[02J5]
Proof.

We keep the notation in the proof of Proposition 2.21. In particular, s⊗e=λ​σs^{\otimes e}=\lambda\sigma with λ\lambda in the fraction field of 𝒜{\mathcal{A}}, and ℋ⁡(p)=H\mathscr{H}(p)=H. We verify that

log⁡‖s⁡(p)‖log⁡|ϖ|=log⁡|λ⁡(p)|e​log⁡|ϖ|=log⁡|NH/K⁡(λ⁡(p))|e[H:K]log|ϖ|=ordϖ⁡(NH/K⁡(λ⁡(p)))e[H:K]\frac{\log\|s(p)\|}{\log|\varpi|}=\frac{\log|\lambda(p)|}{e\log|\varpi|}=\frac{\log|\operatorname{N}_{H/K}(\lambda(p))|}{e[H:K]\log|\varpi|}=\frac{{\operatorname{ord}}_{\varpi}(\operatorname{N}_{H/K}(\lambda(p)))}{e[H:K]}

and

(p~⋅div⁡(s⊗e))=deg⁡(ρ∗​(div⁡(p~∗​s⊗e)))=deg⁡(ρ∗​(div⁡(λ⁡(p))))=deg⁡(div⁡(NH/K⁡(λ⁡(p))))=ordϖ⁡(NH/K⁡(λ⁡(p))),({\widetilde{p}}\cdot\operatorname{div}(s^{\otimes e}))=\deg(\rho_{\ast}(\operatorname{div}({\widetilde{p}}^{\ast}s^{\otimes e})))=\deg(\rho_{\ast}(\operatorname{div}(\lambda(p))))\\ =\deg(\operatorname{div}(\operatorname{N}_{H/K}(\lambda(p))))={\operatorname{ord}}_{\varpi}(\operatorname{N}_{H/K}(\lambda(p))),

which proves the statement. ∎

[02J6]
Example 2.24.

Let X=ℙK0=Spec⁡(K)X=\mathbb{P}^{0}_{K}=\operatorname{Spec}(K). A line bundle LL on XX is necessarily trivial, that is, L≃KL\simeq K. Consider the model (𝒳,ℒ,e)({\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}},e) of (X,L)(X,L) given by 𝒳=Spec⁡(K∘){\mathcal{X}}=\operatorname{Spec}(K^{\circ}), e≥1e\geq 1, and ℒ{\mathcal{L}} a free K∘K^{\circ}-submodule of L⊗eL^{\otimes e} of rank one. Let v∈L⊗ev\in L^{\otimes e} be a basis of ℒ{\mathcal{L}}. For a section ss of LL we can write s⊗e=α​vs^{\otimes e}=\alpha v with α∈K\alpha\in K. Hence,

‖s‖=|α|1/e.\|s\|=|\alpha|^{1/e}.

All algebraic metrics on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} can be obtained in this way.

[02J7]
Example 2.25.

Let X=ℙKnX=\mathbb{P}_{K}^{n} and L=𝒪⁡(1)L=\mathcal{O}(1), the universal line bundle of ℙKn{\mathbb{P}_{K}^{n}}. As a model for (X,L)(X,L) we consider 𝒳=ℙK∘n\mathcal{X}=\mathbb{P}_{K^{\circ}}^{n}, the projective space over Spec⁡(K∘)\operatorname{Spec}(K^{\circ}), ℒ=𝒪ℙK∘n​(1)\mathcal{L}=\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}_{K^{\circ}}^{n}}(1), and e=1e=1. A rational section ss of LL can be identified with a homogeneous rational function ρs∈K⁡(x0,…,xn)\rho_{s}\in K(x_{0},\dots,x_{n}) of degree 1.

Let p=(p0:…:pn)∈(ℙKn)an∖div(s)p=(p_{0}:\dots:p_{n})\in(\mathbb{P}_{K}^{n})^{\text{\rm an}}\setminus\operatorname{div}(s) and set H=ℋ⁡(p)H=\mathscr{H}(p). Let i0i_{0} be such that |pi0|=maxi⁡{|pi|}|p_{i_{0}}|=\max_{i}\{|p_{i}|\}. Take U≃𝔸KnU\simeq\mathbb{A}_{K}^{n} (respectively 𝒰≃𝔸K∘n\mathcal{U}\simeq\mathbb{A}_{K^{\circ}}^{n}) as the affine set xi0≠0x_{i_{0}}\not=0 over HH (respectively H∘H^{\circ}). The point pp corresponds to the algebraic morphism

p∗:K⁡[X0,…,Xi0−1,Xi0+1,…,Xn]⟶Hp^{\ast}\colon K[X_{0},\dots,X_{i_{0}-1},X_{i_{0}+1},\dots,X_{n}]\longrightarrow H

that sends XiX_{i} to pi/pi0p_{i}/p_{i_{0}}. The extension p~{\widetilde{p}} factors through the algebraic morphism

p~∗:K∘​[X1,…,Xi0−1,Xi0+1,…,Xn]⟶H∘,{\widetilde{p}}^{\ast}\colon K^{\circ}[X_{1},\dots,X_{i_{0}-1},X_{i_{0}+1},\dots,X_{n}]\longrightarrow H^{\circ},

with the same definition. Then

‖s⁡(p)‖\displaystyle||s(p)|| =inf{|z||z∈H×,z−1p~∗s∈p~∗ℒ}\displaystyle=\inf\big\{|z|\ \big|z\in H^{\times},z^{-1}{\widetilde{p}}^{\ast}s\in{\widetilde{p}}^{*}{\mathcal{L}}\big\}
=inf{|z||z∈H×,z−1ρs(p0/pi0,…,1,…,pn/pi0)∈H∘}\displaystyle=\inf\big\{|z|\ \big|z\in H^{\times},z^{-1}\rho_{s}(p_{0}/p_{i_{0}},\dots,1,\dots,p_{n}/p_{i_{0}})\in H^{\circ}\big\}
=|ρr​(p0,…,pn)pi0|\displaystyle=\left|\frac{\rho_{r}(p_{0},\dots,p_{n})}{p_{i_{0}}}\right|
=|ρr​(p0,…,pn)|maxi⁡{|pi|}.\displaystyle=\frac{|\rho_{r}(p_{0},\dots,p_{n})|}{\max_{i}\{|p_{i}|\}}.

We call this the canonical metric of 𝒪​(1)an{\mathcal{O}}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}} and we denote it by ∥⋅∥can\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{can}}}.

Many other algebraic metrics can be obtained from Example 2.25, by considering maps of varieties to projective spaces. Let XX be a proper variety over KK equipped with a line bundle LL such that L⊗eL^{\otimes e} is generated by global sections for an integer e≥1e\geq 1. A set of global sections in Γ⁡(X,L⊗e)\Gamma(X,L^{\otimes e}) that generates L⊗eL^{\otimes e} induces a morphism φ:X→ℙKn\varphi\colon X\to\mathbb{P}_{K}^{n} and, by inverse image, a metric φ∗∥⋅∥can\varphi^{*}\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{can}}} on LL. If XX admits a a proper model, Proposition 2.19 shows that this metric is algebraic.

Now we recall the notion of semipositivity for algebraic metrics. A curve CC in 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} is vertical if it is contained in 𝒳o{\mathcal{X}}_{o}.

[02J8]
Definition 2.26.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be an algebraic metric on LL and set L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|). We say that L¯{\overline{L}} is semipositive if there is a model (𝒳,ℒ,e)(\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L},e) of (X,L)(X,L) that induces the metric such that, for every vertical curve CC in 𝒳{\mathcal{X}},

degℒ⁡(C)≥0.\deg_{\mathcal{L}}(C)\geq 0.

With the hypothesis in Proposition 2.19, the inverse image of a semipositive algebraic metric is also a semipositive algebraic metric.

[02J9]
Example 2.27.

The canonical metric in Example 2.25 is semipositive: for a vertical curve CC, its degree with respect to 𝒪ℙK∘n​(1){\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}^{n}_{K^{\circ}}}(1) equals its degree with respect to the restriction of this model to the special fibre. This restriction identifies with 𝒪ℙkn​(1){\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}^{n}_{k}}(1), the universal line bundle of ℙkn\mathbb{P}^{n}_{k}, which is ample. Hence all the metrics obtained by inverse image of the canonical metric of 𝒪​(1)an{\mathcal{O}}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}} are also semipositive.

Finally, we recall the definition of the signed measures associated with algebraic metrics.

[02JA]
Definition 2.28.

Let L¯i{\overline{L}}_{i}, i=0,…,d−1i=0,\dots,d-1, be line bundles on XX equipped with algebraic metrics. For each ii, choose a model (𝒳i,ℒi,ei)(\mathcal{X}_{i},\mathcal{L}_{i},e_{i}) that realizes the metric of L¯i{\overline{L}}_{i}. We can assume without loss of generality that the models 𝒳i\mathcal{X}_{i} agree with a common model 𝒳\mathcal{X}. Let YY be a dd-dimensional subvariety of XX and YanY^{{\text{\rm an}}} its analytification. Let 𝒴⊂𝒳\mathcal{Y}\subset\mathcal{X} be the closure of YY, 𝒴~{\widetilde{\mathcal{Y}}} be its normalization, 𝒴~o{\widetilde{{\mathcal{Y}}}}_{o} its special fibre, and 𝒴~o(0){\widetilde{{\mathcal{Y}}}}_{o}^{(0)} the set of irreducible components of this special fibre. For each V∈𝒴~o(0)V\in{\widetilde{{\mathcal{Y}}}}_{o}^{(0)}, consider the point ξV∈Yan\xi_{V}\in Y^{{\text{\rm an}}} defined by (2.15). Let δξV\delta_{\xi_{V}} be the Dirac delta measure on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} supported on ξV\xi_{V}. We define a discrete signed measure on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} by

(2.29) c1⁡(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(L¯d−1)∧δY=∑V∈𝒴~o(0)ordV⁡(ϖ)​degℒ0,…,ℒd−1⁡(V)e0​…​ed−1​δξV.\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{0})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{d-1})\land\delta_{Y}=\sum_{V\in{\widetilde{{\mathcal{Y}}}}_{o}^{(0)}}{\operatorname{ord}}_{V}(\varpi)\frac{\deg_{\mathcal{L}_{0},\dots,\mathcal{L}_{d-1}}(V)}{e_{0}\dots e_{d-1}}\delta_{\xi_{V}}.

This notion extends by linearity to the group of dd-dimensional cycles of XX.

This signed measure only depends on the metrics and not on the particular choice of models [Cha06, Proposition 2.7]. Observe that ordV⁡(ϖ){\operatorname{ord}}_{V}(\varpi) is the multiplicity of the component VV in 𝒴~o{\widetilde{{\mathcal{Y}}}}_{o} and that the total mass of this measure equals degL0,…,Ld−1⁡(Y)\deg_{L_{0},\dots,L_{d-1}}(Y). If L¯i{\overline{L}}_{i} is semipositive for all ii and YY is effective, this signed measure is a measure.

[02JB]
Remark 2.30.

The above measure was introduced by Chambert-Loir [Cha06]. For the subvarieties of a projective space equipped with the canonical metric, it is also possible to define similar measures through the theory of Chow forms, see [Phi94].

[02JC]

2.4. Approachable and integrable metrics, measures and local heights

Let KK be either ℝ\mathbb{R} or ℂ\mathbb{C} (the Archimedean case) as in §2.1, or a complete field with respect to a nontrivial non-Archimedean absolute value (the non-Archimedean case) as in §2.3. Let XX be a proper variety over KK. Its analytification XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} will be a complex analytic space in the Archimedean case (equipped with an anti-linear involution when K=ℝK=\mathbb{R}), or an analytic space in the sense of Berkovich, in the non-Archimedean case. A metrized line bundle on XX is a pair L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|), where LL is a line bundle on XX and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is a metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Recall that the operations on line bundles of tensor product, dual and inverse image under a morphism extend to metrized line bundles.

Given two metrics ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| and ∥⋅∥′\|\cdot\|^{\prime} on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}, their quotient defines a continuous function Xan→ℝ>0X^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to\mathbb{R}_{>0} given by ‖s⁡(p)‖/‖s⁡(p)‖′\|s(p)\|/\|s(p)\|^{\prime} for any local section ss of LL not vanishing at pp. The distance between ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| and ∥⋅∥′\|\cdot\|^{\prime} is defined as the supremum of the absolute value of the logarithm of this function. In other words,

dist(∥⋅∥,∥⋅∥′)=supp∈Xan∖div⁡(s)|log(∥s(p)∥/∥s(p)∥′)|,\operatorname{dist}(\|\cdot\|,\|\cdot\|^{\prime})=\sup_{p\in X^{\text{\rm an}}\setminus\operatorname{div}(s)}|\log(\|s(p)\|/\|s(p)\|^{\prime})|,

for any non-zero rational section ss of LL.

[02JD]
Definition 2.31.

Let L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|) be a metrized line bundle on XX. The metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is approachable if there exists a sequence of semipositive smooth (in the Archimedean case) or semipositive algebraic (in the non-Archimedean case) metrics (∥⋅∥l)l≥0(\|\cdot\|_{l})_{l\geq 0} on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} such that

liml→∞dist(∥⋅∥,∥⋅∥l)=0.\lim_{l\to\infty}\operatorname{dist}(\|\cdot\|,\|\cdot\|_{l})=0.

If this is the case, we say that L¯{\overline{L}} is approachable. This metrized line bundle is integrable if there are approachable line bundles M¯{\overline{M}}, N¯{\overline{N}} such that L¯=M¯⊗N¯−1{\overline{L}}={\overline{M}}\otimes{\overline{N}}^{-1}.

The tensor product and the inverse image of approachable line bundles are also approachable. The tensor product, the dual and the inverse image of integrable line bundles are also integrable.

[02JE]
Example 2.32.

Let X=ℙnX=\mathbb{P}^{n} be the projective space over ℂ\mathbb{C} and L=𝒪⁡(1)L=\mathcal{O}(1). The canonical metric of 𝒪​(1)an\mathcal{O}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}} is the metric given, for p=(p0:…:pn)∈ℙn(ℂ)p=(p_{0}:\dots:p_{n})\in\mathbb{P}^{n}(\mathbb{C}), by

‖s⁡(p)‖can=|ρs​(p0,…,pn)|maxi⁡{|pi|},\|s(p)\|_{\operatorname{can}}=\frac{|\rho_{s}(p_{0},\dots,p_{n})|}{\max_{i}\{|p_{i}|\}},

for any rational section ss of LL defined at pp and the homogeneous rational function ρs∈ℂ⁡(x0,…,xn)\rho_{s}\in\mathbb{C}(x_{0},\dots,x_{n}) associated to ss.

This is an approachable metric. Indeed, consider the mm-power map [m]:ℙn→ℙn[m]:\mathbb{P}^{n}\to\mathbb{P}^{n} defined as [m](p0:…:pn)=(p0m:…:pnm)[m](p_{0}:\dots:p_{n})=(p^{m}_{0}:\dots:p^{m}_{n}). The mm-th root of the inverse image by [m][m] of the Fubini-Study metric of 𝒪​(1)an\mathcal{O}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}} is the semipositive smooth metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} given by

‖s⁡(p)‖m=|s⁡(p0,…,pn)|(∑i|pi|2​m)1/2​m.\|s(p)\|_{m}=\frac{|s(p_{0},\dots,p_{n})|}{(\sum_{i}|p_{i}|^{2m})^{1/2m}}.

The family of metrics obtained varying mm converges uniformly to the canonical metric.

[02JF]
Proposition 2.33.

Let YY be a dd-dimensional subvariety of XX and L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}), i=0,…,d−1i=0,\dots,d-1, a collection of approachable metrized line bundles on XX. For each ii, let (∥⋅∥i,l)l≥0(\|\cdot\|_{i,l})_{l\geq 0} be a sequence of semipositive smooth (in the Archimedean case) or algebraic (in the non-Archimedean case) metrics on LianL_{i}^{{\text{\rm an}}} that converge to ∥⋅∥i\|\cdot\|_{i}. Then the measures c1(L0,∥⋅∥0,l)∧⋯∧c1(Ld−1,∥⋅∥d−1,l)∧δY\operatorname{c}_{1}(L_{0},\|\cdot\|_{0,l})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}(L_{d-1},\|\cdot\|_{d-1,l})\wedge\delta_{Y} converge weakly to a measure on XanX^{\text{\rm an}}.

[02JG]
Proof.

The non-Archimedean case is proven in [Cha06, Proposition 2.7(b)] and in [Gub07, Proposition 3.12]. The Archimedean case can be proved similarly. ∎

[02JH]
Definition 2.34.

Let L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}), i=0,…,d−1i=0,\dots,d-1, be a collection of approachable metrized line bundles on XX. For a dd-dimensional subvariety Y⊂XY\subset X, we denote by c1⁡(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(L¯d−1)∧δY\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{0})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{d-1})\wedge\delta_{Y} the limit measure in Proposition 2.33. For integrable bundles L¯i{\overline{L}}_{i} and a dd-dimensional cycle YY of XX, we can associate a signed measure c1⁡(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(L¯d−1)∧δY\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{0})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{d-1})\wedge\delta_{Y} on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} by multilinearity.

This signed measure behaves well under field extensions.

[02JI]
Proposition 2.35.

With the previous notation, let K′K^{\prime} be a finite extension of KK. Set (X′,Y′)=(X,Y)×Spec⁡(K′)(X^{\prime},Y^{\prime})=(X,Y)\times\operatorname{Spec}(K^{\prime}) and let φ:X′an→Xan\varphi\colon{X^{\prime}}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to X^{{\text{\rm an}}} be the induced map. Let φ∗​L¯i\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{i}, i=0,…,d−1i=0,\dots,d-1, be the line bundles with algebraic metrics on X′X^{\prime} obtained by base change. Then

φ∗​(c1⁡(φ∗​L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(φ∗​L¯d−1)∧δY′)=c1⁡(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(L¯d−1)∧δY.\varphi_{\ast}\left(\operatorname{c}_{1}(\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{0})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}(\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{d-1})\land\delta_{{Y^{\prime}}}\right)=\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{0})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{d-1})\land\delta_{Y}.
[02JJ]
Proof.

This follows from [Gub07, Remark 3.10]. ∎

We also have the following functorial property.

[02JK]
Proposition 2.36.

Let φ:X′→X\varphi\colon X^{\prime}\to X be a morphism of proper varieties over KK, Y′Y^{\prime} a dd-dimensional cycle of X′X^{\prime}, and L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}), i=0,…,d−1i=0,\dots,d-1, a collection of integrable metrized line bundles on XX. Then

φ∗​(c1⁡(φ∗​L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(φ∗​L¯d−1)∧δY′)=c1⁡(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(L¯d−1)∧δφ∗​Y.\varphi_{\ast}\left(\operatorname{c}_{1}(\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{0})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}(\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{d-1})\land\delta_{{Y^{\prime}}}\right)=\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{0})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{d-1})\land\delta_{\varphi_{*}Y}.
[02JL]
Proof.

In the non-Archimedean, this follows from [Gub07, Corollary 3.9(2)]. In the Archimedean case, this follows from the functoriality of Chern classes, the projection formula, and the continuity of direct image of measures. ∎

These signed measures allow us to integrate continuous functions on XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Indeed, it is also possible to integrate certain functions with logarithmic singularities that play an important role in the definition of local heights.

[02JM]
Proposition 2.37.

Let YY be a dd-dimensional cycle of XX, L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}), i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, a collection of integrable metrized line bundles, and sds_{d} a rational section of LdL_{d} such that div⁡(sd)\operatorname{div}(s_{d}) intersects YY properly. Then log⁡‖sd‖\log\|s_{d}\| is integrable with respect to the measure c1⁡(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(L¯d−1)∧δY\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{0})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{d-1})\wedge\delta_{Y}.

[02JN]
Proof.

This is proved in [CT09, Theorem 4.1] for completions of number fields. The argument can be easily extended to cover the general case. ∎

[02JP]
Definition 2.38.

Let YY be a dd-dimensional cycle of XX and LiL_{i} a line bundle on XX and sis_{i} a rational section of LiL_{i}, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d. We say that s0,…,sds_{0},\dots,s_{d} meet properly YY if, for all I⊂{0,…,d}I\subset\{0,\dots,d\},

dim(Y∩⋂i∈I|div⁡si|)=d−#​I.\dim\left(Y\cap\bigcap_{i\in I}|\operatorname{div}s_{i}|\right)=d-\#I.
[02JQ]
Definition 2.39.

The local height on XX is the function that, to each dd-dimensional cycle YY and each family of integrable metrized line bundles with sections (L¯i,si)({\overline{L}}_{i},s_{i}), i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, such that the sections meet YY properly, associates a real number hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d}) determined inductively by the properties:

  1. (1)

    h⁡(∅)=0\operatorname{h}(\emptyset)=0;

  2. (2)

    if YY is a cycle of dimension d≥0d\geq 0, then

    hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)=hL¯0,…,L¯d−1⁡(Y⋅div⁡sd,s0,…,sd−1)−∫Xanlog∥sd∥c1(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1(L¯d−1)∧δY.\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d})=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d-1}}(Y\cdot\operatorname{div}s_{d};s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1})\\ -\int_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\log\|s_{d}\|\operatorname{c}_{1}(\overline{L}_{0})\land\dots\wedge\operatorname{c}_{1}(\overline{L}_{d-1})\land\delta_{Y}.

In particular, for p∈X⁡(K)∖|div⁡(s0)|p\in X(K)\setminus|\operatorname{div}(s_{0})|,

(2.40) hL¯0⁡(p;s0)=−log⁡‖s0​(p)‖.\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0}}(p;s_{0})=-\log\|s_{0}(p)\|.
[02JR]
Remark 2.41.

Definition 2.39 works better when the variety XX is projective. In this case, for every cycle YY there exist sections that meet YY properly, thanks to the moving lemma. This does not necessarily occur for arbitrary proper varieties. Nevertheless, we will be able to define the global height (Definition 2.56) of any cycle of a proper variety by using Chow’s lemma. Similarly we will be able to define the toric local height (Definition 6.1) of any cycle of a proper toric variety.

[02JS]
Remark 2.42.

When XX is regular and the metrics are smooth (in the Archimedean case) or algebraic (in the non-Archimedean case), the local heights of Definition 2.39 agree with the local heights that can be derived using the Gillet-Soulé arithmetic intersection product. In particular, in the Archimedean case, this local height agrees with the Archimedean contribution of the Arakelov global height introduced by Bost, Gillet and Soulé in [BGS94]. In the non-Archimedean case, the local height can be interpreted in terms of an intersection product. Assume that YY is prime and choose models (𝒳i,ℒi,ei)(\mathcal{X}_{i},\mathcal{L}_{i},e_{i}) of (X,Li)(X,L_{i}) that realize the algebraic metrics of L¯i{\overline{L}}_{i}. Without loss of generality, we may assume that all the models 𝒳i\mathcal{X}_{i} agree with a common model 𝒳\mathcal{X}. The sections si⊗eis^{\otimes e_{i}}_{i} can be seen as rational sections of ℒi\mathcal{L}_{i} over 𝒳\mathcal{X}. With the notations in Definition 2.28, the equation (2.15) implies that

log⁡‖sd​(ξV)‖=log⁡|ϖ|​ordV⁡(sd⊗ed)ed​ordv​(ϖ).\log\|s_{d}(\xi_{V})\|=\frac{\log|\varpi|{\operatorname{ord}}_{V}(s_{d}^{\otimes e_{d}})}{e_{d}{\operatorname{ord}}_{v}(\varpi)}.

Therefore, in this case the equation in Definition 2.39(2) can be written as

(2.43) hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)=hL¯0,…,L¯d−1⁡(Y⋅div⁡(sd),s0,…,sd−1)−log⁡|ϖ|e0​…​ed∑V∈𝒴~0(0)ordV(sd⊗ed)degℒ0,…,ℒd−1(V).\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d})=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d-1}}(Y\cdot\operatorname{div}(s_{d});s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1})\\ -\frac{\log|\varpi|}{e_{0}\dots e_{d}}\sum_{V\in{\widetilde{\mathcal{Y}}}_{0}^{(0)}}{\operatorname{ord}}_{V}(s_{d}^{\otimes e_{d}})\deg_{\mathcal{L}_{0},\dots,\mathcal{L}_{d-1}}(V).
[02JT]
Remark 2.44.

It is a fundamental observation by Zhang [Zha95b] that the non-Archimedean contribution of the Arakelov global height of a variety can be expressed in terms of a family of metrics. In particular, this global height only depends on the metrics and not on a particular choice of models, exhibiting the analogy between the Archimedean and non-Archimedean settings. The local heights were extended by Gubler [Gub02, Gub03] to non-necessarily discrete valuations and he also weakened the hypothesis of proper intersection.

[02JU]
Remark 2.45.

The local heights of Definition 2.39 agree with the local heights introduced by Gubler, see [Gub03, Proposition 3.5] for the Archimedean case and [Gub03, Remark 9.4] for the non-Archimedean case. In the Archimedean case, the local height in [Gub03] is defined in terms of a refined star product of Green currents based on [Bur94]. The hypothesis needed in Gubler’s definition of local heights are weaker than the ones we use. We have chosen the current definition because it is more elementary and suffices for our purposes.

[02JV]
Theorem 2.46.

The local height function satisfies the following properties.

  1. (1)

    It is symmetric and multilinear with respect to ⊗\otimes in the pairs (L¯i,si)({\overline{L}}_{i},s_{i}), i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, provided that all terms are defined.

  2. (2)

    Let φ:X′→X\varphi\colon X^{\prime}\to X be a morphism of proper varieties over KK, YY a dd-dimensional cycle of X′X^{\prime}, and (L¯i,si)({\overline{L}}_{i},s_{i}) an integrable metrized line bundle on XX and a section, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d. Then

    hφ∗​L¯0,…,φ∗​L¯d⁡(Y,φ∗​s0,…,φ∗​sd)=hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(φ∗​Y,s0,…,sd),\operatorname{h}_{\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;\varphi^{\ast}s_{0},\dots,\varphi^{\ast}s_{d})=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(\varphi_{\ast}Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d}),

    provided that both terms are defined.

  3. (3)

    Let ZZ be the zero-cycle Y⋅div(s0)⋯div(sd−1)Y\cdot\operatorname{div}(s_{0})\cdots\operatorname{div}(s_{d-1}) and ff a rational function such that the section f​sdfs_{d} meets ZZ properly. Then

    hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)−hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,f​sd)=log⁡|f⁡(Z)|,\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d})-\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,fs_{d})=\log|f(Z)|,

    where, if Z=∑lml​plZ=\sum_{l}m_{l}p_{l}, then f⁡(Z)=∏lf​(pl)mlf(Z)=\prod_{l}f(p_{l})^{m_{l}}.

  4. (4)

    Let L′¯d=(Ld,∥⋅∥′){\overline{L^{\prime}}}_{d}=(L_{d},\|\cdot\|^{\prime}) be another choice of metric. Then

    hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)−hL¯0,…,L¯d′⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)=−∫Ylog(∥sd(p)∥/∥sd(p)∥′)c1(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1(L¯d−1)∧δY\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d})-\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}^{\prime}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d})=\\ -\int_{Y}\log(\|s_{d}(p)\|/\|s_{d}(p)\|^{\prime})\operatorname{c}_{1}(\overline{L}_{0})\land\dots\wedge\operatorname{c}_{1}(\overline{L}_{d-1})\land\delta_{Y}

    is independent of the choice of sections.

[02JW]
Proof.

In the Archimedean case, statement (1) is [Gub03, Proposition 3.4], statement (2) is [Gub03, Proposition 3.6]. In the non-Archimedean case, statement (1) and (2) are [Gub03, Remark 9.3]. The other two statements follow easily from the definition. ∎

[02JX]

2.5. Adelic metrics and global heights

To define global heights, we first introduce the notion of adelic field, which is a generalization of the notion of global field. In [Gub03] one can find a more general theory of global heights based on the concept of MM-fields.

[02JY]
Definition 2.47.

Let 𝕂\mathbb{K} be a field and 𝔐𝕂\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}} a family of absolute values on 𝕂\mathbb{K} with real weights. For each v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}} we denote by |⋅|v|\cdot|_{v} the corresponding absolute value, by nv∈ℝn_{v}\in\mathbb{R} the weight, and by 𝕂v\mathbb{K}_{v} the completion of 𝕂\mathbb{K} with respect to |⋅|v|\cdot|_{v}. We say that (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) is an adelic field if

  1. (1)

    for each v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}, the absolute value |⋅|v|\cdot|_{v} is Archimedean or associated to a nontrivial discrete valuation;

  2. (2)

    for each α∈𝕂×\alpha\in\mathbb{K}^{\times}, |α|v=1|\alpha|_{v}=1 except a for a finite number of vv.

Observe that the complete fields 𝕂v\mathbb{K}_{v} are either ℝ\mathbb{R}, ℂ\mathbb{C} or of the kind of fields considered in §2.3.

[02JZ]
Definition 2.48.

Let (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) be an adelic field. For α∈𝕂×\alpha\in\mathbb{K}^{\times}, the defect of α\alpha is

def⁡(α)=∑v∈𝔐𝕂nv​log⁡|α|v.\operatorname{def}(\alpha)=\sum_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}}n_{v}\log|\alpha|_{v}.

Since def:𝕂×→ℝ\operatorname{def}\colon\mathbb{K}^{\times}\to\mathbb{R} is a group homomorphism, we have that def⁡(𝕂×)\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}) is a subgroup of ℝ\mathbb{R}. If def⁡(𝕂×)=0\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times})=0, then 𝕂\mathbb{K} is said to satisfy the product formula. The group of global heights of 𝕂\mathbb{K} is ℝ/def⁡(𝕂×)\mathbb{R}/\!\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}).

Let (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) be an adelic field and 𝔽\mathbb{F} a finite extension of 𝕂\mathbb{K}. For each v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}, put 𝔐v\mathfrak{M}_{v} for the set of absolute values |⋅|w|\cdot|_{w} of 𝔽\mathbb{F} that extend |⋅|v|\cdot|_{v}, with weight

nw=[𝔽w:𝕂v][𝔽:𝕂]nv.n_{w}=\frac{[\mathbb{F}_{w}:\mathbb{K}_{v}]}{[\mathbb{F}:\mathbb{K}]}n_{v}.

Set 𝔐𝔽=∐v𝔐v\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{F}}=\coprod_{v}\mathfrak{M}_{v}. Then (𝔽,𝔐𝔽)(\mathbb{F},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{F}}) is an adelic field and def(𝔽×)⊂1[𝔽:𝕂]def(𝕂×)\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{F}^{\times})\subset\frac{1}{[\mathbb{F}:\mathbb{K}]}\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}). In particular, if 𝕂\mathbb{K} satisfies the product formula so does 𝔽\mathbb{F}.

[02K0]
Example 2.49.

Let 𝔐ℚ\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}} be the set of places of ℚ\mathbb{Q}, where the corresponding absolute values are normalized in the standard way. Then (ℚ,𝔐ℚ)(\mathbb{Q},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}}) is an adelic field that satisfies the product formula. If 𝕂\mathbb{K} is a number field, by the construction above, we obtain an adelic field (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) which satisfies the product formula too.

[02K1]
Example 2.50.

Let BB be a irreducible projective variety over a field kk, which is regular in codimension 1, and LL an ample line bundle on BB. Set 𝕂=k⁡(B)\mathbb{K}=k(B). For a prime divisor vv on BB and α∈𝕂×\alpha\in\mathbb{K}^{\times}, we denote by ordv⁡(α){\operatorname{ord}}_{v}(\alpha) the order of α\alpha at vv. Fix a constant c>1c>1 and denote by 𝔐𝕂\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}} the set of prime divisors on BB. For each v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}, the corresponding absolute value and weight are defined as

|α|v=c−ordv⁡(α),nv=degL⁡(v).|\alpha|_{v}=c^{-{\operatorname{ord}}_{v}(\alpha)},\quad n_{v}=\deg_{L}(v).

Then (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) is an adelic field. Moreover, 𝕂\mathbb{K} satisfies the product formula, since the degree of a principal divisor is zero,

[02K2]
Definition 2.51.

The adelic fields in examples 2.49 and 2.50 will be called global fields. For a finite subset S⊂𝔐𝕂S\subset\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}} containing the Archimedean places, we consider the Noetherian ring 𝕂S∘={α∈𝕂||α|v≤1,∀v∉S}\mathbb{K}^{\circ}_{S}=\{\alpha\in\mathbb{K}\,|\,|\alpha|_{v}\leq 1,\forall v\notin S\}.

[02K3]
Definition 2.52.

Let (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) be an adelic field. Let XX be a proper variety over 𝕂\mathbb{K} and LL a line bundle on XX. For each v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}} set Xv=X×Spec⁡(Kv)X_{v}=X\times\operatorname{Spec}(K_{v}) and Lv=L×Spec⁡(Kv)L_{v}=L\times\operatorname{Spec}(K_{v}).

  1. (1)

    A metric on LL is a family of metrics ∥⋅∥v\|\cdot\|_{v}, v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}, where ∥⋅∥v\|\cdot\|_{v} is a metric on LvanL_{v}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. We will denote by L¯=(L,(∥⋅∥v)v){\overline{L}}=(L,(\|\cdot\|_{v})_{v}) the corresponding metrized line bundle. The metric is said to be approachable (respectively integrable) if the metrics ∥⋅∥v\|\cdot\|_{v} are approachable (respectively integrable) for all v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}.

  2. (2)

    Suppose that (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) is a global field. A metric on LL is called quasi-algebraic if there exists a finite subset S⊂𝔐𝕂S\subset\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}} containing the Archimedean places, an integer e≥1e\geq 1 and a proper model (𝒳,ℒ,e)({\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}},e) over 𝕂S∘\mathbb{K}^{\circ}_{S} of (X,L)(X,L) such that, for each v∉Sv\notin S, the metric ∥⋅∥v\|\cdot\|_{v} is induced by the localization of this model at vv.

[02K4]
Definition 2.53.

Let (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) be an adelic field, XX a proper variety over 𝕂\mathbb{K} and L¯i{\overline{L}}_{i}, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, a family of integrable metrized line bundles on XX. Let YY be a dd-dimensional cycle of XX. We say that YY is integrable with respect to L¯0,…,L¯d{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d} if there is a proper map φ:X′→X\varphi\colon X^{\prime}\to X, a cycle Y′Y^{\prime} of X′X^{\prime} such that φ∗​Y′=Y\varphi_{\ast}Y^{\prime}=Y, and rational sections sis_{i} of φ∗​Li\varphi^{\ast}L_{i}, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, that intersect Y′Y^{\prime} properly and such that for all but a finite number of v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}},

(2.54) hv,φ¯∗​L0,…,φ¯∗​Ld⁡(Y′,s0,…,sd)=0,\operatorname{h}_{v,{\overline{\varphi}}^{\ast}L_{0},\dots,{\overline{\varphi}}^{\ast}L_{d}}(Y^{\prime};s_{0},\dots,s_{d})=0,

where hv\operatorname{h}_{v} denotes the local height function on XvX_{v}.

The notion of integrability of cycles is stable under tensor product and inverse image of integrable metrized line bundles, thanks to Theorem 2.46(1,2). For an integrable cycle YY, the condition (2.54) is satisfied for any choice of morphism φ\varphi, cycle Y′Y^{\prime} and sections that intersect Y′Y^{\prime} properly, thanks to the definition of adelic field and Theorem 2.46(3).

We are mainly interested in global fields and quasi-algebraic metrics. In this case, all cycles are integrable.

[02K5]
Proposition 2.55.

Let (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) be a global field and XX a proper variety over 𝕂\mathbb{K} of dimension nn. Let d≤nd\leq n and let L¯i{\overline{L}}_{i}, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, be a family of line bundles with quasi-algebraic integrable metrics. Then every dd-dimensional cycle of XX is integrable with respect to L¯0,…,L¯d{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}.

[02K6]
Proof.

It is enough to prove that every prime cycle is integrable. Applying the Chow Lemma to the support of the cycle and using that the inverse image of a quasi-algebraic metric is quasi-algebraic, we are reduced to the case when XX is projective.

We proceed by induction on dd. For d=−1d=-1, the statement is clear, and so we consider the case when d≥0d\geq 0. Let YY be a dd-dimensional cycle of XX and sis_{i}, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, rational sections of LiL_{i} that intersect YY properly. Let (𝒳,ℒd)({\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}}_{d}) be a proper model over 𝕂S∘\mathbb{K}^{\circ}_{S} of (X,Ld⊗ed)(X,L_{d}^{\otimes e_{d}}). Then sd⊗eds_{d}^{\otimes e_{d}} is a non-zero rational section of ℒd{\mathcal{L}}_{d} and so it defines a finite number of vertical components. Hence, for all places v∉Sv\notin S which are not below any of these vertical components,

hv,L¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)=hv,L¯0,…,L¯d−1⁡(Y⋅div⁡(sd),s0,…,sd−1),\operatorname{h}_{v,{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d})=\operatorname{h}_{v,{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d-1}}(Y\cdot\operatorname{div}(s_{d});s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1}),

thanks to the equation (2.43). The statement follows then from the inductive hypothesis. ∎

[02K7]
Definition 2.56.

Let XX be a proper variety over 𝕂\mathbb{K}, L¯0,…,L¯d{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d} integrable metrized line bundles on XX, and YY an integrable dd-dimensional cycle of XX. Let X′X^{\prime}, Y′Y^{\prime} and s0,…,sds_{0},\dots,s_{d} be as in Definition 2.53. The global height of YY with respect to s0,…,sds_{0},\dots,s_{d} is defined as

hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)=∑v∈𝔐𝕂nv​hv,φ∗​L¯0,…,φ∗​L¯d​(Y′,s0,…,sd)∈ℝ.\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d})=\sum_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}}n_{v}\operatorname{h}_{v,\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y^{\prime};s_{0},\dots,s_{d})\in\mathbb{R}.

The global height of YY, denoted hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y), is the class of hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d}) in the quotient group ℝ/def⁡(𝕂×)\mathbb{R}/\!\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}).

The global height is well-defined as an element of ℝ/def⁡(𝕂×)\mathbb{R}/\!\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}) because of Theorem 2.46(3). In particular, if 𝕂\mathbb{K} satisfies the product formula, the global height is a well-defined real number.

[02K8]
Theorem 2.57.

The global height of integrable cycles satisfies the following properties.

  1. (1)

    It is symmetric and multilinear with respect to tensor products of integrable metrized line bundles.

  2. (2)

    Let φ:X′→X\varphi\colon X^{\prime}\to X be a morphism of proper varieties over KK, L¯i{\overline{L}}_{i}, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, integrable metrized line bundles on XX, and YY an integrable dd-dimensional cycle of X′X^{\prime}. Then

    hφ∗​L¯0,…,φ∗​L¯d⁡(Y)=hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(φ∗​Y).\operatorname{h}_{\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y)=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(\varphi_{\ast}Y).
[02K9]
Proof.

This follows readily from Theorem 2.46(1,2). ∎

[02KA]

3. The Legendre-Fenchel duality

In this section we explain the notions of convex analysis that we will use in our study of the arithmetic of toric varieties. The central theme is the Legendre-Fenchel duality of concave functions. A basic reference in this subject is the classical book by Rockafellar [Roc70] and we will refer to it for many of the proofs.

Although the usual references in the literature deal with convex functions, we will work instead with concave functions. These are the functions which arise in the theory of toric varieties. In this respect, we remark that the functions which are called “convex” in the classical books on toric varieties [KKMS73, Ful93] are concave in the sense of convex analysis.

[02KB]

3.1. Convex sets and convex decompositions

Let Nℝ≃ℝnN_{\mathbb{R}}\simeq\mathbb{R}^{n} be a real vector space of dimension nn and Mℝ=Nℝ∨M_{\mathbb{R}}=N_{\mathbb{R}}^{\vee} its dual space. The pairing between x∈Mℝx\in M_{\mathbb{R}} and u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}} will be alternatively denoted by ⟨x,u⟩\langle x,u\rangle, x⁡(u)x(u) or u⁡(x)u(x).

A non-empty subset CC of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} is convex if, for each pair of points u1,u2∈Cu_{1},u_{2}\in C, the line segment

u1​u2¯={t​u1+(1−t)​u2∣0≤t≤1}{\overline{u_{1}u_{2}}}=\{tu_{1}+(1-t)u_{2}\mid 0\leq t\leq 1\}

is contained in CC. Throughout this text, convex sets are assumed to be non-empty. A non-empty subset σ⊂Nℝ\sigma\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} is a cone if λ​σ=σ\lambda\sigma=\sigma for all λ∈ℝ>0\lambda\in\mathbb{R}_{>0}.

The affine hull of a convex set CC, denoted aff⁡(C)\operatorname{aff}(C), is the minimal affine space which contains it. The dimension of CC is defined as the dimension of its affine hull. The relative interior of CC, denoted ri⁡(C)\operatorname{ri}(C), is defined as the interior of CC relative to its affine hull. The recession cone of CC, denoted by rec⁡(C)\operatorname{rec}(C), is the set

rec⁡(C)={u∈Nℝ∣C+u⊂C}.\operatorname{rec}(C)=\{u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\mid C+u\subset C\}.

It is a cone of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. The cone of CC is defined as

c⁡(C)=ℝ>0​(C×{1})¯⊂Nℝ×ℝ≥0.\operatorname{c}(C)={\overline{\mathbb{R}_{>0}(C\times\{1\})}}\subset N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}.

It is a closed cone. If CC is closed, then rec⁡(C)=c⁡(C)∩(Nℝ×{0})\operatorname{rec}(C)=\operatorname{c}(C)\cap(N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\{0\}).

[02KC]
Definition 3.1.

Let CC be a convex set. A convex subset F⊂CF\subset C is called a face of CC if, for every closed line segment u1​u2¯⊂C{\overline{u_{1}u_{2}}}\subset C such that ri⁡(u1​u2¯)∩F≠∅\operatorname{ri}({\overline{u_{1}u_{2}}})\cap F\not=\emptyset, the inclusion u1​u2¯⊂F{\overline{u_{1}u_{2}}}\subset F holds. A face of CC of codimension 1 is called a facet. A non-empty subset F⊂CF\subset C is called an exposed face of CC if there exists x∈Mℝx\in M_{\mathbb{R}} such that

F={u∈C∣⟨x,u⟩≤⟨x,v⟩,∀v∈C}.F=\{u\in C\mid\langle x,u\rangle\leq\langle x,v\rangle,\,\forall v\in C\}.

Any exposed face of a convex set is a face, and the facets of a convex set are always exposed. However, a convex set may have faces which are not exposed. For instance, think about the four points of junction of the straight lines and bends of the boundary of the inner area of a racing track in a stadium.

[02KD]
Definition 3.2.

Let Π\Pi be a non-empty collection of convex subsets of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. The collection Π\Pi is called a convex subdivision if it satisfies the conditions:

  1. (1)

    every face of an element of Π\Pi is also in Π\Pi;

  2. (2)

    every two elements of Π\Pi are either disjoint or they intersect in a common face.

If Π\Pi satisfies only (2), then it is called a convex decomposition. The support of Π\Pi is defined as the set |Π|=⋃C∈ΠC|\Pi|=\bigcup_{C\in\Pi}C. We say that Π\Pi is complete if its support is the whole of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. For a given set E⊂NℝE\subset N_{\mathbb{R}}, we say that Π\Pi is a convex subdivision (or decomposition) in EE whenever |Π|⊂E|\Pi|\subset E. A convex subdivision in EE is called complete if |Π|=E|\Pi|=E.

For instance, the collection of all faces of a convex set defines a convex subdivision of this set. The collection of all exposed faces of a convex set is a convex decomposition, but it is not necessarily a convex subdivision.

In this text, we will be mainly concerned with the polyhedral case.

[02KE]
Definition 3.3.

A convex polyhedron of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} is a convex set defined as the intersection of a finite number of closed halfspaces. It is called strongly convex if it does not contain any line. A convex polyhedral cone is a convex polyhedron σ\sigma such that λ​σ=σ\lambda\sigma=\sigma for all λ>0\lambda>0. A polytope is a bounded convex polyhedron.

For a convex polyhedron, there is no difference between faces and exposed faces.

By the Minkowski-Weyl theorem, polyhedra can be explicitly described in two dual ways, either by the H-representation, as an intersection of half-spaces, or by the V-representation, as the Minkowski sum of a cone and a polytope [Roc70, Theorem 19.1]. An H-representation of a polyhedron Λ\Lambda in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} is a finite set of affine equations {(aj,αj)}1≤j≤k⊂Mℝ×ℝ\{(a_{j},\alpha_{j})\}_{1\leq j\leq k}\subset M_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R} so that

(3.4) Λ=⋂1≤j≤k{u∈Nℝ∣⟨aj,u⟩+αj≥0}.\Lambda=\bigcap_{1\leq j\leq k}\{u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\mid\langle a_{j},u\rangle+\alpha_{j}\geq 0\}.

With this representation, the recession cone can be written as

rec⁡(Λ)=⋂1≤j≤k{u∈Nℝ∣⟨aj,u⟩≥0}.\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda)=\bigcap_{1\leq j\leq k}\{u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\mid\langle a_{j},u\rangle\geq 0\}.

A V-representation of a polyhedron Λ′\Lambda^{\prime} in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} consists in a set of vectors {bj}1≤j≤k\{b_{j}\}_{1\leq j\leq k} in the tangent space T0​Nℝ(≃Nℝ)T_{0}N_{\mathbb{R}}(\simeq N_{\mathbb{R}}) and a non-empty set of points {bj}k+1≤j≤l⊂Nℝ\{b_{j}\}_{k+1\leq j\leq l}\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} such that

(3.5) Λ′=cone⁡(b1,…,bk)+conv⁡(bk+1,…,bl)\Lambda^{\prime}=\operatorname{cone}(b_{1},\dots,b_{k})+\operatorname{conv}(b_{k+1},\dots,b_{l})

where

cone⁡(b1,…,bk):={∑j=1kλj​bj|λj≥0}\operatorname{cone}(b_{1},\dots,b_{k}):=\bigg\{\sum_{j=1}^{k}\lambda_{j}b_{j}\bigg|\ \lambda_{j}\geq 0\bigg\}

is the cone generated by the given vectors (with the convention that cone⁡(∅)={0}\operatorname{cone}(\emptyset)=\{0\}) and

conv(bk+1,…,bl):={∑j=k+1lλjbj|λj≥0,∑j=k+1lλj=1}\operatorname{conv}(b_{k+1},\dots,b_{l}):=\bigg\{\sum_{j=k+1}^{l}\lambda_{j}b_{j}\bigg|\ \lambda_{j}\geq 0,\ \sum_{j=k+1}^{l}\lambda_{j}=1\bigg\}

is the convex hull of the given set of points. With this second representation, the recession cone can be obtained as

rec⁡(Λ′)=cone⁡(b1,…,bk).\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda^{\prime})=\operatorname{cone}(b_{1},\dots,b_{k}).
[02KF]
Definition 3.6.

A polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} is a finite convex subdivision whose elements are convex polyhedra. A polyhedral complex is called strongly convex if all of its polyhedra are strongly convex. It is called conic if all of its elements are cones. A strongly convex conic polyhedral complex is called a fan. If Π\Pi is a polyhedral complex, we will denote by Πi\Pi^{i} the subset of ii-dimensional polyhedra of Ψ\Psi. In particular, if Σ\Sigma is a fan, Σi\Sigma^{i} is its subset of ii-dimensional cones.

There are two natural processes for linearizing a polyhedral complex.

[02KG]
Definition 3.7.

The recession of Π\Pi is defined as the collection of polyhedral cones of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} given by

rec⁡(Π)={rec⁡(Λ)∣Λ∈Π}.\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\{\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda)\mid\Lambda\in\Pi\}.

The cone of Π\Pi is defined as the collection of cones in Nℝ×ℝN_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R} given by

c⁡(Π)={c⁡(Λ)∣Λ∈Π}∪{σ×{0}∣σ∈rec⁡(Π)}.\operatorname{c}(\Pi)=\big\{\operatorname{c}(\Lambda)\mid\Lambda\in\Pi\big\}\cup\big\{\sigma\times\{0\}\mid\sigma\in\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)\big\}.

It is natural to ask whether the recession or the cone of a given polyhedral complex is a complex too. The following example shows that this is not always the case.

[02KH]
Example 3.8.

Let Π\Pi be the polyhedral complex in ℝ3\mathbb{R}^{3} containing the faces of the polyhedra

Λ1={(x1,x2,0)|x1,x2≥0},Λ2={(x1,x2,1)|x1+x2,x1−x2≥0}.\Lambda_{1}=\{(x_{1},x_{2},0)|\,x_{1},x_{2}\geq 0\},\quad\Lambda_{2}=\{(x_{1},x_{2},1)|\,x_{1}+x_{2},x_{1}-x_{2}\geq 0\}.

Then rec⁡(Λ1)\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda_{1}) and rec⁡(Λ2)\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda_{2}) are two cones in ℝ2×{0}\mathbb{R}^{2}\times\{0\} whose intersection is the cone {(x1,x2,0)|x2,x1−x2≥0}\{(x_{1},x_{2},0)|x_{2},x_{1}-x_{2}\geq 0\}. This cone is neither a face of rec⁡(Λ1)\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda_{1}) nor of rec⁡(Λ2)\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda_{2}). Hence rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) is not a complex and, consequently, neither is c⁡(Π)\operatorname{c}(\Pi). In Figure 1 we see the polyhedron Λ1\Lambda_{1} in light grey, the polyhedron Λ2\Lambda_{2} in darker grey and rec⁡(Λ2)\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda_{2}) as dashed lines.

x 3 x 1 x 2
Figure 1.

Therefore, to assure that rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) or c⁡(Π)\operatorname{c}(\Pi) are complexes, we need to impose some condition on Π\Pi. This question has been addressed in [BS10]. Because our applications, we are mostly interested in the case when Π\Pi is complete. It turns out that this assumption is enough to avoid the problem raised in Example 3.8.

[02KI]
Proposition 3.9.

Let Π\Pi be a complete polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Then rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) and c⁡(Π)\operatorname{c}(\Pi) are complete conic polyhedral complexes in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Nℝ×ℝ≥0N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}, respectively. If, in addition, Π\Pi is strongly convex, then both rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) and c⁡(Π)\operatorname{c}(\Pi) are fans.

[02KJ]
Proof.

This is a particular case of [BS10, Theorem 3.4]. ∎

[02KK]
Definition 3.10.

Let Π1\Pi_{1} and Π2\Pi_{2} be two polyhedral complexes in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. The complex of intersections of Π1\Pi_{1} and Π2\Pi_{2} is defined as the collection of polyhedra

Π1⋅Π2={Λ1∩Λ2|Λ1∈Π1,Λ2∈Π2}.\Pi_{1}\cdot\Pi_{2}=\{\Lambda_{1}\cap\Lambda_{2}|\Lambda_{1}\in\Pi_{1},\Lambda_{2}\in\Pi_{2}\}.
[02KL]
Lemma 3.11.

The collection Π1⋅Π2\Pi_{1}\cdot\Pi_{2} is a polyhedral complex. If Π1\Pi_{1} and Π2\Pi_{2} are complete, then

rec⁡(Π1⋅Π2)=rec⁡(Π1)⋅rec⁡(Π2).\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{1}\cdot\Pi_{2})=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{1})\cdot\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{2}).
[02KM]
Proof.

Using the H-representation of polyhedra, one verifies that, if Λ1\Lambda_{1} and Λ2\Lambda_{2} are polyhedra with non-empty intersection, then any face of Λ1∩Λ2\Lambda_{1}\cap\Lambda_{2} is the intersection of a face of Λ1\Lambda_{1} with a face of Λ2\Lambda_{2}. This implies that Π1⋅Π2\Pi_{1}\cdot\Pi_{2} is a polyhedral complex.

Now suppose that Π1\Pi_{1} and Π2\Pi_{2} are complete. Let σ∈rec⁡(Π1⋅Π2)\sigma\in\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{1}\cdot\Pi_{2}). This means that σ=rec⁡(Λ)\sigma=\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda) and Λ=Λ1∩Λ2\Lambda=\Lambda_{1}\cap\Lambda_{2} with Λi∈Πi\Lambda_{i}\in\Pi_{i}. It is easy to verify that Λ≠∅\Lambda\not=\emptyset implies rec⁡(Λ)=rec⁡(Λ1)∩rec⁡(Λ2)\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda)=\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda_{1})\cap\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda_{2}). Therefore σ∈rec⁡(Π1)⋅rec⁡(Π2)\sigma\in\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{1})\cdot\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{2}). This shows

rec⁡(Π1⋅Π2)⊂rec⁡(Π1)⋅rec⁡(Π2).\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{1}\cdot\Pi_{2})\subset\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{1})\cdot\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{2}).

Since both complexes are complete, they agree. ∎

We consider now an integral structure in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Let N≃ℤnN\simeq\mathbb{Z}^{n} be a lattice of rank nn such that Nℝ=N⊗ℝN_{\mathbb{R}}=N\otimes\mathbb{R}. Set M=N∨=Hom⁡(N,ℤ)M=N^{\vee}=\operatorname{Hom}(N,\mathbb{Z}) for its dual lattice so Mℝ=M⊗ℝM_{\mathbb{R}}=M\otimes\mathbb{R}. We also set Nℚ=N⊗ℚN_{\mathbb{Q}}=N\otimes\mathbb{Q} and Mℚ=M⊗ℚM_{\mathbb{Q}}=M\otimes\mathbb{Q}.

[02KN]
Definition 3.12.

Let Λ\Lambda be a polyhedron in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. We say that Λ\Lambda is a lattice polyhedron if it admits a V-representation with integral vectors and points. We say that it is rational if it admits a V-representation with rational coefficients.

Observe that any rational polyhedron admits an H-representation with integral coefficients.

[02KP]
Definition 3.13.

Let Π\Pi be a strongly convex polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. We say that Π\Pi is lattice (respectively rational) if all of its elements are lattice (respectively rational) polyhedra. For short, a strongly convex rational polyhedral complex is called an SCR polyhedral complex. A conic SCR polyhedral complex is called a rational fan.

[02KQ]
Remark 3.14.

The statement of Proposition 3.9 is compatible with rational structures. Namely, if Π\Pi is rational, the same is true for rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) and c⁡(Π)\operatorname{c}(\Pi).

[02KR]
Corollary 3.15.

The correspondence Π↦c⁡(Π)\Pi\mapsto\operatorname{c}(\Pi) is a bijection between the set of complete polyhedral complexes in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and the set of complete conical polyhedral complexes in Nℝ×ℝ≥0N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}. Its inverse is the correspondence that, to each conic polyhedral complex Σ\Sigma in Nℝ×ℝ≥0N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0} corresponds the complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} obtained by intersecting Σ\Sigma with the hyperplane Nℝ×{1}N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\{1\}. These bijections preserve rationality and strong convexity.

[02KS]
Proof.

This is [BS10, Corollary 3.12]. ∎

[02KT]

3.2. The Legendre-Fenchel dual of a concave function

Let NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} be as in the previous section.

Set ℝ¯=ℝ∪{−∞}{\underline{\mathbb{R}}}=\mathbb{R}\cup\{-\infty\} with the natural order and arithmetic operations. Unless otherwise stated, we will use the conventions (−∞)−(−∞)=0(-\infty)-(-\infty)=0 and 0⋅(−∞)=00\cdot(-\infty)=0. A function f:Nℝ→ℝ¯f\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to{\underline{\mathbb{R}}} is concave if

f⁡(t​u1+(1−t)​u2)≥t​f​(u1)+(1−t)​f​(u2)f(tu_{1}+(1-t)u_{2})\geq tf(u_{1})+(1-t)f(u_{2})

for all u1,u2∈Nℝu_{1},u_{2}\in N_{\mathbb{R}}, 0<t<10<t<1 and ff is not identically −∞-\infty. Observe that a function ff is concave in our sense if and only if −f-f is a proper convex function in the sense of [Roc70]. The effective domain dom⁡(f){\operatorname{dom}}(f) of such a function is the subset of points of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} where ff takes finite values. It is a convex set. A concave function f:Nℝ→ℝ¯f\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to{\underline{\mathbb{R}}} defines a concave function with finite values f:dom⁡(f)→ℝf\colon{\operatorname{dom}}(f)\to\mathbb{R}. Conversely, if f:C→ℝf\colon C\to\mathbb{R} is a concave function defined on some convex set CC, we can extend it to the whole of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} by declaring that its value at any point of Nℝ∖CN_{\mathbb{R}}\setminus C is −∞-\infty. We will move freely from the point of view of concave functions on the whole of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} with possibly infinite values to the point of view of real-valued concave functions on arbitrary convex sets.

A concave function is closed if it is upper semicontinuous. This includes the case of continuous concave functions defined on closed convex sets. Given an arbitrary concave function, there exists a unique minimal closed concave function above ff. This function is called the closure of ff and is denoted by cl⁡(f){\operatorname{cl}}(f).

Let ff be a concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. The Legendre-Fenchel dual of ff is the function

f∨:Mℝ⟶ℝ¯,x⟼infu∈Nℝ(⟨x,u⟩−f⁡(u)).f^{\vee}\colon M_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow{\underline{\mathbb{R}}},\quad x\longmapsto\inf_{u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}}(\langle x,u\rangle-f(u)).

It is a closed concave function. The Legendre-Fenchel duality is an involution between such functions: if ff is closed, then f∨⁣∨=ff^{\vee\vee}=f [Roc70, Cor. 12.2.1]. In fact, for any concave function ff we have f∨⁣∨=cl⁡(f)f^{\vee\vee}={\operatorname{cl}}(f).

The effective domain of f∨f^{\vee} is called the stability set of ff. It can be described as

stab(f)=dom(f∨)={x∈Mℝ∣⟨x,u⟩−f(u) is bounded below}.\operatorname{stab}(f)={\operatorname{dom}}(f^{\vee})=\{x\in M_{\mathbb{R}}\mid\langle x,u\rangle-f(u)\text{ is bounded below}\}.
[02KU]
Example 3.16.

The indicator function of a convex set C⊂NℝC\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} is the concave function ιC\iota_{C} defined as ιC​(u)=0\iota_{C}(u)=0 for u∈Cu\in C and ιC​(u)=−∞\iota_{C}(u)=-\infty for u∉Cu\not\in C. Observe that ιC\iota_{C} is the logarithm of the characteristic function of CC. This function is closed if and only if CC is a closed set.

The support function of a convex set CC is the function

ΨC:Mℝ⟶ℝ,x⟼infu∈C⟨x,u⟩.\Psi_{C}\colon M_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow\mathbb{R},\quad x\longmapsto\inf_{u\in C}\langle x,u\rangle.

It is a closed concave function. A function f:Mℝ→ℝf\colon M_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} is called conical if f⁡(λ​x)=λ​f​(x)f(\lambda x)=\lambda f(x) for all λ≥0\lambda\geq 0. The support function ΨC\Psi_{C} is conical. The converse is also true: all conical closed concave functions are of the form ΨC\Psi_{C} for a closed convex set CC.

We have ιC∨=ΨC\iota_{C}^{\vee}=\Psi_{C} and ΨC∨=cl⁡(ιC)=ιC¯\Psi_{C}^{\vee}={\operatorname{cl}}(\iota_{C})=\iota_{{\overline{C}}}. Thus, the Legendre-Fenchel duality defines a bijective correspondence between indicator functions of closed convex subsets of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and closed concave conical functions on MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}.

Next result shows that the Legendre-Fenchel duality is monotonous.

[02KV]
Proposition 3.17.

Let ff and gg be concave functions such that g⁡(u)≤f⁡(u)g(u)\leq f(u) for all u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}}. Then dom⁡(g)⊂dom⁡(f){\operatorname{dom}}(g)\subset{\operatorname{dom}}(f), stab⁡(g)⊃stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(g)\supset\operatorname{stab}(f) and g∨​(x)≥f∨​(x)g^{\vee}(x)\geq f^{\vee}(x) for all x∈Mℝx\in M_{\mathbb{R}}.

[02KW]
Proof.

It follows directly from the definitions. ∎

The Legendre-Fenchel duality is continuous with respect to uniform convergence.

[02KX]
Proposition 3.18.

Let (fi)i≥1(f_{i})_{i\geq 1} be a sequence of concave functions which converges uniformly to a function ff. Then ff is a concave function and the sequence (fi∨)i≥1(f_{i}^{\vee})_{i\geq 1} converges uniformly to f∨f^{\vee}. In particular, there is some i0≥1i_{0}\geq 1 such that dom⁡(fi)=dom⁡(f){\operatorname{dom}}(f_{i})={\operatorname{dom}}(f) and stab⁡(fi)=stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(f_{i})=\operatorname{stab}(f) for all i≥i0i\geq i_{0}.

[02KY]
Proof.

It is a direct consequence of Proposition 3.17. ∎

The classical Legendre duality of strictly concave differentiable functions can be described in terms of the gradient map ∇f\nabla f, called in this setting the ‘‘Legendre transform’’. We will next show that the Legendre transform can be extended to the general concave case as a correspondence between convex decompositions.

Let ff be a concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. The sup-differential of ff at a point u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}} is defined as the set

∂f⁡(u)={x∈Mℝ∣⟨x,v−u⟩≥f⁡(v)−f⁡(u)​ for all ​v∈Nℝ}.\partial f(u)=\{x\in M_{\mathbb{R}}\mid\langle x,v-u\rangle\geq f(v)-f(u)\text{ for all }v\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\}.

For an arbitrary concave function, the sup-differential is a generalization of the gradient. In general, ∂f⁡(u)\partial f(u) may contain more than one point, so the sup-differential has to be regarded as a multi-valued function.

We say that ff is sup-differentiable at a point u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}} if ∂f⁡(u)≠∅\partial f(u)\neq\emptyset. The effective domain of ∂f\partial f, denoted dom⁡(∂f){\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f), is the set of points where ff is sup-differentiable. For a subset E⊂NℝE\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} we define

∂f⁡(E)=⋃u∈E∂f⁡(u).\partial f(E)=\bigcup_{u\in E}\partial f(u).

In particular, the image of ∂f\partial f is defined as im⁡(∂f)=∂f⁡(Nℝ)\operatorname{im}(\partial f)=\partial f(N_{\mathbb{R}}).

The sup-differential ∂f⁡(u)\partial f(u) is a closed convex set for all u∈dom⁡(∂f)u\in{\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f). It is bounded if and only if u∈ri⁡(dom⁡(f))u\in\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f)). Hence, in the particular case when dom⁡(f)=Nℝ{\operatorname{dom}}(f)=N_{\mathbb{R}}, we have that ∂f⁡(u)\partial f(u) is a bounded closed convex subset of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} for all u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}}. The effective domain of the sup-differential is not necessarily convex but it differs very little from being convex, in the sense that it satisfies

(3.19) ri⁡(dom⁡(f))⊂dom⁡(∂f)⊂dom⁡(f).\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f))\subset{\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f)\subset{\operatorname{dom}}(f).

Let ff be a closed concave function and consider the pairing

(3.20) Pf:Mℝ×Nℝ⟶ℝ¯,(u,x)⟼f⁡(u)+f∨​(x)−⟨x,u⟩.P_{f}\colon M_{\mathbb{R}}\times N_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow{\underline{\mathbb{R}}},\quad(u,x)\longmapsto f(u)+f^{\vee}(x)-\langle x,u\rangle.

This pairing satisfies Pf​(u,x)≤0P_{f}(u,x)\leq 0 for all u,xu,x.

[02KZ]
Proposition 3.21.

Let ff be a closed concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. For u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}} and x∈Mℝx\in M_{\mathbb{R}}, the following conditions are equivalent:

  1. (1)

    x∈∂f⁡(u)x\in\partial f(u);

  2. (2)

    u∈∂f∨​(x)u\in\partial f^{\vee}(x);

  3. (3)

    Pf​(u,x)=0P_{f}(u,x)=0.

[02L0]
Proof.

This is proved in [Roc70, Theorem 23.5]. ∎

If ff is closed, then im⁡(∂f)=dom⁡(∂f∨)\operatorname{im}(\partial f)={\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f^{\vee}) and so the image of the sup-differential is close to be a convex set, in the sense that

(3.22) ri⁡(stab⁡(f))⊂im⁡(∂f)⊂stab⁡(f).\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{stab}(f))\subset\operatorname{im}(\partial f)\subset\operatorname{stab}(f).
[02L1]
Definition 3.23.

We denote by Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) the collection of all sets of the form

Cx:=∂f∨​(x)C_{x}:=\partial f^{\vee}(x)

for some x∈stab⁡(f)x\in\operatorname{stab}(f).

[02L2]
Lemma 3.24.

Let x∈stab⁡(f)x\in\operatorname{stab}(f). Then Cx={u∈Nℝ∣Pf​(u,x)=0}.C_{x}=\{u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\mid P_{f}(u,x)=0\}. In other words, the set CxC_{x} is characterized by the condition

(3.25) f⁡(u)=⟨x,u⟩−f∨​(x)​ for ​u∈Cxandf⁡(u)<⟨x,u⟩−f∨​(x)​ for ​u∉Cx.f(u)=\langle x,u\rangle-f^{\vee}(x)\text{ for }u\in C_{x}\quad\text{and}\quad f(u)<\langle x,u\rangle-f^{\vee}(x)\text{ for }u\not\in C_{x}.

Thus the restriction of ff to CxC_{x} is an affine function with linear part given by xx, and CxC_{x} is the maximal subset where this property holds.

[02L3]
Proof.

The first statement follows from the equivalence of (2) and (3) in Proposition 3.21. The second statement follows from the definition of PfP_{f} and its non-positivity. ∎

The hypograph of a concave function ff is defined as the set

hypo(f)={(u,λ)∣u∈Nℝ,λ≤f(u)}⊂Nℝ×ℝ.\operatorname{hypo}(f)=\{(u,\lambda)\mid u\in N_{\mathbb{R}},\lambda\leq f(u)\}\subset N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}.

A face of the hypograph is called non-vertical if it projects injectively in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}.

[02L4]
Proposition 3.26.

Let ff be a closed concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. For a subset C⊂NℝC\subset N_{\mathbb{R}}, the following conditions are equivalent:

  1. (1)

    C∈Π⁡(f)C\in\Pi(f);

  2. (2)

    C={u∈Nℝ∣x∈∂f⁡(u)}C=\{u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\mid x\in\partial f(u)\} for a x∈Mℝx\in M_{\mathbb{R}};

  3. (3)

    there exist xC∈Mℝx_{C}\in M_{\mathbb{R}} and λC∈ℝ\lambda_{C}\in\mathbb{R} such that the set {(u,⟨xC,u⟩−λC)∣u∈C}\{(u,\langle x_{C},u\rangle-\lambda_{C})\mid u\in C\} is an exposed face of the hypograph of ff.

In particular, the correspondence

Cx↦{(u,⟨x,u⟩−f∨​(x))∣u∈Cx}C_{x}\mapsto\{(u,\langle x,u\rangle-f^{\vee}(x))\mid u\in C_{x}\}

is a bijection between Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) and the set of non-vertical exposed faces of hypo⁡(f)\operatorname{hypo}(f).

[02L5]
Proof.

The equivalence between the conditions (1) and (2) comes directly from Proposition 3.21. The equivalence with the condition (3) follows from (3.25). ∎

[02L6]
Proposition 3.27.

Let ff be a closed concave function. Then Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) is a convex decomposition of dom⁡(∂f){\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f).

[02L7]
Proof.

The collection of non-vertical exposed faces of hypo⁡(f)\operatorname{hypo}(f) forms a convex decomposition in Nℝ×ℝN_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}. Using Proposition 3.26 we obtain that Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) is a convex decomposition of |Π⁡(f)|=dom⁡(∂f)|\Pi(f)|={\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f). ∎

We need the following result in order to properly define the Legendre-Fenchel correspondence for an arbitrary concave function as a bijective correspondence between convex decompositions.

[02L8]
Lemma 3.28.

Let ff be a closed concave function and C∈Π⁡(f)C\in\Pi(f). Then for any u0∈ri⁡(C)u_{0}\in\operatorname{ri}(C),

⋂u∈C∂f⁡(u)=∂f⁡(u0).\bigcap_{u\in C}\partial f(u)=\partial f(u_{0}).
[02L9]
Proof.

Fix x0∈dom⁡(∂f∨)x_{0}\in{\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f^{\vee}) such that C=Cx0C=C_{x_{0}} and u0∈ri⁡(C)u_{0}\in\operatorname{ri}(C). Let x∈∂f⁡(u0)x\in\partial f(u_{0}). Then

(3.29) ⟨x,v−u0⟩≥f⁡(v)−f⁡(u0)for all ​v∈Nℝ.\langle x,v-u_{0}\rangle\geq f(v)-f(u_{0})\quad\text{for all }v\in N_{\mathbb{R}}.

Let u∈Cu\in C. By (3.25), we have f⁡(u)−f⁡(u0)=⟨x0,u−u0⟩f(u)-f(u_{0})=\langle x_{0},u-u_{0}\rangle and so the above inequality implies ⟨x,u−u0⟩≥⟨x0,u−u0⟩.\langle x,u-u_{0}\rangle\geq\langle x_{0},u-u_{0}\rangle. The fact u0∈ri⁡(C)u_{0}\in\operatorname{ri}(C) implies u0+λ⁡(u0−u)∈Cu_{0}+\lambda(u_{0}-u)\in C for some small λ>0\lambda>0. Applying the same argument to this element we obtain the reverse inequality ⟨x,u−u0⟩≤⟨x0,u−u0⟩\langle x,u-u_{0}\rangle\leq\langle x_{0},u-u_{0}\rangle and so

(3.30) ⟨x−x0,u−u0⟩=0.\langle x-x_{0},u-u_{0}\rangle=0.

In particular, f⁡(u)−f⁡(u0)=⟨x0,u−u0⟩=⟨x,u−u0⟩f(u)-f(u_{0})=\langle x_{0},u-u_{0}\rangle=\langle x,u-u_{0}\rangle and from (3.29) we obtain

⟨x,v−u⟩=⟨x,v−u0⟩+f⁡(u0)−f⁡(u)≥f⁡(v)−f⁡(u)for all ​v∈Nℝ.\langle x,v-u\rangle=\langle x,v-u_{0}\rangle+f(u_{0})-f(u)\geq f(v)-f(u)\quad\text{for all }v\in N_{\mathbb{R}}.

Hence x∈⋂u∈C∂f⁡(u)x\in\bigcap_{u\in C}\partial f(u) and so ∂f⁡(u0)⊂⋂u∈C∂f⁡(u)\partial f(u_{0})\subset\bigcap_{u\in C}\partial f(u), which implies the stated equality. ∎

[02LA]
Definition 3.31.

Let ff be a closed concave function. The Legendre-Fenchel correspondence of ff is defined as

ℒ​f:Π⁡(f)⟶Π⁡(f∨),C⟼⋂u∈C∂f⁡(u).{\mathcal{L}}f\colon\Pi(f)\longrightarrow\Pi(f^{\vee}),\quad C\longmapsto\bigcap_{u\in C}\partial f(u).

By Lemma 3.28, ℒ​f​(C)=∂f⁡(u0){\mathcal{L}}f(C)=\partial f(u_{0}) for any u0∈ri⁡(C)u_{0}\in\operatorname{ri}(C). Hence,

ℒ​f​(C)∈Π⁡(f∨).{\mathcal{L}}f(C)\in\Pi(f^{\vee}).
[02LB]
Definition 3.32.

Let E,E′E,E^{\prime} be subsets of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} respectively, and Π,Π′\Pi,\Pi^{\prime} convex decompositions of EE and E′E^{\prime}, respectively. We say that Π\Pi and Π′\Pi^{\prime} are dual convex decompositions if there exists a bijective map Π→Π′,C↦C∗\Pi\to\Pi^{\prime},C\mapsto C^{\ast} such that

  1. (1)

    for all C,D∈ΠC,D\in\Pi we have C⊂DC\subset D if and only if C∗⊃D∗C^{\ast}\supset D^{\ast};

  2. (2)

    for all C∈ΠC\in\Pi the sets CC and C∗C^{\ast} are contained in orthogonal affine spaces of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}, respectively.

[02LC]
Theorem 3.33.

Let ff be a closed concave function, then ℒ​f{\mathcal{L}}f is a duality between Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) and Π⁡(f∨)\Pi(f^{\vee}) with inverse (ℒ​f)−1=ℒ​f∨({\mathcal{L}}f)^{-1}={\mathcal{L}}f^{\vee}.

[02LD]
Proof.

We will prove first that ℒ​f∨=(ℒ​f)−1{\mathcal{L}}f^{\vee}=({\mathcal{L}}f)^{-1}. Fix C∈Π⁡(f)C\in\Pi(f) and set C′=ℒ​f​(C)C^{\prime}={\mathcal{L}}f(C). Let y0∈Mℝy_{0}\in M_{\mathbb{R}} such that C=Cy0C=C_{y_{0}} and let u0∈ri⁡(C)u_{0}\in\operatorname{ri}(C). Hence u0∈Cy0=∂f∨​(y0)u_{0}\in C_{y_{0}}=\partial f^{\vee}(y_{0}) and so y0∈∂f⁡(u0)=C′y_{0}\in\partial f(u_{0})=C^{\prime} by Proposition 3.21 and Lemma 3.28. Hence

ℒ​f∨​(ℒ​f​(C))=ℒ​f∨​(C′)=⋂x∈C′∂f∨​(x)⊂∂f∨​(y0)=C.{\mathcal{L}}f^{\vee}({\mathcal{L}}f(C))={\mathcal{L}}f^{\vee}(C^{\prime})=\bigcap_{x\in C^{\prime}}\partial f^{\vee}(x)\subset\partial f^{\vee}(y_{0})=C.

On the other hand, let x0∈ri⁡(C′)x_{0}\in\operatorname{ri}(C^{\prime}). In particular, x0∈∂f⁡(u0)x_{0}\in\partial f(u_{0}) and so u0∈∂f∨​(x0)=ℒ​f∨​(C′)u_{0}\in\partial f^{\vee}(x_{0})={\mathcal{L}}f^{\vee}(C^{\prime}) for all u0∈Cu_{0}\in C. It implies

C⊂ℒ​f∨​(C′)=ℒ​f∨​(ℒ​f​(C)).C\subset{\mathcal{L}}f^{\vee}(C^{\prime})={\mathcal{L}}f^{\vee}({\mathcal{L}}f(C)).

Thus ℒ​f∨​(ℒ​f​(C))=C{\mathcal{L}}f^{\vee}({\mathcal{L}}f(C))=C and applying the same argument to f∨f^{\vee} we conclude that ℒ​f∨=(ℒ​f)−1{\mathcal{L}}f^{\vee}=({\mathcal{L}}f)^{-1} and that ℒ​f{\mathcal{L}}f is bijective.

Now we have to prove that ℒ{\mathcal{L}} is a duality between Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) and Π⁡(f∨)\Pi(f^{\vee}). Let C,D∈Π⁡(f)C,D\in\Pi(f) such that C⊂DC\subset D. Clearly, ℒ​f​(C)⊃ℒ​f​(D){\mathcal{L}}f(C)\supset{\mathcal{L}}f(D). The reciprocal follows by applying the same argument to f∨f^{\vee}. The fact that CC and ℒ​f​(C){\mathcal{L}}f(C) lie in orthogonal affine spaces has already been shown during the proof of Lemma 3.28 above, see (3.30). ∎

[02LE]
Definition 3.34.

Let ff be a closed concave function. The pair of convex decompositions (Π⁡(f),Π⁡(f∨))(\Pi(f),\Pi(f^{\vee})) will be called the dual pair of convex decompositions induced by ff.

In particular, for C∈Π⁡(f)C\in\Pi(f) put C∗:=ℒ​f​(C)C^{*}:={\mathcal{L}}f(C). For any u0∈ri⁡(C)u_{0}\in\operatorname{ri}(C) and x0∈ri⁡(C∗)x_{0}\in\operatorname{ri}(C^{*}), we have

C={u∈Nℝ∣Pf​(u,x0)=0}andC∗={x∈Mℝ∣Pf​(u0,x)=0}.C=\{u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\mid P_{f}(u,x_{0})=0\}\quad\text{and}\quad C^{*}=\{x\in M_{\mathbb{R}}\mid P_{f}(u_{0},x)=0\}.

Following (3.25), the restrictions f|Cf|_{C} and f∨|C∗f^{\vee}|_{C^{*}} are affine functions. Observe that we can recover the Legendre-Fenchel dual from the Legendre-Fenchel correspondence by writing, for x∈C∗x\in C^{\ast} and any u∈Cu\in C,

(3.35) f∨​(x)=⟨x,u⟩−f⁡(u).f^{\vee}(x)=\langle x,u\rangle-f(u).
[02LF]
Example 3.36.

Let ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_{2} denote the Euclidean norm on ℝ2\mathbb{R}^{2} and B1B_{1} the unit ball. Consider the concave function f:B1→ℝf\colon B_{1}\to\mathbb{R} defined as f⁡(u)=−‖u‖2f(u)=-\|u\|_{2}. Then stab⁡(f)=ℝ2\operatorname{stab}(f)=\mathbb{R}^{2} and the Legendre-Fenchel dual is the function defined by f∨​(x)=0f^{\vee}(x)=0 if ‖x‖2≤1\|x\|_{2}\leq 1 and f∨​(x)=1−‖x‖2f^{\vee}(x)=1-\|x\|_{2} otherwise. The decompositions Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) and Π⁡(f∨)\Pi(f^{\vee}) consist of a collection of pieces of three different types and the Legendre-Fenchel correspondence ℒ​f:Π⁡(f)→Π⁡(f∨){\mathcal{L}}f\colon\Pi(f)\to\Pi(f^{\vee}) is given, for z∈S1z\in S^{1}, by

ℒ​f​({0})=B1,ℒ​f​([0,1]⋅z)={z},ℒ​f​({z})=ℝ≥1⋅z.{\mathcal{L}}f(\{0\})=B_{1},\quad{\mathcal{L}}f([0,1]\cdot z)=\{z\},\quad{\mathcal{L}}f(\{z\})=\mathbb{R}_{\geq 1}\cdot z.

In the above example both decompositions are in fact subdivisions. But this is not always the case, as shown by the next example.

[02LG]
Example 3.37.

Let f:[0,1]→ℝf\colon[0,1]\to\mathbb{R} the function defined by

f⁡(u)={−u​log⁡(u), if ​0≤u≤e−1,e−1, if ​e−1≤u≤1−e−1,−(1−u)​log⁡(1−u), if ​1−e−1≤u≤1.f(u)=\begin{cases}-u\log(u),&\text{ if }0\leq u\leq\operatorname{e}^{-1},\\ \operatorname{e}^{-1},&\text{ if }\operatorname{e}^{-1}\leq u\leq 1-\operatorname{e}^{-1},\\ -(1-u)\log(1-u),&\text{ if }1-\operatorname{e}^{-1}\leq u\leq 1.\end{cases}

Then stab⁡(f)=ℝ\operatorname{stab}(f)=\mathbb{R} and the Legendre-Fenchel dual is the function f∨​(x)=x−ex−1f^{\vee}(x)=x-\operatorname{e}^{x-1} for x≤0x\leq 0 and f∨​(x)=−e−x−1f^{\vee}(x)=-\operatorname{e}^{-x-1} for x≥0x\geq 0. Then dom⁡(∂f)=(0,1){\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f)=(0,1) and dom⁡(∂f∨)=ℝ{\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f^{\vee})=\mathbb{R}. Moreover,

Π⁡(f)=(0,e−1)∪{[e−1,1−e−1]}∪(1−e−1,1),Π⁡(f∨)=ℝ.\Pi(f)=(0,\operatorname{e}^{-1})\cup\{[\operatorname{e}^{-1},1-\operatorname{e}^{-1}]\}\cup(1-\operatorname{e}^{-1},1),\quad\Pi(f^{\vee})=\mathbb{R}.

The Legendre-Fenchel correspondence sends bijectively (0,e−1)(0,\operatorname{e}^{-1}) to ℝ>0\mathbb{R}_{>0} and (1−e−1,1)(1-\operatorname{e}^{-1},1) to ℝ<0\mathbb{R}_{<0}, and sends the element [e−1,1−e−1][\operatorname{e}^{-1},1-\operatorname{e}^{-1}] to the point {0}\{0\}. In this example, Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) is not a subdivision while Π⁡(f∨)\Pi(f^{\vee}) is.

[02LH]

3.3. Operations on concave functions and duality

In this section we consider the basic operations on concave functions and their interplay with the Legendre-Fenchel duality.

Let f1f_{1} and f2f_{2} be two concave functions such that their stability sets are not disjoint. Their sup-convolution is the function

f1⊞f2:Mℝ⟶ℝ¯,v⟼supu1+u2=v(f1​(u1)+f2​(u2)).f_{1}\boxplus f_{2}\colon M_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow{\underline{\mathbb{R}}},\quad v\longmapsto\sup_{u_{1}+u_{2}=v}(f_{1}(u_{1})+f_{2}(u_{2})).

This is a concave function whose effective domain is the Minkowski sum dom⁡(f1)+dom⁡(f2){\operatorname{dom}}(f_{1})+{\operatorname{dom}}(f_{2}). This operation is associative and commutative whenever the terms are defined.

The operations of pointwise addition and sup-convolution are dual to each other. When working with general concave functions, there are some technical issues in this duality that will disappear when considering uniform limits of piecewise affine concave functions.

[02LI]
Proposition 3.38.

Let f1,…,flf_{1},\dots,f_{l} be concave functions.

  1. (1)

    If stab⁡(f1)∩⋯∩stab⁡(fl)≠∅\operatorname{stab}(f_{1})\cap\dots\cap\operatorname{stab}(f_{l})\not=\emptyset, then

    (f1⊞⋯⊞fl)∨=f1∨+⋯+fl∨.(f_{1}\boxplus\dots\boxplus f_{l})^{\vee}=f_{1}^{\vee}+\dots+f_{l}^{\vee}.
  2. (2)

    If dom⁡(f1)∩⋯∩dom⁡(fl)≠∅{\operatorname{dom}}(f_{1})\cap\dots\cap{\operatorname{dom}}(f_{l})\not=\emptyset, then

    (cl⁡(f1)+⋯+cl⁡(fl))∨=cl⁡(f1∨⊞⋯⊞fl∨).({\operatorname{cl}}(f_{1})+\dots+{\operatorname{cl}}(f_{l}))^{\vee}={\operatorname{cl}}(f_{1}^{\vee}\boxplus\dots\boxplus f_{l}^{\vee}).
  3. (3)

    If ri⁡(dom⁡(f1))∩⋯∩ri⁡(dom⁡(fl))≠∅\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{1}))\cap\dots\cap\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{l}))\not=\emptyset, then

    (f1+⋯+fl)∨=f1∨⊞⋯⊞fl∨.(f_{1}+\dots+f_{l})^{\vee}=f_{1}^{\vee}\boxplus\dots\boxplus f_{l}^{\vee}.
[02LJ]
Proof.

This is proved in [Roc70, Theorem 16.4]. ∎

[02LK]
Remark 3.39.

When some of the fif_{i}, say f1,…,fkf_{1},\dots,f_{k}, are piecewise affine, the statement (3) of the previous proposition holds under the weaker hypothesis [Roc70, Theorem 20.1]

dom⁡(f1)∩⋯∩dom⁡(fk)∩ri⁡(dom⁡(fk+1))∩⋯∩ri⁡(dom⁡(fl))≠∅.{\operatorname{dom}}(f_{1})\cap\dots\cap{\operatorname{dom}}(f_{k})\cap\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{k+1}))\cap\dots\cap\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{l}))\not=\emptyset.

Let ff be a concave function. For λ>0\lambda>0, the left and right scalar multiplication of ff by λ\lambda are the functions defined, for u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}}, by (λ​f)​(u)=λ​f​(u)(\lambda f)(u)=\lambda f(u) and (f​λ)​(u)=λ​f​(u/λ)(f\lambda)(u)=\lambda f(u/\lambda) respectively. For a point u0∈Nℝu_{0}\in N_{\mathbb{R}}, the translate of ff by u0u_{0} is the concave function defined as (τu0​f)​(u)=f⁡(u−u0)(\tau_{u_{0}}f)(u)=f(u-u_{0}) for u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}}.

[02LL]
Proposition 3.40.

Let ff be a concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, λ>0\lambda>0, u0∈Nℝu_{0}\in N_{\mathbb{R}} and x0∈Mℝx_{0}\in M_{\mathbb{R}}. Then

  1. (1)

    dom⁡(λ​f)=dom⁡(f){\operatorname{dom}}(\lambda f)={\operatorname{dom}}(f), stab⁡(λ​f)=λ​stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(\lambda f)=\lambda\operatorname{stab}(f) and (λ​f)∨=f∨​λ(\lambda f)^{\vee}=f^{\vee}\lambda;

  2. (2)

    dom⁡(f​λ)=λ​dom⁡(f){\operatorname{dom}}(f\lambda)=\lambda{\operatorname{dom}}(f), stab⁡(f​λ)=stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(f\lambda)=\operatorname{stab}(f) and (f​λ)∨=λ​f∨(f\lambda)^{\vee}=\lambda f^{\vee};

  3. (3)

    dom⁡(τu0​f)=dom⁡(f)+u0{\operatorname{dom}}(\tau_{u_{0}}f)={\operatorname{dom}}(f)+u_{0}, stab⁡(τu0​f)=stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(\tau_{u_{0}}f)=\operatorname{stab}(f) and (τu0​f)∨=f∨+u0(\tau_{u_{0}}f)^{\vee}=f^{\vee}+u_{0};

  4. (4)

    dom⁡(f+x0)=dom⁡(f){\operatorname{dom}}(f+x_{0})={\operatorname{dom}}(f), stab⁡(f+x0)=stab⁡(f)+x0\operatorname{stab}(f+x_{0})=\operatorname{stab}(f)+x_{0} and (f+x0)∨=τx0​f∨(f+x_{0})^{\vee}=\tau_{x_{0}}f^{\vee}.

[02LM]
Proof.

This follows easily from the definitions. ∎

We next consider direct and inverse images of concave functions by affine maps. Let QℝQ_{\mathbb{R}} be a another finite dimensional real vector space and set Pℝ=Qℝ∨P_{\mathbb{R}}=Q_{\mathbb{R}}^{\vee} for its dual space. For a linear map H:Qℝ→NℝH\colon Q_{\mathbb{R}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} we denote by H∨:Mℝ→PℝH^{\vee}\colon M_{\mathbb{R}}\to P_{\mathbb{R}} the dual map. We need the following lemma in order to properly define direct images.

[02LN]
Lemma 3.41.

Let H:Qℝ→NℝH\colon Q_{\mathbb{R}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} be a linear map and gg a concave function on QℝQ_{\mathbb{R}}. If stab⁡(g)∩im⁡(H∨)≠∅\operatorname{stab}(g)\cap\operatorname{im}(H^{\vee})\not=\emptyset then, for all u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}},

supv∈H−1​(u)g⁡(v)<∞.\sup_{v\in H^{-1}(u)}g(v)<\infty.
[02LP]
Proof.

Let x∈Mℝx\in M_{\mathbb{R}} such that H∨​(x)∈stab⁡(g)H^{\vee}(x)\in\operatorname{stab}(g). By the definition of the stability set, supv∈Qℝ(g⁡(v)−⟨H∨​(x),v⟩)<∞\sup_{v\in Q_{\mathbb{R}}}(g(v)-\langle H^{\vee}(x),v\rangle)<\infty. Thus, for any u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}},

supv∈Qℝ(g⁡(v)−⟨H∨​(x),v⟩)\displaystyle\sup_{v\in Q_{\mathbb{R}}}(g(v)-\langle H^{\vee}(x),v\rangle) =supv∈Qℝ(g⁡(v)−⟨x,H⁡(v)⟩)\displaystyle=\sup_{v\in Q_{\mathbb{R}}}(g(v)-\langle x,H(v)\rangle)
≥supv∈H−1​(u)(g⁡(v)−⟨x,H⁡(v)⟩)=supv∈H−1​(u)g⁡(v)−⟨x,u⟩\displaystyle\geq\sup_{v\in H^{-1}(u)}(g(v)-\langle x,H(v)\rangle)=\sup_{v\in H^{-1}(u)}g(v)-\langle x,u\rangle

and so supv∈H−1​(u)g⁡(v)\sup_{v\in H^{-1}(u)}g(v) is bounded above, as stated. ∎

[02LQ]
Definition 3.42.

Let A:Qℝ→NℝA\colon Q_{\mathbb{R}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} be an affine map defined as A=H+u0A=H+u_{0} for a linear map HH and a point u0∈Nℝu_{0}\in N_{\mathbb{R}}. Let ff be a concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that dom⁡(f)∩im⁡(A)≠∅{\operatorname{dom}}(f)\cap\operatorname{im}(A)\not=\emptyset and gg a concave function on QℝQ_{\mathbb{R}} such that stab⁡(g)∩im⁡(H∨)≠∅\operatorname{stab}(g)\cap\operatorname{im}(H^{\vee})\not=\emptyset. Then the inverse image of ff by AA is defined as

A∗​f:Qℝ⟶ℝ,v⟼f∘A⁡(v),A^{\ast}f\colon Q_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow\mathbb{R},\quad v\longmapsto f\circ A(v),

and the direct image of gg by AA is defined as

A∗​g:Nℝ⟶ℝ,u⟼supv∈A−1​(u)g⁡(v).A_{\ast}g\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow\mathbb{R},\quad u\longmapsto\sup_{v\in A^{-1}(u)}g(v).

It is easy to see that the inverse image A∗​fA^{\ast}f is concave with effective domain dom⁡(A∗​f)=A−1​(dom⁡(f)){\operatorname{dom}}(A^{\ast}f)=A^{-1}({\operatorname{dom}}(f)). Similarly, the direct image A∗​gA_{\ast}g is concave with effective domain dom⁡(A∗​g)=A⁡(dom⁡(g)){\operatorname{dom}}(A_{\ast}g)=A({\operatorname{dom}}(g)), thanks to Lemma 3.41.

The inverse image of a closed function is also closed. In contrast, the direct image of a closed function is not necessarily closed: consider for instance the indicator function ιC\iota_{C} of the set C={(x,y)∈ℝ2∣xy≥1,x>0}C=\{(x,y)\in\mathbb{R}^{2}\mid xy\geq 1,x>0\}, which is a closed concave function. Let A:ℝ2→ℝA\colon\mathbb{R}^{2}\to\mathbb{R} be the first projection. Then A∗​ιCA_{\ast}\iota_{C} is the indicator function of the subset ℝ>0\mathbb{R}_{>0}, which is not a closed concave function.

We now turn to the behaviour of the sup-differential with respect to the basic operations. A first important property is the additivity.

[02LR]
Proposition 3.43.

For each i=1,…,li=1,\dots,l, let fif_{i} be a concave function and λi>0\lambda_{i}>0 a real number. Then

  1. (1)

    ∂(∑iλi​fi)⊃∑iλi​∂(fi)\partial\left(\sum_{i}\lambda_{i}f_{i}\right)\supset\sum_{i}\lambda_{i}\partial(f_{i});

  2. (2)

    if ri⁡(dom⁡(f1))∩⋯∩ri⁡(dom⁡(fl))≠∅\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{1}))\cap\dots\cap\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{l}))\neq\emptyset, then

    (3.44) ∂(∑iλi​fi)=∑iλi​∂(fi).\partial\bigg(\sum_{i}\lambda_{i}f_{i}\bigg)=\sum_{i}\lambda_{i}\partial(f_{i}).
[02LS]
Proof.

This is [Roc70, Theorem 23.8]. ∎

As in Remark 3.39, if f1,…,fkf_{1},\dots,f_{k} are piecewise affine, then (3.44) holds under the weaker hypothesis

dom⁡(f1)∩⋯∩dom⁡(fk)∩ri⁡(dom⁡(fk+1))∩⋯∩ri⁡(dom⁡(fl))≠∅.{\operatorname{dom}}(f_{1})\cap\dots\cap{\operatorname{dom}}(f_{k})\cap\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{k+1}))\cap\dots\cap\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{l}))\neq\emptyset.

The following result gives the behaviour of the sup-differential with respect to linear maps

[02LT]
Proposition 3.45.

Let H:Qℝ→NℝH\colon Q_{\mathbb{R}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} be a linear map, u0∈Nℝu_{0}\in N_{\mathbb{R}} and A=H+u0A=H+u_{0} the associated affine map. Let ff be a concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, then

  1. (1)

    ∂(A∗​f)​(v)⊃H∨​∂f⁡(A​v)\partial(A^{*}f)(v)\supset H^{\vee}\partial f(Av) for all v∈Qℝv\in Q_{\mathbb{R}};

  2. (2)

    if either ri⁡(dom⁡(f))∩im⁡(A)≠∅\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f))\cap\operatorname{im}(A)\neq\emptyset or ff is piecewise affine and dom⁡(f)∩im⁡(A)≠∅{\operatorname{dom}}(f)\cap\operatorname{im}(A)\neq\emptyset, then for all v∈Qℝv\in Q_{\mathbb{R}} we have

    ∂(A∗​f)​(v)=H∨​∂f⁡(A​v).\partial(A^{*}f)(v)=H^{\vee}\partial f(Av).
[02LU]
Proof.

The linear case u0=0u_{0}=0 is [Roc70, Theorem 23.9]. The general case follows from the linear case and the commutativity of the sup-differential and the translation. ∎

We summarize the behaviour of direct and inverse images of affine maps with respect to the Legendre-Fenchel duality.

[02LV]
Proposition 3.46.

Let A:Qℝ→NℝA\colon Q_{\mathbb{R}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} be an affine map defined as A=H+u0A=H+u_{0} for a linear map HH and a point u0∈Nℝu_{0}\in N_{\mathbb{R}}. Let ff be a concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that dom⁡(f)∩im⁡(A)≠∅{\operatorname{dom}}(f)\cap\operatorname{im}(A)\not=\emptyset and gg a concave function on QℝQ_{\mathbb{R}} such that stab⁡(g)∩im⁡(H∨)≠∅\operatorname{stab}(g)\cap\operatorname{im}(H^{\vee})\not=\emptyset. Then

  1. (1)

    stab⁡(A∗​g)=(H∨)−1​(stab⁡(g))\operatorname{stab}(A_{\ast}g)=(H^{\vee})^{-1}(\operatorname{stab}(g)) and

    (A∗​g)∨=(H∨)∗​(g∨)+u0;(A_{\ast}g)^{\vee}=(H^{\vee})^{\ast}(g^{\vee})+u_{0};
  2. (2)

    H∨​(stab⁡(f))⊂stab⁡(A∗​f)⊂H∨​(stab⁡(f))¯H^{\vee}(\operatorname{stab}(f))\subset\operatorname{stab}(A^{\ast}f)\subset{\overline{H^{\vee}(\operatorname{stab}(f))}} and

    (A∗​cl⁡(f))∨=cl⁡((H∨)∗​(f∨−u0));(A^{\ast}{\operatorname{cl}}(f))^{\vee}={\operatorname{cl}}((H^{\vee})_{\ast}(f^{\vee}-u_{0}));
  3. (3)

    if ri⁡(dom⁡(f))∩im⁡(A)≠∅\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f))\cap\operatorname{im}(A)\not=\emptyset then stab⁡(A∗​f)=H∨​(stab⁡(f))\operatorname{stab}(A^{\ast}f)=H^{\vee}(\operatorname{stab}(f)) and, for all yy in this set,

    (A∗​f)∨​(y)=(H∨)∗​(f∨−u0)​(y)=maxx∈(H∨)−1​(y)⁡(f∨​(x)−⟨x,u0⟩).(A^{\ast}f)^{\vee}(y)=(H^{\vee})_{\ast}(f^{\vee}-u_{0})(y)=\max_{x\in(H^{\vee})^{-1}(y)}(f^{\vee}(x)-\langle x,u_{0}\rangle).

    Moreover, for y∈ri⁡(stab⁡(A∗​f))y\in\operatorname{ri}(\operatorname{stab}(A^{\ast}f)), a point x∈(H∨)−1​(y)x\in(H^{\vee})^{-1}(y) realizes this maximum if and only if x∈∂f⁡(A​v)x\in\partial f(Av) for a v∈Qℝv\in Q_{\mathbb{R}} such that y∈∂(A∗​f)​(v)y\in\partial(A^{*}f)(v).

Observe that the last assertion in the above proposition can be also expressed as

(3.47) (A∗​f)∨​(∂(A∗​f)​(v))=f∨​(∂f⁡(A​v))−⟨∂f⁡(A​v),u0⟩.(A^{\ast}f)^{\vee}(\partial(A^{*}f)(v))=f^{\vee}(\partial f(Av))-\langle\partial f(Av),u_{0}\rangle.
[02LW]
Proof.

By Proposition 3.40(3,4),

A∗​(f)=(H+u0)∗​(f)=H∗​(τ−u0​f),A∗​g=(H+u0)∗​g=τu0​(H∗​g).A^{\ast}(f)=(H+{u_{0}})^{\ast}(f)=H^{\ast}(\tau_{-u_{0}}f),\quad A_{\ast}g=(H+{u_{0}})_{\ast}g=\tau_{u_{0}}(H_{\ast}g).

Then, except for the last assertion, the result follows by combining this with the case when AA is a linear map, treated in [Roc70, Theorem 16.3].

To prove the last assertion of the proposition, we first note that the concave function

(f∨−u0)|(H∨)−1​(y)(f^{\vee}-u_{0})|_{(H^{\vee})^{-1}(y)}

attains its maximum at a point xx if and only if its sup-differential at xx contains 00. We fix a point x0x_{0} in (H∨)−1​(y)(H^{\vee})^{-1}(y) and we consider the affine inclusion

ι:Ker⁡(H∨)↪Mℝ,z↦z+x0.\iota\colon\operatorname{Ker}(H^{\vee})\hookrightarrow M_{\mathbb{R}},\quad z\mapsto z+x_{0}.

We denote by ι∨:Nℝ→Nℝ/im⁡(H)\iota^{\vee}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}}/\operatorname{im}(H) the dual of the linear part of ι\iota. Set F=ι∗​(f∨−u0)F=\iota^{*}(f^{\vee}-u_{0}), then for z∈Ker⁡(H∨)z\in\operatorname{Ker}(H^{\vee}), by Proposition 3.45, we have

∂F⁡(z)=ι∨​(∂f∨​(z+x0)−u0)\partial F(z)=\iota^{\vee}(\partial f^{\vee}(z+x_{0})-u_{0})

and so 0∈∂F⁡(z)0\in\partial F(z) if and only if ∂f∨​(z+x0)∩im⁡(A)≠∅\partial f^{\vee}(z+x_{0})\cap\operatorname{im}(A)\not=\emptyset. Hence x=z+x0x=z+x_{0} realizes the maximum if and only if x∈∂f⁡(A​v)x\in\partial f(Av) for some v∈Qℝv\in Q_{\mathbb{R}} such that y∈∂(A∗​f)​(v)y\in\partial(A^{*}f)(v), as stated. ∎

In particular, the operations of direct and inverse image of linear maps are dual to each other. In the notation of Proposition 3.46 and assuming for simplicity ri⁡(dom⁡(f))∩im⁡(H)≠∅\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f))\cap\operatorname{im}(H)\not=\emptyset, we have

(H∗​g)∨=(H∨)∗​(g∨),(H∗​f)∨=(H∨)∗​(f∨),(H_{\ast}g)^{\vee}=(H^{\vee})^{\ast}(g^{\vee}),\quad(H^{\ast}f)^{\vee}=(H^{\vee})_{\ast}(f^{\vee}),

while the stability sets relate by stab⁡(H∗​g)=(H∨)−1​(stab⁡(g))\operatorname{stab}(H_{\ast}g)=(H^{\vee})^{-1}(\operatorname{stab}(g)) and stab⁡(H∗​f)=H∨​(stab⁡(f))\operatorname{stab}(H^{\ast}f)=H^{\vee}(\operatorname{stab}(f)).

The last concept we recall in this section is the notion of recession of a concave function.

[02LX]
Definition 3.48.

The recession function of a concave function f:Nℝ→ℝ¯f\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to{\underline{\mathbb{R}}}, denoted rec⁡(f)\operatorname{rec}(f), is the function

rec⁡(f):Nℝ⟶ℝ¯,u⟼infv∈dom⁡(f)(f⁡(u+v)−f⁡(v)).\operatorname{rec}(f)\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow{\underline{\mathbb{R}}},\quad u\longmapsto\inf_{v\in{\operatorname{dom}}(f)}(f(u+v)-f(v)).

This is a concave conical function. If ff is closed, its recession function can be defined as the limit

(3.49) rec⁡(f)​(u)=limλ→∞λ−1​f​(v0+λ​u)\operatorname{rec}(f)(u)=\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\lambda^{-1}f(v_{0}+\lambda u)

for any v0∈dom⁡(f)v_{0}\in{\operatorname{dom}}(f) [Roc70, Theorem 8.5].

It is clear from the definition that dom⁡(rec⁡(f))⊂rec⁡(dom⁡(f)){\operatorname{dom}}(\operatorname{rec}(f))\subset\operatorname{rec}({\operatorname{dom}}(f)). The equality does not hold in general, as can be seen by considering the concave function ℝ→ℝ\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R}, u↦−exp⁡(u)u\mapsto-\exp(u).

If ff is closed then the function rec⁡(f)\operatorname{rec}(f) is closed [Roc70, Theorem 8.5]. Hence it is natural to regard recession functions as support functions.

[02LY]
Proposition 3.50.

Let ff be a concave function. Then rec⁡(f∨)\operatorname{rec}(f^{\vee}) is the support function of dom⁡(f){\operatorname{dom}}(f). If ff is closed, then rec⁡(f)\operatorname{rec}(f) is the support function of stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(f).

[02LZ]
Proof.

This is [Roc70, Theorem 13.3]. ∎

[02M0]

3.4. The differentiable case

In this section we make explicit the Legendre-Fenchel duality for smooth concave functions, following [Roc70, Chapter 26].

In the differentiable and strictly concave case, the decompositions Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) and Π⁡(f∨)\Pi(f^{\vee}) consist of the collection of all points of dom⁡(∂f){\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f) and of dom⁡(∂f∨){\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f^{\vee}) respectively. The Legendre-Fenchel correspondence agrees with the gradient map, and it is called the Legendre transform in this context.

Recall that a function f:Nℝ→ℝ¯f\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to{\underline{\mathbb{R}}} is differentiable at a point u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}} with f⁡(u)>−∞f(u)>-\infty, if there exists some linear form ∇f​(u)∈Mℝ\nabla f(u)\in M_{\mathbb{R}} such that

f⁡(v)=f⁡(u)+⟨∇f​(u),v−u⟩+o⁡(‖v−u‖),f(v)=f(u)+\langle\nabla f(u),v-u\rangle+o(||v-u||),

where ||⋅||||\cdot|| denotes any fixed norm on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. This linear form ∇(f)​(u)\nabla(f)(u) is the gradient of ff in the classical sense. It can be shown that a concave function ff is differentiable at a point u∈dom⁡(f)u\in{\operatorname{dom}}(f) if and only if ∂f⁡(u)\partial f(u) consists of a single element. If this is the case, then ∂f⁡(u)={∇f​(u)}\partial f(u)=\{\nabla f(u)\} [Roc70, Theorem 25.1]. Hence, the gradient and the sup-differential agree in the differentiable case.

Let C⊂NℝC\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} be a convex set. A function f:C→ℝf\colon C\to\mathbb{R} is strictly concave if f⁡(t​u1+(1−t)​u2)>t​f​(u1)+(1−t)​f​(u2)f(tu_{1}+(1-t)u_{2})>tf(u_{1})+(1-t)f(u_{2}) for all different u1,u2∈Cu_{1},u_{2}\in C and 0<t<10<t<1.

[02M1]
Definition 3.51.

Let C⊂NℝC\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} be an open convex set and ||⋅||||\cdot|| any fixed norm on MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}. A differentiable concave function f:C→ℝf\colon C\to\mathbb{R} is of Legendre type if it is strictly concave and limi→∞‖∇f​(ui)‖→∞\lim_{i\to\infty}\|\nabla f(u_{i})\|\to\infty for every sequence (ui)i≥1(u_{i})_{i\geq 1} converging to a point in the boundary of CC. In particular, any differentiable and strictly concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} is of Legendre type.

The stability set of a function of Legendre type has maximal dimension. Therefore its relative interior agrees with its interior and, in this case, we will use the classical notation stab⁡(f)∘\operatorname{stab}(f)^{\circ} for the interior of stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(f).

The following result summarizes the basics properties of the Legendre-Fenchel duality acting on functions of Legendre type.

[02M2]
Theorem 3.52.

Let f:C→ℝf\colon C\to\mathbb{R} be a concave function of Legendre type defined on an open set C⊂NℝC\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} and let D=∇f​(C)⊂MℝD=\nabla f(C)\subset M_{\mathbb{R}} be the image of the gradient map. Then

  1. (1)

    D=stab⁡(f)∘D=\operatorname{stab}(f)^{\circ};

  2. (2)

    f∨|Df^{\vee}|_{D} is a concave function of Legendre type;

  3. (3)

    ∇f:C→D\nabla f\colon C\to D is a homeomorphism and (∇f)−1=∇f∨(\nabla f)^{-1}=\nabla f^{\vee};

  4. (4)

    for all x∈Dx\in D we have f∨​(x)=⟨x,(∇f)−1​(x)⟩−f⁡((∇f)−1​(x))f^{\vee}(x)=\langle x,(\nabla f)^{-1}(x)\rangle-f((\nabla f)^{-1}(x)).

[02M3]
Proof.

This follows from [Roc70, Theorem 26.5]. ∎

[02M4]
Example 3.53.

Consider the function

fFS:ℝn⟶ℝ,u⟼−12​log⁡(1+∑i=1ne−2​ui).f_{\operatorname{FS}}\colon\mathbb{R}^{n}\longrightarrow\mathbb{R},\quad u\longmapsto-\frac{1}{2}\log\Big(1+\sum_{i=1}^{n}\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{i}}\Big).

Let Δn={(x1,…,xn)⊂ℝn∣xi≥0,∑xi≤1}\Delta^{n}=\{(x_{1},\dots,x_{n})\subset\mathbb{R}^{n}\mid x_{i}\geq 0,\sum x_{i}\leq 1\} be the standard simplex of ℝn\mathbb{R}^{n}. For (x1,…,xn)∈Δn(x_{1},\dots,x_{n})\in\Delta^{n}, write x0=1−∑i=1nxix_{0}=1-\sum_{i=1}^{n}x_{i} and set

(3.54) εn:Δn⟶ℝ,x⟼−∑i=0mxilog(xi).\varepsilon_{n}\colon\Delta^{n}\longrightarrow\mathbb{R},\quad x\longmapsto-\sum_{i=0}^{m}x_{i}\log(x_{i}).

We have ∇fFS​(u)=11+∑i=1ne−2​ui​(e−2​u1,…,e−2​un)\displaystyle\nabla f_{{\operatorname{FS}}}(u)=\frac{1}{1+\sum_{i=1}^{n}\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{i}}}\left(\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{1}},\dots,\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{n}}\right) and so

12​εn​(∇fFS​(u))\displaystyle\frac{1}{2}\varepsilon_{n}(\nabla f_{{\operatorname{FS}}}(u)) =∑i=1ne−2​ui⁡ui1+∑i=1ne−2​ui+12​log⁡(1+∑i=1ne−2​ui)=⟨∇fFS​(u),u⟩−fFS​(u),\displaystyle=\frac{\sum_{i=1}^{n}\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{i}}u_{i}}{1+\sum_{i=1}^{n}\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{i}}}+\frac{1}{2}\log\Big(1+\sum_{i=1}^{n}\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{i}}\Big)=\langle\nabla f_{\operatorname{FS}}(u),u\rangle-f_{\operatorname{FS}}(u),

which shows that stab⁡(fFS)=Δn\operatorname{stab}(f_{{\operatorname{FS}}})=\Delta^{n} and that fFS∨=12​εnf_{\operatorname{FS}}^{\vee}=\frac{1}{2}\varepsilon_{n}.

The fact that the sup-differential agrees with the gradient and is single-valued can simplify some statements. It is interesting to make explicit the computation of the Legendre-Fenchel dual of the inverse image by an affine map of a concave function of Legendre type.

[02M5]
Proposition 3.55.

Let A:Qℝ→NℝA\colon Q_{\mathbb{R}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} be an affine map defined as A=H+u0A=H+u_{0} for an injective linear map HH and a point u0∈Nℝu_{0}\in N_{\mathbb{R}}. Let f:C→ℝf\colon C\to\mathbb{R} be a concave function of Legendre type defined on an open convex set C⊂NℝC\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} such that C∩im⁡(A)≠∅C\cap\operatorname{im}(A)\not=\emptyset. Then A∗​fA^{*}f is a concave function of Legendre type on A−1​(C)A^{-1}(C),

stab⁡(A∗​f)∘=im⁡(∇(A∗​f))=H∨​(im⁡(∇f))=H∨​(stab⁡(f)∘),\operatorname{stab}(A^{\ast}f)^{\circ}=\operatorname{im}(\nabla(A^{*}f))=H^{\vee}(\operatorname{im}(\nabla f))=H^{\vee}(\operatorname{stab}(f)^{\circ}),

and, for all v∈A−1​Cv\in A^{-1}C,

(A∗​f)∨​(∇(A∗​f)​(v))=f∨​(∇f​(A​v))−⟨∇f​(A​v),u0⟩.(A^{\ast}f)^{\vee}(\nabla(A^{\ast}f)(v))=f^{\vee}(\nabla f(Av))-\langle\nabla f(Av),u_{0}\rangle.

Moreover, there is a section ıA,f\imath_{A,f} of H∨|stab⁡(f)∘H^{\vee}|_{\operatorname{stab}(f)^{\circ}} such that the diagram

(3.56)     A−1​C    A          A∗​f          ∇(A∗​f)         stab⁡(A∗​f)∘    ıA,f          (A∗​f)∨         ℝ   ℝ   C    f          ∇f         stab⁡(f)∘    f∨−u0          \begin{split}\lx@xy@svg{\hbox{\raise 2.55554pt\hbox{\kern 6.68056pt\hbox{\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\hbox{\vtop{\halign{\entry@#!@&&\entry@@#!@\cr&&&&\cr&&&&\cr&&&&\crcr}}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern-3.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern 30.68056pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{A^{-1}C\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 44.9521pt\raise-31.77112pt\hbox{{}\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise-2.39168pt\hbox{$\scriptstyle{A}$}}}\kern 3.0pt}}}}}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 44.9521pt\raise-56.26447pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 4.61508pt\raise-9.61292pt\hbox{{}\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise-1.99155pt\hbox{$\scriptstyle{A^{\ast}f}$}}}\kern 3.0pt}}}}}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 6.68056pt\raise-27.1882pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 75.80656pt\raise 6.54709pt\hbox{{}\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise-1.79709pt\hbox{$\scriptstyle{\nabla(A^{\ast}f)}$}}}\kern 3.0pt}}}}}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 113.22365pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\kern 83.22365pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern 113.22365pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{\operatorname{stab}(A^{\ast}f)^{\circ}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 120.53372pt\raise-31.77112pt\hbox{{}\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise-0.4903pt\hbox{$\scriptstyle{\imath_{A,f}}$}}}\kern 3.0pt}}}}}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 141.02927pt\raise-55.59778pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 162.78406pt\raise-9.19276pt\hbox{{}\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise-2.0228pt\hbox{$\scriptstyle{(A^{\ast}f)^{\vee}}$}}}\kern 3.0pt}}}}}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 192.83488pt\raise-28.29074pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}{\hbox{\kern 196.51544pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern-6.68056pt\raise-31.93112pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{\mathbb{R}}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern 41.9521pt\raise-31.93112pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern 83.22365pt\raise-31.93112pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern 138.02927pt\raise-31.93112pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern 192.83488pt\raise-31.93112pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{\mathbb{R}}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern-3.0pt\raise-63.54224pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern 38.02086pt\raise-63.54224pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{C\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 13.3779pt\raise-53.84778pt\hbox{{}\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise-1.75pt\hbox{$\scriptstyle{f}$}}}\kern 3.0pt}}}}}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 6.68056pt\raise-36.62186pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 83.62549pt\raise-69.65334pt\hbox{{}\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise-1.75pt\hbox{$\scriptstyle{\nabla f}$}}}\kern 3.0pt}}}}}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 119.27226pt\raise-63.54224pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\kern 83.22365pt\raise-63.54224pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern 119.27226pt\raise-63.54224pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{\operatorname{stab}(f)^{\circ}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 163.9963pt\raise-54.31502pt\hbox{{}\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise-2.21725pt\hbox{$\scriptstyle{f^{\vee}-u_{0}}$}}}\kern 3.0pt}}}}}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 192.83488pt\raise-35.53888pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\lx@xy@drawline@}}{\hbox{\kern 196.51544pt\raise-63.54224pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces}}}}\ignorespaces\end{split}

commutes.

[02M6]
Proof.

This follows readily from Proposition 3.46. ∎

The section ıA,f\imath_{A,f} embeds stab⁡(A∗​f)∘\operatorname{stab}(A^{\ast}f)^{\circ} as a real submanifold of stab⁡(f)∘\operatorname{stab}(f)^{\circ}. Varying u0u_{0} in a suitable space of parameters, we obtain a foliation of stab⁡(f)∘\operatorname{stab}(f)^{\circ} by “parallel” submanifolds. We illustrate this phenomenon with an example in dimension 2.

[02M7]
Example 3.57.

Consider the function f:ℝ2→ℝf\colon\mathbb{R}^{2}\to\mathbb{R} given by

f⁡(u1,u2)=−12​log⁡(1+e−2​u1+e−4​u1−2​u2+e−2​u1−4​u2).f(u_{1},u_{2})=-\frac{1}{2}\log\left(1+\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{1}}+\operatorname{e}^{-4u_{1}-2u_{2}}+\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{1}-4u_{2}}\right).

It is a concave function of Legendre type whose stability set is the polytope Δ=conv⁡((0,0),(1,0),(2,1),(1,2))\Delta=\operatorname{conv}((0,0),(1,0),(2,1),(1,2)). The restriction of its Legendre-Fenchel dual to Δ∘\Delta^{\circ} is also a concave function of Legendre type.

For c∈ℝc\in\mathbb{R}, consider the affine map

Ac:ℝ→ℝ2,u⟼(−u,u+c).A_{c}\colon\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R}^{2},\quad u\longmapsto(-u,u+c).

We write Ac=H+(0,c)A_{c}=H+(0,c) for a linear function HH. The dual of HH is the function H∨:ℝ2→ℝH^{\vee}\colon\mathbb{R}^{2}\to\mathbb{R}, (x1,x2)↦x2−x1(x_{1},x_{2})\mapsto x_{2}-x_{1}. Then stab⁡(Ac∗​f)∘=H∨​(Δ∘)\operatorname{stab}(A_{c}^{*}f)^{\circ}=H^{\vee}(\Delta^{\circ}) is the open interval (−1,1)(-1,1). By Proposition 3.55, there is a map ıAc,f\imath_{A_{c},f} embedding (−1,1)(-1,1) into Δ∘\Delta^{\circ} in such a way that ıAc,f∘∇(Ac∗​f)=(∇f)∘Ac\imath_{A_{c},f}\circ\nabla(A_{c}^{*}f)=(\nabla f)\circ A_{c}. For u∈ℝu\in\mathbb{R},

∇(Ac∗​f)​(u)\displaystyle\nabla(A_{c}^{*}f)(u) =e−2​u−4​c−e2​u−e2​u−2​c1+e2​u+e2​u−2​c+e−2​u−4​c∈(−1,1),\displaystyle=\frac{\operatorname{e}^{-2u-4c}-\operatorname{e}^{2u}-\operatorname{e}^{2u-2c}}{1+\operatorname{e}^{2u}+\operatorname{e}^{2u-2c}+\operatorname{e}^{-2u-4c}}\in(-1,1),
(∇f)∘Ac​(u)\displaystyle(\nabla f)\circ A_{c}(u) =(e2​u+2​e2​u−2​c+e−2​u−4​c,e2​u−2​c+2​e−2​u−4​c)1+e2​u+e2​u−2​c+e−2​u−4​c∈Δ∘.\displaystyle=\frac{\left(\operatorname{e}^{2u}+2\operatorname{e}^{2u-2c}+\operatorname{e}^{-2u-4c},\operatorname{e}^{2u-2c}+2\operatorname{e}^{-2u-4c}\right)}{1+\operatorname{e}^{2u}+\operatorname{e}^{2u-2c}+\operatorname{e}^{-2u-4c}}\in\Delta^{\circ}.

From this, we compute ıAc,f​(x)=(x1,x2)\imath_{A_{c},f}(x)=\left(x_{1},x_{2}\right) with

{x1=−e−2​c2​(1+e−2​c)​x+2+3​e−2​c2​(1+e−2​c)​(x2ρc2+(1−ρc2)​x2+ρc+ρc1+ρc),x2=2+e−2​c2​(1+e−2​c)​x+2+3​e−2​c2​(1+e−2​c)​(x2ρc2+(1−ρc2)​x2+ρc+ρc1+ρc),\left\{\begin{aligned} x_{1}&=\frac{-\operatorname{e}^{-2c}}{2(1+\operatorname{e}^{-2c})}x+\frac{2+3\operatorname{e}^{-2c}}{2(1+\operatorname{e}^{-2c})}\left(\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\rho_{c}^{2}+(1-\rho_{c}^{2})x^{2}}+\rho_{c}}+\frac{\rho_{c}}{1+\rho_{c}}\right),\\ x_{2}&=\frac{2+\operatorname{e}^{-2c}}{2(1+\operatorname{e}^{-2c})}x+\frac{2+3\operatorname{e}^{-2c}}{2(1+\operatorname{e}^{-2c})}\left(\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\rho_{c}^{2}+(1-\rho_{c}^{2})x^{2}}+\rho_{c}}+\frac{\rho_{c}}{1+\rho_{c}}\right),\end{aligned}\right.

where we have set ρc=2​e−2​c​1+e−2​c\rho_{c}=2\operatorname{e}^{-2c}\sqrt{1+\operatorname{e}^{-2c}} for short. In particular, the image of the map ıAc,f\imath_{A_{c},f} is an arc of conic: namely the intersection of Δ∘\Delta^{\circ} with the conic of equation

(x2−x1)2=(1−ρc2)​Lc​(x1,x2)2+2​ρc​Lc​(x1,x2),(x_{2}-x_{1})^{2}=(1-\rho_{c}^{2})L_{c}(x_{1},x_{2})^{2}+2\rho_{c}L_{c}(x_{1},x_{2}),

with Lc​(x1,x2)=2+e−2​c2+3​e−2​c​x1+e−2​c2+3​e−2​c​x2−ρc1+ρcL_{c}(x_{1},x_{2})=\frac{2+\operatorname{e}^{-2c}}{2+3\operatorname{e}^{-2c}}x_{1}+\frac{\operatorname{e}^{-2c}}{2+3\operatorname{e}^{-2c}}x_{2}-\frac{\rho_{c}}{1+\rho_{c}}. Varying c∈ℝc\in\mathbb{R}, these arcs of conics form a foliation of Δ∘\Delta^{\circ}, they all pass through the vertex (1,2)(1,2) as x→1x\to 1, and their other end as x→−1x\to-1 parameterizes the relative interior of the edge conv⁡((1,0),(2,1))\operatorname{conv}((1,0),(2,1)), see Figure 2.

Refer to caption

Figure 2. A foliation of Δ∘\Delta^{\circ} by curves
[02M8]

3.5. The piecewise affine case

The Legendre-Fenchel duality for piecewise affine concave functions can be described in combinatorial terms. Moreover, some technical issues of the general theory disappear when dealing with piecewise affine concave functions on convex polyhedra and uniform limits of such functions.

[02M9]
Definition 3.58.

Let C⊂NℝC\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} be a convex polyhedron. A function f:C→ℝf\colon C\to\mathbb{R} is piecewise affine if there a finite cover of CC by closed subsets such that the restriction of ff to each of these subsets is an affine function. A concave function f:Nℝ→ℝ¯f\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to{\underline{\mathbb{R}}} is said to be piecewise affine if dom⁡(f){\operatorname{dom}}(f) is a convex polyhedron and the restriction f|dom⁡(f)f|_{{\operatorname{dom}}(f)} piecewise affine.

[02MA]
Lemma 3.59.

Let ff be a piecewise affine function defined on a convex polyhedron C⊂NℝC\subset N_{\mathbb{R}}. Then there exists a polyhedral complex Π\Pi in CC such that the restriction of ff to each polyhedron of Π\Pi is an affine function.

[02MB]
Proof.

This is an easy consequence of the max-min representation of piecewise affine functions in [Ovc02]. ∎

[02MC]
Definition 3.60.

Let CC be a convex polyhedron, Π\Pi a polyhedral complex in CC and f:C→ℝf\colon C\to\mathbb{R} a piecewise affine function. We say that Π\Pi and ff are compatible if ff is affine on each polyhedron of Π\Pi. Alternatively, we say that ff is a piecewise affine function on Π\Pi. If the function ff is concave, it is said to be strictly concave on Π\Pi if Π=Π⁡(f)\Pi=\Pi(f). The polyhedral complex Π\Pi is said to be regular if there exists a concave piecewise affine function ff such that Π=Π⁡(f)\Pi=\Pi(f).

As was the case for convex polyhedra, piecewise affine concave functions can be described in two dual ways, which we refer as the H-representation and the V-representation. For the H-representation, we consider a convex polyhedron

Λ=⋂1≤j≤k{u∈Nℝ∣⟨aj,u⟩+αj≥0}\Lambda=\bigcap_{1\leq j\leq k}\{u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\mid\langle a_{j},u\rangle+\alpha_{j}\geq 0\}

as in (3.4) and a set of affine equations {(aj,αj)}k+1≤j≤l⊂Mℝ×ℝ\{(a_{j},\alpha_{j})\}_{k+1\leq j\leq l}\subset M_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}. We then define a concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} as

(3.61) f⁡(u)=mink+1≤j≤l⁡(⟨aj,u⟩+αj) for ​u∈Λf(u)=\min_{k+1\leq j\leq l}(\langle a_{j},u\rangle+\alpha_{j})\quad\text{ for }u\in\Lambda

and f⁡(u)=−∞f(u)=-\infty for u∉Λu\notin\Lambda. With this representation, the recession function of ff is given by

rec⁡(f)​(u)=mink+1≤j≤l⁡⟨aj,u⟩, for ​u∈rec⁡(Λ)\operatorname{rec}(f)(u)=\min_{k+1\leq j\leq l}\langle a_{j},u\rangle,\quad\text{ for }u\in\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda)

and rec⁡(f)​(u)=−∞\operatorname{rec}(f)(u)=-\infty for u∉rec⁡(Λ)u\notin\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda). In particular,

(3.62) dom(rec(f))=rec(dom(f)),stab(rec(f))=stab(f).{\operatorname{dom}}(\operatorname{rec}(f))=\operatorname{rec}({\operatorname{dom}}(f)),\quad\operatorname{stab}(\operatorname{rec}(f))=\operatorname{stab}(f).

For the V-representation, we consider a polyhedron

Λ′=cone⁡(b1,…,bk)+conv⁡(bk+1,…,bl)\Lambda^{\prime}=\operatorname{cone}(b_{1},\dots,b_{k})+\operatorname{conv}(b_{k+1},\dots,b_{l})

as in (3.5), a set of slopes {βj}1≤j≤k⊂ℝ\{\beta_{j}\}_{1\leq j\leq k}\subset\mathbb{R} and a set of values {βj}k+1≤j≤l⊂ℝ\{\beta_{j}\}_{k+1\leq j\leq l}\subset\mathbb{R}. We then define a concave function on MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} as

(3.63) g(u)=sup{∑j=1lλjβj|λj≥0,∑j=k+1lλj=1,∑j=1lλjbj=u}.g(u)=\sup\bigg\{\sum_{j=1}^{l}\lambda_{j}\beta_{j}\bigg|\ \lambda_{j}\geq 0,\ \sum_{j=k+1}^{l}\lambda_{j}=1,\ \sum_{j=1}^{l}\lambda_{j}b_{j}=u\bigg\}.

With this second representation, we obtain the recession function as

rec(g)(u)=sup{∑j=1kλjβj|λj≥0,∑j=1kλjbj=u}.\operatorname{rec}(g)(u)=\sup\bigg\{\sum_{j=1}^{k}\lambda_{j}\beta_{j}\bigg|\ \lambda_{j}\geq 0,\ \sum_{j=1}^{k}\lambda_{j}b_{j}=u\bigg\}.

As we have already mentioned, the Legendre-Fenchel duality of piecewise affine concave functions can be described in combinatorial terms.

[02MD]
Proposition 3.64.

Let Λ\Lambda be a polyhedron in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and ff a piecewise affine concave function with dom⁡(f)=Λ{\operatorname{dom}}(f)=\Lambda given as

Λ\displaystyle\Lambda =⋂1≤j≤k{u∈Nℝ∣⟨aj,u⟩+αj≥0},\displaystyle=\bigcap_{1\leq j\leq k}\{u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\mid\langle a_{j},u\rangle+\alpha_{j}\geq 0\},
f⁡(u)\displaystyle f(u) =mink+1≤j≤l⁡(⟨aj,u⟩+αj)for ​u∈Λ\displaystyle=\min_{k+1\leq j\leq l}(\langle a_{j},u\rangle+\alpha_{j})\quad\text{for }u\in\Lambda

with aj∈Mℝa_{j}\in M_{\mathbb{R}} and αj∈ℝ\alpha_{j}\in\mathbb{R}. Then

stab⁡(f)\displaystyle\operatorname{stab}(f) =cone⁡(a1,…,ak)+conv⁡(ak+1,…,al),\displaystyle=\operatorname{cone}(a_{1},\dots,a_{k})+\operatorname{conv}(a_{k+1},\dots,a_{l}),
f∨​(x)\displaystyle f^{\vee}(x) =sup{∑j=1l−λjαj|λj≥0,∑j=k+1lλj=1,∑j=1lλjaj=x} for x∈stab(f).\displaystyle=\sup\bigg\{\sum_{j=1}^{l}-\lambda_{j}\alpha_{j}\bigg|\ \lambda_{j}\geq 0,\sum_{j=k+1}^{l}\lambda_{j}=1,\ \sum_{j=1}^{l}\lambda_{j}a_{j}=x\bigg\}\ \text{ for }x\in\operatorname{stab}(f).
[02ME]
Proof.

This is proved in [Roc70, pp. 172-174]. ∎

[02MF]
Example 3.65.

Let Λ\Lambda be a convex polyhedron in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Then both the indicator function ιΛ\iota_{\Lambda} and the support function ΨΛ\Psi_{\Lambda} are concave and piecewise affine. We have ΨΛ∨=ιΛ\Psi_{\Lambda}^{\vee}=\iota_{\Lambda}. In particular, if we fix an isomorphism Nℝ≃ℝnN_{\mathbb{R}}\simeq\mathbb{R}^{n}, the function

ΨΔn:Nℝ⟶ℝ,(u1,…,un)⟼min⁡{0,u1,…,un}\Psi_{\Delta^{n}}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow\mathbb{R},\quad(u_{1},\dots,u_{n})\longmapsto\min\{0,u_{1},\dots,u_{n}\}

is the support function of the standard simplex Δn=conv⁡(𝟎,e1∨,…,en∨)⊂Mℝ\Delta^{n}=\operatorname{conv}(\boldsymbol{0},e^{\vee}_{1},\dots,e^{\vee}_{n})\subset M_{\mathbb{R}}, where {e1,…,en}\{e_{1},\dots,e_{n}\} is the standard basis of ℝn\mathbb{R}^{n} and {e1∨,…,en∨}\{e_{1}^{\vee},\dots,e_{n}^{\vee}\} is the dual basis. Hence, stab⁡(ΨΔn)=Δn\operatorname{stab}(\Psi_{\Delta^{n}})=\Delta^{n} and ΨΔn∨=ιΔn\Psi_{\Delta^{n}}^{\vee}=\iota_{\Delta^{n}}.

Let Λ\Lambda be a polyhedron in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and ff a piecewise affine concave function with dom⁡(f)=Λ{\operatorname{dom}}(f)=\Lambda. Then dom⁡(∂f)=Λ{\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f)=\Lambda and Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) and Π⁡(f∨)\Pi(f^{\vee}) are convex decompositions of Λ\Lambda and of Λ′:=stab⁡(f)\Lambda^{\prime}:=\operatorname{stab}(f) respectively. By Theorem 3.33, the Legendre-Fenchel correspondence

ℒ​f:Π⁡(f)⟶Π⁡(f∨){\mathcal{L}}f\colon\Pi(f)\longrightarrow\Pi(f^{\vee})

is a duality in the sense of Definition 3.32. However in the polyhedral case, these decompositions are dual in a stronger sense. We need to introduce some more definitions before we can properly state this duality.

[02MG]
Definition 3.66.

Let Λ\Lambda be a polyhedron and KK a face of Λ\Lambda. The angle of Λ\Lambda at KK is defined as

∠(K,Λ)={t(u−v)∣u∈Λ,v∈K,t≥0}.\angle(K,\Lambda)=\{t(u-v)\mid u\in\Lambda,v\in K,t\geq 0\}.

It is a polyhedral cone.

[02MH]
Definition 3.67.

The dual of a convex cone σ⊂Nℝ\sigma\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} is defined as

σ∨={x∈Mℝ∣⟨x,u⟩≥0​ for all ​u∈σ}.\sigma^{\vee}=\{x\in M_{\mathbb{R}}\mid\langle x,u\rangle\geq 0\text{ for all }u\in\sigma\}.

This is a convex closed cone.

If σ\sigma is a convex closed cone, then σ∨⁣∨=σ\sigma^{\vee\vee}=\sigma. For a piecewise affine concave function ff on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, by Proposition 3.64 we have

rec⁡(dom⁡(f))∨=rec⁡(stab⁡(f)).\operatorname{rec}({\operatorname{dom}}(f))^{\vee}=\operatorname{rec}(\operatorname{stab}(f)).
[02MI]
Definition 3.68.

Let C,C′C,C^{\prime} be convex polyhedra in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}, respectively, and Π,Π′\Pi,\Pi^{\prime} polyhedral complexes in CC and C′C^{\prime}, respectively. We say that Π\Pi and Π′\Pi^{\prime} are dual polyhedral complexes if there is a bijective map Π→Π′,Λ↦Λ∗\Pi\to\Pi^{\prime},\Lambda\mapsto\Lambda^{*} such that

  1. (1)

    for all Λ,K∈Π\Lambda,K\in\Pi, the inclusion K⊂ΛK\subset\Lambda hols if and only if K∗⊃Λ∗K^{*}\supset\Lambda^{*};

  2. (2)

    for all Λ,K∈Π\Lambda,K\in\Pi, if K⊂ΛK\subset\Lambda, then ∠⁡(Λ∗,K∗)=∠​(K,Λ)∨\angle(\Lambda^{*},K^{*})=\angle(K,\Lambda)^{\vee}.

For Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi, the angle ∠⁡(Λ,Λ)\angle(\Lambda,\Lambda) is the linear subspace generated by differences of points in Λ\Lambda. Condition (2) above implies that ∠⁡(Λ,Λ)\angle(\Lambda,\Lambda) and ∠⁡(Λ∗,Λ∗)\angle(\Lambda^{*},\Lambda^{*}) are orthogonal. In particular, dim(Λ)+dim(Λ∗)=n\dim(\Lambda)+\dim(\Lambda^{*})=n.

[02MJ]
Proposition 3.69.

Let ff be a piecewise affine concave function with Λ=dom⁡(f)\Lambda={\operatorname{dom}}(f) and Λ′=stab⁡(f)\Lambda^{\prime}=\operatorname{stab}(f). Then Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) and Π⁡(f∨)\Pi(f^{\vee}) are polyhedral complexes in Λ\Lambda and Λ′\Lambda^{\prime} respectively. Moreover, they are dual of each other. In particular, the vertices of Π⁡(f)\Pi(f) are in bijection with the polyhedra of Π⁡(f∨)\Pi(f^{\vee}) of maximal dimension.

[02MK]
Proof.

This is proved in [PR04, Proposition 1]. ∎

[02ML]
Example 3.70.

Consider the standard simplex Δn\Delta^{n} of Example 3.65. Its indicator function induces the standard polyhedral complex in Δn\Delta^{n} consisting of the collection of its faces. The dual of ιΔn\iota_{\Delta^{n}}, the support function ΨΔn\Psi_{\Delta^{n}}, induces a fan ΣΔn:=Π⁡(ΨΔn)\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}}:=\Pi(\Psi_{\Delta^{n}}) of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. The duality between these polyhedral complexes can be made explicit as

Π⁡(ιΔn)⟶ΣΔn,F⟼∠​(F,Δn)∨.\Pi(\iota_{\Delta^{n}})\longrightarrow\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}},\quad F\longmapsto\angle(F,\Delta^{n})^{\vee}.
[02MM]
Example 3.71.

The previous example can be generalized to an arbitrary polytope Δ⊂Mℝ\Delta\subset M_{\mathbb{R}} . The indicator function ιΔ\iota_{\Delta} induces the standard decomposition of Δ\Delta into its faces and dually, the support function ΨΔ\Psi_{\Delta} induces a polyhedral complex ΣΔ:=Π⁡(ΨΔ)\Sigma_{\Delta}:=\Pi(\Psi_{\Delta}) made of cones. If Δ\Delta is of maximal dimension, then ΣΔ\Sigma_{\Delta} is a fan.

The faces of Δ\Delta are in one-to-one correspondence with the cones of ΣΔ\Sigma_{\Delta} through the Legendre-Fenchel correspondence. For a face FF of Δ\Delta, its corresponding cone is

σF:=F∗={u∈Nℝ∣⟨u,x−y⟩≥0 for all x∈Δ,y∈F}.\sigma_{F}:=F^{*}=\{u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\mid\langle u,x-y\rangle\geq 0\mbox{ for all }x\in\Delta,y\in F\}.

Reciprocally, to each cone σ\sigma corresponds a face of Δ\Delta of complementary dimension

Fσ:=σ∗={x∈Δ∣⟨x,u⟩=ΨΔ(u) for all u∈σ}.F_{\sigma}:=\sigma^{*}=\{x\in\Delta\mid\langle x,u\rangle=\Psi_{\Delta}(u)\mbox{ for all }u\in\sigma\}.

On a cone σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, the function ΨΔ\Psi_{\Delta} is defined by any vector mσm_{\sigma} in the affine space aff⁡(Fσ)\operatorname{aff}(F_{\sigma}). The cone σ\sigma is normal to FσF_{\sigma}.

For piecewise affine concave functions, the operations of taking the recession function and the associated polyhedral convex commute with each other.

[02MN]
Proposition 3.72.

Let ff be a piecewise affine concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Then

Π⁡(rec⁡(f))=rec⁡(Π⁡(f)).\Pi(\operatorname{rec}(f))=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi(f)).
[02MP]
Proof.

Let Pf​(u,x)=f⁡(u)+f∨​(x)−⟨u,x⟩P_{f}(u,x)=f(u)+f^{\vee}(x)-\left<u,x\right> be the function introduced in (3.20). For each x∈stab⁡(f)x\in\operatorname{stab}(f) write Pf,x​(u)=P⁡(u,x)P_{f,x}(u)=P(u,x). Let CxC_{x} be as in Definition 3.23. By Lemma 3.24,

Cx={u∈dom⁡(f)∣Pf,x​(u)=0}.C_{x}=\{u\in{\operatorname{dom}}(f)\mid P_{f,x}(u)=0\}.

Write P′​(v)=rec⁡(f)​(v)−⟨u,x⟩P^{\prime}(v)=\operatorname{rec}(f)(v)-\left<u,x\right>. Then P′=rec⁡(Pf,x)P^{\prime}=\operatorname{rec}(P_{f,x}).

We claim that, for each x∈stab⁡(f)x\in\operatorname{stab}(f),

rec⁡(Cx)={v∈dom⁡(rec⁡(f))∣P′​(v)=0}.\operatorname{rec}(C_{x})=\{v\in{\operatorname{dom}}(\operatorname{rec}(f))\mid P^{\prime}(v)=0\}.

Let v∈rec⁡(Cx)v\in\operatorname{rec}(C_{x}). Clearly v∈dom⁡(rec⁡(f))v\in{\operatorname{dom}}(\operatorname{rec}(f)) and, since x∈stab⁡(f)x\in\operatorname{stab}(f), the set CxC_{x} is non-empty. Let u0∈Cxu_{0}\in C_{x}. Then, for each λ>0\lambda>0, u0+λ​v∈Cxu_{0}+\lambda v\in C_{x}. Therefore,

P′​(v)=limλ→∞Pf,x​(u0+λ​v)−Pf,x​(u0)λ=0.P^{\prime}(v)=\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\frac{P_{f,x}(u_{0}+\lambda v)-P_{f,x}(u_{0})}{\lambda}=0.

Conversely, let v∈dom⁡(rec⁡(f))v\in{\operatorname{dom}}(\operatorname{rec}(f)) satisfying P′​(v)=0P^{\prime}(v)=0 and u∈Cxu\in C_{x}. On the one hand, by the properties of the function PfP_{f}, we have Pf,x​(u+v)≤0P_{f,x}(u+v)\leq 0. On the other hand, since P′=rec⁡(Pf,x)P^{\prime}=\operatorname{rec}(P_{f,x}),

Pf,x​(u+v)−Pf,x​(u)≥P′​(v)=0.P_{f,x}(u+v)-P_{f,x}(u)\geq P^{\prime}(v)=0.

Thus Pf,x​(u+v)≥Pf,x​(u)=0P_{f,x}(u+v)\geq P_{f,x}(u)=0 and finally Pf,x​(u+v)=0P_{f,x}(u+v)=0. This implies that, if u∈Cxu\in C_{x} then u+v∈Cxu+v\in C_{x}, showing v∈rec⁡(Cx)v\in\operatorname{rec}(C_{x}). Hence the claim is proved.

By definition Π⁡(f)={Cx}x∈stab⁡(f)\Pi(f)=\{C_{x}\}_{x\in\operatorname{stab}(f)}. Hence rec⁡(Π⁡(f))={rec⁡(Cx)}x∈stab⁡(f)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi(f))=\{\operatorname{rec}(C_{x})\}_{x\in\operatorname{stab}(f)}. For each x∈stab⁡(rec⁡(f))x\in\operatorname{stab}(\operatorname{rec}(f)), write

Cx′={v∈dom⁡(rec⁡(f))∣P′​(v)=0}.C^{\prime}_{x}=\{v\in{\operatorname{dom}}(\operatorname{rec}(f))\mid P^{\prime}(v)=0\}.

Then Π⁡(rec⁡(f))={Cx′}x∈stab⁡(rec⁡(f))\Pi(\operatorname{rec}(f))=\{C^{\prime}_{x}\}_{x\in\operatorname{stab}(\operatorname{rec}(f))}. The result follows from the previous claim and the fact that stab⁡(f)=stab⁡(rec⁡(f))\operatorname{stab}(f)=\operatorname{stab}(\operatorname{rec}(f)) by (3.62). ∎

Now we want to study the compatibility of Legendre-Fenchel duality and integral and rational structures. Let N≃ℤnN\simeq\mathbb{Z}^{n} be a lattice of rank nn such that Nℝ=N⊗ℝN_{\mathbb{R}}=N\otimes\mathbb{R}. Set M=N∨=Hom⁡(N,ℤ)M=N^{\vee}=\operatorname{Hom}(N,\mathbb{Z}) for its dual lattice, so Mℝ=M⊗ℝM_{\mathbb{R}}=M\otimes\mathbb{R}. We also set Nℚ=N⊗ℚN_{\mathbb{Q}}=N\otimes\mathbb{Q} and Mℚ=M⊗ℚM_{\mathbb{Q}}=M\otimes\mathbb{Q}.

[02MQ]
Definition 3.73.

A piecewise affine concave function ff on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} is an H-lattice (respectively, a V-lattice) concave function if it has an H-representation (respectively, a V-representation) with integral coefficients. We say that ff is a rational piecewise affine concave function if it has an H-representation (or equivalently, a V-representation) with rational coefficients.

Observe that the domain of a V-lattice concave function is a lattice polyhedron, whereas the domain of an H-lattice concave function is a rational polyhedron.

[02MR]
Remark 3.74.

The notion of H-lattice concave functions defined on the whole NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} coincides with the notion of tropical Laurent polynomials over the integers, that is, the elements of the group semi-algebra ℤtrop​[N]\mathbb{Z}_{\text{trop}}[N], where the arithmetic operations of the base semi-ring ℤtrop=(ℤ,⊕,⊙)\mathbb{Z}_{\text{trop}}=(\mathbb{Z},\oplus,\odot) are defined as x⊕y=min⁡(x,y)x\oplus y=\min(x,y) and x⊙y=x+yx\odot y=x+y.

[02MS]
Proposition 3.75.

Let ff be a piecewise affine concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}.

  1. (1)

    ff is an H-lattice concave function (respectively, a rational piecewise affine concave function) if and only if f∨f^{\vee} is a V-lattice concave function (respectively, a rational piecewise affine concave function).

  2. (2)

    rec⁡(f)\operatorname{rec}(f) is an H-lattice concave function if and only if stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(f) is a lattice polyhedron.

[02MT]
Proof.

This follows easily from Proposition 3.64. ∎

[02MU]
Example 3.76.

If Δ\Delta is a lattice polytope, its indicator function is a V-lattice function, its support function ΨΔ\Psi_{\Delta} is an H-lattice function and, when Δ\Delta has maximal dimension, the fan ΣΔ\Sigma_{\Delta} is a rational fan. In particular, if the isomorphism N≃ℝnN\simeq\mathbb{R}^{n} of Example 3.65 is given by the choice of an integral basis e1,…,ene_{1},\dots,e_{n} of NN, then Δn\Delta^{n} is a lattice polytope, the function ΨΔn\Psi_{\Delta^{n}} is an H-lattice concave function and ΣΔn\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}} is a rational fan. If we write e0=−∑i=1neie_{0}=-\sum_{i=1}^{n}e_{i}, this is the fan generated by the vectors e0,e1,…,ene_{0},e_{1},\dots,e_{n} in the sense that each cone of ΣΔn\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}} is the cone generated by a strict subset of the above set of vectors. Figure 3 illustrates the case n=2n=2.

Δ 2 σ 1 σ 0 σ 2 ↦ ( u 1 , u 2 ) 0 ↦ ( u 1 , u 2 ) - u 2 ↦ ( u 1 , u 2 ) - u 1
Figure 3. The standard simplex Δ2\Delta^{2}, its associated fan and support function

Let Λ\Lambda and Λ′\Lambda^{\prime} be polyhedra in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and in MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}, respectively. We set 𝒫⁡(Λ,Λ′)\mathscr{P}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime}) for the space of piecewise affine concave functions with effective domain Λ\Lambda and stability set Λ′\Lambda^{\prime}. We also set 𝒫¯​(Λ,Λ′){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime}) for the closure of this space with respect to uniform convergence. We set

𝒫⁡(Λ)=⋃Λ′𝒫⁡(Λ,Λ′),𝒫¯​(Λ)=⋃Λ′𝒫¯​(Λ,Λ′)\mathscr{P}(\Lambda)=\bigcup_{\Lambda^{\prime}}\mathscr{P}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime}),\quad{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda)=\bigcup_{\Lambda^{\prime}}{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime})

for the space of piecewise affine concave functions with effective domain Λ\Lambda and for its closure with respect to uniform convergence, respectively. We also set

𝒫=⋃Λ,Λ′𝒫⁡(Λ,Λ′),𝒫¯=⋃Λ,Λ′𝒫¯​(Λ,Λ′).\mathscr{P}=\bigcup_{\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime}}\mathscr{P}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime}),\quad{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}=\bigcup_{\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime}}{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime}).

When we need to specify the vector space NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} we will denote it as a subindex as in 𝒫Nℝ\mathscr{P}_{N_{\mathbb{R}}} or 𝒫¯Nℝ{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}.

The following propositions contain the basic properties of the Legendre-Fenchel duality acting on 𝒫¯{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}. The elements in 𝒫¯{\overline{\mathscr{P}}} are continuous functions on polyhedra. In particular, they are closed concave functions. Observe that when working with uniform limits of piecewise affine concave functions, the technical issues in §3.2 disappear.

[02MV]
Proposition 3.77.

The concave piecewise affine functions and their uniform limits satisfy the following properties.

  1. (1)

    Let f∈𝒫¯Nℝf\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}. Then f∨⁣∨=ff^{\vee\vee}=f.

  2. (2)

    If f∈𝒫⁡(Λ,Λ′)f\in\mathscr{P}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime}) (respectively f∈𝒫¯​(Λ,Λ′)f\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime})) then f∨∈𝒫⁡(Λ′,Λ)f^{\vee}\in\mathscr{P}(\Lambda^{\prime},\Lambda) (respectively f∨∈𝒫¯​(Λ′,Λ)f^{\vee}\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda^{\prime},\Lambda)).

  3. (3)

    If f∈𝒫¯​(Λ)f\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda) then dom⁡(rec⁡(f))=rec⁡(Λ){\operatorname{dom}}(\operatorname{rec}(f))=\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda).

  4. (4)

    Let fi∈𝒫⁡(Λi,Λi′)f_{i}\in\mathscr{P}(\Lambda_{i},\Lambda_{i}^{\prime}) (respectively fi∈𝒫¯​(Λi,Λi′)f_{i}\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda_{i},\Lambda_{i}^{\prime})), i=1,2i=1,2, with Λ1∩Λ2≠∅\Lambda_{1}\cap\Lambda_{2}\not=\emptyset. Then f1+f2∈𝒫⁡(Λ1∩Λ2,Λ1′+Λ2′)f_{1}+f_{2}\in\mathscr{P}(\Lambda_{1}\cap\Lambda_{2},\Lambda_{1}^{\prime}+\Lambda_{2}^{\prime}) (respectively f1+f2∈𝒫¯​(Λ1∩Λ2,Λ1′+Λ2′)f_{1}+f_{2}\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda_{1}\cap\Lambda_{2},\Lambda_{1}^{\prime}+\Lambda_{2}^{\prime})) and (f1+f2)∨=f1∨⊞f2∨(f_{1}+f_{2})^{\vee}=f_{1}^{\vee}\boxplus f_{2}^{\vee}.

  5. (5)

    Let fi∈𝒫⁡(Λi,Λi′)f_{i}\in\mathscr{P}(\Lambda_{i},\Lambda_{i}^{\prime}) (respectively fi∈𝒫¯​(Λi,Λi′)f_{i}\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda_{i},\Lambda_{i}^{\prime})), i=1,2i=1,2, with Λ1′∩Λ2′≠∅\Lambda_{1}^{\prime}\cap\Lambda_{2}^{\prime}\not=\emptyset. Then f1⊞f2∈𝒫⁡(Λ1+Λ2,Λ1′∩Λ2′)f_{1}\boxplus f_{2}\in\mathscr{P}(\Lambda_{1}+\Lambda_{2},\Lambda_{1}^{\prime}\cap\Lambda_{2}^{\prime}) (respectively f1+f2∈𝒫¯​(Λ1+Λ2,Λ1′∩Λ2′)f_{1}+f_{2}\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda_{1}+\Lambda_{2},\Lambda_{1}^{\prime}\cap\Lambda_{2}^{\prime})) and (f1⊞f2)∨=f1∨+f2∨(f_{1}\boxplus f_{2})^{\vee}=f_{1}^{\vee}+f_{2}^{\vee}.

  6. (6)

    Let (fi)i≥1⊂𝒫¯(f_{i})_{i\geq 1}\subset{\overline{\mathscr{P}}} be a sequence converging uniformly to a function ff. Then f∈𝒫¯f\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}.

[02MW]
Proof.

All the statements follow, either directly from the definition, or propositions 3.64 and 3.18. ∎

[02MX]
Proposition 3.78.

Let A:Qℝ→NℝA\colon Q_{\mathbb{R}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} be an affine map defined as A=H+u0A=H+u_{0} for a linear map HH and a point u0∈Nℝu_{0}\in N_{\mathbb{R}}. Let f∈𝒫Nℝf\in\mathscr{P}_{N_{\mathbb{R}}} (respectively f∈𝒫¯Nℝf\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}) with dom⁡(f)∩im⁡(A)≠∅{\operatorname{dom}}(f)\cap\operatorname{im}(A)\not=\emptyset and g∈𝒫Qℝg\in\mathscr{P}_{Q_{\mathbb{R}}} (respectively g∈𝒫¯Qℝg\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}_{Q_{\mathbb{R}}}) such that stab⁡(g)∩im⁡(H∨)≠∅\operatorname{stab}(g)\cap\operatorname{im}(H^{\vee})\not=\emptyset. Then A∗​f∈𝒫QℝA^{\ast}f\in{\mathscr{P}}_{Q_{\mathbb{R}}} (respectively A∗​f∈𝒫¯QℝA^{*}f\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}_{Q_{\mathbb{R}}}) and A∗​g∈𝒫NℝA_{*}g\in\mathscr{P}_{N_{\mathbb{R}}} (respectively A∗​g∈𝒫¯NℝA_{*}g\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}). Moreover,

  1. (1)

    stab⁡(A∗​f)=H∨​(stab⁡(f))\operatorname{stab}(A^{\ast}f)=H^{\vee}(\operatorname{stab}(f)), (A∗​f)∨=(H∨)∗​(f∨−u0)(A^{\ast}f)^{\vee}=(H^{\vee})_{\ast}(f^{\vee}-u_{0}) and, for all y∈stab⁡(A∗​f)y\in\operatorname{stab}(A^{\ast}f),

    (A∗​f)∨​(y)=maxx∈(H∨)−1​(y)⁡(f∨​(x)−⟨x,u0⟩);(A^{\ast}f)^{\vee}(y)=\max_{x\in(H^{\vee})^{-1}(y)}(f^{\vee}(x)-\langle x,u_{0}\rangle);
  2. (2)

    stab⁡(A∗​g)=(H∨)−1​(stab⁡(g))\operatorname{stab}(A_{\ast}g)=(H^{\vee})^{-1}(\operatorname{stab}(g)), (A∗​g)∨=(H∨)∗​(g∨)+u0(A_{\ast}g)^{\vee}=(H^{\vee})^{\ast}(g^{\vee})+u_{0} and, for all u∈dom⁡(A∗​g)u\in{\operatorname{dom}}(A_{*}g),

    A∗​g​(u)=maxv∈A−1​(u)⁡g⁡(v).A_{*}g(u)=\max_{v\in A^{-1}(u)}g(v).
[02MY]
Proof.

These statements follow either from Proposition 3.46 or from [Roc70, Corollary 19.3.1]. ∎

We will be concerned mainly with functions in 𝒫¯{\overline{\mathscr{P}}} whose effective domain is either a polytope or the whole space NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. These are the kind of functions that arise when considering proper toric varieties. The functions in 𝒫⁡(Nℝ)\mathscr{P}(N_{\mathbb{R}}) can be realized as the inverse image of the support function of the standard simplex, while the functions of 𝒫⁡(Δ)\mathscr{P}(\Delta) can be realized as direct images of the indicator function of the standard simplex.

[02MZ]
Lemma 3.79.

Let f∈𝒫⁡(Nℝ)f\in\mathscr{P}(N_{\mathbb{R}}) and let f⁡(u)=min0≤i≤r⁡(ai​(u)+αi)f(u)=\min_{0\leq i\leq r}(a_{i}(u)+\alpha_{i}) be an H-representation of ff. Write 𝛂=(αi−α0)i=1,…,r\boldsymbol{\alpha}=(\alpha_{i}-\alpha_{0})_{i=1,\dots,r}, and consider the linear map H:Nℝ→ℝrH\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R}^{r} given by H⁡(u)=(ai​(u)−a0​(u))i=1,…,rH(u)=(a_{i}(u)-a_{0}(u))_{i=1,\dots,r} and the affine map A=H+𝛂.A=H+\boldsymbol{\alpha}. Then

  1. (1)

    f=A∗​ΨΔr+a0+α0;f=A^{\ast}\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}+a_{0}+\alpha_{0};

  2. (2)

    f∨=τa0​(H∨)∗​(ιΔr−𝜶)−α0.f^{\vee}=\tau_{a_{0}}(H^{\vee})_{\ast}(\iota_{\Delta^{r}}-\boldsymbol{\alpha})-\alpha_{0}.

This second function can be alternatively described as the function which parameterizes the upper envelope of the extended polytope

conv⁡((a1,−α1),…,(al,−αl))⊂Mℝ×ℝ.\operatorname{conv}((a_{1},-\alpha_{1}),\dots,(a_{l},-\alpha_{l}))\subset M_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}.
[02N0]
Proof.

Statement (1) follows from the explicit description of ΨΔr\Psi_{\Delta^{r}} in Example 3.70. Statement (2) follows from Proposition 3.78. The last statement is a consequence of Proposition 3.64. ∎

The next proposition characterizes the elements of 𝒫¯​(Nℝ){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(N_{\mathbb{R}}) and 𝒫¯​(Δ){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Delta) for a polytope Δ\Delta.

[02N1]
Proposition 3.80.

Let Δ\Delta be a convex polytope of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}.

  1. (1)

    The space 𝒫¯​(Δ,Nℝ){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Delta,N_{\mathbb{R}}) agrees with the space of all continuous concave functions on Δ\Delta.

  2. (2)

    A concave function ff belongs to 𝒫¯​(Nℝ,Δ){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(N_{\mathbb{R}},\Delta) if and only if dom⁡(f)=Nℝ{\operatorname{dom}}(f)=N_{\mathbb{R}} and |f−ΨΔ||f-\Psi_{\Delta}| is bounded.

[02N2]
Proof.

We start by proving (1). By the properties of uniform convergence, it is clear that any element of 𝒫¯​(Δ,Nℝ){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Delta,N_{\mathbb{R}}) is concave and continuous. Conversely, a continuous function ff on Δ\Delta is uniformly continuous because Δ\Delta is compact. Therefore, given ε>0\varepsilon>0 there is a δ>0\delta>0 such that |f⁡(u)−f⁡(v)|<ε|f(u)-f(v)|<\varepsilon for all u,v∈Δu,v\in\Delta such that ‖u−v‖<δ\|u-v\|<\delta. By compactness, we can find a triangulation Δ=⋃iΔi\Delta=\bigcup_{i}\Delta_{i} with diam⁡(Δi)<δ\operatorname{diam}(\Delta_{i})<\delta. Let {bj}j\{b_{j}\}_{j} be the vertices of this triangulation and consider the function g∈𝒫⁡(Δ,Nℝ)g\in\mathscr{P}(\Delta,N_{\mathbb{R}}) defined as

g(u)=sup{∑j=1lλjf(bj)|λj≥0,∑jλj=1∑jλjaj=x}.g(u)=\sup\bigg\{\sum_{j=1}^{l}\lambda_{j}f(b_{j})\bigg|\ \lambda_{j}\geq 0,\sum_{j}\lambda_{j}=1\sum_{j}\lambda_{j}a_{j}=x\bigg\}.

For u∈Δu\in\Delta, let bj0,…,bjnb_{j_{0}},\dots,b_{j_{n}} denote the vertices of an element of the triangulation containing uu. We write u=λj0​uj0+⋯+λjn​ujnu=\lambda_{j_{0}}u_{j_{0}}+\dots+\lambda_{j_{n}}u_{j_{n}} for some λji≥0\lambda_{j_{i}}\geq 0 and λj0+⋯+λjn=1\lambda_{j_{0}}+\dots+\lambda_{j_{n}}=1. By concavity, we have

f⁡(u)≥g⁡(u)≥∑k=0nλjk​f​(ujk)≥f⁡(u)−ε,f(u)\geq g(u)\geq\sum_{k=0}^{n}\lambda_{j_{k}}f(u_{j_{k}})\geq f(u)-\varepsilon,

which shows that any continuous function on Δ\Delta can be arbitrarily approximated by elements of 𝒫⁡(Δ,Nℝ)\mathscr{P}(\Delta,N_{\mathbb{R}}).

We now prove (2). Let f∈𝒫¯​(Nℝ,Δ)f\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(N_{\mathbb{R}},\Delta). By definition, for each ε>0\varepsilon>0 we can find a function g∈𝒫⁡(Nℝ,Δ)g\in\mathscr{P}(N_{\mathbb{R}},\Delta) with sup|f−g|≤ε\sup|f-g|\leq\varepsilon. In particular, |f−g||f-g| is bounded. Furthermore, rec⁡(g)=ΨΔ\operatorname{rec}(g)=\Psi_{\Delta} and |g−rec⁡(g)||g-\operatorname{rec}(g)| is bounded because g∈𝒫⁡(Nℝ)g\in\mathscr{P}(N_{\mathbb{R}}). Hence dom⁡(f)=dom⁡(g)=Nℝ{\operatorname{dom}}(f)={\operatorname{dom}}(g)=N_{\mathbb{R}} and |f−ΨΔ||f-\Psi_{\Delta}| is bounded.

Conversely, let ff be a concave function such that dom⁡(f)=Nℝ{\operatorname{dom}}(f)=N_{\mathbb{R}} and |f−ΨΔ||f-\Psi_{\Delta}| is bounded. Then stab⁡(f)=stab⁡(ΨΔ)=Δ\operatorname{stab}(f)=\operatorname{stab}(\Psi_{\Delta})=\Delta and f∨f^{\vee} is a continuous concave function on Δ\Delta. Hence we can apply (1) to f∨f^{\vee} to obtain functions gi∈𝒫⁡(Δ,Nℝ)g_{i}\in\mathscr{P}(\Delta,N_{\mathbb{R}}) approaching f∨f^{\vee} uniformly. We conclude that the functions gi∨∈𝒫⁡(Nℝ,Δ)g_{i}^{\vee}\in\mathscr{P}(N_{\mathbb{R}},\Delta) approach ff uniformly and so f∈𝒫¯​(Nℝ,Δ)f\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(N_{\mathbb{R}},\Delta). ∎

[02N3]
Proposition 3.81.

Let Δ\Delta be a lattice polytope of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}. Then the subset of rational piecewise affine concave functions in 𝒫¯​(Δ,Nℝ){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Delta,N_{\mathbb{R}}) (respectively, in 𝒫¯​(Nℝ,Δ){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(N_{\mathbb{R}},\Delta)) is dense with respect to uniform convergence.

[02N4]
Proof.

This follows from Proposition 3.80 and the density of rational numbers. ∎

[02N5]

3.6. Differences of concave functions

Let C⊂NℝC\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} be a convex set. A function f:C→ℝf\colon C\to\mathbb{R} is called a difference of concave functions or a DC function if it can be written as f=g−hf=g-h for concave functions g,h:C→ℝg,h\colon C\to\mathbb{R}. DC functions play an important role in non-convex optimization and have been widely studied, see for instance [HT99] and the references therein. We will be interested in a subclass of DC functions, namely those which are a difference of uniform limits of piecewise affine concave functions.

[02N6]
Definition 3.82.

For a convex polyhedron Λ\Lambda in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} we set

𝒟(Λ)={g−h∣g,h∈𝒫(Λ)},𝒟¯(Λ)={g−h∣g,h∈𝒫¯(Λ)}.{\mathscr{D}}(\Lambda)=\{g-h\mid g,h\in\mathscr{P}(\Lambda)\},\quad{\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(\Lambda)=\{g-h\mid g,h\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda)\}.

These spaces are closed under the operations of taking finite linear combinations, upper envelope and lower envelope.

[02N7]
Proposition 3.83.

Let Λ\Lambda be a convex polyhedron in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and f1,…,flf_{1},\dots,f_{l} functions in 𝒟⁡(Λ){\mathscr{D}}(\Lambda) (respectively, in 𝒟¯​(Λ){\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(\Lambda)). Then the functions

  1. (1)

    ∑iλi​fi\sum_{i}\lambda_{i}f_{i} for any λi∈ℝ\lambda_{i}\in\mathbb{R},

  2. (2)

    maxi⁡{fi}\max_{i}\{f_{i}\}, mini⁡{fi}\min_{i}\{f_{i}\}

are also in 𝒟⁡(Λ){\mathscr{D}}(\Lambda) (respectively, in 𝒟¯​(Λ){\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(\Lambda)).

[02N8]
Proof.

Statement (1) is obvious. For the statement (2), write fi=gi−hif_{i}=g_{i}-h_{i} with gi,hig_{i},h_{i} in 𝒫⁡(Λ)\mathscr{P}(\Lambda) (respectively, in 𝒫¯​(Λ){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda)). Then the upper envelope admits the DC decomposition maxi⁡{fi}=g−h\max_{i}\{f_{i}\}=g-h with

g:=∑jgj,h:=mini⁡(hi+∑j≠igj),g:=\sum_{j}g_{j},\quad h:=\min_{i}\bigg(h_{i}+\sum_{j\neq i}g_{j}\bigg),

which are both concave functions in 𝒫⁡(Λ)\mathscr{P}(\Lambda) (respectively, in 𝒫¯​(Λ){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda)). This shows that maxi⁡{fi}\max_{i}\{f_{i}\} is in 𝒟⁡(Λ)\mathscr{D}(\Lambda) (respectively, in 𝒟¯​(Λ){\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(\Lambda)). The statement for the lower envelope follows similarly. ∎

In particular, if ff lies in 𝒟⁡(Λ)\mathscr{D}(\Lambda) or in 𝒟¯​(Λ){\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(\Lambda), the same holds for the functions |f||f|, max⁡(f,0)\max(f,0) and min⁡(f,0)\min(f,0).

[02N9]
Corollary 3.84.

The space 𝒟⁡(Λ)\mathscr{D}(\Lambda) coincides with the space of piecewise affine functions on Λ\Lambda.

[02NA]
Proof.

This follows from the max-min representation of piecewise affine functions in [Ovc02] and Proposition 3.83(2). ∎

Some constructions for concave functions can be extended to this kind of functions. In particular, we can define the recession of a functions in 𝒟¯​(Λ){\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(\Lambda).

[02NB]
Definition 3.85.

Let Λ\Lambda be a polyhedron in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and f∈𝒟¯​(Λ)f\in{\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(\Lambda). The recession function of ff is defined as

(3.86) rec⁡(f):rec⁡(Λ)⟶ℝ,u⟼limλ→∞f⁡(v0+λ​u)−f⁡(v0)λ\operatorname{rec}(f)\colon\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda)\longrightarrow\mathbb{R},\quad u\longmapsto\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\frac{f(v_{0}+\lambda u)-f(v_{0})}{\lambda}

for any v0∈Λv_{0}\in\Lambda.

Write f=g−hf=g-h for any g,h∈𝒫¯​(Λ)g,h\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda). By (3.49), we have that, for all u∈rec⁡(Λ)u\in\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda), the limit (3.86) exists and

rec⁡(f)​(u)=rec⁡(g)​(u)−rec⁡(h)​(u).\operatorname{rec}(f)(u)=\operatorname{rec}(g)(u)-\operatorname{rec}(h)(u).

Observe that the recession function of a function in 𝒟⁡(Λ)\mathscr{D}(\Lambda) is a piecewise linear function on a subdivision of the cone rec⁡(Λ)\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda) into polyhedral cones. Observe also that

|f−rec⁡(f)|≤|g−rec⁡(g)|+|h−rec⁡(h)|=O⁡(1).|f-\operatorname{rec}(f)|\leq|g-\operatorname{rec}(g)|+|h-\operatorname{rec}(h)|=O(1).

We will be mostly interested in the case when Λ=Nℝ\Lambda=N_{\mathbb{R}}.

[02NC]
Proposition 3.87.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be any metric on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and f∈𝒟¯​(Nℝ)f\in{\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(N_{\mathbb{R}}). Then there exists a constant κ>0\kappa>0 such that, for all u,v∈Nℝu,v\in N_{\mathbb{R}},

|f⁡(u)−f⁡(v)|≤κ​‖u−v‖.|f(u)-f(v)|\leq\kappa\|u-v\|.

A function which verifies the conclusion of this proposition is called Lipchitzian.

[02ND]
Proof.

Let f=g−hf=g-h with g,h∈𝒫¯​(Nℝ)g,h\in{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(N_{\mathbb{R}}). The effective domain of the recessions of gg and of hh is the whole of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. By [Roc70, Theorem 10.5], both gg and hh are Lipchitzians, hence so is ff. ∎

Observe that 𝒟¯​(Nℝ){\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(N_{\mathbb{R}}) is not the completion of 𝒟⁡(Nℝ){\mathscr{D}}(N_{\mathbb{R}}) with respect to uniform convergence. It is easy to construct functions which are uniform limits of piecewise affine ones but do not verify the Lipschitz condition.

We will consider the integral and rational structures on the space of piecewise affine functions. We will use the notation previous to Definition 3.73.

[02NE]
Definition 3.88.

Let Λ\Lambda be a convex polyhedron and f∈𝒟⁡(Λ)f\in{\mathscr{D}}(\Lambda). We say that ff is an H-lattice (respectively V-lattice) function if it can be written as the difference of two H-lattice (respectively V-lattice) concave functions. We say that ff is a rational piecewise affine function if it is the difference of two rational piecewise affine concave functions.

[02NF]
Proposition 3.89.

If ff is an H-lattice function (respectively a rational piecewise affine function) on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, then there is a complete polyhedral complex Π\Pi in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that, for every Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi,

f|Λ​(u)=⟨mΛ,u⟩+lΛ,f|_{\Lambda}(u)=\langle m_{\Lambda},u\rangle+l_{\Lambda},

with (mΛ,lΛ)∈M×ℤ(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda})\in M\times\mathbb{Z} (respectively (mΛ,lΛ)∈Mℚ×ℚ(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda})\in M_{\mathbb{Q}}\times\mathbb{Q}). Conversely, every piecewise affine function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that its defining affine functions have integral (respectively rational) coefficients, is an H-lattice function (respectively a rational piecewise affine function).

[02NG]
Proof.

We will prove the statement for lattice functions. The statement for rational piecewise affine functions is proved with the same argument. If ff is an H-lattice function, we can write f=g−hf=g-h, where gg and hh are H-lattice concave functions. We obtain Π\Pi as any common refinement of Π⁡(g)\Pi(g) and Π⁡(h)\Pi(h) to a polyhedral complex. Then the statement follows from the definition of H-lattice concave functions. The converse is an easy consequence of Corollary 3.84. ∎

[02NH]
Definition 3.90.

Let ff be a rational piecewise affine function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, and let Π\Pi and {(mΛ,lΛ)}Λ∈Π\{(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda})\}_{\Lambda\in\Pi} be as in Proposition 3.89. The family {(mΛ,lΛ)}Λ∈Π\{(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda})\}_{\Lambda\in\Pi} is called a set of defining vectors of ff.

[02NI]
Proposition 3.91.

Let Π\Pi be a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and ff an H-lattice function on Π\Pi. Then rec⁡(f)\operatorname{rec}(f) is a conic H-lattice function on the fan rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi).

[02NJ]
Proof.

Let Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi and (m,l)∈M×ℤ(m,l)\in M\times\mathbb{Z} such that f⁡(u)=⟨m,u⟩+lf(u)=\langle m,u\rangle+l for u∈Λu\in\Lambda. Then, by the definition of rec⁡(f)\operatorname{rec}(f), it is clear that rec⁡(f)|rec⁡(Λ)​(u)=⟨m,u⟩\operatorname{rec}(f)|_{\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda)}(u)=\langle m,u\rangle. Hence, rec⁡(f)\operatorname{rec}(f) is a conic H-lattice function on rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi). ∎

[02NK]

3.7. Monge-Ampère measures

Let f:C→ℝf\colon C\to\mathbb{R} be a concave function of class 𝒞2{\mathcal{C}}^{2} on an open convex set C⊂ℝnC\subset\mathbb{R}^{n}. Its Hessian matrix

Hess⁡(f)​(u):=(∂2f∂ui​∂uj​(u))1≤i,j≤n\operatorname{Hess}(f)(u):=\left(\frac{\partial^{2}f}{\partial u_{i}\partial u_{j}}(u)\right)_{1\leq i,j\leq n}

is a non-positive definite matrix which quantifies the curvature of ff at the point uu. The real Monge-Ampère operator is defined as (−1)n(-1)^{n} times the determinant of this matrix. This notion can be extended as a measure to the case of an arbitrary concave function. A good reference for Monge-Ampère measures is [RT77].

Let μ\mu be a Haar measure of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}. Assume that we choose linear coordinates (x1,…,xn)(x_{1},\dots,x_{n}) of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} such that μ\mu is the measure associated to the differential form ω=d​x1∧⋯∧d​xn\omega=\,\text{\rm d}x_{1}\land\dots\land\,\text{\rm d}x_{n} and the orientation of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} defined by this system of coordinates. Let (u1,…,un)(u_{1},\dots,u_{n}) be the dual coordinates of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}.

[02NL]
Definition 3.92.

Let ff be a concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. The real Monge-Ampère measure of ff with respect to μ\mu is defined, for a Borel subset EE of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, as

ℳμ​(f)​(E)=μ⁡(∂f⁡(E)).{\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f)(E)=\mu(\partial f(E)).

It is a measure with support contained in dom⁡(∂f){\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f). The correspondence f↦ℳμ​(f)f\mapsto{\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f) is called the Monge-Ampère operator.

When the measure μ\mu is clear from the context, we will drop it from the notation. Moreover, since we are not going to consider complex Monge-Ampère measures, we will simply call ℳμ​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f) the Monge-Ampère measure of ff.

The total mass of ℳμ​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f) is equal to μ⁡(stab⁡(f))\mu(\operatorname{stab}(f)). In particular, when stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(f) is bounded, ℳμ​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f) is a finite measure.

[02NM]
Proposition 3.93.

The Monge-Ampère measure is a continuous map from the space of concave functions with the topology defined by uniform convergence on compact sets to the space of σ\sigma-finite measures on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} with the weak topology.

[02NN]
Proof.

This is proved in [RT77, §3]. ∎

The two basic examples of Monge-Ampère measures that we are interested in are the ones associated to smooth functions and the ones associated to piecewise linear functions.

[02NP]
Proposition 3.94.

Let CC be an open convex set in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and f∈𝒞2​(C)f\in{\mathcal{C}}^{2}(C) a concave function. Then

ℳμ​(f)=(−1)n​det(Hess⁡(f))​d​u1∧⋯∧d​un,{\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f)=(-1)^{n}\det(\operatorname{Hess}(f))\,\text{\rm d}u_{1}\land\dots\land\,\text{\rm d}u_{n},

where the Hessian matrix is calculated with respect to the coordinates (u1,…,un)(u_{1},\dots,u_{n}).

[02NQ]
Proof.

This is [RT77, Proposition 3.4] ∎

By contrast, the Monge-Ampère measure of a piecewise affine concave function, is a discrete measure supported on the vertices of a polyhedral complex.

[02NR]
Proposition 3.95.

Let ff be a piecewise affine concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and (Π⁡(f),Π⁡(f∨))(\Pi(f),\Pi(f^{\vee})) the dual pair of polyhedral complexes associated to ff. Denote by Λ↦Λ∗\Lambda\mapsto\Lambda^{\ast} the correspondence ℒ​f\mathcal{L}f. Then

ℳμ​(f)=∑v∈Π​(f)0μ⁡(∂f⁡(v))​δv=∑v∈Π​(f)0μ⁡(v∗)​δv=∑Λ∈Π​(f∨)nμ⁡(Λ)​δΛ∗,{\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f)=\sum_{v\in\Pi(f)^{0}}\mu(\partial f(v))\delta_{v}=\sum_{v\in\Pi(f)^{0}}\mu(v^{\ast})\delta_{v}=\sum_{\Lambda\in\Pi(f^{\vee})^{n}}\mu(\Lambda)\delta_{\Lambda^{\ast}},

where δv\delta_{v} is the Dirac measure supported on vv.

[02NS]
Proof.

This follows easily from the definition of ℳ⁡(f){\mathcal{M}}(f) and the properties of the Legendre correspondence of piecewise affine functions. ∎

[02NT]
Example 3.96.

Let Δ⊂Mℝ\Delta\subset M_{\mathbb{R}} be a polytope and ΨΔ\Psi_{\Delta} its support function. Then

ℳμ​(ΨΔ)=μ⁡(Δ)​δ0.{\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(\Psi_{\Delta})=\mu(\Delta)\delta_{0}.

The following relation between Monge-Ampère measure and Legendre-Fenchel duality is one of the key ingredients in the computation of the height of a toric variety. We will consider the (n−1)(n-1)-differential form on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}

λ=∑i=1n(−1)i−1​xi​d​x1∧⋯∧d​xi^∧⋯∧d​xn.\lambda=\sum_{i=1}^{n}(-1)^{i-1}x_{i}\,\text{\rm d}x_{1}\land\dots\land\widehat{\,\text{\rm d}x_{i}}\land\dots\land\,\text{\rm d}x_{n}.

It satisfies d​λ=n​ω\,\text{\rm d}\lambda=n\omega.

[02NU]
Theorem 3.97.

Let f:Nℝ→ℝf\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} be a closed concave function, such that D:=stab⁡(f)D:=\operatorname{stab}(f) is a compact convex set with piecewise smooth boundary ∂D\partial D. Then

(3.98) −n!∫Nℝfℳμ(f)=(n+1)!∫Df∨dμ−n!∫∂Df∨λ.-n!\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}f{\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f)=(n+1)!\int_{D}f^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\mu-n!\int_{\partial D}f^{\vee}\lambda.
[02NV]
Proof.

If the measure of DD is zero then both sides of equation (3.98) are zero. Therefore, the theorem is trivially true in this case. Thus, we may assume that DD has non-empty interior. Since stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(f) is compact, the right-hand side of (3.98) is continuous with respect to uniform convergence of functions, thanks to Proposition 3.18. Moreover, Proposition 3.93 and the fact that ℳμ​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f) is finite imply that the left-hand side is also continuous with respect to uniform convergence. By the compacity of DD, we can find a sequence of strictly concave smooth functions (fn)n≥1(f_{n})_{n\geq 1} that converges uniformly to ff. Hence, we may assume that ff is smooth and strictly concave. In this case, the Legendre transform ∇f:Nℝ→D∘\nabla f\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to D^{\circ} is a diffeomeorphism.

By the definition of the Monge-Ampère measure,

(3.99) −n!∫Nℝfℳμ(f)=−n!∫Df((∇f)−1x)dμ(x),-n!\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}f{\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f)=-n!\int_{D}f((\nabla f)^{-1}x)\,\text{\rm d}\mu(x),

which, in particular, shows that the integral on the left is convergent for smooth strictly concave functions with compact stability set. Therefore, it is convergent for any concave function within the hypothesis of the theorem.

By the properties of the Legendre transform,

(3.100) −f⁡((∇f)−1​(x))=f∨​(x)−⟨(∇f)−1​(x),x⟩.-f((\nabla f)^{-1}(x))=f^{\vee}(x)-\langle(\nabla f)^{-1}(x),x\rangle.

Moreover,

d​(f∨​λ)​(x)\displaystyle\,\text{\rm d}(f^{\vee}\lambda)(x) =d​f∨∧λ⁡(x)+f∨​d​λ​(x)\displaystyle=\,\text{\rm d}f^{\vee}\land\lambda(x)+f^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\lambda(x)
=⟨∇f∨​(x),x⟩​ω+n​f∨​ω\displaystyle=\langle\nabla f^{\vee}(x),x\rangle\omega+nf^{\vee}\omega
(3.101) =⟨(∇f)−1​(x),x⟩​ω+n​f∨​ω\displaystyle=\langle(\nabla f)^{-1}(x),x\rangle\omega+nf^{\vee}\omega

The result is obtained by combining equations (3.99), (3.100) and (3.101) with Stokes’ theorem. ∎

We now particularize Theorem 3.97 to the case when the Haar measure comes from a lattice and the convex set is a lattice polytope of maximal dimension.

[02NW]
Definition 3.102.

Let LL be a lattice and set Lℝ=L⊗ℝL_{\mathbb{R}}=L\otimes\mathbb{R}. We denote by volL\operatorname{vol}_{L} the Haar measure on LℝL_{\mathbb{R}} normalized so that LL has covolume 11.

Let NN be a lattice of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and set M=N∨M=N^{\vee} for its dual lattice. For a concave function ff, we denote by ℳM​(f)\mathcal{M}_{M}(f) the Monge-Ampère measure with respect to the normalized Haar measure volM\operatorname{vol}_{M}.

[02NX]
Notation 3.103.

Let Λ\Lambda be a rational polyhedron in MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} and aff⁡(Λ)\operatorname{aff}(\Lambda) its affine hull. We denote by LΛL_{\Lambda} the linear subspace of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} associated to aff⁡(Λ)\operatorname{aff}(\Lambda) and by M⁡(Λ)M(\Lambda) the induced lattice M∩LΛM\cap L_{\Lambda}. By definition, volM⁡(Λ)\operatorname{vol}_{M(\Lambda)} is a measure on LΛL_{\Lambda}, and we will denote also by volM⁡(Λ)\operatorname{vol}_{M(\Lambda)} the measure induced on aff⁡(Λ)\operatorname{aff}(\Lambda). If v∈Nℝv\in N_{\mathbb{R}} is orthogonal to LΛL_{\Lambda}, we define ⟨v,Λ⟩=⟨v,x⟩\langle v,\Lambda\rangle=\langle v,x\rangle for any x∈Λx\in\Lambda. Furthermore, when dim(Λ)=n\dim(\Lambda)=n and FF is a facet of Λ\Lambda, we will denote by vF∈Nv_{F}\in N the vector of minimal length that is orthogonal to LFL_{F} and satisfies ⟨vF,F⟩≤⟨vF,x⟩\langle v_{F},F\rangle\leq\langle v_{F},x\rangle for each x∈Λx\in\Lambda. In other words, vFv_{F} is the minimal inner integral orthogonal vector of FF as a facet of Λ\Lambda.

[02NY]
Corollary 3.104.

Let ff be a concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that Δ=stab⁡(f)\Delta=\operatorname{stab}(f) is a lattice polytope of dimension nn. Then

−n!∫NℝfℳM(f)=(n+1)!∫Δf∨dvolM+∑F⟨vF,F⟩n!∫Ff∨dvolM⁡(F),-n!\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}f{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f)=(n+1)!\int_{\Delta}f^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}+\sum_{F}\langle v_{F},F\rangle n!\int_{F}f^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M(F)},

where the sum is over the facets FF of Δ\Delta.

[02NZ]
Proof.

We choose (m1,…,mn)(m_{1},\dots,m_{n}) a basis of MM such that (m2,…,mn)(m_{2},\dots,m_{n}) is a basis of M⁡(F)M(F) and m1m_{1} points to the exterior direction. Expressing λ\lambda in this basis we obtain

λ|F=−⟨vF,F⟩​d​volM⁡(F).\lambda|_{F}=-\langle v_{F},F\rangle\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M(F)}.

The result then follows from Theorem 3.97. ∎

In §6, we will see that we can express the height of a toric variety in terms of integrals of the form ∫Δf∨​d​volM\int_{\Delta}f^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M} as in the above result. In some situations, it will be useful to translate those integrals to integrals on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}.

Let f:Nℝ→ℝf\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} be a concave function and g:stab⁡(f)→ℝg\colon\operatorname{stab}(f)\to\mathbb{R} an integrable function. We consider the signed measure on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} defined, for a Borel subset EE of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, as

ℳM,g​(f)​(E)=∫∂f⁡(E)g​d​volM.{\mathcal{M}}_{M,g}(f)(E)=\int_{\partial f(E)}g\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}.

Clearly, ℳM,g​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{M,g}(f) is uniformly continuous with respect to ℳM​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f). By the Radon-Nicodym theorem, there is a ℳM​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f)-measurable function, that we denote g∘∂fg\circ\partial f, such that

(3.105) ∫Eg∘∂f​ℳM​(f)=∫EℳM,g​(f)=∫∂f⁡(E)g​d​volM.\int_{E}g\circ\partial f\,{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f)=\int_{E}{\mathcal{M}}_{M,g}(f)=\int_{\partial f(E)}g\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}.
[02P0]
Example 3.106.

When the function ff is differentiable or piecewise affine, the measurable function f∨∘∂ff^{\vee}\circ\partial f can be made explicit.

  1. (1)

    Let f∈𝒞2​(Nℝ)f\in{\mathcal{C}}^{2}(N_{\mathbb{R}}). Proposition 3.94 and the change of variables formula imply g∘∂f=g∘∇fg\circ\partial f=g\circ\nabla f. For the particular case when g=f∨g=f^{\vee}, Theorem 3.52(4) implies, for u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}},

    f∨∘∂f⁡(u)=⟨∇f​(u),u⟩−f⁡(u).f^{\vee}\circ\partial f(u)=\langle\nabla f(u),u\rangle-f(u).
  2. (2)

    Let ff a piecewise affine concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. By Proposition 3.95, ℳM​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f) is supported in the finite set Π​(f)0\Pi(f)^{0} and so is ℳM,g​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{M,g}(f). For v∈Π​(f)0v\in\Pi(f)^{0} write v∗∈Π​(f∨)nv^{*}\in\Pi(f^{\vee})^{n} for the dual polyhedron. Then g∘∂f⁡(v)=1volM⁡(v∗)​∫v∗g​d​volMg\circ\partial f(v)=\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}_{M}(v^{*})}\int_{v^{*}}g\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}, which implies

    f∨∘∂f⁡(v)=1volM⁡(v∗)​∫v∗⟨x,v⟩​d​volM−f⁡(v).f^{\vee}\circ\partial f(v)=\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}_{M}(v^{*})}\int_{v^{*}}\langle x,v\rangle\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}-f(v).

    The function f∨∘∂ff^{\vee}\circ\partial f is defined as a ℳM​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f)-measurable function. Therefore, only its values at the points v∈Π​(f)0v\in\Pi(f)^{0} are well defined. Nevertheless, we can extend the function f∨∘∂ff^{\vee}\circ\partial f to the whole NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} by writing

    f∨∘∂f⁡(u)=1volμ⁡(∂f⁡(u))​∫∂f⁡(u)⟨x,u⟩​d​μ−f⁡(u)f^{\vee}\circ\partial f(u)=\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}_{\mu}(\partial f(u))}\int_{\partial f(u)}\langle x,u\rangle\,\text{\rm d}\mu-f(u)

    for any Haar measure μ\mu on the affine space determined by ∂f⁡(u)\partial f(u).

The Monge-Ampère operator is homogeneous of degree nn. It can be turned into a multi-linear operator which takes nn concave functions as arguments.

[02P1]
Definition 3.107.

Let f1,…,fnf_{1},\dots,f_{n} be concave functions on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. The mixed Monge-Ampère measure is defined by the formula

ℳM​(f1,…,fn)=1n!​∑j=1n(−1)n−j​∑1≤i1<⋯<ij≤nℳM​(fi1+⋯+fij).{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f_{1},\dots,f_{n})=\frac{1}{n!}\sum_{j=1}^{n}(-1)^{n-j}\sum_{1\leq i_{1}<\cdots<i_{j}\leq n}{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f_{i_{1}}+\dots+f_{i_{j}}).

It is a measure on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}.

This operator was introduced by Passare and Rullgård [PR04]. It is multi-linear and symmetric in the variables fif_{i}.

[02P2]
Proposition 3.108.

The mixed Monge-Ampère measure is a continuous map from the space of nn-tuples of concave functions with the topology defined by uniform convergence on compact sets to the space of σ\sigma-finite measures on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} with the weak topology.

[02P3]
Proof.

The general mixed case reduces to the unmixed case f1=⋯=fnf_{1}=\dots=f_{n}, which is Proposition 3.93. ∎

[02P4]
Definition 3.109.

The mixed volume of a family of compact convex sets Q1,…,QnQ_{1},\dots,Q_{n} of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} is defined as

(3.110) MVM⁡(Q1,…,Qn)=∑j=1n(−1)n−j​∑1≤i1<⋯<ij≤nvolM⁡(Qi1+⋯+Qij)\operatorname{MV}_{M}(Q_{1},\dots,Q_{n})=\sum_{j=1}^{n}(-1)^{n-j}\sum_{1\leq i_{1}<\cdots<i_{j}\leq n}\operatorname{vol}_{M}(Q_{i_{1}}+\cdots+Q_{i_{j}})

Since MVM⁡(Q,…,Q)=n!​volM⁡(Q)\operatorname{MV}_{M}(Q,\dots,Q)=n!\,\operatorname{vol}_{M}(Q), the mixed volume is a generalization of the volume of a convex body. The mixed volume is symmetric and linear in each variable QiQ_{i} with respect to the Minkowski sum, and monotone with respect to inclusion [Ewa96, Chapter IV].

The next result generalizes [PR04, Proposition 3] and shows that the mixed Monge-Ampère measure can be defined in terms of mixed volumes if the effective domains of the functions overlap sufficiently.

[02P5]
Proposition 3.111.

Let f1,…,fnf_{1},\dots,f_{n} be concave functions such that ri⁡(dom⁡(f1))∩⋯∩ri⁡(dom⁡(fn))≠∅\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{1}))\cap\dots\cap\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{n}))\neq\emptyset and E⊂NℝE\subset N_{\mathbb{R}} a Borel subset. Then

ℳM​(f1,…,fn)​(E)=1n!​MVM​(∂f1​(E),…,∂fn​(E)).{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f_{1},\dots,f_{n})(E)=\frac{1}{n!}\operatorname{MV}_{M}(\partial f_{1}(E),\dots,\partial f_{n}(E)).

If f1,…,fkf_{1},\dots,f_{k} are piecewise affine, this formula holds under the weaker hypothesis dom⁡(f1)∩⋯∩dom⁡(fk)∩ri⁡(dom⁡(fk+1))∩⋯∩ri⁡(dom⁡(fn))≠∅{\operatorname{dom}}(f_{1})\cap\dots\cap{\operatorname{dom}}(f_{k})\cap\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{k+1}))\cap\dots\cap\operatorname{ri}({\operatorname{dom}}(f_{n}))\neq\emptyset.

[02P6]
Proof.

This follows from Proposition 3.43 and the definition of the mixed Monge-Ampère measures and of mixed volumes. ∎

In particular, this gives the total mass of the mixed Monge-Ampère measure.

[02P7]
Corollary 3.112.

In the setting of Proposition 3.111, we have

ℳM​(f1,…,fn)​(Nℝ)=1n!​MVM​(stab⁡(f1),…,stab⁡(fn)).{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f_{1},\dots,f_{n})(N_{\mathbb{R}})=\frac{1}{n!}\operatorname{MV}_{M}(\operatorname{stab}(f_{1}),\dots,\operatorname{stab}(f_{n})).
[02P8]
Proof.

This follows readily from the above proposition and (3.22). ∎

Following [PS08a], we introduce an extension of the notion of integral of a concave function.

[02P9]
Definition 3.113.

Let QiQ_{i}, i=0,…,ni=0,\dots,n, be a family of compact convex subset of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} and gi:Qi→ℝg_{i}\colon Q_{i}\to\mathbb{R} a concave function on QiQ_{i}. The mixed integral of g0,…,gng_{0},\dots,g_{n} is defined as

MIM⁡(g0,…,gn)=∑j=0n(−1)n−j​∑0≤i0<⋯<ij≤n∫Qi0+⋯+Qijgi0⊞⋯⊞gij​d​volM.\operatorname{MI}_{M}(g_{0},\dots,g_{n})=\sum_{j=0}^{n}(-1)^{n-j}\sum_{0\leq i_{0}<\cdots<i_{j}\leq n}\int_{Q_{i_{0}}+\cdots+Q_{i_{j}}}g_{i_{0}}\boxplus\cdots\boxplus g_{i_{j}}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}.

For a compact convex subset Q⊂MℝQ\subset M_{\mathbb{R}} and a concave function gg on QQ, we have MIM⁡(g,…,g)=(n+1)!​∫Qg​d​volM\operatorname{MI}_{M}(g,\dots,g)=(n+1)!\int_{Q}g\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}. The mixed integral is symmetric and additive in each variable gig_{i} with respect to the sup-convolution. For a scalar λ∈ℝ≥0\lambda\in\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}, we have MIM⁡(λ​g0,…,λ​gn)=λ​MIM​(g0,…,gn)\operatorname{MI}_{M}(\lambda g_{0},\dots,\lambda g_{n})=\lambda\operatorname{MI}_{M}(g_{0},\dots,g_{n}). We refer to [PS08a, PS08b] for the proofs and more information about this notion.

[02PA]

4. Toric varieties

In this section we recall some basic facts about the algebraic geometry of toric varieties and schemes. In the first place, we consider toric varieties over a field and then toric schemes over a DVR. We refer to [KKMS73, Oda88, Ful93, Ewa96] for more details.

We will use the notations of the previous section concerning concave functions and polyhedra, with the proviso that the vector space NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} will always be equipped with a lattice NN and most of the objects we consider will be compatible with this integral structure, even if not said explicitly. In particular, from now on by a fan (Definition 3.13) we will mean a rational fan and by a polytope we will mean a lattice polytope.

[02PB]

4.1. Fans and toric varieties

Let KK be a field and 𝕋≃𝔾mn\mathbb{T}\simeq\mathbb{G}_{m}^{n} a split torus over KK. We alternatively denote it by 𝕋K\mathbb{T}_{K} if we want to refer to its field of definition.

[02PC]
Definition 4.1.

A toric variety is a normal variety XX over KK equipped with a dense open embedding 𝕋↪X\mathbb{T}\hookrightarrow X and an action μ:𝕋×X→X\mu\colon\mathbb{T}\times X\to X that extends the action of 𝕋\mathbb{T} on itself by translations. When we want to stress the torus, we will call XX a toric variety with torus 𝕋\mathbb{T}.

Toric varieties can be described in combinatorial terms as we recall in the sequel. Let N=Hom⁡(𝔾m,𝕋)≃ℤnN=\operatorname{Hom}(\mathbb{G}_{m},\mathbb{T})\simeq\mathbb{Z}^{n} be the lattice of one-parameter subgroups of 𝕋\mathbb{T} and M=Hom⁡(𝕋,𝔾m)=N∨=Hom⁡(N,ℤ)M=\operatorname{Hom}(\mathbb{T},\mathbb{G}_{m})=N^{\vee}=\operatorname{Hom}(N,\mathbb{Z}) its dual lattice of characters of 𝕋\mathbb{T}. For a ring RR we set NR=N⊗RN_{R}=N\otimes R and MR=M⊗RM_{R}=M\otimes R.

To a fan Σ\Sigma we associate a toric variety XΣX_{\Sigma} over KK by gluing together the affine toric varieties corresponding to the cones of the fan. For σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, let σ∨\sigma^{\vee} be the dual cone (Definition 3.67) and set

Mσ=σ∨∩M={m∈M∣⟨m,u⟩≥0,∀u∈σ}M_{\sigma}=\sigma^{\vee}\cap M=\{m\in M\mid\langle m,u\rangle\geq 0,\ \forall u\in\sigma\}

for the saturated semigroup of its lattice points. We consider the semigroup algebra

K[Mσ]={∑m∈Mσαmχm|αm∈K,αm=0 for almost all m}K[M_{\sigma}]=\Big\{\sum_{m\in M_{\sigma}}\alpha_{m}\chi^{m}\Big|\alpha_{m}\in K,\alpha_{m}=0\text{ for almost all }m\Big\}

of formal finite sums of elements of MσM_{\sigma} with the natural ring structure. It is an integrally closed domain of Krull dimension nn. We set Xσ=Spec⁡(K⁡[Mσ])X_{\sigma}=\operatorname{Spec}(K[M_{\sigma}]) for the associated affine toric variety. If τ\tau is a face of σ\sigma we have that K⁡[Mτ]K[M_{\tau}] is a localization of K⁡[Mσ]K[M_{\sigma}]. Hence there is an inclusion of open sets

Xτ=Spec⁡(K⁡[Mτ])⸦⟶Xσ=Spec⁡(K⁡[Mσ]).X_{\tau}=\operatorname{Spec}(K[M_{\tau}])\lhook\joinrel\longrightarrow X_{\sigma}=\operatorname{Spec}(K[M_{\sigma}]).

For σ,σ′∈Σ\sigma,\sigma^{\prime}\in\Sigma, the affine toric varieties XσX_{\sigma}, Xσ′X_{\sigma^{\prime}} glue together through the open subset Xσ∩σ′X_{\sigma\cap\sigma^{\prime}} corresponding to their common face. Thus these affine varieties glue together to form the toric variety

XΣ=⋃σ∈ΣXσ.X_{\Sigma}=\bigcup_{\sigma\in\Sigma}X_{\sigma}.

This is a normal variety over KK of dimension nn. When we need to specify the field of definition we will denote it as XΣ,KX_{\Sigma,K}. We denote by 𝒪XΣ\mathcal{O}_{X_{\Sigma}} its structural sheaf and by 𝒦XΣ\mathcal{K}_{X_{\Sigma}} its sheaf of rational functions. The open subsets Xσ⊂XΣX_{\sigma}\subset X_{\Sigma} may be denoted by XΣ,σX_{\Sigma,\sigma} when we want to include the ambient toric variety in the notation.

The cone {0}\{0\}, that we denote simply by 00, is a face of every cone and its associated affine scheme

X0=Spec⁡(K⁡[M])X_{0}=\operatorname{Spec}(K[M])

is an open subset of all of the schemes XσX_{\sigma}. This variety is an algebraic group over KK canonically isomorphic to 𝕋\mathbb{T}. We identify this variety with 𝕋\mathbb{T} and call it the principal open subset of XΣX_{\Sigma}.

For each σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, the homomorphism

K⁡[Mσ]→K⁡[M]⊗K⁡[Mσ],χm↦χm⊗χmK[M_{\sigma}]\to K[M]\otimes K[M_{\sigma}],\quad\chi^{m}\mapsto\chi^{m}\otimes\chi^{m}

induces an action of 𝕋\mathbb{T} on XσX_{\sigma}. This action is compatible with the inclusion of open sets and so it extends to an action on the whole of XΣX_{\Sigma}

μ:𝕋×XΣ⟶XΣ.\mu\colon\mathbb{T}\times X_{\Sigma}\longrightarrow X_{\Sigma}.

Thus we have obtained a toric variety in the sense of Definition 4.1. In fact, all toric varieties are obtained in this way.

[02PD]
Theorem 4.2.

The correspondence Σ↦XΣ\Sigma\mapsto X_{\Sigma} is a bijection between the set of fans in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and the set of isomorphism classes of toric varieties with torus 𝕋\mathbb{T}.

[02PE]
Proof.

This result is [KKMS73, §I.2, Theorem 6(i)]. ∎

For each σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, the set of KK-rational points in XσX_{\sigma} can be identified with the set of semigroup homomorphisms from (Mσ,+)(M_{\sigma},+) to the semigroup (K,×):=K×∪{0}(K,\times):=K^{\times}\cup\{0\}. That is,

Xσ​(K)=Homsg⁡(Mσ,(K,×)).X_{\sigma}(K)=\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{sg}}(M_{\sigma},(K,\times)).

In particular, the set of KK-rational points of the algebraic torus can be written intrinsically as

𝕋⁡(K)=Homsg⁡(M0,(K,×))=Homgp⁡(M,K×)≃(K×)n.\mathbb{T}(K)=\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{sg}}(M_{0},(K,\times))=\operatorname{Hom}_{\text{\rm gp}}(M,K^{\times})\simeq(K^{\times})^{n}.

Every affine toric variety has a distinguished rational point: we will denote by xσ∈Xσ​(K)=Homsg⁡(Mσ,(K,×))x_{\sigma}\in X_{\sigma}(K)=\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{sg}}(M_{\sigma},(K,\times)) the point given by the semigroup homomorphism

Mσ∋m⟼{1, if −m∈Mσ,0, otherwise.M_{\sigma}\ni m\longmapsto\begin{cases}1,&\text{ if }-m\in M_{\sigma},\\ 0,&\text{ otherwise}.\end{cases}

For instance, the point x0∈X0=𝕋x_{0}\in X_{0}=\mathbb{T} is the unit of 𝕋\mathbb{T}.

Most algebro-geometric properties of the toric scheme translate into combinatorial properties of the fan. In particular, XΣX_{\Sigma} is proper if and only if the fan is complete in the sense that |Σ|=Nℝ|\Sigma|=N_{\mathbb{R}}. The variety XΣX_{\Sigma} is smooth if and only if every cone σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma can be written as σ=ℝ≥0​v1+⋯+ℝ≥0​vk\sigma=\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}v_{1}+\cdots+\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}v_{k} with v1,…,vkv_{1},\dots,v_{k} which are part of an integral basis of NN.

[02PF]
Example 4.3.

Let ΣΔn\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}} be the fan in Example 3.70. The toric variety XΣΔnX_{\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}}} is the projective space ℙKn\mathbb{P}^{n}_{K}. More generally, to a polytope Δ⊂Mℝ\Delta\subset M_{\mathbb{R}} of maximal dimension we can associate a complete toric variety XΣΔX_{\Sigma_{\Delta}}, where ΣΔ\Sigma_{\Delta} is the fan of Example 3.71.

[02PG]

4.2. Orbits and equivariant morphisms

The action of the torus induces a decomposition of a toric variety into disjoint orbits. These orbits are in one to one correspondence with the cones of the fan. Let σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma and set

(4.4) N⁡(σ)=N/(N∩ℝ​σ),M⁡(σ)=N​(σ)∨=M∩σ⊥,N(\sigma)=N/(N\cap\mathbb{R}\sigma),\quad M(\sigma)=N(\sigma)^{\vee}=M\cap\sigma^{\bot},

where σ⊥\sigma^{\bot} denotes the orthogonal space to σ\sigma. We will denote by πσ:N→N⁡(σ)\pi_{\sigma}\colon N\to N(\sigma) the projection of lattices. By abuse of notation, we will also denote by πσ:Nℝ→N​(σ)ℝ\pi_{\sigma}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}} the induced projection of vector spaces.

The orthogonal space σ⊥\sigma^{\bot} is the maximal linear space inside σ∨\sigma^{\vee} and M⁡(σ)M(\sigma) is the maximal subgroup sitting inside the semigroup MσM_{\sigma}. Set

O⁡(σ)=Spec⁡(K⁡[M⁡(σ)]),O(\sigma)=\operatorname{Spec}(K[M(\sigma)]),

which is a torus over KK of dimension n−dim(σ)n-\dim(\sigma). The surjection of rings

K[Mσ]⟶K[M(σ)],χa⟼{χa, if a∈σ⊥,0, if ​a∉σ⊥,K[M_{\sigma}]\longrightarrow K[M(\sigma)],\quad\chi^{a}\longmapsto\begin{cases}\chi^{a},&\text{ if }a\in\sigma^{\bot},\\ 0,&\text{ if }a\notin\sigma^{\bot},\end{cases}

induces a closed immersion O⁡(σ)↪XσO(\sigma)\hookrightarrow X_{\sigma}. In terms of rational points, the inclusion O⁡(σ)​(K)↪Xσ​(K)O(\sigma)(K)\hookrightarrow X_{\sigma}(K) sends a group homomorphism γ:M⁡(σ)→K×\gamma\colon M(\sigma)\to K^{\times} to the semigroup homomorphism γ~:Mσ→(K,×){\widetilde{\gamma}}\colon M_{\sigma}\to(K,\times) obtained by extending γ\gamma by zero. In particular, the distinguished point xσ∈Xσ​(K)x_{\sigma}\in X_{\sigma}(K) belongs to the image of O​(σ)​(K)O(\sigma)(K) by the above inclusion. Composing with the open immersion Xσ↪XΣX_{\sigma}\hookrightarrow X_{\Sigma}, we identify O⁡(σ)O(\sigma) with a locally closed subvariety of XΣX_{\Sigma}. For instance, the orbit associated to the cone 00 agrees with the principal open subset X0X_{0}. In fact, if we consider xσx_{\sigma} as a rational point of XΣX_{\Sigma}, then O⁡(σ)O(\sigma) agrees with the orbit of xσx_{\sigma} by 𝕋\mathbb{T}.

We denote by V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) the Zariski closure of O⁡(σ)O(\sigma) with its induced structure of reduced closed subvariety of XΣX_{\Sigma}. The subvariety V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) has a natural structure of toric variety. To see it, we consider the fan on N​(σ)ℝN(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}

(4.5) Σ⁡(σ):={πσ​(τ)|τ⊃σ}.\Sigma(\sigma):=\{\pi_{\sigma}(\tau)|\tau\supset\sigma\}.

This fan is called the star of σ\sigma in Σ\Sigma. For each τ∈Σ\tau\in\Sigma with σ⊂τ\sigma\subset\tau, set τ¯=πσ​(τ)∈Σ⁡(σ){\overline{\tau}}=\pi_{\sigma}(\tau)\in\Sigma(\sigma). Then, M​(σ)τ¯=M⁡(σ)∩Mτ.M(\sigma)_{{\overline{\tau}}}=M(\sigma)\cap M_{\tau}. There is a surjection of rings

K[Mτ]⟶K[M(σ)τ¯],χm⟼{χm, if m∈σ⊥,0, if ​m∉σ⊥,K[M_{\tau}]\longrightarrow K[M(\sigma)_{{\overline{\tau}}}],\quad\chi^{m}\longmapsto\begin{cases}\chi^{m},&\text{ if }m\in\sigma^{\bot},\\ 0,&\text{ if }m\notin\sigma^{\bot},\end{cases}

that defines a closed immersion Xτ¯↪XτX_{{\overline{\tau}}}\hookrightarrow X_{\tau}. These maps glue together to give a closed immersion ισ:XΣ⁡(σ)↪XΣ\iota_{\sigma}\colon X_{\Sigma(\sigma)}\hookrightarrow X_{\Sigma}.

[02PH]
Proposition 4.6.

The closed immersion ισ\iota_{\sigma} induces an isomorphism XΣ⁡(σ)≃V⁡(σ).X_{\Sigma(\sigma)}\simeq V(\sigma).

[02PI]
Proof.

Since the image of each Xτ¯X_{{\overline{\tau}}} contains O⁡(σ)O(\sigma) as a dense orbit, we deduce the result from the construction of ισ\iota_{\sigma}. ∎

In view of this proposition, we will identify V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) with XΣ⁡(σ)X_{\Sigma(\sigma)} and consider it a toric variety.

We now discuss more general equivariant morphisms of toric varieties.

[02PJ]
Definition 4.7.

Let 𝕋i≃𝔾mni\mathbb{T}_{i}\simeq\mathbb{G}_{m}^{n_{i}}, i=1,2i=1,2, be split tori over KK, and ρ:𝕋1→𝕋2\rho\colon\mathbb{T}_{1}\to\mathbb{T}_{2} a group morphism. Let XiX_{i}, i=1,2i=1,2, be toric varieties with torus 𝕋i\mathbb{T}_{i}. A morphism φ:X1→X2\varphi\colon X_{1}\to X_{2} is ρ\rho-equivariant if the diagram

𝕋1×X1\textstyle{\mathbb{T}_{1}\times X_{1}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}μ\scriptstyle{\mu}ρ×φ\scriptstyle{\rho\times\varphi}X1\textstyle{X_{1}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}φ\scriptstyle{\varphi}𝕋2×X2\textstyle{\mathbb{T}_{2}\times X_{2}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}μ\scriptstyle{\mu}X2\textstyle{X_{2}}

is commutative. A morphism φ:X1→X2\varphi\colon X_{1}\to X_{2} is ρ\rho-toric if its restriction to 𝕋1\mathbb{T}_{1} agrees with ρ\rho. We say that φ\varphi is equivariant or toric if it is ρ\rho-equivariant or ρ\rho-toric, respectively, for some ρ\rho.

Toric morphisms are equivariant. Indeed, a morphism is toric if and only if it is equivariant and sends the distinguished point x1,0∈X1​(K)x_{1,0}\in X_{1}(K) to the distinguished point x2,0∈X2​(K)x_{2,0}\in X_{2}(K).

The inclusion V⁡(σ)→XΣV(\sigma)\to X_{\Sigma} is an example of equivariant morphism that is not toric. Moreover, the underlying morphism of tori depends on the choice of a section of the projection πσ:N→N⁡(σ)\pi_{\sigma}\colon N\to N(\sigma).

Equivariant morphisms whose image intersects the principal open subset can be characterized in combinatorial terms. Let 𝕋i\mathbb{T}_{i}, i=1,2i=1,2, be split tori over KK. Put Ni=Hom⁡(𝔾m,𝕋i)N_{i}=\operatorname{Hom}(\mathbb{G}_{m},\mathbb{T}_{i}) and let Σi\Sigma_{i} be fans in Ni,ℝN_{i,\mathbb{R}}. Let H:N1→N2H\colon N_{1}\to N_{2} be a linear map such that, for every cone σ1∈Σ1\sigma_{1}\in\Sigma_{1}, there exists a cone σ2∈Σ2\sigma_{2}\in\Sigma_{2} with H⁡(σ1)⊂σ2H(\sigma_{1})\subset\sigma_{2}, and let p∈XΣ2,0​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma_{2},0}(K) be a rational point. The linear map induces a group homomorphism

ρH:𝕋1→𝕋2.\rho_{H}\colon\mathbb{T}_{1}\to\mathbb{T}_{2}.

Let σi∈Σi\sigma_{i}\in\Sigma_{i}, i=1,2,i=1,2, be cones such that H⁡(σ1)⊂σ2H(\sigma_{1})\subset\sigma_{2}. Let H∨:M2→M1H^{\vee}\colon M_{2}\to M_{1} be the map dual to HH. Then there is a homomorphism of semigroups M2,σ2→M1,σ1M_{2,\sigma_{2}}\to M_{1,\sigma_{1}} which we also denote by H∨H^{\vee}. For a monomial χm∈K⁡[M2,σ2]\chi^{m}\in K[M_{2,\sigma_{2}}] we denote by χH∨​m\chi^{H^{\vee}m} its image in K⁡[M1,σ1]K[{M_{1,\sigma_{1}}}]. The assignment χm↦χm​(p)​χH∨​m\chi^{m}\mapsto\chi^{m}(p)\chi^{H^{\vee}m} induces morphisms of algebras K⁡[M2,σ2]→K⁡[M1,σ1],K[M_{2,\sigma_{2}}]\to K[M_{1,\sigma_{1}}], that, in turn, induce morphisms

Xσ1=Spec⁡(K⁡[M1,σ1])⟶Xσ2=Spec⁡(K⁡[M2,σ2]).X_{\sigma_{1}}=\operatorname{Spec}(K[M_{1,\sigma_{1}}])\longrightarrow X_{\sigma_{2}}=\operatorname{Spec}(K[M_{2,\sigma_{2}}]).

These morphisms are compatible with the restriction to open subsets, and they glue together into a ρH\rho_{H}-equivariant morphism

(4.8) φp,H:XΣ1⟶XΣ2.\varphi_{p,H}\colon X_{\Sigma_{1}}\longrightarrow X_{\Sigma_{2}}.

In case p=x2,0p=x_{2,0}, the distinguished point on the principal open subset of XΣ2X_{\Sigma_{2}}, this morphism is a toric morphism and will be denoted as φH\varphi_{H} for short.

[02PK]
Theorem 4.9.

Let 𝕋i\mathbb{T}_{i}, NiN_{i}, and Σi\Sigma_{i}, i=1,2i=1,2, be as above. Then the correspondence (p,H)↦φp,H(p,H)\mapsto\varphi_{p,H} is a bijection between

  1. (1)

    the set of pairs (p,H)(p,H), where H:N1→N2H\colon N_{1}\to N_{2} is a linear map such that for every cone σ1∈Σ1\sigma_{1}\in\Sigma_{1} there exists a cone σ2∈Σ2\sigma_{2}\in\Sigma_{2} with H⁡(σ1)⊂σ2H(\sigma_{1})\subset\sigma_{2}, and pp is a rational point of XΣ2,0​(K)X_{\Sigma_{2},0}(K),

  2. (2)

    the set of equivariant morphisms φ:XΣ1→XΣ2\varphi\colon X_{\Sigma_{1}}\to X_{\Sigma_{2}} whose image intersects the principal open subset of XΣ2X_{\Sigma_{2}}.

[02PL]
Proof.

For a point p∈XΣ2,0​(K)=𝕋2​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma_{2},0}(K)=\mathbb{T}_{2}(K), let tp:X2→X2t_{p}\colon X_{2}\to X_{2} be the morphism induced by the toric action. Denote by x1,0∈XΣ1​(K)x_{1,0}\in X_{\Sigma_{1}}(K) the distinguished point of the principal open subset of XΣ1X_{\Sigma_{1}}. The correspondence φ↦(tφ⁡(x1,0)−1∘φ,φ⁡(x1,0))\varphi\mapsto(t_{\varphi(x_{1,0})}^{-1}\circ\varphi,\varphi(x_{1,0})) establishes a bijection between the set of equivariant morphisms φ:XΣ1→XΣ2\varphi\colon X_{\Sigma_{1}}\to X_{\Sigma_{2}} whose image intersects the principal open subset of XΣ2X_{\Sigma_{2}} and the set of pairs (ϕ,p)(\phi,p), where ϕ:XΣ1→XΣ2\phi\colon X_{\Sigma_{1}}\to X_{\Sigma_{2}} is a toric morphism and p∈XΣ2,0​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma_{2},0}(K) is a rational point in the principal open subset. Then the result follows from [Oda88, Theorem 1.13]. ∎

General equivariant morphisms are obtained composing an equivariant morphism of the form φp,H:XΣ1→XΣ2\varphi_{p,H}\colon X_{\Sigma_{1}}\rightarrow X_{\Sigma_{2}} with the inclusion of XΣ2X_{\Sigma_{2}} as a toric orbit of a third toric variety.

[02PM]
Example 4.10.

The restriction of φp,H\varphi_{p,H} to the principal open subset can be written in coordinates by choosing basis of N1N_{1} and of N2N_{2}. Let nin_{i} be the rank of NiN_{i}. The chosen basis determine isomorphisms XΣi,0≃𝔾mniX_{\Sigma_{i},0}\simeq\mathbb{G}_{m}^{n_{i}}, which give coordinates 𝒙=(x1,…,xn1){\boldsymbol{x}}=(x_{1},\dots,x_{n_{1}}) and 𝒕=(t1,…,tn2){\boldsymbol{t}}=(t_{1},\dots,t_{n_{2}}) for XΣ1,0X_{\Sigma_{1},0} and XΣ2,0X_{\Sigma_{2},0}, respectively. We write the the linear map HH with respect to these basis as a matrix, and we denote its rows by aia_{i}, i=1,…,n2i=1,\dots,n_{2}. Write p=(p1,…,pn2)p=(p_{1},\dots,p_{n_{2}}). In these coordinates, the morphism φp,H\varphi_{p,H} is given by

φp,H​(𝒙)=(p1​𝒙a1,…,pn2​𝒙an2).\varphi_{p,H}({\boldsymbol{x}})=(p_{1}{\boldsymbol{x}}^{a_{1}},\dots,p_{n_{2}}{\boldsymbol{x}}^{a_{n_{2}}}).

We now show how to refine the Stein factorization for an equivariant morphism in terms of the combinatorial data. Let NiN_{i}, Σi\Sigma_{i} HH and pp be as in Theorem 4.9. The linear map HH factorizes as

N1​-↠Hsurj​N3:=H⁡(N1)​⸦⟶Hsat​N4:=sat⁡(N3)​⸦⟶Hinj​N2,N_{1}\overset{H_{\operatorname{surj}}}{\relbar\joinrel\twoheadrightarrow}N_{3}:=H(N_{1})\overset{H_{\operatorname{sat}}}{\lhook\joinrel\longrightarrow}N_{4}:=\operatorname{sat}(N_{3})\overset{H_{\operatorname{inj}}}{\lhook\joinrel\longrightarrow}N_{2},

where N3N_{3} is the image of HH and N4N_{4} is the saturation of N3N_{3} with respect to N2N_{2}. Clearly N3,ℝ=N4,ℝN_{3,\mathbb{R}}=N_{4,\mathbb{R}}. By restriction, the fan Σ2\Sigma_{2} induces a fan in this linear space. We will call this fan either Σ3\Sigma_{3} or Σ4\Sigma_{4}, depending on the lattice we are considering. Applying the combinatorial construction of equivariant morphisms, we obtain a diagram

XΣ1​⟶φHsurj​XΣ3​⟶φHsat​XΣ4​⟶φp,Hinj​XΣ2,X_{\Sigma_{1}}\overset{\varphi_{H_{\operatorname{surj}}}}{\longrightarrow}X_{\Sigma_{3}}\overset{\varphi_{H_{\operatorname{sat}}}}{\longrightarrow}X_{\Sigma_{4}}\overset{\varphi_{p,H_{\operatorname{inj}}}}{\longrightarrow}X_{\Sigma_{2}},

where the first morphism has connected fibres (see [Oda88, Proposition 1.14]), the second morphism is finite and surjective.

The third morphism is also finite and can be further factorized as a normalization followed by a closed immersion. In general, consider a saturated sublattice QQ of NN, Σ\Sigma a fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and p∈XΣ,0​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma,0}(K). Let ΣQ\Sigma_{Q} be the induced fan in QℝQ_{\mathbb{R}} and ι:Q↪N\iota\colon Q\hookrightarrow N the inclusion of QQ into NN. Then, we have a finite equivariant morphism

φp,ι:XΣQ⟶XΣ.\varphi_{p,\iota}\colon X_{\Sigma_{Q}}\longrightarrow X_{\Sigma}.

Set P=Q∨=M/Q⊥P=Q^{\vee}=M/Q^{\bot} and let ι∨:M→P\iota^{\vee}\colon M\to P be the dual of ι\iota. Let σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma and σ′=σ∩Qℝ∈ΣQ\sigma^{\prime}=\sigma\cap Q_{\mathbb{R}}\in\Sigma_{Q}. The natural semigroup homomorphisms Mσ→Pσ′M_{\sigma}\to P_{\sigma^{\prime}} factors as

Mσ-↠MQ,σ:=(Mσ+Q⊥)/Q⊥⸦⟶Pσ′:=P∩(σ′)∨.M_{\sigma}\relbar\joinrel\twoheadrightarrow{M_{Q,\sigma}}:=(M_{\sigma}+Q^{\bot})/Q^{\bot}\lhook\joinrel\longrightarrow P_{\sigma^{\prime}}:=P\cap(\sigma^{\prime})^{\vee}.

The first arrow is the projection and will be denoted as m↦[m]m\mapsto[m], while the second one is the inclusion of MQ,σ{M_{Q,\sigma}} into its saturation with respect to PP. We have a diagram of KK-algebra morphisms

K⁡[Mσ]-↠K⁡[MQ,σ]⸦⟶K⁡[Pσ′],K[M_{\sigma}]\relbar\joinrel\twoheadrightarrow K[{M_{Q,\sigma}}]\lhook\joinrel\longrightarrow K[P_{\sigma^{\prime}}],

where the left map is given by χm↦χm​(p)​χ[m]\chi^{m}\mapsto\chi^{m}(p)\chi^{[m]}, and the right map is given by χ[m]↦χι∨​m\chi^{[m]}\mapsto\chi^{\iota^{\vee}m}. Let Yσ,Q,p≃Spec⁡(K⁡[MQ,σ])Y_{\sigma,Q,p}\simeq\operatorname{Spec}(K[{M_{Q,\sigma}}]) be the closed subvariety of XσX_{\sigma} given by the left surjection. Then we have induced maps

Xσ′-↠Yσ,Q,p⸦⟶Xσ.X_{\sigma^{\prime}}\relbar\joinrel\twoheadrightarrow Y_{\sigma,Q,p}\lhook\joinrel\longrightarrow X_{\sigma}.

These maps are compatible with the restriction to open subsets and so they glue together into maps

(4.11) XΣQ-↠YΣ,Q,p⸦⟶XΣ.X_{\Sigma_{Q}}\relbar\joinrel\twoheadrightarrow Y_{\Sigma,Q,p}\lhook\joinrel\longrightarrow X_{\Sigma}.

Then YΣ,Q,pY_{\Sigma,Q,p} is the closure of the orbit of pp under the action of the subtorus of 𝕋\mathbb{T} determined by QQ, while the toric variety XΣQX_{\Sigma_{Q}} is the normalization of YΣ,Q,pY_{\Sigma,Q,p}.

When p=x0p=x_{0}, the subvariety YΣ,Q,pY_{\Sigma,Q,p} will be denoted by YΣ,QY_{\Sigma,Q} for short.

[02PN]
Definition 4.12.

A subvariety YY of XΣX_{\Sigma} will be called a toric subvariety (respectively, a translated toric subvariety) if it is of the form YΣ,QY_{\Sigma,Q} (respectively, YΣ,Q,pY_{\Sigma,Q,p}) for a saturated sublattice Q⊂NQ\subset N and p∈XΣ,0​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma,0}(K).

A translated toric subvariety is not necessarily a toric variety in the sense of Definition 4.1, since it may be non-normal.

[02PP]
Example 4.13.

Let N=ℤ2N=\mathbb{Z}^{2}, (a,b)∈N(a,b)\in N with gcd⁡(a,b)=1\gcd(a,b)=1 and ι:Q↪N\iota\colon Q\hookrightarrow N the saturated sublattice generated by (a,b)(a,b). Let Σ\Sigma be the fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} of Example 3.70. Then XΣ=ℙ2X_{\Sigma}=\mathbb{P}^{2} with projective coordinates (x0:x1:x2)(x_{0}:x_{1}:x_{2}). The fan induced in QℝQ_{\mathbb{R}} has three cones: ΣQ={ℝ≤0,{0},ℝ≥0}\Sigma_{Q}=\{\mathbb{R}_{\leq 0},\{0\},\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}\}. Thus XΣQ=ℙ1X_{\Sigma_{Q}}=\mathbb{P}^{1}. Let p=(1:p1:p2)p=(1:p_{1}:p_{2}) be a point of XΣ,0​(K)X_{\Sigma,0}(K). Then φp,ι((1:t))=(1:p1ta:p2tb)\varphi_{p,\iota}((1:t))=(1:p_{1}t^{a}:p_{2}t^{b}). Therefore, YΣ,Q,pY_{\Sigma,Q,p} is the curve of equation

p2a​x0a​x1b−p1b​x0b​x2a=0.p_{2}^{a}x_{0}^{a}x_{1}^{b}-p_{1}^{b}x_{0}^{b}x_{2}^{a}=0.

In general, this curve is not normal. Hence it is not a toric variety.

[02PQ]

4.3. 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors and toric line bundles

When studying toric varieties, the objects that admit a combinatorial description are those that are compatible with the torus action. These objects are enough for many purposes. For instance, the divisor class group of a toric variety is generated by invariant divisors.

Let π2:𝕋×X→X\pi_{2}\colon\mathbb{T}\times X\to X denote the projection to the second factor and μ:𝕋×X→X\mu\colon\mathbb{T}\times X\to X the torus action. A Cartier divisor DD is invariant if and only if

π2∗​D=μ∗​D.\pi_{2}^{\ast}D=\mu^{\ast}D.
[02PR]
Definition 4.14.

Let XX the a toric variety with torus 𝕋\mathbb{T}. A Cartier divisor on XX is called a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor if it is invariant under the action of 𝕋\mathbb{T} on XX.

The combinatorial description of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors is done in terms of virtual support functions.

[02PS]
Definition 4.15.

Let Σ\Sigma be a fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. A function Ψ:|Σ|→ℝ\Psi\colon|\Sigma|\to\mathbb{R} is called a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma if it is a conic HH-lattice function (Definition 3.88). Alternatively, a virtual support function is a function Ψ:|Σ|→ℝ\Psi\colon|\Sigma|\to\mathbb{R} such that, for every cone σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, there exists mσ∈Mm_{\sigma}\in M with Ψ⁡(u)=⟨mσ,u⟩\Psi(u)=\langle m_{\sigma},u\rangle for all u∈σu\in\sigma. A set of functionals {mσ}σ∈Σ\{m_{\sigma}\}_{\sigma\in\Sigma} as above is called a set of defining vectors of Ψ\Psi. A concave virtual support function on a complete fan will be called a support function.

A support function on a complete fan in the sense of the previous definition, is the support function of a polytope as in Example 3.16: it is the support function of the polytope

conv⁡({mσ}σ∈Σn)⊂Mℝ,\operatorname{conv}(\{m_{\sigma}\}_{\sigma\in\Sigma^{n}})\subset M_{\mathbb{R}},

where Σn\Sigma^{n} is the subset of nn-dimensional cones of Σ\Sigma.

Two vectors m,m′∈Mm,m^{\prime}\in M define the same functional on a cone σ\sigma if and only if m−m′∈σ⊥m-m^{\prime}\in\sigma^{\bot}. Hence, for a given virtual support function Ψ\Psi on a fan Σ\Sigma, each defining vector mσm_{\sigma} is unique up to the orthogonal space σ⊥\sigma^{\bot}. In particular, mσ∈Mm_{\sigma}\in M is uniquely defined for σ∈Σn\sigma\in\Sigma^{n} and, in the other extreme, m0m_{0} can be any point of MM.

Let {mσ}σ∈Σ\{m_{\sigma}\}_{\sigma\in\Sigma} be a set of defining vectors of Ψ\Psi. These vectors have to satisfy the compatibility condition

(4.16) mσ|σ∩σ′=mσ′|σ∩σ′​ for all ​σ,σ′∈Σ.m_{\sigma}|_{\sigma\cap\sigma^{\prime}}=m_{\sigma^{\prime}}|_{\sigma\cap\sigma^{\prime}}\mbox{ for all }\sigma,\sigma^{\prime}\in\Sigma.

On each open set XσX_{\sigma}, the vector mσm_{\sigma} determines a rational function χ−mσ\chi^{-m_{\sigma}}. For σ,σ′∈Σ\sigma,\sigma^{\prime}\in\Sigma, the above compatibility condition implies that χ−mσ/χ−mσ′\chi^{-m_{\sigma}}/\chi^{-m_{\sigma^{\prime}}} is a regular function on the overlap Xσ∩Xσ′=Xσ∩σ′X_{\sigma}\cap X_{\sigma^{\prime}}=X_{\sigma\cap\sigma^{\prime}} and so Ψ\Psi determines a Cartier divisor on XΣX_{\Sigma}:

(4.17) DΨ:={(Xσ,χ−mσ)}σ∈Σ.D_{\Psi}:=\left\{(X_{\sigma},\chi^{-m_{\sigma}})\right\}_{\sigma\in\Sigma}.

This Cartier divisor does not depend on the choice of defining vectors and it is a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor. All 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors are obtained in this way.

[02PT]
Theorem 4.18.

Let Σ\Sigma be a fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and XΣX_{\Sigma} the corresponding toric variety. The correspondence Ψ↦DΨ\Psi\mapsto D_{\Psi} is a bijection between the set of virtual support functions on Σ\Sigma and the set of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors on XΣX_{\Sigma}. Two Cartier divisors DΨ1D_{\Psi_{1}} and DΨ2D_{\Psi_{2}} are rationally equivalent if and only if the function Ψ1−Ψ2\Psi_{1}-\Psi_{2} is linear.

[02PU]
Proof.

This is proved in [KKMS73, §I.2, Theorem 9]. ∎

We next recall the relationship between Cartier divisors and line bundles in the toric case.

[02PV]
Definition 4.19.

Let XX be a toric variety and LL a line bundle on XX. A toric structure on LL is the choice of a non-zero vector zz on the fibre Lx0=x0∗​LL_{x_{0}}=x_{0}^{\ast}L over the distinguished point. A toric line bundle is a pair (L,z)(L,z), where LL is a line bundle on XX and zz is a toric structure on LL. A rational section ss of a toric line bundle is a toric section if it is regular and nowhere vanishing on the principal open subset X0X_{0}, and s⁡(x0)=zs(x_{0})=z. In order not to burden the notation, a toric line bundle will generally be denoted by LL, the vector zz being implicit.

[02PW]
Remark 4.20.

The terminology “toric structure”, “toric line bundle” and “toric section” comes from the fact that the total space of a toric line bundle V⁡(L)=𝐒𝐩𝐞𝐜X⁡(Sym⁡(L∨))V(L)=\operatorname{\bf Spec}_{X}(\operatorname{Sym}(L^{\vee})) admits a unique structure of toric variety satisfying the conditions:

  1. (1)

    zz is the distinguished point of the principal open subset;

  2. (2)

    the structural morphism V⁡(L)→XV(L)\to X is a toric morphism;

  3. (3)

    for each point x∈Xx\in X and vector w∈Lxw\in L_{x}, the morphism 𝔾m→V⁡(L)\mathbb{G}_{m}\to V(L), given by scalar multiplication λ↦λ​w\lambda\mapsto\lambda w, is equivariant;

  4. (4)

    every toric section ss determines a toric morphism U→V⁡(L)U\to V(L), where UU is the invariant open subset of regular points of ss.

This can be shown using the construction of V⁡(L)V(L) as a toric variety in [Oda88, Proposition 2.1].

[02PX]
Remark 4.21.

Every toric line bundle equipped with a toric section admits a unique structure of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-equivariant line bundle such that the toric section becomes an invariant section. Conversely, every 𝕋\mathbb{T}-equivariant toric line bundle admits a unique invariant toric section. Thus, there is a natural bijection between the space of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-equivariant toric line bundles and the space of toric line bundles with a toric section. In particular, every line bundle admits a structure of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-equivariant line bundle. This is not the case for higher rank vector bundles on toric varieties, nor for line bundles on other spaces with group actions like, for instance, elliptic curves.

To a Cartier divisor DD, one associates an invertible sheaf of fractional ideals of 𝒦X\mathcal{K}_{X}, denoted 𝒪⁡(D)\mathcal{O}(D). When DD is a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor given by a set of defining vectors, {mσ}σ∈Σ\{m_{\sigma}\}_{\sigma\in\Sigma}, the sheaf 𝒪⁡(D)\mathcal{O}(D) can be realized as the subsheaf of 𝒪X\mathcal{O}_{X}-modules generated, in each open subset XσX_{\sigma}, by the rational function χmσ\chi^{m_{\sigma}}. The section 1∈𝒦X1\in\mathcal{K}_{X} provides us with a distinguished rational section sDs_{D} such that div⁡(sD)=D\operatorname{div}(s_{D})=D. Since DD is supported on the complement of the principal open subset, sDs_{D} is regular and no-where vanishing on X0X_{0}. We set z=sD​(x0)z=s_{D}(x_{0}). This is a toric structure on 𝒪⁡(D)\mathcal{O}(D). From now on, we will assume that 𝒪⁡(D)\mathcal{O}(D) is equipped with this toric structure. Then ((𝒪⁡(D),z),sD)((\mathcal{O}(D),z),s_{D}) is a toric line bundle with a toric section.

[02PY]
Theorem 4.22.

Let XX be a toric variety with torus 𝕋\mathbb{T}. Then the correspondence D↦((𝒪⁡(D),sD​(x0)),sD)D\mapsto((\mathcal{O}(D),s_{D}(x_{0})),s_{D}) determines a bijection between the sets of

  1. (1)

    𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors on XX,

  2. (2)

    isomorphism classes of pairs (L,s)(L,s) where LL is a toric line bundle and ss is a toric section.

[02PZ]
Proof.

We have already shown that a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor produces a toric line bundle with a toric section. Let now ((L,z),s)((L,z),s) be a toric line bundle equipped with a toric section and Σ\Sigma the fan that defines XX. Since every line bundle on an affine toric variety is trivial, for each σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma we can find a section sσs_{\sigma} that generates LL on XσX_{\sigma} and such that sσ​(x0)=zs_{\sigma}(x_{0})=z. Since ss is regular and nowhere vanishing on X0X_{0} and s⁡(x0)=zs(x_{0})=z, we can find elements mσ∈Mm_{\sigma}\in M such that s=χ−mσ​sσs=\chi^{-m_{\sigma}}s_{\sigma}, because any regular nowhere vanishing function on a torus is a constant times a monomial. The elements mσm_{\sigma} glue together to define a virtual support function Ψ\Psi on Σ\Sigma that does not depend on the chosen trivialization. It is easy to see that the correspondence (L,s)↦DΨ(L,s)\mapsto D_{\Psi} is the inverse of the previous one, which proves the theorem. ∎

Thanks to this result and Theorem 4.18, we can freely move between the languages of virtual support functions, 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors, and toric line bundles with a toric section.

[02Q0]
Notation 4.23.

Let Ψ\Psi be a virtual support function. We will write ((LΨ,zΨ),sΨ)((L_{\Psi},z_{\Psi}),s_{\Psi}) for the toric line bundle with toric section associated to the 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor DΨD_{\Psi} by Theorem 4.22. When we do not need to make explicit the vector zΨz_{\Psi}, we will simply write (LΨ,sΨ)(L_{\Psi},s_{\Psi}).

We next recall the relationship between Cartier divisors and Weil divisors in the toric case.

[02Q1]
Definition 4.24.

A 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Weil divisor on a toric variety XX is a finite formal linear combination of hypersurfaces of XX which are invariant under the torus action.

The invariant hypersurfaces of a toric variety are particular cases of the toric subvarieties considered in the previous section: they are the varieties of the form V⁡(τ)V(\tau) for τ∈Σ1\tau\in\Sigma^{1}. Hence, a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Weil divisor is a finite formal linear combination of subvarieties of the form V⁡(τ)V(\tau) for τ∈Σ1\tau\in\Sigma^{1}.

Since the toric variety XX is normal, each Cartier divisor determines a Weil divisor. This correspondence associates to the 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor DΨD_{\Psi}, the 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Weil divisor

(4.25) [DΨ]=∑τ∈Σ1−Ψ(vτ)V(τ),[D_{\Psi}]=\sum_{\tau\in\Sigma^{1}}-\Psi(v_{\tau})V(\tau),

where vτ∈Nv_{\tau}\in N is the smallest nonzero lattice point in τ\tau.

[02Q2]
Example 4.26.

We continue with the notation of examples 3.76 and 4.3. The fan ΣΔn\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}} has n+1n+1 rays. For each i=0,…,ni=0,\dots,n, the closure of the orbit corresponding to the ray generated by the vector eie_{i} is the standard hyperplane of ℙn\mathbb{P}^{n}

Hi:=V(⟨ei⟩)={(p0:…:pn)∈ℙn∣pi=0}.H_{i}:=V(\langle e_{i}\rangle)=\{(p_{0}:\dots:p_{n})\in\mathbb{P}^{n}\mid p_{i}=0\}.

The function ΨΔn\Psi_{\Delta^{n}} is a support function on ΣΔn\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}} and the 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Weil divisor associated to DΨΔnD_{\Psi_{\Delta^{n}}} is [DΨΔn]=H0[D_{\Psi_{\Delta^{n}}}]=H_{0}.

For a toric variety XΣX_{\Sigma} of dimension nn, we denote by Div𝕋⁡(XΣ)\operatorname{Div}_{\mathbb{T}}(X_{\Sigma}) its group of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors, and by Zn−1𝕋​(XΣ)Z_{n-1}^{\mathbb{T}}(X_{\Sigma}) its group of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Weil divisors. Recall that Pic⁡(XΣ)\operatorname{Pic}(X_{\Sigma}), the Picard group of XΣX_{\Sigma}, is the group of isomorphism classes of line bundles. Let An−1​(XΣ)A_{n-1}(X_{\Sigma}) denote the Chow group of cycles of dimension n−1n-1. The following result shows that these groups can computed in terms of invariant divisors.

[02Q3]
Theorem 4.27.

Let Σ\Sigma be a fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} that is not contained in any hyperplane. Then there is a commutative diagram with exact rows

    0          M                            Div𝕋⁡(XΣ)                    Pic⁡(XΣ)                    0   0          M          Zn−1𝕋​(XΣ)          An−1​(XΣ)          0    .\lx@xy@svg{\hbox{\raise 2.55554pt\hbox{\kern 5.5pt\hbox{\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\hbox{\vtop{\halign{\entry@#!@&&\entry@@#!@\cr&&&&\cr&&&&\crcr}}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern-5.5pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{0\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 29.5pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\kern 29.5pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{M\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 70.29166pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\hbox{\kern 1.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\hbox{\kern-1.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}}}\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\hbox{\kern 1.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\hbox{\kern-1.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}}}{\hbox{\hbox{\kern 1.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\hbox{\kern-1.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}}}{\hbox{\kern 70.29166pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{\operatorname{Div}_{\mathbb{T}}(X_{\Sigma})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 148.04816pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 95.77087pt\raise-8.05554pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@hook{1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 95.77087pt\raise-23.54387pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\kern 148.04816pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{\operatorname{Pic}(X_{\Sigma})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 217.9296pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 169.58984pt\raise-8.05554pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@hook{1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 169.58984pt\raise-24.45613pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\kern 217.9296pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{0}$}}}}}}}{\hbox{\kern-5.5pt\raise-32.40059pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{0\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 29.5pt\raise-32.40059pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\kern 29.5pt\raise-32.40059pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{M\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 71.4103pt\raise-32.40059pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\kern 71.4103pt\raise-32.40059pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{Z_{n-1}^{\mathbb{T}}(X_{\Sigma})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 145.25009pt\raise-32.40059pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\kern 145.25009pt\raise-32.40059pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{A_{n-1}(X_{\Sigma})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces{}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}\ignorespaces{\hbox{\kern 217.9296pt\raise-32.40059pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\lx@xy@tip{1}\lx@xy@tip{-1}}}}}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\lx@xy@droprule}}{\hbox{\kern 217.9296pt\raise-32.40059pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 0.0pt\raise 0.0pt\hbox{\hbox{\kern 3.0pt\raise-2.55554pt\hbox{$\textstyle{0}$}}}}}}}\ignorespaces}}}}\ignorespaces.
[02Q4]
Proof.

This is the first proposition in [Ful93, §3.4]. ∎

[02Q5]
Remark 4.28.

In the previous theorem, the hypothesis that Σ\Sigma is not contained in any hyperplane is only needed for the injectivity of the second arrow in each row of the diagram.

In view of Theorem 4.22, the upper exact sequence of the diagram in Theorem 4.27 can be interpreted as follows.

[02Q6]
Corollary 4.29.

Let XX be a toric variety with torus 𝕋\mathbb{T}.

  1. (1)

    Every toric line bundle LL on XX admits a toric section. Moreover, if ss and s′s^{\prime} are two toric sections, then there exists m∈Mm\in M such that s′=χm​ss^{\prime}=\chi^{m}s.

  2. (2)

    If the fan Σ\Sigma that defines XX is not contained in any hyperplane, and LL and L′L^{\prime} are toric line bundles on XX, then there is at most one isomorphism between them.

[02Q7]
Proof.

This follows from theorems 4.27 and 4.22. ∎

We next study the intersection of a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor with the closure of an orbit. Let Σ\Sigma be a fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψ\Psi the virtual support function on Σ\Sigma given by the set of defining vectors {mτ}τ∈Σ\{m_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in\Sigma}. Let σ\sigma be a cone of Σ\Sigma and ισ:V⁡(σ)↪XΣ\iota_{\sigma}\colon V(\sigma)\hookrightarrow X_{\Sigma} the associated closed immersion. We consider first the case when Ψ|σ=0\Psi|_{\sigma}=0. Let τ⊃σ\tau\supset\sigma be another cone of Σ\Sigma. For vectors u∈τu\in\tau and v∈ℝ​σv\in\mathbb{R}\sigma such that u+v∈τu+v\in\tau, the condition Ψ|σ=0\Psi|_{\sigma}=0 implies

Ψ⁡(u+v)=⟨mτ,u+v⟩=⟨mτ,u⟩=Ψ⁡(u)\Psi(u+v)=\langle m_{\tau},u+v\rangle=\langle m_{\tau},u\rangle=\Psi(u)

because mτ|ℝ​σ=0m_{\tau}\big|_{\mathbb{R}\sigma}=0. Hence, we can define a function

(4.30) Ψ⁡(σ):N​(σ)ℝ⟶ℝ,u+ℝ​σ⟼Ψ⁡(u+v)\Psi(\sigma)\colon N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow\mathbb{R},\quad u+\mathbb{R}\sigma\longmapsto\Psi(u+v)

for any v∈ℝ​σv\in\mathbb{R}\sigma such that u+v∈⋃τ⊃στu+v\in\bigcup_{\tau\supset\sigma}\tau.

It is easy to produce a set of defining vectors of Ψ⁡(σ)\Psi(\sigma). For each cone τ⊃σ\tau\supset\sigma we denote by τ¯=πσ​(τ){\overline{\tau}}=\pi_{\sigma}(\tau) the corresponding cone in Σ⁡(σ)\Sigma(\sigma). Since mτ|ℝ​σ=0m_{\tau}\big|_{\mathbb{R}\sigma}=0, then mτ∈M⁡(σ)=M∩σ⟂m_{\tau}\in M(\sigma)=M\cap\sigma^{\perp}. We set mτ¯=mτ∈M⁡(σ)m_{{\overline{\tau}}}=m_{\tau}\in M(\sigma).

[02Q8]
Proposition 4.31.

Let notation be as above. If Ψ|σ=0\Psi|_{\sigma}=0, then DΨD_{\Psi} intersects V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) properly and ισ∗​DΨ=DΨ⁡(σ)\iota_{\sigma}^{\ast}D_{\Psi}=D_{\Psi(\sigma)}. Moreover, {mτ¯}τ¯∈Σ⁡(σ)\{m_{{\overline{\tau}}}\}_{{\overline{\tau}}\in\Sigma(\sigma)} is a set of defining vectors of Ψ⁡(σ)\Psi(\sigma).

[02Q9]
Proof.

The 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor DΨD_{\Psi} is given by {(Xτ,χ−mτ)}τ∈Σ\{(X_{\tau},\chi^{-m_{\tau}})\}_{\tau\in\Sigma}. If mσ=0m_{\sigma}=0, the local equation of DΨD_{\Psi} in XσX_{\sigma} is χ0=1\chi^{0}=1. Therefore, the orbit O⁡(σ)O(\sigma) does not meet the support of DΨD_{\Psi}. Hence V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) and DΨD_{\Psi} intersect properly.

To see that {mτ¯}τ¯∈Σ⁡(σ)\{m_{{\overline{\tau}}}\}_{{\overline{\tau}}\in\Sigma(\sigma)} is a set of defining vectors, we pick a point u¯∈τ¯{\overline{u}}\in{\overline{\tau}} and we choose u∈τu\in\tau such that πσ​(u)=u¯\pi_{\sigma}(u)={\overline{u}}. Then

Ψ⁡(σ)​(u¯)=Ψ⁡(u)=mτ​(u)=mτ¯​(u¯),\Psi(\sigma)({\overline{u}})=\Psi(u)=m_{\tau}(u)=m_{{\overline{\tau}}}({\overline{u}}),

which proves the claim. Now, using the characterization of Ψ⁡(σ)\Psi(\sigma) in terms of defining vectors, we have

ισ∗​DΨ={(Xτ∩V⁡(σ),χ−mτ∣Xτ∩V⁡(σ))}τ¯={(Xτ¯,χ−mτ¯)}τ¯=DΨ⁡(σ).\iota_{\sigma}^{\ast}D_{\Psi}=\{(X_{\tau}\cap V(\sigma),\chi^{-m_{\tau}}\mid_{X_{\tau}\cap V(\sigma)})\}_{{\overline{\tau}}}=\{(X_{{\overline{\tau}}},\chi^{-m_{{\overline{\tau}}}})\}_{{\overline{\tau}}}=D_{\Psi(\sigma)}.

∎

When Ψ|σ≠0\Psi|_{\sigma}\not=0, the cycles DΨD_{\Psi} and V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) do not intersect properly, and we can only intersect DΨD_{\Psi} with V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) up to rational equivalence. To this end, we choose any mσ′m_{\sigma}^{\prime} such that Ψ⁡(u)=⟨mσ′,u⟩\Psi(u)=\langle m^{\prime}_{\sigma},u\rangle for every u∈σu\in\sigma. Then the divisor DΨ−mσ′D_{\Psi-m_{\sigma}^{\prime}} is rationally equivalent to DΨD_{\Psi} and Ψ−mσ′|σ=0\Psi-m_{\sigma}^{\prime}|_{\sigma}=0. By the above result, this divisor intersects V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) properly, and its restriction to V⁡(τ)V(\tau) is given by the virtual support function (Ψ−mσ′)​(σ)(\Psi-m_{\sigma}^{\prime})(\sigma).

[02QA]
Example 4.32.

We can use the above description of the restriction of a line bundle to an orbit to compute the degree of an orbit of dimension one. Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan and τ∈Σn−1\tau\in\Sigma^{n-1}. Hence V⁡(τ)V(\tau) is a toric curve. Let σ1\sigma_{1} and σ2\sigma_{2} be the two nn-dimensional cones that have τ\tau as a common face. Let Ψ\Psi be a virtual support function. Choose v∈σ1v\in\sigma_{1} such that πτ​(v)\pi_{\tau}(v) is a generator of the lattice N⁡(τ)N(\tau). Then, by (4.25) and (4.30),

(4.33) degDΨ⁡(V⁡(τ))=deg⁡(ιτ∗​DΨ)=mσ2​(v)−mσ1​(v).\deg_{D_{\Psi}}(V(\tau))=\deg(\iota_{\tau}^{*}D_{\Psi})=m_{\sigma_{2}}(v)-m_{\sigma_{1}}(v).

Let now (L,z)(L,z) be a toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma} and σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma. The line bundle ισ∗​L\iota^{\ast}_{\sigma}L on V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) has an induced toric structure. Let ss be a toric section of LL that is regular and nowhere vanishing on XσX_{\sigma}, and set zσ=s⁡(xσ)∈Lxσ∖{0}z_{\sigma}=s(x_{\sigma})\in L_{x_{\sigma}}\setminus\{0\}. If s′s^{\prime} is another such section, then s′=χm​ss^{\prime}=\chi^{m}s for an m∈Mm\in M such that m|σ=0m|_{\sigma}=0, by Corollary 4.29. Therefore s′​(xσ)=s⁡(xσ)s^{\prime}(x_{\sigma})=s(x_{\sigma}). Hence, zσz_{\sigma} does not depend on the choice of section and (ισ∗​L,zσ)(\iota^{\ast}_{\sigma}L,z_{\sigma}) is the induced toric line bundle. The following result follows easily from the constructions.

[02QB]
Proposition 4.34.

Let (L,z)(L,z) be a toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma} and σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma. Let Ψ\Psi be a virtual support function such that Ψ|σ=0\Psi|_{\sigma}=0 and (L,z)≃(LΨ,zΨ)(L,z)\simeq(L_{\Psi},z_{\Psi}) as toric line bundles. Then ισ∗​(L,z)≃(LΨ⁡(σ),zΨ⁡(σ))\iota^{\ast}_{\sigma}(L,z)\simeq(L_{\Psi(\sigma)},z_{\Psi(\sigma)}).

We next study the inverse image of a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor with respect to equivariant morphisms as those in Theorem 4.9. Let NiN_{i}, Σi\Sigma_{i}, i=1,2i=1,2, and let H:N1→N2H\colon N_{1}\to N_{2} and p∈XΣ2,0​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma_{2},0}(K) be as in Theorem 4.9. Let φp,H\varphi_{p,H} be the associated equivariant morphism, Ψ\Psi a virtual support function on Σ2\Sigma_{2} and {mτ′′}τ′∈Σ2\{m^{\prime}_{\tau^{\prime}}\}_{\tau^{\prime}\in\Sigma_{2}} a set of defining vectors of Ψ\Psi. For each cone τ∈Σ1\tau\in\Sigma_{1} we choose a cone τ′∈Σ2\tau^{\prime}\in\Sigma_{2} such that H⁡(τ)⊂τ′H(\tau)\subset\tau^{\prime} and we write mτ=H∨​(mτ′′)m_{\tau}=H^{\vee}(m^{\prime}_{\tau^{\prime}}). The following result follows easily from the definitions

[02QC]
Proposition 4.35.

The divisor DΨD_{\Psi} intersects properly the image of φp,H\varphi_{p,H}. The function Ψ∘H\Psi\circ H is a virtual support function on Σ1\Sigma_{1} and

φp,H∗​DΨ=DΨ∘H.\varphi^{\ast}_{p,H}D_{\Psi}=D_{\Psi\circ H}.

Moreover, {mτ}τ∈Σ1\{m_{\tau}\}_{\tau\in\Sigma_{1}} is a set of defining vectors of Ψ∘H\Psi\circ H.

[02QD]
Remark 4.36.

If LL is a toric line bundle on XΣ2X_{\Sigma_{2}} and φ\varphi is a toric morphism, then φ∗​L\varphi^{\ast}L has an induced toric structure. Namely, φ∗​(L,z)=(φ∗​L,φ∗​z)\varphi^{\ast}(L,z)=(\varphi^{\ast}L,\varphi^{\ast}z). By contrast, if φ:XΣ1→XΣ2\varphi\colon X_{\Sigma_{1}}\to X_{\Sigma_{2}} is a general equivariant morphism that meets the principal open subset, there is no natural toric structure on φ∗​L\varphi^{\ast}L, because the image of the distinguished point x1,0x_{1,0} does not need to agree with x2,0x_{2,0}. If (L,s)(L,s) is a toric line bundle equipped with a toric section, then we set φ∗​(L,s)=((φ∗​L,(φ∗​s)​(x1,0)),φ∗​s)\varphi^{\ast}(L,s)=((\varphi^{\ast}L,(\varphi^{\ast}s)(x_{1,0})),\varphi^{\ast}s). However, the underlying toric bundle of φ∗​(L,s)\varphi^{\ast}(L,s) depends on the choice of the toric section.

[02QE]

4.4. Positivity properties of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors

Let Σ\Sigma be a fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψ\Psi a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma. In this section, we will assume that Σ\Sigma is complete or, equivalently, that the variety XΣX_{\Sigma} is proper.

Many geometric properties of the pair (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) can be read directly from Ψ\Psi. For instance, 𝒪⁡(DΨ)\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}) is generated by global sections if and only if the function Ψ\Psi is concave, and the line bundle 𝒪⁡(DΨ){\mathcal{O}}(D_{\Psi}) is ample if and only if Ψ\Psi is strictly concave on Σ\Sigma. In the latter case, the fan Σ\Sigma agrees with the polyhedral complex Π⁡(Ψ)\Pi(\Psi) (Definition 3.34) and the pair (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) is completely determined by Ψ\Psi. Thus, the variety XΣX_{\Sigma} is projective if and only if the fan Σ\Sigma is complete and regular (Definition 3.60).

We associate to Ψ\Psi the subset of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}

ΔΨ={x∈Mℝ∣⟨x,u⟩≥Ψ(u) for all u∈Nℝ}.\Delta_{\Psi}=\{x\in M_{\mathbb{R}}\mid\langle x,u\rangle\geq\Psi(u)\mbox{ for all }u\in N_{\mathbb{R}}\}.

This set is either empty or a lattice polytope. When 𝒪⁡(DΨ){\mathcal{O}}(D_{\Psi}) is generated by global sections, the polytope ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} agrees with stab⁡(Ψ)\operatorname{stab}(\Psi), and Ψ\Psi is the support function of ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi}.

The polytope ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} encodes a lot of information about the pair (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}). For instance, we can read from it the space of global sections of 𝒪⁡(DΨ)\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}). A monomial rational section χm∈𝒦XΣ\chi^{m}\in\mathcal{K}_{X_{\Sigma}}, m∈Mm\in M, is a regular global section of 𝒪⁡(DΨ)\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}) if and only if m∈ΔΨm\in\Delta_{\Psi}. Moreover, the set {χm}m∈M∩ΔΨ\{\chi^{m}\}_{m\in M\cap\Delta_{\Psi}} is a KK-basis of the space of global sections Γ⁡(XΣ,𝒪⁡(DΨ))\Gamma(X_{\Sigma},\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi})). In the sequel we will see many more examples of this principle.

[02QF]
Proposition 4.37.

Let DΨiD_{\Psi_{i}}, i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,n, be 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors on XΣX_{\Sigma} generated by their global sections. Then

(4.38) (DΨ1⋅⋯⋅DΨn)=MVM⁡(ΔΨ1,…,ΔΨn).(D_{\Psi_{1}}\cdot\dots\cdot D_{\Psi_{n}})=\operatorname{MV}_{M}(\Delta_{\Psi_{1}},\dots,\Delta_{\Psi_{n}}).

where MVM\operatorname{MV}_{M} denotes the mixed volume function associated to the Haar measure volM\operatorname{vol}_{M} on MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} (Definition 3.109). In particular, for a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor DΨD_{\Psi} generated by its global sections,

(4.39) degDΨ⁡(XΣ)=(DΨn)=n!​volM⁡(ΔΨ).\deg_{D_{\Psi}}(X_{\Sigma})=(D_{\Psi}^{n})=n!\operatorname{vol}_{M}(\Delta_{\Psi}).
[02QG]
Proof.

This follows from [Oda88, Proposition 2.10]. ∎

[02QH]
Remark 4.40.

The intersection multiplicity and the degree in the above Proposition only depend on the isomorphism class of the line bundles 𝒪⁡(DΨi){\mathcal{O}}(D_{\Psi_{i}}) and not on the 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors themselves. It is easy to check directly that the right-hand sides of (4.38) and (4.39) only depends on the isomorphism class of the line bundles. In fact, let LL be a toric line bundle generated by global sections and s1s_{1}, s2s_{2} two toric sections. For i=1,2i=1,2, set Di=div⁡(si)D_{i}=\operatorname{div}(s_{i}) and let Ψi\Psi_{i} be the corresponding support function and Δi\Delta_{i} the associated polytope. Then s2=χm​s1s_{2}=\chi^{m}s_{1} for some m∈Mm\in M. Thus Ψ2=Ψ1−m\Psi_{2}=\Psi_{1}-m and Δ2=Δ1−m\Delta_{2}=\Delta_{1}-m. Since the volume and the mixed volume are invariant under translation, we see that these formulae do not depend on the choice of sections.

[02QI]
Definition 4.41.

A polarized toric variety is a pair (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}), where XΣX_{\Sigma} is a toric variety and DΨD_{\Psi} is an ample 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor.

Polarized toric varieties can be classified in terms of their polytopes.

[02QJ]
Theorem 4.42.

The correspondence (XΣ,DΨ)↦ΔΨ(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi})\mapsto\Delta_{\Psi} is a bijection between the set of polarized toric varieties and the set of lattice polytopes of dimension nn of MM. Two ample 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors DΨD_{\Psi} and DΨ′D_{\Psi^{\prime}} on a toric variety XΣX_{\Sigma} are rationally equivalent if and only if ΔΨ′\Delta_{\Psi^{\prime}} is the translated of ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} by an element of MM.

[02QK]
Proof.

If Ψ\Psi is a strictly concave function on Σ\Sigma, then ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} is an nn-dimensional lattice polytope. Conversely, if Δ\Delta is a lattice polytope in MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}, then ΨΔ\Psi_{\Delta}, the support function of Δ\Delta, is a strictly concave function on the complete fan ΣΔ=Π⁡(ΨΔ)\Sigma_{\Delta}=\Pi(\Psi_{\Delta}) (see examples 3.71 and 3.76). Therefore, the result follows from Theorem 4.18 and the construction of Remark 4.40. ∎

[02QL]
Remark 4.43.

When DΨD_{\Psi} is only generated by its global sections, the polytope ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} may not determine the variety XΣX_{\Sigma}, but it does determine a polarized toric variety that is the image of XΣX_{\Sigma} by a toric morphism. Write Δ=ΔΨ\Delta=\Delta_{\Psi} for short. Let M⁡(Δ)M(\Delta) be as in Notation 3.103 and choose m∈aff⁡(Δ)∩Mm\in\operatorname{aff}(\Delta)\cap M. Set N⁡(Δ)=M​(Δ)∨N(\Delta)=M(\Delta)^{\vee}. The translated polytope Δ−m\Delta-m has the same dimension as its ambient space LΔ=M​(Δ)ℝL_{\Delta}=M(\Delta)_{\mathbb{R}}. By the theorem above, it defines a complete fan ΣΔ\Sigma_{\Delta} in N​(Δ)ℝN(\Delta)_{\mathbb{R}} together with a support function ΨΔ:N⁡(Δ)→ℝ\Psi_{\Delta}\colon N(\Delta)\to\mathbb{R}. The projection N→N⁡(Δ)N\to N(\Delta) induces a toric morphism

φ:XΣ⟶XΣΔ,\varphi\colon X_{\Sigma}\longrightarrow X_{\Sigma_{\Delta}},

the divisor DΨΔD_{\Psi_{\Delta}} is ample, and DΨ=φ∗​DΨΔ+div⁡(χ−m)D_{\Psi}=\varphi^{*}D_{\Psi_{\Delta}}+\operatorname{div}(\chi^{-m}).

[02QM]
Example 4.44.

The projective morphisms associated to 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors generated by global sections can also be made explicit in terms of the lattice points of the associated polytope. Consider a complete toric variety XΣX_{\Sigma} of dimension nn equipped with a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor DΨD_{\Psi} generated by global sections. Let m0,…,mr∈ΔΨ∩Mm_{0},\dots,m_{r}\in\Delta_{\Psi}\cap M be such that conv⁡(m0,…,mr)=ΔΨ\operatorname{conv}(m_{0},\dots,m_{r})=\Delta_{\Psi}. These vectors determine an H-representation Ψ=mini=0,…,r⁡mi\Psi=\min_{i=0,\dots,r}m_{i}. Let H:Nℝ→ℝrH\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R}^{r} be the linear map defined by H⁡(u)=(mi​(u)−m0​(u))i=1,…,rH(u)=(m_{i}(u)-m_{0}(u))_{i=1,\dots,r}. By Lemma 3.79, Ψ=H∗​ΨΔr+m0\Psi=H^{\ast}\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}+m_{0}.

In ℝr\mathbb{R}^{r} we consider the fan ΣΔr\Sigma_{\Delta^{r}}, whose associated toric variety is ℙr\mathbb{P}^{r}. One easily verifies that, for each σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, there is σ′∈ΣΔr\sigma^{\prime}\in\Sigma_{\Delta^{r}} with H⁡(σ)⊂σ′H(\sigma)\subset\sigma^{\prime}. Let p=(p0:…:pr)p=(p_{0}:\dots:p_{r}) be an arbitrary rational point of the principal open subset of ℙr\mathbb{P}^{r}. The equivariant morphism φp,H:X→ℙKr\varphi_{p,H}\colon X\to\mathbb{P}^{r}_{K} can be written explicitly as (p0χm0:…:prχmr)(p_{0}\chi^{m_{0}}:\dots:p_{r}\chi^{m_{r}}). Moreover, DΨ=φp,H∗​DΨΔr+div⁡(χ−m0)D_{\Psi}=\varphi_{p,H}^{\ast}D_{\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}}+\operatorname{div}(\chi^{-m_{0}}).

The orbits of a polarized toric variety (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) are in one-to-one correspondence with the faces of ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi}.

[02QN]
Proposition 4.45.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψ\Psi a strictly concave function on Σ\Sigma. The correspondence F↦O⁡(σF)F\mapsto O(\sigma_{F}) is a bijection between the set of faces of ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} and the set of the orbits under the action of 𝕋\mathbb{T} on XΣX_{\Sigma}.

[02QP]
Proof.

This follows from Example 3.71. ∎

Equation (4.25) gives a formula for the Weil divisor [DΨ][D_{\Psi}] in terms of the virtual support function Ψ\Psi. When the line bundle 𝒪⁡(DΨ)\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}) is ample, we can interpret this formula in terms of the facets of the polytope ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi}.

Let DΨD_{\Psi} be an ample line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma}. The polytope ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} has maximal dimension nn. For each facet FF of ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi}, let vFv_{F} be as in Notation 3.103. The ray τF=ℝ≥0​vF\tau_{F}=\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}v_{F} is a cone of Σ\Sigma.

[02QQ]
Proposition 4.46.

With the previous hypothesis,

div(sΨ)=[DΨ]=∑F−⟨vF,F⟩V(τF),\operatorname{div}(s_{\Psi})=[D_{\Psi}]=\sum_{F}-\langle v_{F},F\rangle V(\tau_{F}),

where the sum is over the facets FF of Δ\Delta.

[02QR]
Proof.

Since Ψ\Psi is strictly concave on Σ\Sigma, the Legendre-Fenchel correspondence shows that the set of rays of the form τF\tau_{F} agrees with the set Σ1\Sigma^{1}. Moreover, Ψ⁡(vF)=⟨vF,F⟩\Psi(v_{F})=\langle v_{F},F\rangle, because Ψ\Psi is the support function of Δ\Delta. The proposition then follows from (4.25). ∎

For a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor generated by global sections, we can interpret its intersection with the closure of an orbit, and its inverse image with respect to an equivariant morphism, in terms of direct and inverse images of concave functions.

[02QS]
Proposition 4.47.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψ:Nℝ→ℝ\Psi\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} a support function on Σ\Sigma.

  1. (1)

    Let σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, FσF_{\sigma} the associated face of ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi}, and mσ′∈Fσ∩Mm_{\sigma}^{\prime}\in F_{\sigma}\cap M. Let πσ:Nℝ→N​(σ)ℝ\pi_{\sigma}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}} be the natural projection. Then

    (4.48) (Ψ−mσ′)​(σ)=(πσ)∗​(Ψ−mσ′).(\Psi-m^{\prime}_{\sigma})(\sigma)=(\pi_{\sigma})_{\ast}(\Psi-m_{\sigma}^{\prime}).

    In particular, the restriction of DΨ−mσ′D_{\Psi-m^{\prime}_{\sigma}} to V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) is given by the concave function (πσ)∗​(Ψ−mσ′)(\pi_{\sigma})_{\ast}(\Psi-m_{\sigma}^{\prime}). Moreover, the associated polytope is

    (4.49) Δ(Ψ−mσ′)​(σ)=Fσ−mσ′⊂M​(σ)ℝ=σ⊥.\Delta_{(\Psi-m_{\sigma}^{\prime})(\sigma)}=F_{\sigma}-m_{\sigma}^{\prime}\subset M(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}=\sigma^{\bot}.
  2. (2)

    Let H:N′→NH\colon N^{\prime}\to N be a linear map and H∨:M→M′H^{\vee}\colon M\to M^{\prime} its dual map, where M′=(N′)∨M^{\prime}=(N^{\prime})^{\vee}. Let Σ′\Sigma^{\prime} be a fan in Nℝ′N^{\prime}_{\mathbb{R}} such that, for each σ′∈Σ′\sigma^{\prime}\in\Sigma^{\prime} there is σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma with H⁡(σ′)⊂σH(\sigma^{\prime})\subset\sigma, and let p∈XΣ,0​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma,0}(K). Then

    (4.50) φp,H∗​DΨ=DH∗​Ψ,\varphi_{p,H}^{\ast}D_{\Psi}=D_{H^{\ast}\Psi},

    and the associated polytope is

    (4.51) ΔH∗​Ψ=H∨​(ΔΨ)⊂Mℝ′.\Delta_{H^{\ast}\Psi}=H^{\vee}(\Delta_{\Psi})\subset M^{\prime}_{\mathbb{R}}.
[02QT]
Proof.

Equation (4.48) follows from (4.30), while equation (4.50) follows from Proposition 4.35. Then (4.49) and (4.51) follow from Proposition 3.78. ∎

As a consequence of the above construction, we can compute easily the degree of any orbit.

[02QU]
Corollary 4.52.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, Ψ:Nℝ→ℝ\Psi\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} a support function on Σ\Sigma, and σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma a cone of dimension n−kn-k. Then

degDΨ⁡(V⁡(σ))=k!​volM⁡(Fσ)⁡(Fσ).\deg_{D_{\Psi}}(V(\sigma))=k!\operatorname{vol}_{M(F_{\sigma})}(F_{\sigma}).
[02QV]
Proof.

In view of equations (4.49) and (4.39), it is enough to prove that M⁡(σ)=M⁡(Fσ)M(\sigma)=M(F_{\sigma}). But this follows from the fact that LFσ=σ⟂L_{F_{\sigma}}=\sigma^{\perp} (see Notation 3.103). ∎

[02QW]
Example 4.53.

Let τ∈Σn−1\tau\in\Sigma^{n-1}. The degree of the curve V⁡(τ)V(\tau) agrees with the lattice length of FτF_{\tau}.

We will also need the toric version of the Nakai-Moishezon criterion.

[02QX]
Theorem 4.54.

Let XΣX_{\Sigma} be a proper toric variety and DΨD_{\Psi} a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor on XΣX_{\Sigma}.

  1. (1)

    The following properties are equivalent:

    1. (a)

      DΨD_{\Psi} is ample;

    2. (b)

      (DΨ⋅C)>0(D_{\Psi}\cdot C)>0 for every curve CC in XΣX_{\Sigma};

    3. (c)

      (DΨ⋅V⁡(τ))>0(D_{\Psi}\cdot V(\tau))>0 for every τ∈Σn−1\tau\in\Sigma^{n-1}.

  2. (2)

    The following properties are equivalent:

    1. (a)

      DΨD_{\Psi} is generated by its global sections;

    2. (b)

      (DΨ⋅C)≥0(D_{\Psi}\cdot C)\geq 0 for every curve CC in XΣX_{\Sigma};

    3. (c)

      (DΨ⋅V⁡(τ))≥0(D_{\Psi}\cdot V(\tau))\geq 0 for every τ∈Σn−1\tau\in\Sigma^{n-1}.

[02QY]
Proof.

This follows from [Oda88, Theorem 2.18] for non singular toric varieties, and from [Mav00] for the general case. ∎

[02QZ]

4.5. Toric schemes over a discrete valuation ring

In this section we recall some basic facts about the algebraic geometry of toric schemes over a DVR. These toric schemes were introduced in [KKMS73, Chapter IV, §3], and we refer to this reference for more details. They are described and classified in terms of fans in Nℝ×ℝ≥0N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}. In this section we will mostly consider proper toric schemes over a DVR. As a consequence of Corollary 3.15, proper toric schemes over a DVR can be described and classified in terms of complete SCR polyhedral complexes in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} as, for instance, in [NS06].

Let KK be a field equipped with a nontrivial discrete valuation val:K×↠ℤ{\operatorname{val}}\colon K^{\times}\twoheadrightarrow\mathbb{Z}. In this section we do not assume KK to be complete. As usual, we denote by K∘K^{\circ} the valuation ring, by K∘⁣∘K^{\circ\circ} its maximal ideal, by ϖ\varpi a generator of K∘⁣∘K^{\circ\circ} and by kk the residue field. We assume that val⁡(ϖ)=1{\operatorname{val}}(\varpi)=1. We denote by SS the base scheme S=Spec⁡(K∘)S=\operatorname{Spec}(K^{\circ}), by η\eta and oo the generic and the special points of SS and, for a scheme 𝒳\mathcal{X} over SS, we set 𝒳η=𝒳×SSpec⁡(K)\mathcal{X}_{\eta}=\mathcal{X}\times_{S}\operatorname{Spec}(K) and 𝒳o=𝒳×SSpec⁡(k)\mathcal{X}_{o}=\mathcal{X}\times_{S}\operatorname{Spec}(k) for its generic and special fibre respectively. We will denote by 𝕋S=𝕋K0≃𝔾m,Sn\mathbb{T}_{S}=\mathbb{T}_{K^{0}}\simeq\mathbb{G}_{m,S}^{n} a split torus over SS. Let 𝕋=𝕋K\mathbb{T}=\mathbb{T}_{K}, NN and MM be as in §4.1. We will write N~=N⊕ℤ{\widetilde{N}}=N\oplus\mathbb{Z} and M~=M⊕ℤ{\widetilde{M}}=M\oplus\mathbb{Z}.

[02R0]
Definition 4.55.

A toric scheme over SS of relative dimension nn is a normal integral separated SS-scheme of finite type, 𝒳{\mathcal{X}}, equipped with a dense open embedding 𝕋K↪𝒳η\mathbb{T}_{K}\hookrightarrow{\mathcal{X}}_{\eta} and an SS-action of 𝕋S\mathbb{T}_{S} over 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} that extends the action of 𝕋K\mathbb{T}_{K} on itself by translations. If we want to stress the torus acting on 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} we will call them toric schemes with torus 𝕋S\mathbb{T}_{S}.

If 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} is a toric scheme over SS, then 𝒳η{\mathcal{X}}_{\eta} is a toric variety over KK with torus 𝕋\mathbb{T}.

[02R1]
Definition 4.56.

Let XX be a toric variety over KK with torus 𝕋K\mathbb{T}_{K} and let 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} be a toric scheme over SS with torus 𝕋S\mathbb{T}_{S}. We say that 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} is a toric model of XX over SS if the identity of 𝕋K\mathbb{T}_{K} can be extended to an isomorphism from XX to 𝒳η{\mathcal{X}}_{\eta}.

If 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} and 𝒳′{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime} are toric models of XX and α:𝒳→𝒳′\alpha\colon{\mathcal{X}}\to{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime} is an SS-morphism, we say that α\alpha is a morphism of toric models if its restriction to 𝕋K\mathbb{T}_{K} is the identity.

Since, by definition, a toric scheme is integral and contains 𝕋\mathbb{T} as a dense open subset, it is flat over SS. Thus a toric model is a particular case of a model as in Definition 2.11.

Let Σ~{\widetilde{\Sigma}} be a fan in Nℝ×ℝ≥0N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}. To the fan Σ~\widetilde{\Sigma} we associate a toric scheme 𝒳Σ~{\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma}} over SS. Let σ∈Σ~\sigma\in{\widetilde{\Sigma}} be a cone and σ∨⊂M~ℝ\sigma^{\vee}\subset{\widetilde{M}}_{\mathbb{R}} its dual cone. Set M~σ=M~∩σ∨{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}={\widetilde{M}}\cap\sigma^{\vee}. Let K∘​[M~σ]K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}] be the semigroup K∘K^{\circ}-algebra of M~σ{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}. By definition, (0,1)∈M~σ(0,1)\in{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}. Thus (χ(0,1)−ϖ)(\chi^{(0,1)}-\varpi) is an ideal of K∘​[M~σ]K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}]. There is a natural isomorphism

(4.57) K∘[M~σ]/(χ(0,1)−ϖ)≃{∑(m,l)∈M~σαm,lϖlχm∣αm,l∈K∘ and, ∀∘(m,l),αm,l=0}K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}]/(\chi^{(0,1)}-\varpi)\simeq\Big\{\sum_{(m,l)\in{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}}\alpha_{m,l}\varpi^{l}\chi^{m}\mid\alpha_{m,l}\in K^{\circ}\text{ and, }\overset{\circ}{\forall}(m,l),\alpha_{m,l}=0\Big\}

that we use to identify both rings. The ring K∘​[M~σ]/(χ(0,1)−ϖ)K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}]/(\chi^{(0,1)}-\varpi) is an integrally closed domain. We set

𝒳σ=Spec⁡(K∘​[M~σ]/(χ(0,1)−ϖ)){\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma}=\operatorname{Spec}(K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}]/(\chi^{(0,1)}-\varpi))

for the associated affine toric scheme over SS. For short we will use the notation

(4.58) K∘​[𝒳σ]=K∘​[M~σ]/(χ(0,1)−ϖ).K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma}]=K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}]/(\chi^{(0,1)}-\varpi).

For cones σ,σ′∈Σ~\sigma,\sigma^{\prime}\in{\widetilde{\Sigma}}, with σ⊂σ′\sigma\subset\sigma^{\prime} we have a natural open immersion of affine schemes 𝒳σ↪𝒳σ′{\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma}\hookrightarrow{\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma^{\prime}}. Using these open immersions as gluing data, we define the scheme

𝒳Σ~=⋃σ∈Σ~𝒳σ.{\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma}}=\bigcup_{\sigma\in{\widetilde{\Sigma}}}{\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma}.

This is a reduced and irreducible normal scheme of finite type over SS of relative dimension nn.

There are two types of cones in Σ~{\widetilde{\Sigma}}. The ones that are contained in the hyperplane Nℝ×{0}N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\{0\}, and the ones that are not. If σ\sigma is contained in Nℝ×{0}N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\{0\}, then (0,−1)∈M~σ(0,-1)\in{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}, and ϖ\varpi is invertible in K∘​[𝒳σ]K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma}]. Therefore K∘​[𝒳σ]≃K⁡[Mσ]K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma}]\simeq K[M_{\sigma}]; hence 𝒳σ{\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma} is contained in the generic fibre and it agrees with the affine toric variety XσX_{\sigma}. If σ\sigma is not contained in Nℝ×{0}N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\{0\}, then 𝒳σ{\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma} is not contained in the generic fibre.

To stress the difference between both types of affine schemes we will follow the following notations. Let Π\Pi be the SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} obtained by intersecting Σ~{\widetilde{\Sigma}} by the hyperplane Nℝ×{1}N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\{1\} as in Corollary 3.15, and Σ\Sigma the fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} obtained by intersecting Σ~{\widetilde{\Sigma}} with Nℝ×{0}N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\{0\}. For Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi, the cone c⁡(Λ)∈Σ~\operatorname{c}(\Lambda)\in\widetilde{\Sigma} is not contained in N×{0}N\times\{0\}. We will write M~Λ=M~c⁡(Λ){\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda}={\widetilde{M}}_{\operatorname{c}(\Lambda)}, K∘​[M~Λ]=K∘​[M~c⁡(Λ)]K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda}]=K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\operatorname{c}(\Lambda)}], 𝒳Λ=𝒳c⁡(Λ){\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}={\mathcal{X}}_{\operatorname{c}(\Lambda)} and K∘​[𝒳Λ]=K∘​[𝒳c⁡(Λ)]K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}]=K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\operatorname{c}(\Lambda)}].

Given polyhedrons Λ,Λ′∈Π\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime}\in\Pi, with Λ⊂Λ′\Lambda\subset\Lambda^{\prime}, we have a natural open immersion of affine toric schemes 𝒳Λ↪𝒳Λ′{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}\hookrightarrow{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda^{\prime}}. Moreover, if a cone σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma is a face of a cone c⁡(Λ)\operatorname{c}(\Lambda) for some Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi, then the affine toric variety XσX_{\sigma}, is also an open subscheme of 𝒳Λ{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}. The open cover (4.58) can be written as

𝒳Σ~=⋃Λ∈Π𝒳Λ∪⋃σ∈ΣXσ.{\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma}}=\bigcup_{\Lambda\in\Pi}{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}\cup\bigcup_{\sigma\in\Sigma}X_{\sigma}.

We will reserve the notation 𝒳Λ{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}, Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi for the affine toric schemes that are not contained in the generic fibre and denote by XσX_{\sigma}, σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma the affine toric schemes contained in the generic fibre, because they are toric varieties over KK.

The scheme 𝒳0{\mathcal{X}}_{0} corresponding to the polyhedron 0:={0}0:=\{0\} is a group SS-scheme which is canonically isomorphic to 𝕋S\mathbb{T}_{S}. The SS-action of 𝕋S\mathbb{T}_{S} over 𝒳Σ~{\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma}} is constructed as in the case of varieties over a field. Moreover there are open immersions 𝕋K↪𝒳η↪𝒳Σ~\mathbb{T}_{K}\hookrightarrow{\mathcal{X}}_{\eta}\hookrightarrow{\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma}} of schemes over SS and the action of 𝕋S\mathbb{T}_{S} on 𝒳Σ~{\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma}} extends the action of 𝕋K\mathbb{T}_{K} on itself. Thus 𝒳Σ~{\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma}} is a toric scheme over SS. Moreover, the fan Σ\Sigma defines a toric variety over KK which coincides with the generic fibre 𝒳Σ~,η{\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma},\eta}. Thus, 𝒳Σ~{\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma}} is a toric model of XΣX_{\Sigma}. The special fibre 𝒳Σ~,o=𝒳Σ~​×𝑆​Spec⁡(k){\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma},o}={\mathcal{X}}_{\widetilde{\Sigma}}\underset{S}{\times}\operatorname{Spec}(k) has an induced action by 𝕋k\mathbb{T}_{k}, but, in general, it is not a toric variety over kk, because it is not irreducible nor reduced. The reduced schemes associated to its irreducible components are toric varieties over kk with this action.

Every toric scheme over SS can be obtained by the above construction. Indeed, this construction gives a classification of toric schemes by fans in Nℝ×ℝ≥0N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0} [KKMS73, §IV.3(e)].

If the fan Σ~{\widetilde{\Sigma}} is complete, then the scheme 𝒳Σ~{\mathcal{X}}_{{\widetilde{\Sigma}}} is proper over SS. In this case the set {𝒳Λ}Λ∈Π\{{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}\}_{\Lambda\in\Pi} is an open cover of 𝒳Σ~{\mathcal{X}}_{{\widetilde{\Sigma}}}. Proper toric schemes over SS can also be classified by complete SCR polyhedral complexes in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. This is not the case for general toric schemes over SS as is shown in [BS10].

[02R2]
Theorem 4.59.

The correspondence Π↦𝒳c⁡(Π)\Pi\mapsto{\mathcal{X}}_{\operatorname{c}(\Pi)}, where c⁡(Π)\operatorname{c}(\Pi) is the fan introduced in Definition 3.7, is a bijection between the set of complete SCR polyhedral complexes in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and the set of isomorphism classes of proper toric schemes over SS of relative dimension nn.

[02R3]
Proof.

Follows from [KKMS73, §IV.3(e)] and Corollary 3.15. ∎

If we are interested in toric schemes as toric models of a toric variety, we can restate the previous result as follows.

[02R4]
Theorem 4.60.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Then there is a bijective correspondence between equivariant isomorphism classes of proper toric models over SS of XΣX_{\Sigma} and complete SCR polyhedral complexes Π\Pi in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that rec⁡(Π)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\Sigma.

[02R5]
Proof.

Follows easily from Theorem 4.59. ∎

For the rest of the section we will restrict ourselves to the proper case and we will denote by Π\Pi a complete SCR polyhedral complex. To it we associate a complete fan c⁡(Π)\operatorname{c}(\Pi) in Nℝ×ℝ≥0N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0} and a complete fan rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. For short, we will use the notation

(4.61) 𝒳Π=𝒳c⁡(Π),{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi}={\mathcal{X}}_{\operatorname{c}(\Pi)},

and we will identify the generic fibre 𝒳Π,η{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi,\eta} with the toric variety Xrec⁡(Π)X_{\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)}.

[02R6]
Example 4.62.

We continue with Example 4.3. The fan ΣΔn\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}} is in particular an SCR polyhedral complex and the associated toric scheme over SS is ℙSn\mathbb{P}^{n}_{S}, the projective space over SS.

This example can be generalized to any complete fan Σ\Sigma in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}.

[02R7]
Definition 4.63.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Then Σ\Sigma is also a complete SCR polyhedral complex. Clearly rec⁡(Σ)=Σ\operatorname{rec}({\Sigma})=\Sigma. The toric scheme 𝒳Σ{\mathcal{X}}_{{\Sigma}} is a model over SS of XΣX_{\Sigma} which is called the canonical model. Its special fibre

𝒳Σ,o=XΣ,k{\mathcal{X}}_{\Sigma,o}=X_{\Sigma,k}

is the toric variety over kk defined by the fan Σ\Sigma.

The description of toric orbits in the case of a toric scheme over a DVR is more involved than the case of toric varieties over a field, because we have to consider two kind of orbits.

In the first place, there is a bijection between rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) and the set of orbits under the action of 𝕋K\mathbb{T}_{K} on 𝒳Π,η{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi,\eta}, that sends a cone σ∈rec⁡(Π)\sigma\in\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) to the orbit O⁡(σ)⊂𝒳Π,η=Xrec⁡(Π)O(\sigma)\subset{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi,\eta}=X_{\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)} as in the case of toric varieties over a field. We will denote by 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) the Zariski closure in 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi} of the orbit O⁡(σ)O(\sigma) with its structure of reduced closed subscheme. Then 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) is a horizontal SS-scheme, in the sense that the structure morphism 𝒱⁡(σ)→S{\mathcal{V}}(\sigma)\to S is dominant, of relative dimension n−dim(σ)n-\dim(\sigma).

Next we describe 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) as a toric scheme over SS. As before, we write N⁡(σ)=N/(N∩ℝ​σ)N(\sigma)=N/(N\cap\mathbb{R}\sigma) and let πσ:Nℝ→N​(σ)ℝ\pi_{\sigma}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}} be the linear projection. Each polyhedron Λ\Lambda such that σ⊂rec⁡(Λ)\sigma\subset\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda) defines a polyhedron πσ​(Λ)\pi_{\sigma}(\Lambda) in N​(σ)ℝN(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}. One verifies that these polyhedra form a complete SCR polyhedral complex in N​(σ)ℝN(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}, that we denote Π⁡(σ)\Pi(\sigma). This polyhedral complex is called the star of σ\sigma in Π\Pi.

[02R8]
Proposition 4.64.

There is a canonical isomorphism of toric schemes

𝒳Π⁡(σ)⟶𝒱⁡(σ).{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi(\sigma)}\longrightarrow{\mathcal{V}}(\sigma).
[02R9]
Proof.

The proof is analogous to the proof of Proposition 4.6. ∎

In the second place, there is a bijection between Π\Pi and the set of orbits under the action of 𝕋k\mathbb{T}_{k} on 𝒳o{\mathcal{X}}_{o} over the closed point oo. Given a polyhedron Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi, we set

N~​(Λ)=N~/(N~∩ℝ​c⁡(Λ)),M~​(Λ)=N~​(Λ)∨=M~∩c⁡(Λ)⊥.{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)={\widetilde{N}}/({\widetilde{N}}\cap\mathbb{R}\negthinspace\operatorname{c}(\Lambda)),\quad{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)={\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)^{\vee}={\widetilde{M}}\cap\operatorname{c}(\Lambda)^{\bot}.

We denote O⁡(Λ)=Spec⁡(k⁡[M~​(Λ)])O(\Lambda)=\operatorname{Spec}(k[{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)]).This is a torus over the residue field kk of dimension n−dim(Λ)n-\dim(\Lambda). There is a surjection of rings

K∘​[M~Λ]⟶k⁡[M~​(Λ)],χ(m,l)⟼{χ(m,l) if ​(m,l)∈M~​(Λ),0 if ​(m,l)∉M~​(Λ).K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda}]\longrightarrow k[{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)],\quad\chi^{(m,l)}\longmapsto\begin{cases}\chi^{(m,l)}&\text{ if }(m,l)\in{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda),\\ 0&\text{ if }(m,l)\notin{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda).\end{cases}

Since the element (0,1)(0,1) does not belong to M~​(Λ){\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda), then this surjection sends the ideal (χ(0,1)−ϖ)(\chi^{(0,1)}-\varpi) to zero. Therefore, it factorizes through a surjection K∘​[𝒳Λ]→k⁡[M~​(Λ)]K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}]\to k[{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)], that defines a closed immersion O⁡(Λ)↪𝒳ΛO(\Lambda)\hookrightarrow{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}. The subscheme O⁡(Λ)O(\Lambda) is contained in the special fibre 𝒳Π,o{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi,o}, because the surjection sends ϖ\varpi to zero. By this reason, the orbits of this type will be called vertical.

We will denote by V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda) the Zariski closure of the orbit O⁡(Λ)O(\Lambda). Then, V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda) is a vertical cycle in the sense that its image by the structure morphism is the closed point oo. We next describe its toric structure. For each polyhedron Λ′\Lambda^{\prime} such that Λ\Lambda is a face of Λ′\Lambda^{\prime}, the image of c⁡(Λ′)\operatorname{c}(\Lambda^{\prime}) under the projection πΛ:N~ℝ→N~​(Λ)ℝ\pi_{\Lambda}\colon{\widetilde{N}}_{\mathbb{R}}\to{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)_{\mathbb{R}} is a strongly convex rational cone that we denote σΛ′\sigma_{\Lambda^{\prime}}. The cones σΛ′\sigma_{\Lambda^{\prime}} form a fan of N~​(Λ)ℝ{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)_{\mathbb{R}} that we denote Π⁡(Λ)\Pi(\Lambda). Observe that the fan Π⁡(Λ)\Pi(\Lambda) is the analogue of the star of a cone defined in (4.5). For each cone σ∈Π⁡(Λ)\sigma\in\Pi(\Lambda) there is a unique polyhedron Λσ∈Π\Lambda_{\sigma}\in\Pi such that Λ\Lambda is a face of Λσ\Lambda_{\sigma} and σ=πΛ​(c⁡(Λσ))\sigma=\pi_{\Lambda}(\operatorname{c}(\Lambda_{\sigma})).

[02RA]
Proposition 4.65.

There is a canonical isomorphism of toric varieties over kk

XΠ⁡(Λ),k⟶V⁡(Λ).X_{\Pi(\Lambda),k}\longrightarrow V(\Lambda).
[02RB]
Proof.

Again, the proof is analogous to the proof of Proposition 4.6. ∎

The description of the adjacency relations between orbits is similar to the one for toric varieties over a field. The orbit V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda) is contained in V⁡(Λ′)V(\Lambda^{\prime}) if and only if the polyhedron Λ′\Lambda^{\prime} is a face of the polyhedron Λ\Lambda. Similarly, 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) is contained in 𝒱⁡(σ′){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma^{\prime}) if and only if σ′\sigma^{\prime} is a face of σ\sigma. Finally, V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda) is contained in 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) if and only if σ\sigma is a face of the cone rec⁡(Λ)\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda).

[02RC]
Remark 4.66.

As a consequence of the above construction, we see that there is a one-to-one correspondence between the vertexes of Π\Pi and the components of the special fibre. For each v∈Π0v\in\Pi^{0}, the component V⁡(v)V(v) is a toric variety over kk defined by the fan Π⁡(v)\Pi(v) in N~ℝ/ℝ⁡(v,1){\widetilde{N}}_{\mathbb{R}}/\mathbb{R}(v,1). The orbits contained in V⁡(v)V(v) correspond to the polyhedra Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi containing vv. In particular, the components given by two vertexes v,v′∈Π0v,v^{\prime}\in\Pi^{0} share an orbit of dimension ll if and only if there exists a polyhedron of dimension n−ln-l containing both vv and v′v^{\prime}.

To each polyhedron Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi, hence to each vertical orbit, we can associate a combinatorial invariant, which we call its multiplicity. For a vertex v∈Π0v\in\Pi^{0}, this invariant agrees with the order of vanishing of ϖ\varpi along the component V⁡(v)V(v) (see (4.87)).

Denote by ȷ:N→N~\operatorname{\jmath}\colon N\to{\widetilde{N}} the inclusion ȷ⁡(u)=(u,0)\operatorname{\jmath}(u)=(u,0) and by pr:M~→M\operatorname{pr}\colon{\widetilde{M}}\to M the projection pr⁡(m,l)=m\operatorname{pr}(m,l)=m. We identify NN with its image. We set

N⁡(Λ)=N/(N∩ℝ​c⁡(Λ)),M⁡(Λ)=M∩pr⁡(c⁡(Λ)⊥).N(\Lambda)=N/(N\cap\mathbb{R}\negthinspace\operatorname{c}(\Lambda)),\quad M(\Lambda)=M\cap\operatorname{pr}(\operatorname{c}(\Lambda)^{\bot}).
[02RD]
Remark 4.67.

The lattice M⁡(Λ)M(\Lambda) can also be described as M⁡(Λ)=M∩LΛ⊥M(\Lambda)=M\cap L_{\Lambda}^{\bot}. Therefore, for a cone σ⊂Nℝ\sigma\subset N_{\mathbb{R}}, the notation just introduced agrees with the one in (4.4). Here, the polytope Λ\Lambda is contained in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. By contrast, for a polyhedron Γ⊂Mℝ\Gamma\subset M_{\mathbb{R}}, we follow Notation 3.103, so M⁡(Γ)=M∩LΓM(\Gamma)=M\cap L_{\Gamma}.

Then ȷ\operatorname{\jmath} and pr\operatorname{pr} induce inclusions of lattices of finite index N​(Λ)→N~​(Λ)N(\Lambda)\to{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda) and M~​(Λ)→M​(Λ){\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)\to M(\Lambda), that we denote also by ȷ\operatorname{\jmath} and pr\operatorname{pr}, respectively. These inclusions are dual of each other and in particular, their indexes agree.

[02RE]
Definition 4.68.

The multiplicity of a polyhedron Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi is defined as

mult(Λ)=[M(Λ):pr(M~(Λ))]=[N~(Λ):ȷ(N(Λ))].\operatorname{mult}(\Lambda)=[M(\Lambda):\operatorname{pr}({\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda))]=[{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda):\operatorname{\jmath}(N(\Lambda))].
[02RF]
Lemma 4.69.

If Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi, then mult(Λ)=min{n≥1∣∃p∈aff(Λ),np∈N}\operatorname{mult}(\Lambda)=\min\{n\geq 1\mid\exists p\in\operatorname{aff}(\Lambda),\ np\in N\}.

[02RG]
Proof.

We consider the inclusion ℤ→N~​(Λ)\mathbb{Z}\to{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda) that sends n∈ℤn\in\mathbb{Z} to the class of (0,n)(0,n). There is a commutative diagram with exact rows and columns

0\textstyle{0\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}0\textstyle{0\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}0\textstyle{0\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}N⁡(Λ)∩ℤ\textstyle{N(\Lambda)\cap\mathbb{Z}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}ℤ\textstyle{\mathbb{Z}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}ℤ/(N⁡(Λ)∩ℤ)\textstyle{\mathbb{Z}/(N(\Lambda)\cap\mathbb{Z})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}0\textstyle{0}0\textstyle{0\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}N⁡(Λ)\textstyle{N(\Lambda)\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}N~​(Λ)\textstyle{{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}N~​(Λ)/N​(Λ)\textstyle{{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)/N(\Lambda)\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}0\textstyle{0}N⁡(Λ)/(N⁡(Λ)∩ℤ)\textstyle{N(\Lambda)/(N(\Lambda)\cap\mathbb{Z})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}N~​(Λ)/ℤ\textstyle{{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)/\mathbb{Z}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}0\textstyle{0}0\textstyle{0}

It is easy to see that the bottom arrow in the diagram is an isomorphism. By the Snake lemma the right vertical arrow is an isomorphism. Therefore

mult(Λ)=[ℤ:N(Λ)∩ℤ].\operatorname{mult}(\Lambda)=[\mathbb{Z}:N(\Lambda)\cap\mathbb{Z}].

We verify that N(Λ)∩ℤ={n∈ℤ∣∃p∈aff(Λ),np∈N},N(\Lambda)\cap\mathbb{Z}=\{n\in\mathbb{Z}\mid\exists p\in\operatorname{aff}(\Lambda),\ np\in N\}, from which the lemma follows. ∎

We now discuss equivariant morphisms of toric schemes.

[02RH]
Definition 4.70.

Let 𝕋i\mathbb{T}_{i}, i=1,2i=1,2, be split tori over SS and ρ:𝕋1→𝕋2\rho\colon\mathbb{T}_{1}\to\mathbb{T}_{2} a morphism of algebraic group schemes. Let 𝒳i{\mathcal{X}}_{i} be toric schemes over SS with torus 𝕋i\mathbb{T}_{i} and let μi\mu_{i} denote the corresponding action. A morphism φ:𝒳1→𝒳2\varphi\colon{\mathcal{X}}_{1}\to{\mathcal{X}}_{2} is ρ\rho-equivariant if the diagram

𝕋1×𝒳1\textstyle{\mathbb{T}_{1}\times{\mathcal{X}}_{1}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}μ1\scriptstyle{\mu_{1}}ρ×φ\scriptstyle{\rho\times\varphi}𝒳1\textstyle{{\mathcal{X}}_{1}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}φ\scriptstyle{\varphi}𝕋2×𝒳2\textstyle{\mathbb{T}_{2}\times{\mathcal{X}}_{2}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}μ2\scriptstyle{\mu_{2}}𝒳2\textstyle{{\mathcal{X}}_{2}}

commutes. A morphism φ:𝒳1→𝒳2\varphi\colon{\mathcal{X}}_{1}\to{\mathcal{X}}_{2} is ρ\rho-toric if its restriction to 𝕋1,η\mathbb{T}_{1,\eta}, the torus over KK, coincides with that of ρ\rho.

It can be verified that a toric morphism of schemes over SS is also equivariant. In the sequel, we extend the construction of equivariant morphisms in §4.2 to proper toric schemes. Before that, we need to relate rational points on the open orbit of the toric variety with lattice points in NN.

[02RI]
Definition 4.71.

The valuation map of the field, val:K×→ℤ{\operatorname{val}}\colon K^{\times}\to\mathbb{Z}, induces a valuation map on 𝕋⁡(K)\mathbb{T}(K), also denoted val:𝕋⁡(K)→N{\operatorname{val}}\colon\mathbb{T}(K)\to N, by the identifications 𝕋⁡(K)=Hom⁡(M,K×)\mathbb{T}(K)=\operatorname{Hom}(M,K^{\times}) and N=Hom⁡(M,ℤ)N=\operatorname{Hom}(M,\mathbb{Z}).

Let 𝕋S,i\mathbb{T}_{S,i}, i=1,2i=1,2, be split tori over SS. For each ii, let NiN_{i} be the corresponding lattice and Πi\Pi_{i} a complete SCR polyhedral complex in Ni,ℝN_{i,\mathbb{R}}. Let A:N1→N2A\colon N_{1}\to N_{2} be an affine map such that, for every Λ1∈Π1\Lambda_{1}\in\Pi_{1}, there exists Λ2∈Π2\Lambda_{2}\in\Pi_{2} with A⁡(Λ1)⊂Λ2A(\Lambda_{1})\subset\Lambda_{2}. Let p∈𝒳Π2,0​(K)=𝕋2​(K)p\in{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi_{2},0}(K)=\mathbb{T}_{2}(K) such that val⁡(p)=A⁡(0){\operatorname{val}}(p)=A(0). Write A=H+val⁡(p)A=H+{\operatorname{val}}(p), where H:N1→N2H\colon N_{1}\to N_{2} is a linear map. HH induces a morphism of algebraic groups

ρH:𝕋S,1⟶𝕋S,2.\rho_{H}\colon\mathbb{T}_{S,1}\longrightarrow\mathbb{T}_{S,2}.

Let Σi=rec⁡(Πi)\Sigma_{i}=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{i}). For each cone σ1∈Σ1\sigma_{1}\in\Sigma_{1}, there exists a cone σ2∈Σ2\sigma_{2}\in\Sigma_{2} with H⁡(σ1)⊂σ2H(\sigma_{1})\subset\sigma_{2}. Therefore HH and pp define an equivariant morphism φp,H:XΣ1→XΣ2\varphi_{p,H}\colon X_{\Sigma_{1}}\to X_{\Sigma_{2}} of toric varieties over KK as in Theorem 4.9.

[02RJ]
Proposition 4.72.

With the above hypothesis, the morphism φp,H\varphi_{p,H} can be extended to a ρH\rho_{H}-equivariant morphism

Φp,A:𝒳Π1⟶𝒳Π2.\Phi_{p,A}\colon{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi_{1}}\longrightarrow{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi_{2}}.
[02RK]
Proof.

Let Λi∈Πi\Lambda_{i}\in\Pi_{i} such that A⁡(Λ1)⊂Λ2A(\Lambda_{1})\subset\Lambda_{2}. Then the map M~2→M~1{\widetilde{M}}_{2}\to{\widetilde{M}}_{1} given by (m,l)↦(H∨​m,⟨val⁡(p),m⟩+l)(m,l)\mapsto(H^{\vee}m,\langle{\operatorname{val}}(p),m\rangle+l) for m∈Mm\in M and l∈ℤl\in\mathbb{Z} (which is just the dual of the linearization of AA) induces a morphism of semigroups M~2,Λ2→M~1,Λ1{\widetilde{M}}_{2,\Lambda_{2}}\to{\widetilde{M}}_{1,\Lambda_{1}}. Since χm​(p)​ϖ−⟨val⁡(p),m⟩\chi^{m}(p)\varpi^{-\langle{\operatorname{val}}(p),m\rangle} belongs to K∘K^{\circ}, the assignment

χ(m,l)⟼(χm​(p)​ϖ−⟨val⁡(p),m⟩)​χ(H∨​m,⟨val⁡(p),m⟩+l)\chi^{(m,l)}\longmapsto(\chi^{m}(p)\varpi^{-\langle{\operatorname{val}}(p),m\rangle})\chi^{(H^{\vee}m,\langle{\operatorname{val}}(p),m\rangle+l)}

defines a ring morphism K∘​[M~2,Λ2]→K∘​[M~1,Λ1]K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{2,\Lambda_{2}}]\to K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{1,\Lambda_{1}}]. This morphism sends χ(0,1)−ϖ\chi^{(0,1)}-\varpi to χ(0,1)−ϖ\chi^{(0,1)}-\varpi, hence induces a morphism K∘​[𝒳Λ2]→K∘​[𝒳Λ1]K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda_{2}}]\to K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda_{1}}] and a map 𝒳Λ1→𝒳Λ2{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda_{1}}\to{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda_{2}}. Varying Λ1\Lambda_{1} and Λ2\Lambda_{2} we obtain maps, that glue together into a map

Φp,A:𝒳Π1⟶𝒳Π2.\Phi_{p,A}\colon{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi_{1}}\longrightarrow{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi_{2}}.

By construction, this map extends φp,H\varphi_{p,H} and is equivariant with respect to the morphism ρH\rho_{H}. ∎

As an example of the above construction, we consider the toric subschemes associated to orbits under the action of subtori. Let NN be a lattice, Π\Pi a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and set Σ=rec⁡(Π)\Sigma=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi). Let Q⊂NQ\subset N be a saturated sublattice and let p∈XΣ,0​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma,0}(K). We set u0=val⁡(p)u_{0}={\operatorname{val}}(p). We consider the affine map A:Qℝ→NℝA\colon Q_{\mathbb{R}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} given by A⁡(v)=v+u0A(v)=v+u_{0}. Recall that the sublattice QQ and the point pp induce maps of toric varieties (4.11)

XΣQ⟶YΣQ,p⸦⟶XΣ.X_{\Sigma_{Q}}\longrightarrow Y_{\Sigma_{Q},p}\lhook\joinrel\longrightarrow X_{\Sigma}.

We want to identify the toric model of XΣQX_{\Sigma_{Q}} induced by the toric model 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi} of XΣX_{\Sigma}. We define the complete SCR polyhedral complex ΠQ,u0=A−1​Π\Pi_{Q,u_{0}}=A^{-1}\Pi of QℝQ_{\mathbb{R}}. Then, rec⁡(ΠQ,u0)=ΣQ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi_{Q,u_{0}})=\Sigma_{Q}. Applying the construction of Proposition 4.72, we obtain an equivariant morphism of schemes over SS

(4.73) 𝒳ΠQ,u0⟶𝒳Π.{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi_{Q,u_{0}}}\longrightarrow{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi}.

The image of this map is the Zariski closure of YΣQ,pY_{\Sigma_{Q},p} and 𝒳ΠQ,u0{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi_{Q,u_{0}}} is a toric model of XΣQX_{\Sigma_{Q}}. This map will be denoted either as Φp,A\Phi_{p,A} or Φp,Q\Phi_{p,Q}. Observe that the abstract toric scheme 𝒳ΠQ,u0{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi_{Q,u_{0}}} only depends on QQ and on val⁡(p){\operatorname{val}}(p).

[02RL]

4.6. 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors on toric schemes

The theory of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors carries over to the case of toric schemes over a DVR. Let 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} be a toric scheme over SS with torus 𝕋S\mathbb{T}_{S}. There are two morphisms from 𝕋S×𝒳\mathbb{T}_{S}\times{\mathcal{X}} to 𝒳{\mathcal{X}}: the toric action, that we denote by μ\mu, and the second projection, that we denote by π2\pi_{2}. A Cartier divisor DD on 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} is called a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor if μ∗​D=π2∗​D.\mu^{\ast}D=\pi_{2}^{\ast}D.

𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors over a toric scheme can be described combinatorially. For simplicity, we will discuss only the case of proper schemes. So, let Π\Pi be a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, and 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi} the corresponding toric scheme. Let ψ\psi be an H-lattice function on Π\Pi (Definitions 3.88 and 3.60). Then ψ\psi defines a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor in a way similar to the one for toric varieties over a field. We recall that the schemes {𝒳Λ}Λ∈Π\{{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}\}_{\Lambda\in\Pi} form an open cover of 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi}. Choose a set of defining vectors {(mΛ,lΛ)}Λ∈Π\{(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda})\}_{\Lambda\in\Pi} of ψ\psi. Then we set

Dψ={(𝒳Λ,ϖ−lΛ​χ−mΛ)}Λ∈Π,D_{\psi}=\{({\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda},\varpi^{-l_{\Lambda}}\chi^{-m_{\Lambda}})\}_{\Lambda\in\Pi},

where we are using the identification (4.57). The divisor DψD_{\psi} only depends on ψ\psi and not on a particular choice of defining vectors.

We consider now toric varieties and 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors over SS as models of toric varieties and 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors over KK.

[02RM]
Definition 4.74.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψ\Psi a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma. Let (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) be the associated toric variety and 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor defined over KK. A toric model of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) is a triple (𝒳,D,e)({\mathcal{X}},D,e), where 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} is a toric model over SS of XX, DD is a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor on 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} and e>0e>0 is an integer such that the isomorphism ι:XΣ→𝒳η\iota\colon X_{\Sigma}\to{\mathcal{X}}_{\eta} that extends the identity of 𝕋K\mathbb{T}_{K} satisfies ι∗​(D)=e​DΨ\iota^{\ast}(D)=eD_{\Psi}. When e=1e=1, the toric model (𝒳,D,1)({\mathcal{X}},D,1) will be denoted simply by (𝒳,D)({\mathcal{X}},D). A toric model will be called proper whenever the scheme 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} is proper over SS.

[02RN]
Example 4.75.

We continue with Example 4.62. The function ΨΔn\Psi_{\Delta^{n}} is an H-lattice concave function on ΣΔn\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}} and (ℙSn,DΨΔn)(\mathbb{P}^{n}_{S},D_{\Psi_{\Delta^{n}}}) is a proper toric model of (ℙKn,DΨΔn)(\mathbb{P}^{n}_{K},D_{\Psi_{\Delta^{n}}}).

This example can be generalized as follows.

[02RP]
Definition 4.76.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and let Ψ\Psi be a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma. Then Σ\Sigma is a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψ\Psi is a rational piecewise affine function on Σ\Sigma. Then (𝒳Σ,DΨ)({\mathcal{X}}_{{\Sigma}},D_{\Psi}) is a model over SS of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}), which is called the canonical model.

[02RQ]
Definition 4.77.

Let 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} be a toric scheme and ℒ{\mathcal{L}} a line bundle on 𝒳{\mathcal{X}}. A toric structure on ℒ{\mathcal{L}} is the choice of an element zz of the fibre ℒx0{\mathcal{L}}_{x_{0}}, where x0∈𝒳ηx_{0}\in{\mathcal{X}}_{\eta} is the distinguished point. A toric line bundle on 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} is a pair (ℒ,z)({\mathcal{L}},z), where ℒ{\mathcal{L}} is a line bundle over 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} and vv is a toric structure on ℒ{\mathcal{L}}. Frequently, when the toric structure is clear from the context, the element zz will be omitted from the notation and a toric line bundle will be denoted by the underlying line bundle. A toric section is a rational section that is regular and non vanishing over the principal open subset X0⊂𝒳ηX_{0}\subset{\mathcal{X}}_{\eta} and such that s⁡(x0)=zs(x_{0})=z. Exactly as in the case of toric varieties over a field, each 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor defines a toric line bundle 𝒪⁡(D){\mathcal{O}}(D) together with a toric section. When the 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor comes from an H-lattice function ψ\psi, the toric line bundle and toric section will be denoted ℒψ{\mathcal{L}}_{\psi} and sψs_{\psi} respectively.

In this section we will mainly use the language of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors, but in §6 we will prefer the language of toric line bundles.

The following result follows directly form the definitions.

[02RR]
Proposition 4.78.

Let (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) be a toric variety with a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor. Every toric model (𝒳,D,e)({\mathcal{X}},D,e) of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) induces a model (𝒳,𝒪⁡(D),e)({\mathcal{X}},\mathcal{O}(D),e) of (XΣ,LΨ)(X_{\Sigma},L_{\Psi}), in the sense of Definition 2.16, where the identification of 𝒪⁡(D)|XΣ\mathcal{O}(D)|_{X_{\Sigma}} with LΨ⊗eL_{\Psi}^{\otimes e} matches the toric sections. Such models will be called toric models.

[02RS]
Proposition-Definition 4.79.

We say that two toric models (𝒳i,Di,ei)({\mathcal{X}}_{i},D_{i},e_{i}), i=1,2i=1,2, are equivalent, if there exists a toric model (𝒳′,D′,e′)({\mathcal{X}}^{\prime},D^{\prime},e^{\prime}) of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) and morphisms of toric models αi:𝒳′→𝒳i\alpha_{i}\colon{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime}\to{\mathcal{X}}_{i}, i=1,2i=1,2, such that e′​αi∗​Di=ei​D′e^{\prime}\alpha_{i}^{\ast}D_{i}=e_{i}D^{\prime}. This is an equivalence relation.

[02RT]
Proof.

Symmetry and reflexivity are straightforward. For transitivity assume that we have toric models (𝒳i,Di,ei)({\mathcal{X}}_{i},D_{i},e_{i}), i=1,2,3i=1,2,3, that the first and second model are equivalent through (𝒳′,D′,e′)({\mathcal{X}}^{\prime},D^{\prime},e^{\prime}) and that the second and the third are equivalent through (𝒳′′,D′′,e′′)({\mathcal{X}}^{\prime\prime},D^{\prime\prime},e^{\prime\prime}). Then, by Theorem 4.60, 𝒳′{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime} and 𝒳′′{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime\prime} are defined by SCR polyhedral complexes Π′\Pi^{\prime} and Π′′\Pi^{\prime\prime} respectively, with rec⁡(Π′)=rec⁡(Π′′)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi^{\prime})=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi^{\prime\prime})=\Sigma. Let Π′′′=Π′⋅Π′′\Pi^{\prime\prime\prime}=\Pi^{\prime}\cdot\Pi^{\prime\prime}. By Lemma 3.11, rec⁡(Π′′′)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi^{\prime\prime\prime})=\Sigma. Thus Π′′′\Pi^{\prime\prime\prime} determines a model 𝒳′′′{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime\prime\prime} of XΣX_{\Sigma}. This model has morphisms β′\beta^{\prime} and β′′\beta^{\prime\prime} to 𝒳′{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime} and 𝒳′′{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime\prime} respectively. We put e′′′=e′​e′′e^{\prime\prime\prime}=e^{\prime}e^{\prime\prime} and D′′′=e′′β′∗D′=e′β′′∗D′′D^{\prime\prime\prime}=e^{\prime\prime}\beta^{\prime}{}^{\ast}D^{\prime}=e^{\prime}\beta^{\prime\prime}{}^{\ast}D^{\prime\prime}. Now it is easy to verify that (𝒳′′′,D′′′,e′′′)({\mathcal{X}}^{\prime\prime\prime},D^{\prime\prime\prime},e^{\prime\prime\prime}) provides the transitivity property. ∎

We are interested in proper toric models and equivalence classes because, by Definition 2.17, a proper toric model of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) induces an algebraic metric on LΨanL_{\Psi}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. By Proposition 2.18, equivalent toric models define the same algebraic metric.

We can classify proper models of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors (and therefore of toric line bundles) in terms of H-lattice functions. We first recall the classification of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors.

[02RU]
Theorem 4.80.

Let Π\Pi be a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and let 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi} be the associated toric scheme over SS. The correspondence ψ↦Dψ\psi\mapsto D_{\psi} is an isomorphism between the group of H-lattice functions on Π\Pi and the group of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors on 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi}. Moreover, if ψ1\psi_{1} and ψ2\psi_{2} are two H-lattice functions on Π\Pi, then the divisors Dψ1D_{\psi_{1}} and Dψ2D_{\psi_{2}} are rationally equivalent if and only if ψ1−ψ2\psi_{1}-\psi_{2} is affine.

[02RV]
Proof.

The result follows from [KKMS73, §IV.3(h)]. ∎

We next derive the classification theorem for models of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors.

[02RW]
Theorem 4.81.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψ\Psi a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma. Then the correspondence (Π,ψ)↦(𝒳Π,Dψ)(\Pi,\psi)\mapsto({\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi},D_{\psi}) is a bijection between:

  • ∙\bullet

    the set of pairs (Π,ψ)(\Pi,\psi), where Π\Pi is a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} with rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)= Σ\Sigma and ψ\psi is an H-lattice function on Π\Pi such that rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi;

  • ∙\bullet

    the set of isomorphism classes of toric models (𝒳,D)({\mathcal{X}},D) of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}).

[02RX]
Proof.

Denote by ι:XΣ=Xrec⁡(Π)→𝒳Π\iota\colon X_{\Sigma}=X_{\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)}\to{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi} the open immersion of the generic fibre. The recession function (Definition 3.85) determines the restriction of the 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor to the fibre over the generic point. Therefore, when ψ\psi is an H-lattice function on Π\Pi with rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi, we have that

(4.82) ι∗​Dψ=Drec⁡(ψ)=DΨ.\iota^{\ast}D_{\psi}=D_{\operatorname{rec}(\psi)}=D_{\Psi}.

Thus (𝒳Π,Dψ)({\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi},D_{\psi}) is a toric model of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}). The statement follows from Theorem 4.60 and Theorem 4.80. ∎

[02RY]
Remark 4.83.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψ\Psi a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma. Let (𝒳,D,e)({\mathcal{X}},D,e) be a toric model of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}). Then, by Theorem 4.81, there exists a complete SCR polyhedral complex Π\Pi in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} with rec⁡(Π)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\Sigma and a rational piecewise affine function ψ\psi on Π\Pi such that e​ψe\psi is an H-lattice function, rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi and (𝒳,D,e)=(𝒳Π,De​ψ,e)({\mathcal{X}},D,e)=({\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi},D_{e\psi},e). Moreover, if (𝒳′,D′,e′)({\mathcal{X}}^{\prime},D^{\prime},e^{\prime}) is another toric model that gives the function ψ′\psi^{\prime}, then both models are equivalent if and only if ψ=ψ′\psi=\psi^{\prime}. Thus, to every toric model we have associated a rational piecewise affine function ψ\psi on Π\Pi such that rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi. Two equivalent models give rise to the same function.

The converse is not true. Given a rational piecewise affine function ψ\psi, with rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi, we can find a complete SCR polyhedral complex Π\Pi such that ψ\psi is piecewise affine on Π\Pi. But, in general rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) does not agree with Σ\Sigma. What we can expect is that Σ′:=rec⁡(Π)\Sigma^{\prime}:=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) is a refinement of Σ\Sigma. Therefore the function ψ\psi gives us an equivalence class of toric models of (XΣ′,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma^{\prime}},D_{\Psi}). But ψ\psi may not determine an equivalence class of toric models of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}). In Corollary 5.43 in next section we will give a necessary condition for a function ψ\psi to define an equivalence class of toric models of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) and in Example 5.44 we will exhibit a function that does not satisfy this necessary condition. By contrast, as we will see in Theorem 4.97, the concave case is much more transparent.

The correspondence between 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors and 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Weil divisors has to take into account that we have two types of orbits. Each vertex v∈Π0v\in\Pi^{0} defines a vertical invariant prime Weil divisor V⁡(v)V(v) and every ray τ∈rec⁡(Π)1\tau\in\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)^{1} defines a horizontal prime Weil divisor 𝒱⁡(τ){\mathcal{V}}(\tau). If v∈Π0v\in\Pi^{0} is a vertex, by Lemma 4.69, its multiplicity mult⁡(v)\operatorname{mult}(v) is the smallest positive integer ν≥1\nu\geq 1 such that ν​v∈N\nu v\in N. If τ\tau is a ray, we denote by vτv_{\tau} the smallest lattice point of τ∖{0}\tau\setminus\{0\}.

[02RZ]
Proposition 4.84.

Let ψ\psi be an H-lattice function on Π\Pi. Let DψD_{\psi} be the associated 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor. Then the corresponding 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Weil divisor is given by

(4.85) [Dψ]=∑v∈Π0−mult(v)ψ(v)V(v)+∑τ∈rec⁡(Π)1−rec(ψ)(vτ)𝒱(τ).[D_{\psi}]=\sum_{v\in\Pi^{0}}-\operatorname{mult}(v)\psi(v)V(v)+\sum_{\tau\in\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)^{1}}-\operatorname{rec}(\psi)(v_{\tau}){\mathcal{V}}(\tau).
[02S0]
Proof.

By Lemma 4.69, for v∈Π0v\in\Pi^{0}, the vector mult⁡(v)​v\operatorname{mult}(v)v is the minimal lattice vector in the ray c⁡(v)\operatorname{c}(v). Now it is easy to adapt the proof of [Ful93, §3.3, Lemma] to prove this proposition. ∎

[02S1]
Example 4.86.

Consider the constant H-lattice function ψϖ​(u)=−1\psi_{\varpi}(u)=-1. This function corresponds to the principal divisor div⁡(ϖ)\operatorname{div}(\varpi). Then

(4.87) div⁡(ϖ)=∑v∈Π0mult⁡(v)​V​(v).\operatorname{div}(\varpi)=\sum_{v\in\Pi^{0}}\operatorname{mult}(v)V(v).

Thus, for a vertex vv, the multiplicity of vv agrees with the multiplicity of the divisor V⁡(v)V(v) in the special fibre div⁡(ϖ)\operatorname{div}(\varpi). In particular, the special fibre 𝒳Π,o{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi,o} is reduced if and only if all vertexes of Π0\Pi^{0} belong to NN.

We next study the restriction of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors to orbits and their inverse image by equivariant morphisms. Let Π\Pi be a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, and ψ\psi an H-lattice function on Π\Pi. Set Σ=rec⁡(Π)\Sigma=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi), and Ψ=rec⁡(ψ)\Psi=\operatorname{rec}(\psi). Choose sets of defining vectors {(mΛ,lΛ)}Λ∈Π\{(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda})\}_{\Lambda\in\Pi} and {mσ}σ∈Σ\{m_{\sigma}\}_{\sigma\in\Sigma} for ψ\psi and Ψ\Psi, respectively.

Let σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma. We describe the restriction of DψD_{\psi} to 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma), the closure of a horizontal orbit. As in the case of toric varieties over a field, we first consider the case when Ψ|σ=0\Psi|_{\sigma}=0. Recall that 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) agrees with the toric scheme associated to the polyhedral complex Π⁡(σ)\Pi(\sigma) and that each element of Π⁡(σ)\Pi(\sigma) is the image by πσ:Nℝ→N​(σ)ℝ\pi_{\sigma}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}} of a polyhedron Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi with σ⊂rec⁡(Λ)\sigma\subset\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda). The condition Ψ|σ=0\Psi|_{\sigma}=0 implies that we can define

(4.88) ψ⁡(σ):N​(σ)ℝ⟶ℝ,u+ℝ​σ⟼ψ⁡(u+v)\psi(\sigma)\colon N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow\mathbb{R},\quad u+\mathbb{R}\sigma\longmapsto\psi(u+v)

for any v∈ℝ​σv\in\mathbb{R}\sigma such that u+v∈⋃rec⁡(Λ)⊃σΛu+v\in\bigcup_{\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda)\supset\sigma}\Lambda. The function ψ⁡(σ)\psi(\sigma) can also be described in terms of defining vectors. For each Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi with σ⊂rec⁡(Λ)\sigma\subset\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda), we will denote Λ¯∈Π⁡(σ){\overline{\Lambda}}\in\Pi(\sigma) for its image by πσ\pi_{\sigma}. For each Λ\Lambda as before, the condition Ψ|σ=0\Psi|_{\sigma}=0 implies that mΛ∈M⁡(σ)m_{\Lambda}\in M(\sigma). Hence we define (mΛ¯,lΛ¯)=(mΛ,lΛ)(m_{{\overline{\Lambda}}},l_{{\overline{\Lambda}}})=(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda}) for Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi with rec⁡(Λ)⊃σ\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda)\supset\sigma.

[02S2]
Proposition 4.89.

If Ψ|σ=0\Psi|_{\sigma}=0 then the divisor DψD_{\psi} and the horizontal orbit 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) intersect properly. Moreover, the set {(mΛ¯,lΛ¯)}Λ¯∈Π⁡(σ)\{(m_{{\overline{\Lambda}}},l_{{\overline{\Lambda}}})\}_{{\overline{\Lambda}}\in\Pi(\sigma)} is a set of defining vectors of ψ⁡(σ)\psi(\sigma) and the restriction of DψD_{\psi} to 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) is Dψ⁡(σ)D_{\psi(\sigma)}.

[02S3]
Proof.

The proof is analogous to the proof of Proposition 4.31. ∎

If Ψ|σ≠0\Psi|_{\sigma}\not=0, then 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) and DψD_{\psi} do not intersect properly and we can only restrict DψD_{\psi} with 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) up to rational equivalence. To this end, we consider the divisor Dψ−mσD_{\psi-m_{\sigma}}, that is rationally equivalent to DψD_{\psi} and intersects properly with 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma). The restriction of this divisor to 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) corresponds to the H-lattice function (ψ−mσ)​(σ)(\psi-m_{\sigma})(\sigma) as defined above.

Let now Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi be a polyhedron. We will denote by π~Λ:N~→N~​(Λ){\widetilde{\pi}}_{\Lambda}\colon{\widetilde{N}}\to{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda) and πΛ:N→N⁡(Λ)\pi_{\Lambda}\colon N\to N(\Lambda) the projections and by π~Λ∨:M~​(Λ)→M~{\widetilde{\pi}}_{\Lambda}^{\vee}\colon{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)\to{\widetilde{M}} and πΛ∨:M⁡(Λ)→M\pi_{\Lambda}^{\vee}\colon M(\Lambda)\to M the dual maps. We will use the same notation for the linear maps obtained by tensoring with ℝ\mathbb{R}.

We first assume that ψ|Λ=0\psi|_{\Lambda}=0. If u∈N~​(Λ)ℝu\in{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)_{\mathbb{R}}, then there exists a polyhedron Λ′\Lambda^{\prime} with Λ\Lambda a face of Λ′\Lambda^{\prime} and a point (v,r)∈c⁡(Λ′)(v,r)\in\operatorname{c}(\Lambda^{\prime}) that is sent to uu under the projection π~Λ{\widetilde{\pi}}_{\Lambda}. Then we set

(4.90) ψ⁡(Λ):N~​(Λ)ℝ⟶ℝ,u⟼r​ψ​(v/r)=mΛ′​(v)+r​lΛ′.\psi(\Lambda)\colon{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow\mathbb{R},\quad u\longmapsto r\psi(v/r)=m_{\Lambda^{\prime}}(v)+rl_{\Lambda^{\prime}}.

The condition ψ|Λ=0\psi|_{\Lambda}=0 implies that the above equation does not depend on the choice of (v,r)(v,r).

We can describe also ψ⁡(Λ)\psi(\Lambda) in terms of defining vectors. For each cone σ∈Π⁡(Λ)\sigma\in\Pi(\Lambda) let Λσ∈Π\Lambda_{\sigma}\in\Pi be the polyhedron that has Λ\Lambda as a face and such that c⁡(Λ)\operatorname{c}(\Lambda) is mapped to σ\sigma by π~Λ{\widetilde{\pi}}_{\Lambda}. The condition ψ|Λ=0\psi|_{\Lambda}=0 implies that (mΛσ,lΛσ)∈M~​(Λ)(m_{\Lambda_{\sigma}},l_{\Lambda_{\sigma}})\in{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda). We set mσ=(mΛσ,lΛσ)m_{\sigma}=(m_{\Lambda_{\sigma}},l_{\Lambda_{\sigma}}).

[02S4]
Proposition 4.91.

If ψ|Λ=0\psi|_{\Lambda}=0 then the divisor DψD_{\psi} intersects properly the orbit V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda). Moreover, the set {mσ}σ∈Π⁡(Λ)\{m_{\sigma}\}_{\sigma\in\Pi(\Lambda)} is a set of defining vectors of ψ⁡(Λ)\psi(\Lambda) and the restriction of DψD_{\psi} to V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda) is the divisor Dψ⁡(Λ)D_{\psi(\Lambda)}.

[02S5]
Proof.

The proof is analogous to that of Proposition 4.31. ∎

As before, when ψ|Λ≠0\psi|_{\Lambda}\not=0, we can only restrict DψD_{\psi} to V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda) up to rational equivalence. In this case we just apply the previous proposition to the function ψ−mΛ−lΛ\psi-m_{\Lambda}-l_{\Lambda}.

[02S6]
Example 4.92.

We particularize (4.90) to the case of one-dimensional vertical orbits. Let Λ\Lambda be a (n−1)(n-1)-dimensional polyhedron. Hence V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda) is a vertical curve. Let Λ1\Lambda_{1} and Λ2\Lambda_{2} be the two nn-dimensional polyhedron that have Λ\Lambda as a common face. Let v∈Nℚv\in N_{\mathbb{Q}} such that the class [(v,0)][(v,0)] is a generator of the lattice N~​(Λ){\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda) and the affine space (v,0)+ℝ​c⁡(Λ)(v,0)+\mathbb{R}\operatorname{c}(\Lambda) meets c⁡(Λ1)\operatorname{c}(\Lambda_{1}). This second condition fixes one of the two generators of N~​(Λ){\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda). Then, by equation (4.25)

(4.93) degDψ⁡(V⁡(Λ))=deg⁡([Dψ|V⁡(Λ)])=mΛ2​(v)−mΛ1​(v).\deg_{D_{\psi}}(V(\Lambda))=\deg([D_{\psi}|_{V(\Lambda)}])=m_{\Lambda_{2}}(v)-m_{\Lambda_{1}}(v).

We end this section discussing the inverse image of a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor by an equivariant morphisms. With the notation of Proposition 4.72, let ψ\psi be an H-lattice function on Π2\Pi_{2}, and {(mΛ,lΛ)}Λ∈Π2\{(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda})\}_{\Lambda\in\Pi_{2}} a set of defining vectors of ψ\psi. For each Γ∈Π1\Gamma\in\Pi_{1} we choose a polyhedron Γ′∈Π2\Gamma^{\prime}\in\Pi_{2} such that A⁡(Γ)⊂Γ′A(\Gamma)\subset\Gamma^{\prime}. We set mΓ=H∨​(mΓ′)m_{\Gamma}=H^{\vee}(m_{\Gamma^{\prime}}) and lΓ=mΓ′​(val⁡(p))+lΓ′l_{\Gamma}=m_{\Gamma^{\prime}}({\operatorname{val}}(p))+l_{\Gamma^{\prime}}. The following proposition follows easily.

[02S7]
Proposition 4.94.

The divisor DψD_{\psi} intersects properly the image of Φp,A\Phi_{p,A}. The function ψ∘A\psi\circ A is an H-lattice function on Π1\Pi_{1} and

Φp,A∗​Dψ=Dψ∘A.\Phi^{\ast}_{p,A}D_{\psi}=D_{\psi\circ A}.

Moreover, {(mΓ,lΓ)}Γ∈Π1\{(m_{\Gamma},l_{\Gamma})\}_{\Gamma\in\Pi_{1}} is a set of defining vectors of ψ∘A\psi\circ A.

[02S8]

4.7. Positivity on toric schemes

The relationship between the positivity of the line bundle and the concavity of the virtual support function can be extended to the case of toric schemes over a DVR. In particular, we have the following version of the Nakai-Moishezon criterion.

[02S9]
Theorem 4.95.

Let Π\Pi be a complete SCR complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi} its associate toric scheme over SS. Let ψ\psi be an H-lattice function on Π\Pi and DψD_{\psi} the corresponding 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor on 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi}.

  1. (1)

    The following properties are equivalent:

    1. (a)

      DψD_{\psi} is ample;

    2. (b)

      Dψ⋅C>0D_{\psi}\cdot C>0 for every vertical curve CC contained in XΠ,oX_{\Pi,o};

    3. (c)

      Dψ⋅V⁡(Λ)>0D_{\psi}\cdot V(\Lambda)>0 for every (n−1)(n-1)-dimensional polyhedron Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi;

    4. (d)

      The function ψ\psi is strictly concave on Π\Pi.

  2. (2)

    The following properties are equivalent:

    1. (a)

      DψD_{\psi} is generated by global sections;

    2. (b)

      Dψ⋅C≥0D_{\psi}\cdot C\geq 0 for every vertical curve CC contained in XΣ,oX_{\Sigma,o};

    3. (c)

      Dψ⋅V⁡(Λ)≥0D_{\psi}\cdot V(\Lambda)\geq 0 for every (n−1)(n-1)-dimensional polyhedron Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi;

    4. (d)

      The function ψ\psi is concave.

[02SA]
Proof.

In both cases, the fact that (a) implies (b) and that (b) implies (c) is clear. The fact that (c) implies (d) follows from equation (4.93). The fact that (1d) implies (1a) is [KKMS73, §IV.3(k)].

Finally, we prove that (2d) implies (2a). Let ψ\psi be an H-lattice concave function. Each pair (m,l)∈M~(m,l)\in{\widetilde{M}} defines a rational section ϖl​χm​sψ\varpi^{l}\chi^{m}s_{\psi} of DψD_{\psi}. The section is regular if and only if the function m⁡(u)+lm(u)+l lies above ψ\psi. Moreover, for a polyhedron Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi, this section does not vanish on 𝒳Λ{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda} if and only if ψ⁡(u)=m⁡(u)+l\psi(u)=m(u)+l for all u∈Λu\in\Lambda. Therefore, the affine pieces of the graph of ψ\psi define a set of global sections that generate 𝒪⁡(Dψ)\mathcal{O}(D_{\psi}). ∎

[02SB]
Definition 4.96.

We will say that a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor on a toric scheme is semipositive if it is generated by global sections. Let XΣX_{\Sigma} be a proper toric variety over KK and let DΨD_{\Psi} be a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor generated by global sections. A toric model (𝒳,D,e)({\mathcal{X}},D,e) is called semipositive if DD is semipositive.

Observe that, by Theorem 4.95, a toric model is semipositive if the associated metric is semipositive as in Definition 2.26. Equivalence classes of semipositive toric models are classified by rational concave functions.

[02SC]
Theorem 4.97.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Let Ψ\Psi be a support function on Σ\Sigma. Then the correspondence of Theorem 4.81 induces a bijective correspondence between the set of rational piecewise affine concave functions ψ\psi with rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi and the set of equivalence classes of semipositive toric models of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) over SS.

[02SD]
Proof.

Let (𝒳,D,e)({\mathcal{X}},D,e) be a semipositive toric model. By Theorem 4.81, to the pair (𝒳,D)({\mathcal{X}},D) corresponds a pair (Π,ψ′)(\Pi,\psi^{\prime}), where ψ′\psi^{\prime} is an H-lattice function on Π\Pi, rec⁡(Π)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\Sigma and rec⁡(ψ′)=e​Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi^{\prime})=e\Psi. By Theorem 4.95, the function ψ′\psi^{\prime} is concave. We put ψ=1e​ψ′\psi=\frac{1}{e}\psi^{\prime}. It is clear that equivalent models produce the same function.

Conversely, let ψ\psi be a rational piecewise affine concave function. Let Π′=Π⁡(ψ)\Pi^{\prime}=\Pi(\psi). This is a rational polyhedral complex. Let Σ′=rec⁡(Π′)\Sigma^{\prime}=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi^{\prime}). This is a conic rational polyhedral complex. By Proposition 3.72, Σ′=Π⁡(Ψ)\Sigma^{\prime}=\Pi(\Psi). Since Ψ\Psi is a support function on Σ\Sigma, we deduce that Σ\Sigma is a refinement of Σ′\Sigma^{\prime}. Put Π=Π′⋅Σ\Pi=\Pi^{\prime}\cdot\Sigma (Definition 3.10). Since Π′\Pi^{\prime} is a rational polyhedral complex and Σ\Sigma is a fan, then Π\Pi is an SCR polyhedral complex. Moreover, by Lemma 3.11, we have

rec⁡(Π)=rec⁡(Π′⋅Σ)=rec⁡(Π′)⋅rec⁡(Σ)=Σ′⋅Σ=Σ.\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi^{\prime}\cdot\Sigma)=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi^{\prime})\cdot\operatorname{rec}(\Sigma)=\Sigma^{\prime}\cdot\Sigma=\Sigma.

Let e>0e>0 be an integer such that e​ψe\psi is an H-lattice function. Then (𝒳Π,De​ψ,e)({\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi},D_{e\psi},e) is a toric model of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}). Both procedures are inverse of each other. ∎

Recall that, for toric varieties over a field, a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor generated by global sections can be determined, either by the support function Ψ\Psi or by its stability set ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi}. In the case of toric schemes over a DVR, if ψ\psi is a concave rational piecewise affine function on Π\Pi and Ψ=rec⁡(ψ)\Psi=\operatorname{rec}(\psi), then the stability set of ψ\psi agrees with the stability set of Ψ\Psi. Then the equivalence class of toric models determined by ψ\psi is also determined by the Legendre-Fenchel dual function ψ∨\psi^{\vee}.

[02SE]
Corollary 4.98.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψ\Psi a support function on Σ\Sigma. There is a bijection between equivalence classes of semipositive toric models of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) and rational piecewise affine concave functions on MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}, with effective support ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi}.

[02SF]
Proof.

This follows from Theorem 4.97, Proposition 3.75 and Proposition 3.77. ∎

When DψD_{\psi} is generated by global sections, that is, when ψ\psi is concave, we can interpret its restriction to toric orbits in terms of direct and inverse images of concave functions.

[02SG]
Proposition 4.99.

Let Π\Pi be a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and ψ\psi an H-lattice concave function on Π\Pi. Set Σ=rec⁡(Π)\Sigma=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi) and Ψ=rec⁡(ψ)\Psi=\operatorname{rec}(\psi). Let σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma and mσ∈Mm_{\sigma}\in M such that Ψ|σ=mσ|σ\Psi|_{\sigma}=m_{\sigma}|_{\sigma}. Let πσ:Nℝ→N​(σ)ℝ\pi_{\sigma}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}} be the projection and πσ∨:M​(σ)ℝ→Mℝ\pi^{\vee}_{\sigma}\colon M(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}\to M_{\mathbb{R}} the dual inclusion. Then

(4.100) (ψ−mσ)​(σ)=(πσ)∗​(ψ−mσ),(\psi-m_{\sigma})(\sigma)=(\pi_{\sigma})_{\ast}(\psi-m_{\sigma}),

Hence the restriction of the divisor Dψ−mσD_{\psi-m_{\sigma}} to 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma) corresponds to the H-lattice concave function (πσ)∗​(ψ−mσ)(\pi_{\sigma})_{\ast}(\psi-m_{\sigma}). Dually,

(4.101) (ψ−mσ)​(σ)∨=(πσ∨+mσ)∗​ψ∨.(\psi-m_{\sigma})(\sigma)^{\vee}=(\pi^{\vee}_{\sigma}+m_{\sigma})^{\ast}\psi^{\vee}.

In other words, the Legendre-Fenchel dual of (ψ−mσ)​(σ)(\psi-m_{\sigma})(\sigma) is the restriction of ψ∨\psi^{\vee} to the face FσF_{\sigma} translated by −mσ-m_{\sigma}.

[02SH]
Proof.

For equation (4.100), we suppose without loss of generality that mσ=0m_{\sigma}=0, and hence Ψ|σ=0\Psi|_{\sigma}=0. Let u∈N​(σ)ℝu\in N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}. Then, the function ψ|πσ−1​(u)\psi|_{\pi^{-1}_{\sigma}(u)} is concave. Let Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi such that rec⁡(Λ)=σ\operatorname{rec}(\Lambda)=\sigma and πσ−1​(u)∩Λ≠∅\pi^{-1}_{\sigma}(u)\cap\Lambda\not=\emptyset. Then, πσ−1​(u)∩Λ\pi^{-1}_{\sigma}(u)\cap\Lambda is a polyhedron of maximal dimension in πσ−1​(u)\pi^{-1}_{\sigma}(u). The restriction of ψ\psi to this polyhedron is constant and, by (4.88), agrees with ψ​(σ)​(u)\psi(\sigma)(u). Therefore, by concavity,

(πσ)∗​ψ​(u)=maxv∈πσ−1​(u)⁡ψ⁡(v),(\pi_{\sigma})_{\ast}\psi(u)=\max_{v\in\pi^{-1}_{\sigma}(u)}\psi(v),

agrees with ψ​(σ)​(u)\psi(\sigma)(u). Thus we obtain equation (4.100). Equation (4.101) follows from the previous equation and Proposition 3.78(2). To prove equation (4.101) when mσ≠0m_{\sigma}\not=0 we use Proposition 3.40(4). ∎

We now consider the case of a vertical orbit. For a function ψ\psi as before, with Ψ=rec⁡(ψ)\Psi=\operatorname{rec}(\psi), we denote by c⁡(ψ):N~ℝ→ℝ¯\operatorname{c}(\psi)\colon{\widetilde{N}}_{\mathbb{R}}\to\underline{\mathbb{R}} the concave function given by

c⁡(ψ)​(u,r)={r​ψ​(u/r), if ​r>0,Ψ⁡(u), if ​r=0,−∞, if ​r<0.\operatorname{c}(\psi)(u,r)=\begin{cases}r\psi(u/r),&\text{ if }r>0,\\ \Psi(u),&\text{ if }r=0,\\ -\infty,&\text{ if }r<0.\end{cases}

The function c⁡(ψ)\operatorname{c}(\psi) is a support function on c⁡(Π)\operatorname{c}(\Pi).

[02SI]
Lemma 4.102.

The stability set of c⁡(ψ)\operatorname{c}(\psi) is the epigraph epi⁡(−ψ∨)⊂M~ℝ\operatorname{epi}(-\psi^{\vee})\subset{\widetilde{M}}_{\mathbb{R}}.

[02SJ]
Proof.

The H-representation of c⁡(ψ)\operatorname{c}(\psi) is

dom⁡(c⁡(ψ))\displaystyle{\operatorname{dom}}(\operatorname{c}(\psi)) ={(u,r)∈N~ℝ∣r≥0},\displaystyle=\{(u,r)\in{\widetilde{N}}_{\mathbb{R}}\mid r\geq 0\},
c⁡(ψ)​(u,r)\displaystyle\operatorname{c}(\psi)(u,r) =minΛ⁡(mΛ​(u)+lΛ​r).\displaystyle=\min_{\Lambda}(m_{\Lambda}(u)+l_{\Lambda}r).

By Proposition 3.64

stab⁡(c⁡(ψ))=ℝ≥0​(0,1)+conv⁡({(mΛ,lΛ)}Λ∈Π).\operatorname{stab}(\operatorname{c}(\psi))=\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}(0,1)+\operatorname{conv}(\{(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda})\}_{\Lambda\in\Pi}).

Furthermore, by the same proposition, for x∈stab⁡(ψ)x\in\operatorname{stab}(\psi),

ψ∨(x)=sup{∑Λ−λΛlΛ|λΛ≥0,∑ΛλΛ=1,∑ΛλΛmΛ=x}.\psi^{\vee}(x)=\sup\left\{\sum_{\Lambda}-\lambda_{\Lambda}l_{\Lambda}\bigg|\lambda_{\Lambda}\geq 0,\sum_{\Lambda}\lambda_{\Lambda}=1,\sum_{\Lambda}\lambda_{\Lambda}m_{\Lambda}=x\right\}.

Hence epi⁡(−ψ∨)=ℝ≥0​(0,1)+conv⁡({(mΛ,lΛ)}Λ∈Π),\operatorname{epi}(-\psi^{\vee})=\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}(0,1)+\operatorname{conv}(\{(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda})\}_{\Lambda\in\Pi}), which proves the statement. ∎

[02SK]
Proposition 4.103.

Let Π\Pi and ψ\psi be as before and let Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi. Let mΛ∈Mm_{\Lambda}\in M and lΛ∈ℤl_{\Lambda}\in\mathbb{Z} be such that ψ|Λ=(mΛ+lΛ)|Λ\psi|_{\Lambda}=(m_{\Lambda}+l_{\Lambda})|_{\Lambda}. Let π~Λ:N~ℝ→N~​(Λ)ℝ{\widetilde{\pi}}_{\Lambda}\colon{\widetilde{N}}_{\mathbb{R}}\to{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)_{\mathbb{R}} be the projection, and π~Λ∨:M~​(Λ)ℝ→M~ℝ{\widetilde{\pi}}^{\vee}_{\Lambda}\colon{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)_{\mathbb{R}}\to{\widetilde{M}}_{\mathbb{R}} the dual map. Then

(4.104) (ψ−mΛ−lΛ)​(Λ)=(π~Λ)∗​(c⁡(ψ−mΛ−lΛ)).(\psi-m_{\Lambda}-l_{\Lambda})(\Lambda)=({\widetilde{\pi}}_{\Lambda})_{\ast}(\operatorname{c}(\psi-m_{\Lambda}-l_{\Lambda})).

Moreover, this is a support function on the fan Π⁡(Λ)\Pi(\Lambda). Its stability set is the polytope Δψ,Λ:=(π~Λ∨+(mΛ,lΛ))−1​epi⁡(−ψ∨)\Delta_{\psi,\Lambda}:=({\widetilde{\pi}}^{\vee}_{\Lambda}+(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda}))^{-1}\operatorname{epi}(-\psi^{\vee}). Hence, the restriction of the divisor Dψ−mΛ−lΛD_{\psi-m_{\Lambda}-l_{\Lambda}} to the variety V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda) is the divisor associated to the support function of Δψ,Λ\Delta_{\psi,\Lambda}

[02SL]
Proof.

To prove equation (4.104) we may assume that mΛ=0m_{\Lambda}=0 and lΛ=0l_{\Lambda}=0. Let u∈N~​(Λ)ℝu\in{\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)_{\mathbb{R}}. Then, the function c⁡(ψ)|π~Λ−1​(u)\operatorname{c}(\psi)|_{{\widetilde{\pi}}^{-1}_{\Lambda}(u)} is concave. Let Λ′∈Π\Lambda^{\prime}\in\Pi such that Λ\Lambda is a face of Λ′\Lambda^{\prime} and π~Λ−1​(u)∩c⁡(Λ′)≠∅{\widetilde{\pi}}^{-1}_{\Lambda}(u)\cap\operatorname{c}(\Lambda^{\prime})\not=\emptyset. Then, π~Λ−1​(u)∩c⁡(Λ′){\widetilde{\pi}}^{-1}_{\Lambda}(u)\cap\operatorname{c}(\Lambda^{\prime}) is a polyhedron of maximal dimension of π~Λ−1​(u){\widetilde{\pi}}^{-1}_{\Lambda}(u) and the restriction of c⁡(ψ)\operatorname{c}(\psi) to this polyhedron is constant and, by equation (4.90), agrees with ψ​(Λ)​(u)\psi(\Lambda)(u). Therefore, by concavity,

(π~Λ)∗​c⁡(ψ)​(u)=maxv∈πσ−1​(u)​c​(ψ)​(v),({\widetilde{\pi}}_{\Lambda})_{\ast}\operatorname{c}(\psi)(u)=\max_{v\in\pi^{-1}_{\sigma}(u)}\operatorname{c}(\psi)(v),

agrees with ψ​(Λ)​(u)\psi(\Lambda)(u). This proves equation (4.104).

Back in the general case when mΛm_{\Lambda} and lΛl_{\Lambda} may be different from zero, by Proposition 3.78, Proposition 3.40(4) and Lemma 4.102 we have

stab⁡((π~Λ)∗​(c⁡(ψ−mΛ−lΛ)))\displaystyle\operatorname{stab}(({\widetilde{\pi}}_{\Lambda})_{\ast}(\operatorname{c}(\psi-m_{\Lambda}-l_{\Lambda}))) =(π~Λ∨)−1​stab⁡(c⁡(ψ−mΛ−lΛ))\displaystyle=({\widetilde{\pi}}^{\vee}_{\Lambda})^{-1}\operatorname{stab}(\operatorname{c}(\psi-m_{\Lambda}-l_{\Lambda}))
=(π~Λ∨)−1​(stab⁡(c⁡(ψ))−(mΛ,lΛ))\displaystyle=({\widetilde{\pi}}^{\vee}_{\Lambda})^{-1}(\operatorname{stab}(\operatorname{c}(\psi))-(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda}))
=(π~Λ∨+(mΛ,lΛ))−1​stab⁡(c⁡(ψ))\displaystyle=({\widetilde{\pi}}^{\vee}_{\Lambda}+(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda}))^{-1}\operatorname{stab}(\operatorname{c}(\psi))
=(π~Λ∨+(mΛ,lΛ))−1​epi⁡(−ψ∨).\displaystyle=({\widetilde{\pi}}^{\vee}_{\Lambda}+(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda}))^{-1}\operatorname{epi}(-\psi^{\vee}).

The remaining statements are clear. ∎

We next interpret the above result in terms of dual polyhedral complexes. Let Π⁡(ψ)\Pi(\psi) and Π⁡(ψ∨)\Pi(\psi^{\vee}) be the pair of dual polyhedral complexes associated to ψ\psi. Since ψ\psi is piecewise affine on Π\Pi, then Π\Pi is a refinement of Π⁡(ψ)\Pi(\psi). For each Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi we will denote by Λ¯∈Π⁡(ψ)\overline{\Lambda}\in\Pi(\psi) the smallest element of Π⁡(ψ)\Pi(\psi) that contains Λ\Lambda. It is characterized by the fact that ri⁡(Λ)∩ri⁡(Λ¯)≠∅.\operatorname{ri}(\Lambda)\cap\operatorname{ri}(\overline{\Lambda})\not=\emptyset. Let Λ∗∈Π⁡(ψ∨)\Lambda^{\ast}\in\Pi(\psi^{\vee}) be the polyhedron Λ∗=ℒ​ψ​(Λ¯)\Lambda^{\ast}={\mathcal{L}}\psi(\overline{\Lambda}). This polyhedron agrees with ∂ψ⁡(u0)\partial\psi(u_{0}) for any u0∈ri⁡(Λ)u_{0}\in\operatorname{ri}(\Lambda). Then the function ψ∨|Λ∗\psi^{\vee}|_{\Lambda^{\ast}} is affine. The polyhedron Λ∗−mΛ\Lambda^{\ast}-m_{\Lambda} is contained in M​(Λ)ℝM(\Lambda)_{\mathbb{R}}. The polyhedron

Λ∗~={(x,−ψ∨​(x))|x∈Λ∗}{\widetilde{\Lambda^{\ast}}}=\{(x,-\psi^{\vee}(x))|x\in\Lambda^{\ast}\}

is a face of epi⁡(−ψ∨)\operatorname{epi}(-\psi^{\vee}) and it agrees with the intersection of the image of πΛ∨+(mΛ,lΛ)\pi^{\vee}_{\Lambda}+(m_{\Lambda},l_{\Lambda}) with this epigraph. We consider the commutative diagram of lattices

M~​(Λ)\textstyle{{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}π~Λ∨+(mΛ,lλ)\scriptstyle{{\widetilde{\pi}}^{\vee}_{\Lambda}+(m_{\Lambda},l_{\lambda})}pr\scriptstyle{\operatorname{pr}}M~\textstyle{{\widetilde{M}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}pr\scriptstyle{\operatorname{pr}}M⁡(Λ)\textstyle{M(\Lambda)\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}πΛ∨+mΛ\scriptstyle{\pi^{\vee}_{\Lambda}+m_{\Lambda}}M,\textstyle{M,}

where πΛ∨\pi^{\vee}_{\Lambda} is the inclusion M⁡(Λ)⊂MM(\Lambda)\subset M, and the corresponding commutative diagram of real vector spaces obtained by tensoring with ℝ\mathbb{R}. This diagram induces a commutative diagram of polytopes

Δψ,Λ\textstyle{\Delta_{\psi,\Lambda}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}π~Λ∨+(mΛ,lλ)\scriptstyle{{\widetilde{\pi}}^{\vee}_{\Lambda}+(m_{\Lambda},l_{\lambda})}pr\scriptstyle{\operatorname{pr}}Λ∗~\textstyle{{\widetilde{\Lambda^{\ast}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}pr\scriptstyle{\operatorname{pr}}Λ∗−mΛ\textstyle{\Lambda^{\ast}-m_{\Lambda}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}πΛ∨+mΛ\scriptstyle{\pi^{\vee}_{\Lambda}+m_{\Lambda}}Λ∗,\textstyle{\Lambda^{\ast},}

where all the arrows are isomorphisms.

In other words, the polytope Δψ,Λ\Delta_{\psi,\Lambda} associated to the restriction of Dψ−mΛ−lΛD_{\psi-m_{\Lambda}-l_{\Lambda}} to V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda) is obtained as follows. We include M~​(Λ)ℝ{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)_{\mathbb{R}} in M~ℝ{\widetilde{M}}_{\mathbb{R}} throughout the affine map π~Λ∨+(mΛ,lλ){\widetilde{\pi}}^{\vee}_{\Lambda}+(m_{\Lambda},l_{\lambda}). The image of this map intersects the polyhedron epi⁡(−ψ∨)\operatorname{epi}(-\psi^{\vee}) in the face of it that lies above Λ∗\Lambda^{\ast}. The inverse image of this face agrees with Δψ,Λ\Delta_{\psi,\Lambda}.

Since we have an explicit description of the polytope Δψ,Λ\Delta_{\psi,\Lambda}, we can easily calculate the degree with respect to DψD_{\psi} of an orbit V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda).

[02SM]
Proposition 4.105.

Let Π\Pi be a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and ψ\psi an H-lattice concave function on Π\Pi. Let Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi be a polyhedron of dimension n−kn-k, u0∈ri⁡(Λ)u_{0}\in\operatorname{ri}(\Lambda) and Λ∗=∂ψ⁡(u0)\Lambda^{\ast}=\partial\psi(u_{0}). Then

(4.106) mult⁡(Λ)​degDψ⁡(V⁡(Λ))=k!​volM⁡(Λ)⁡(Λ∗),\operatorname{mult}(\Lambda)\deg_{D_{\psi}}(V(\Lambda))=k!\operatorname{vol}_{M(\Lambda)}(\Lambda^{\ast}),

where mult⁡(Λ)\operatorname{mult}(\Lambda) is the multiplicity of Λ\Lambda (see Definition 4.68).

[02SN]
Proof.

From the description of Dψ|V⁡(Λ)D_{\psi}|_{V(\Lambda)} and Proposition 4.37, we know that

degDψ⁡(V⁡(Λ))=k!​volM~​(Λ)⁡(Δψ,Λ).\deg_{D_{\psi}}(V(\Lambda))=k!\operatorname{vol}_{{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)}(\Delta_{\psi,\Lambda}).

Since

volM~​(Λ)(Δψ,Λ)=1[M(Λ):M~(Λ)]volM⁡(Λ)(Λ∗),\operatorname{vol}_{{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)}(\Delta_{\psi,\Lambda})=\frac{1}{[M(\Lambda):{\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)]}\operatorname{vol}_{M(\Lambda)}(\Lambda^{\ast}),

the result follows from the definition of the multiplicity. ∎

[02SP]
Remark 4.107.

If dim(Λ∗)<k\dim(\Lambda^{\ast})<k, then both sides of (4.106) are zero. If dim(Λ∗)=k\dim(\Lambda^{\ast})=k, then M⁡(Λ)=M⁡(Λ∗)M(\Lambda)=M(\Lambda^{\ast}) and volM⁡(Λ)⁡(Λ∗)\operatorname{vol}_{M(\Lambda)}(\Lambda^{\ast}) agrees with the lattice volume of Λ∗\Lambda^{\ast}.

We now interpret the inverse image of a semipositive 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor by an equivariant morphism in terms of direct and inverse images of concave functions.

[02SQ]
Proposition 4.108.

With the hypothesis of Proposition 4.72, let ψ2\psi_{2} be an H-lattice concave function on Π2\Pi_{2} and let Dψ2D_{\psi_{2}} be the corresponding semipositive 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor. Then Φp,A∗​Dψ2\Phi_{p,A}^{\ast}D_{\psi_{2}} is the semipositive 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor associated to the H-lattice concave function ψ1=A∗​ψ2\psi_{1}=A^{\ast}\psi_{2}. Moreover the Legendre-Fenchel dual is given by

ψ1∨=(H∨)∗​(ψ2∨−val⁡(p)).\psi_{1}^{\vee}=(H^{\vee})_{\ast}(\psi_{2}^{\vee}-{\operatorname{val}}(p)).
[02SR]
Proof.

The first statement is Proposition 4.94. The second statement follows from Proposition 3.78(1). ∎

[02SS]
Example 4.109.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψ\Psi a support function on Σ\Sigma. By Theorem 4.97, any equivalence class of semipositive models of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) is determined by a rational piecewise affine concave function ψ\psi with rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi. By Lemma 3.79, any such function can be realized as the inverse image by an affine map of the support function of a standard simplex. Using the previous proposition, any equivalence class of semipositive toric models can be induced by an equivariant projective morphism.

More explicitly, let e>0e>0 be an integer such that e​ψe\psi is an H-lattice concave function. Let Π\Pi be a complete SCR complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} compatible by e​ψe\psi and such that rec⁡(Π)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\Sigma (see the proof of Theorem 4.97). Then, (𝒳Π,De​ψ,e)({\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi},D_{e\psi},e) is a toric model of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) in the class determined by ψ\psi.

Choose an H-representation e​ψ​(u)=min0≤i≤r⁡(mi​(u)+li)e\psi(u)=\min_{0\leq i\leq r}(m_{i}(u)+l_{i}) with (mi,li)∈M~(m_{i},l_{i})\in{\widetilde{M}} for i=0,…,ri=0,\dots,r. Put 𝜶=(l1−l0,…,lr−l0)\boldsymbol{\alpha}=(l_{1}-l_{0},\dots,l_{r}-l_{0}). Let HH and AA be as in Lemma 3.79. In our case, HH is a morphism of lattices and

(4.110) e​ψ=A∗​ΨΔr+m0+l0.e\psi=A^{\ast}\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}+m_{0}+l_{0}.

We follow examples 4.3, 4.26, 4.44 and 4.75, and consider ℙSr\mathbb{P}^{r}_{S} as a toric scheme over SS. Let p=(p0:…:pr)p=(p_{0}:\dots:p_{r}) be a rational point in the principal open subset of ℙKr\mathbb{P}^{r}_{K} such that val⁡(p)=𝜶{\operatorname{val}}(p)=\boldsymbol{\alpha}. One can verify that the hypothesis of Proposition 4.72 are satisfied. Let Φp,A:𝒳Π→ℙSr\Phi_{p,A}\colon{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi}\to\mathbb{P}^{r}_{S} be the associated morphism. Then

De​ψ=Φp,A∗​DΨΔr+div⁡(ϖ−l0​χ−m0).D_{e\psi}=\Phi_{p,A}^{\ast}D_{\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}}+\operatorname{div}(\varpi^{-l_{0}}\chi^{-m_{0}}).
[02ST]

5. Metrics and measures on toric varieties

The aim of this section is to characterize the metrics on a toric line bundle over a toric variety that are, at the same time, invariant under the action of the compact torus and approachable or integrable. Moreover we study the associated measures.

[02SU]

5.1. The variety with corners XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})

Let KK be either ℝ\mathbb{R}, ℂ\mathbb{C} or a complete field with respect to an absolute value associated to a nontrivial discrete valuation. When K=ℝK=\mathbb{R} we will use the technique of Remark 2.5 and in the non-Archimedean case we will use the notations of §2.3. Let 𝕋\mathbb{T} be an nn-dimensional split torus over KK and let NN and M=N∨M=N^{\vee} be the corresponding lattices. Let Σ\Sigma be a fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. For each cone σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, we will denote by XσanX_{\sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}} the complex analytic space Xσ​(ℂ)X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{C}) in Archimedean case or the Berkovich analytic space associated to the scheme Xσ,KX_{\sigma,K} in the non-Archimedean case. These analytic spaces glue together in an analytic space XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}.

Given any cone σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, we write

Xσ​(ℝ≥0)=Homsg⁡(Mσ,(ℝ≥0,×)).X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})=\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{sg}}(M_{\sigma},(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0},\times)).

On Xσ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}), we put the coarsest topology such that, for each m∈Mσm\in M_{\sigma}, the map Xσ​(ℝ≥0)→ℝ≥0X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\to\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0} given by γ↦γ⁡(m)\gamma\mapsto\gamma(m) is continuous. Observe that if τ\tau is a face of σ\sigma, then there is a dense open immersion Xτ​(ℝ≥0)↪Xσ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\tau}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\hookrightarrow X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}). Hence the topological spaces Xσ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) glue together to define a topological space XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}). This is the variety with corners associated to XΣX_{\Sigma}. Analogously to the algebraic case, one can prove that this topological space is Hausdorff and that the spaces Xσ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) can be identified with open subspaces of XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) satisfying

Xσ​(ℝ≥0)∩Xσ′​(ℝ≥0)=Xσ∩σ′​(ℝ≥0).X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\cap X_{\sigma^{\prime}}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})=X_{\sigma\cap\sigma^{\prime}}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}).

For each σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma there is a continuous map ρσ:Xσan→Xσ​(ℝ≥0)\rho_{\sigma}\colon X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\sigma}\to X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}). This map is given, in the Archimedean case, by

Xσan=Homsg⁡(Mσ,(ℂ,×))​⟶|⋅|​Homsg⁡(Mσ,(ℝ≥0,×))=Xσan​(ℝ≥0).X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\sigma}=\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{sg}}(M_{\sigma},(\mathbb{C},\times))\overset{|\cdot|}{\longrightarrow}\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{sg}}(M_{\sigma},(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0},\times))=X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}).

While, in the non-Archimedean case, since a point p∈Xσanp\in X_{\sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}} corresponds to a multiplicative seminorm on K⁡[Mσ]K[M_{\sigma}] and a point in Xσ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) corresponds to a semigroup homomorphism from MσM_{\sigma} to (ℝ≥0,×)(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0},\times), we can define ρσ​(p)\rho_{\sigma}(p) as the semigroup homomorphism that, to an element m∈Mσm\in M_{\sigma}, corresponds |χm​(p)||\chi^{m}(p)|. These maps glue together to define a continuous map ρΣ:XΣan→XΣ​(ℝ≥0)\rho_{\Sigma}:X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}).

[02SV]
Lemma 5.1.

The map ρΣ\rho_{\Sigma} satisfies ρΣ−1​(Xσ​(ℝ≥0))=Xσan\rho_{\Sigma}^{-1}(X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}))=X_{\sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}.

[02SW]
Proof.

By definition Xσan⊂ρΣ−1​(Xσ​(ℝ≥0))X_{\sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\subset\rho_{\Sigma}^{-1}(X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})). For the reverse inclusion we will write only the non-Archimedean case. Assume that p∈ρΣ−1​(Xσ​(ℝ≥0))p\in\rho_{\Sigma}^{-1}(X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})). There is a σ′\sigma^{\prime} with p∈Xσ′anp\in X_{\sigma^{\prime}}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Let τ=σ∩σ′\tau=\sigma\cap\sigma^{\prime} be the common face. Then pp is a multiplicative seminorm of K⁡[Mσ′]K[M_{\sigma^{\prime}}] and we show next that it can be extended to a multiplicative seminorm of K⁡[Mτ]K[M_{\tau}]. By [Ful93, §1.2 Proposition 2] there is an element u∈Mσ′u\in M_{\sigma^{\prime}} such that Mτ=Mσ′+ℤ≥0​(−u)M_{\tau}=M_{\sigma^{\prime}}+\mathbb{Z}_{\geq 0}(-u). Hence K⁡[Mτ]=K⁡[Mσ′+ℤ≥0​(−u)]K[M_{\tau}]=K[M_{\sigma^{\prime}}+\mathbb{Z}_{\geq 0}(-u)]. Since ρΣ​(p)∈Xτ​(ℝ≥0)\rho_{\Sigma}(p)\in X_{\tau}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) we have that |χu​(p)|≠0|\chi^{u}(p)|\not=0. Therefore pp extends to a multiplicative seminorm of K⁡[Mτ]K[M_{\tau}]. Hence p∈Xτan⊂Xσanp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\tau}\subset X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\sigma}. ∎

When Σ\Sigma is complete, the analytic space XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}} is compact, and the map ρΣ\rho_{\Sigma} is proper. By Lemma 5.1, for each cone σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, the map ρσ\rho_{\sigma} is proper. Since every rational cone belongs to a complete fan, the map ρΣ\rho_{\Sigma} is proper even if Σ\Sigma is not complete. Of particular interest is the case when σ={0}\sigma=\{0\}. Then 𝕋an:=X0an\mathbb{T}^{{\text{\rm an}}}:=X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}} is an Abelian analytic group, that is, an Abelian group object in the category of analytic spaces. In particular, for any field extension K′K^{\prime} of KK, the set X0an​(K′)X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}(K^{\prime}) is an Abelian group. Also 𝕋⁡(ℝ≥0):=X0​(ℝ≥0)≃(ℝ≥0)n\mathbb{T}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}):=X_{0}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\simeq(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})^{n} is a topological Abelian group. Moreover, 𝕋an\mathbb{T}^{{\text{\rm an}}} acts on XΣanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma}, 𝕋⁡(ℝ≥0)\mathbb{T}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) acts on XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) and the map ρΣ\rho_{\Sigma} is equivariant with respect to these actions. The kernel of the map ρ0\rho_{0} is a closed subgroup, that we call the compact torus of 𝕋an\mathbb{T}^{{\text{\rm an}}} and we denote by 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. In the Archimedean case it is isomorphic to (S1)n(S^{1})^{n}, while in the non-Archimedean case it is the compact torus of Example 2.8. In fact, the fibres of the map ρΣ\rho_{\Sigma} are orbits under the action of 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Therefore the space Xσ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) is the quotient of XσanX_{\sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}} by the action of the closed subgroup 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. We warn the reader that the compact topological space underlying 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}} is not an abstract group (see [Ber90, Chapter 5]).

The maps ρσ\rho_{\sigma}, σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, have canonical sections that we denote θσ\theta_{\sigma}. These sections glue together to give a section θΣ\theta_{\Sigma} of ρΣ\rho_{\Sigma}. In the Archimedean case θσ\theta_{\sigma} is induced by the semigroup inclusion ℝ≥0⊂ℂ\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}\subset\mathbb{C}. In the non-Archimedean case θσ\theta_{\sigma} is defined by the following result.

[02SX]
Proposition-Definition 5.2.

Assume that we are in the non-Archimedean case. For each γ∈Homsg⁡(Mσ,ℝ≥0)\gamma\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{sg}}(M_{\sigma},\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}), the seminorm that, to a function ∑αm​χm∈K⁡[Mσ]\sum\alpha_{m}\chi^{m}\in K[M_{\sigma}] assigns the value supm(|αm|​γ​(m))\sup_{m}(|\alpha_{m}|\gamma(m)), is a multiplicative seminorm on K⁡[Mσ]K[M_{\sigma}] that extends the norm of KK. Therefore it determines a point of XσanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\sigma} that we denote as θσ​(γ)\theta_{\sigma}(\gamma). The maps θσ\theta_{\sigma} are injective, continuous and proper. Moreover, they glue together to define a map

θΣ:XΣ​(ℝ≥0)⟶XΣan\theta_{\Sigma}\colon X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\longrightarrow X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}

that is injective, continuous and proper. Every point in the image of θΣ\theta_{\Sigma} is fixed under the action of 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}.

[02SY]
Proof.

The fact that the seminorm θσ​(γ)\theta_{\sigma}(\gamma) extends the norm of KK is clear. Let now f=∑mαm​χmf=\sum_{m}\alpha_{m}\chi^{m} and g=∑lβl​χlg=\sum_{l}\beta_{l}\chi^{l} and write f​g=∑kεk​χkfg=\sum_{k}\varepsilon_{k}\chi^{k} with εk=∑m+l=kαm​βl\varepsilon_{k}=\sum_{m+l=k}\alpha_{m}\beta_{l}. Then, since the absolute value of KK is ultrametric,

supk∈Mσ(|εk|​γ​(k))≤supm∈Mσ(|αm|​γ​(m))​supl∈Mσ(|βl|​γ​(l)).\sup_{k\in M_{\sigma}}(|\varepsilon_{k}|\gamma(k))\leq\sup_{m\in M_{\sigma}}(|\alpha_{m}|\gamma(m))\sup_{l\in M_{\sigma}}(|\beta_{l}|\gamma(l)).

Let Mf={m∈Mσ|supm′(|αm′|​γ​(m′))=|αm|​γ​(m)}M_{f}=\{m\in M_{\sigma}|\sup_{m^{\prime}}(|\alpha_{m^{\prime}}|\gamma(m^{\prime}))=|\alpha_{m}|\gamma(m)\}. We define MgM_{g} analogously. Let rr be a vertex of the Minkowski sum conv⁡(Mf)+conv⁡(Mg)\operatorname{conv}(M_{f})+\operatorname{conv}(M_{g}). Then there is a unique decomposition r=mr+lrr=m_{r}+l_{r} with mr∈Mfm_{r}\in M_{f} and lr∈Mgl_{r}\in M_{g}. Hence εr=αmr​βlr\varepsilon_{r}=\alpha_{m_{r}}\beta_{l_{r}}. Thus

supk∈Mσ(|εk|​γ​(k))≥|εr|​γ​(r)=supm∈Mσ(|αm|​γ​(m))​supl∈Mσ(|βl|​γ​(l)).\sup_{k\in M_{\sigma}}(|\varepsilon_{k}|\gamma(k))\geq|\varepsilon_{r}|\gamma(r)=\sup_{m\in M_{\sigma}}(|\alpha_{m}|\gamma(m))\sup_{l\in M_{\sigma}}(|\beta_{l}|\gamma(l)).

Thus θσ​(γ)​(f​g)=θσ​(γ)​(f)​θσ​(γ)​(g)\theta_{\sigma}(\gamma)(fg)=\theta_{\sigma}(\gamma)(f)\theta_{\sigma}(\gamma)(g). Hence, it is a multiplicative.

We show next that the map θσ\theta_{\sigma} is continuous. The topology of XσanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\sigma} is the coarsest topology that makes the functions p→|f⁡(p)|p\to|f(p)| continuous for all f∈K⁡[Mσ]f\in K[M_{\sigma}]. Thus to show that θσ\theta_{\sigma} is continuous it is enough to show that the map γ→|f⁡(θσ​(γ))|\gamma\to|f(\theta_{\sigma}(\gamma))| is continuous on Xσ​(ℝ≥0)=Homsg⁡(Mσ,ℝ≥0)X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})=\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{sg}}(M_{\sigma},\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}). The topology of Xσ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) is the coarsest topology such that, for each m∈Mσm\in M_{\sigma}, the map γ→γ⁡(m)\gamma\to\gamma(m) is continuous. Since, for f=∑m∈Mσαm​χmf=\sum_{m\in M_{\sigma}}\alpha_{m}\chi^{m}, we have that

|f⁡(θσ​(γ))|=max⁡(|αm|​γ​(m)),|f(\theta_{\sigma}(\gamma))|=\max(|\alpha_{m}|\gamma(m)),

we obtain that θσ\theta_{\sigma} is continuous. Since each θσ\theta_{\sigma} is a section of ρσ\rho_{\sigma}, they are injective.

The fact that the maps θσ\theta_{\sigma} glue together to give a continuous map θΣ\theta_{\Sigma} and that θΣ\theta_{\Sigma} is a section of ρΣ\rho_{\Sigma} follows easily from the definitions. This implies in particular that θΣ\theta_{\Sigma} is injective. When Σ\Sigma is complete, since XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) is compact and XΣanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma} is Hausdorff, the map θΣ\theta_{\Sigma} is proper. We deduce that the map θΣ\theta_{\Sigma} is proper in general, by using the same argument that shows that the function ρΣ\rho_{\Sigma} is proper.

The last assertion is clear from the definition of θσ​(γ)\theta_{\sigma}(\gamma). ∎

Let now

(5.3) λK={1, if ​K=ℂ,−log⁡|ϖ|, otherwise.\lambda_{K}=\begin{cases}1,&\text{ if }K=\mathbb{C},\\ -\log|\varpi|,&\text{ otherwise.}\end{cases}

and denote by 𝐞K:ℝ→ℝ>0{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K}\colon\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R}_{>0} the map u↦exp⁡(−λK​u)u\mapsto\exp(-\lambda_{K}u). This map induces an homeomorphism Nℝ→X0​(ℝ>0)N_{\mathbb{R}}\rightarrow X_{0}(\mathbb{R}_{>0}) that we also denote by 𝐞K{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K}.

In the non-Archimedean case, the map val:𝕋⁡(K)→N{\operatorname{val}}\colon\mathbb{T}(K)\to N of Definition 4.71, can be extended to a map 𝕋an→Nℝ\mathbb{T}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} that we denote valK{\operatorname{val}}_{K} or, when KK is clear from the context by val{\operatorname{val}}. For each p∈X0anp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{0} we denote by valK⁡(p)∈Homsg⁡(M,ℝ)=Nℝ{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p)\in\operatorname{Hom}_{\operatorname{sg}}(M,\mathbb{R})=N_{\mathbb{R}} the morphism

(5.4) m⟼⟨m,valK⁡(p)⟩=−log⁡|χm​(p)|λK.m\longmapsto\langle m,{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p)\rangle=\frac{-\log|\chi^{m}(p)|}{\lambda_{K}}.

In the Archimedean case we will denote by valℂ{\operatorname{val}}_{\mathbb{C}} or simply by val{\operatorname{val}} the map defined by the same equation. Then, the diagram

(5.5) X0an\textstyle{X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}valK\scriptstyle{{\operatorname{val}}_{K}}ρ0\scriptstyle{\rho_{0}}Nℝ\textstyle{N_{\mathbb{R}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}𝐞K\scriptstyle{{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K}}X0​(ℝ≥0)\textstyle{X_{0}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})}

is commutative.

The map 𝐞K{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K} allows us to see XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) as a partial compactification on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Following [AMRT75, Chapter I, §1] we can give another description of the topology of XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}). For σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, we denote

Nσ=∐τ​ face of ​σN​(τ)ℝ.N_{\sigma}=\coprod_{\tau\text{ face of }\sigma}N(\tau)_{\mathbb{R}}.

We choose a positive definite bilinear pairing in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Hence we can identify the quotient spaces N​(τ)ℝN(\tau)_{\mathbb{R}} with subspaces of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, that, for simplicity, we will denote also by N​(τ)ℝN(\tau)_{\mathbb{R}}. For a point u∈N​(τ)ℝu\in N(\tau)_{\mathbb{R}}, let U⊂N​(τ)ℝU\subset N(\tau)_{\mathbb{R}} be a neighbourhood of uu. For each τ′\tau^{\prime} face of τ\tau, τ\tau induces a cone πτ′​(τ)\pi_{\tau^{\prime}}(\tau) contained in N​(τ′)ℝN(\tau^{\prime})_{\mathbb{R}}. If p∈τp\in\tau its image πτ′​(p)\pi_{\tau^{\prime}}(p) in N​(τ′)ℝN(\tau^{\prime})_{\mathbb{R}}, is contained in πτ′​(τ)\pi_{\tau^{\prime}}(\tau). We write

(5.6) W⁡(τ,U,p)=∐τ′​ face of ​τπτ′​(U+p+τ).W(\tau,U,p)=\coprod_{\tau^{\prime}\text{ face of }\tau}\pi_{\tau^{\prime}}(U+p+\tau).

Moving UU and pp we obtain a basis of neighbourhoods of uu in NσN_{\sigma}. This defines a topology on NσN_{\sigma} such that the map 𝐞K:Nℝ→Xσ​(ℝ≥0){\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) extends to a homeomorphism Nσ→Xσ​(ℝ≥0)N_{\sigma}\to X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}).

We write

NΣ=∐σ∈ΣN​(σ)ℝ,N_{\Sigma}=\coprod_{\sigma\in\Sigma}N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}},

and put in NΣN_{\Sigma} the topology that makes {Nσ}σ∈Σ\{N_{\sigma}\}_{\sigma\in\Sigma} an open cover. Then the map 𝐞K{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K} extends to a homeomorphism between NΣN_{\Sigma} and XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) and the map valK{\operatorname{val}}_{K} extends to a proper continuous map XΣan→NΣX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma}\to N_{\Sigma} such that the diagram

(5.7) XΣan\textstyle{X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}valK\scriptstyle{{\operatorname{val}}_{K}}ρΣ\scriptstyle{\rho_{\Sigma}}NΣ\textstyle{N_{\Sigma}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}𝐞K\scriptstyle{{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K}}XΣ​(ℝ≥0)\textstyle{X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})}

is commutative.

[02SZ]
Remark 5.8.

In case we are given a strictly concave support function Ψ\Psi on a fan Σ\Sigma, then NΣN_{\Sigma} is homeomorphic to the polytope ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} introduced in §4.4. An homeomorphism is obtained as the composition of 𝐞K{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K} with the moment map μ:XΣ​(ℝ≥0)→ΔΨ\mu\colon X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\rightarrow\Delta_{\Psi} induced by Ψ\Psi:

NΣ⟶𝐞KXΣ​(ℝ≥0)⟶μΔΨu⟼𝐞K⁡(u)⟼∑exp⁡(−λK​⟨m,u⟩)​m∑exp⁡(−λK​⟨m,u⟩)\begin{matrix}N_{\Sigma}&\mathrel{\mathop{\kern 0.0pt\longrightarrow}\limits^{{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K}}}&X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})&\mathrel{\mathop{\kern 0.0pt\longrightarrow}\limits^{\mu}}&\Delta_{\Psi}\\[5.69054pt] u&\longmapsto&{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K}(u)&\longmapsto&\frac{\sum\exp(-\lambda_{K}\langle m,u\rangle)m}{\sum\exp(-\lambda_{K}\langle m,u\rangle)}\end{matrix}

where the sums in the last expression are over the elements m∈M∩ΔΨm\in M\cap\Delta_{\Psi}.

We end this section stating the functorial properties of the space XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}). The proofs are left to the reader. Let NN and Σ\Sigma be as before and σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma. Recall that the associated closed subvariety V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) is canonically isomorphic to the toric variety XΣ⁡(σ)X_{\Sigma(\sigma)}.

[02T0]
Proposition 5.9.

The natural map N​(σ)ℝ↪NσN(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}\hookrightarrow N_{\sigma} extends to a continuous map XΣ⁡(σ)​(ℝ≥0)→XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma(\sigma)}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\to X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}). Moreover, there are commutative diagrams

XΣ⁡(σ)an\textstyle{X_{\Sigma(\sigma)}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}ρΣ⁡(σ)\scriptstyle{\rho_{\Sigma(\sigma)}}XΣan\textstyle{X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}ρΣ\scriptstyle{\rho_{\Sigma}}XΣ⁡(σ)​(ℝ≥0)\textstyle{X_{\Sigma(\sigma)}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}XΣ​(ℝ≥0),\textstyle{X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}),} XΣ⁡(σ)an\textstyle{X_{\Sigma(\sigma)}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}XΣan\textstyle{X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}XΣ⁡(σ)​(ℝ≥0)\textstyle{X_{\Sigma(\sigma)}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}θΣ⁡(σ)\scriptstyle{\theta_{\Sigma(\sigma)}}XΣ​(ℝ≥0).\textstyle{X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}).\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}θΣ\scriptstyle{\theta_{\Sigma}}

Let N1N_{1} and N2N_{2} be lattices and let Σ1\Sigma_{1} and Σ2\Sigma_{2} be complete fans in N1,ℝN_{1,\mathbb{R}} and N2,ℝN_{2,\mathbb{R}} respectively. Let H:N1→N2H\colon N_{1}\to N_{2} be a linear map such that, for each cone σ1∈Σ1\sigma_{1}\in\Sigma_{1}, there is a cone σ2∈Σ2\sigma_{2}\in\Sigma_{2} with H⁡(σ1)⊂σ2H(\sigma_{1})\subset\sigma_{2}. Let p∈XΣ2,0​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma_{2},0}(K) and let A:N1,ℝ→N2,ℝA\colon N_{1,\mathbb{R}}\to N_{2,\mathbb{R}} be the affine map A=H+val⁡(p)A=H+{\operatorname{val}}(p).

[02T1]
Proposition 5.10.

The affine map A:N1,ℝ→N2,ℝA\colon N_{1,\mathbb{R}}\to N_{2,\mathbb{R}} extends to a continuous map XΣ1​(ℝ≥0)→XΣ2​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma_{1}}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\to X_{\Sigma_{2}}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) that we also denote by φp,H\varphi_{p,H}. Moreover, there are commutative diagrams

XΣ1an\textstyle{X_{\Sigma_{1}}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}φp,H\scriptstyle{\varphi_{p,H}}ρΣ1\scriptstyle{\rho_{\Sigma_{1}}}XΣ2an\textstyle{X_{\Sigma_{2}}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}ρΣ2\scriptstyle{\rho_{\Sigma_{2}}}XΣ1​(ℝ≥0)\textstyle{X_{\Sigma_{1}}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}φp,H\scriptstyle{\varphi_{p,H}}XΣ2​(ℝ≥0),\textstyle{X_{\Sigma_{2}}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}),} XΣ1an\textstyle{X_{\Sigma_{1}}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}φp,H\scriptstyle{\varphi_{p,H}}XΣ2an\textstyle{X_{\Sigma_{2}}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}XΣ1​(ℝ≥0)\textstyle{X_{\Sigma_{1}}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}φp,H\scriptstyle{\varphi_{p,H}}θΣ1\scriptstyle{\theta_{\Sigma_{1}}}XΣ2​(ℝ≥0).\textstyle{X_{\Sigma_{2}}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}).\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}θΣ2\scriptstyle{\theta_{\Sigma_{2}}}
[02T2]

5.2. Toric metrics

From now on we assume that Σ\Sigma is complete. Let LL be a toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma} and let ss be a toric section of LL (Definition 4.19). By Theorem 4.22 and Theorem 4.18, we can find a virtual support function Ψ\Psi on Σ\Sigma such that there is an isomorphism L≃𝒪⁡(DΨ)L\simeq\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}) that sends ss to sΨs_{\Psi}. The algebraic line bundle LL defines an analytic line bundle LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} on XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Let L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|), where ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is a metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}.

Every toric object has a certain invariance property with respect to the action of 𝕋\mathbb{T}. This is also the case for metrics. Since 𝕋an\mathbb{T}^{{\text{\rm an}}} is non compact, we can not ask for a metric to be 𝕋an\mathbb{T}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariant, but we can impose 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariance. We need a preliminary result.

[02T3]
Proposition 5.11.

Let LL be a toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma} and let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. If there is a toric section s0s_{0} such that the function p↦‖s0​(p)‖p\mapsto\|s_{0}(p)\| is 𝕊an\,\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariant, then, for every toric section ss, the function p↦‖s⁡(p)‖p\mapsto\|s(p)\| is 𝕊an\,\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariant.

[02T4]
Proof.

If ss and s′s^{\prime} are two toric sections, then there is an element m∈Mm\in M such that s′=χm​ss^{\prime}=\chi^{m}s. Since for any element t∈𝕊ant\in\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}} we have |χm​(t)|=1|\chi^{m}(t)|=1, if the function ‖s⁡(p)‖\|s(p)\| is 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariant, then the function ‖s′​(p)‖=‖χm​(p)​s​(p)‖\|s^{\prime}(p)\|=\|\chi^{m}(p)s(p)\| is also 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariant. ∎

[02T5]
Definition 5.12.

Let LL be a toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma}. A metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} is called toric if, for any toric section ss of LL over X0X_{0}, the function p⟼‖s⁡(p)‖p\longmapsto\|s(p)\| is 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariant.

To the metrized line bundle L¯{\overline{L}} and the section ss we associate the function gL¯,s:X0an→ℝg_{{\overline{L}},s}\colon X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to\mathbb{R} given by gL¯,s​(p)=log⁡(‖s⁡(p)‖)/λKg_{{\overline{L}},s}(p)=\log(\|s(p)\|)/\lambda_{K}. In the Archimedean case, the function gL¯,sg_{{\overline{L}},s} is −1/2-1/2 times the usual Green function associated to the metrized line bundle L¯{\overline{L}} and the section ss. The metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is toric if and only if the function gL¯,sg_{{\overline{L}},s} is 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariant. In this case we can form the commutative diagram

(5.13) X0an\textstyle{X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}gL¯,s\scriptstyle{g_{{\overline{L}},s}}valK\scriptstyle{{\operatorname{val}}_{K}}ℝ\textstyle{\mathbb{R}}Nℝ\textstyle{N_{\mathbb{R}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}

The dashed arrow exists as a continuous function because ρ0\rho_{0}, hence valK{\operatorname{val}}_{K}, is a proper surjective map and, by 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariance, gL¯,sg_{{\overline{L}},s} is constant along the fibres. This justifies the following definition.

[02T6]
Definition 5.14.

Let LL be a toric line bundle, ss a toric section of LL and let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a toric metric. Denote L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|). We define the function ψL¯,s:Nℝ→ℝ\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} by

(5.15) ψL¯,s​(u)=log⁡‖s⁡(p)‖λK\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}(u)=\frac{\log\|s(p)\|}{\lambda_{K}}

for any p∈X0anp\in X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}} with valK⁡(p)=u{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p)=u. When the line bundle and the section are clear from the context, we will alternatively denote this function as ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|}.

[02T7]
Proposition 5.16.

Let Ψ\Psi be a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma, L=𝒪⁡(DΨ)L=\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}) and s=sΨs=s_{\Psi}. Then the correspondence ∥⋅∥↦ψ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|\mapsto\psi_{\|\cdot\|} determines a bijection between the set of toric metrics on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} and the set of continuous functions ψ\psi on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} with the property that ψ−Ψ\psi-\Psi can be extended to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma}. The metric associated to a function ψ\psi will be denoted ∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\psi}.

[02T8]
Proof.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a toric metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Since ss is a regular nowhere vanishing section on X0anX_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}, ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is a well defined continuous function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Let {mσ}\{m_{\sigma}\} be a set of defining vectors of Ψ\Psi. For each cone σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, the section χmσ​s\chi^{m_{\sigma}}s is a regular nowhere vanishing section on XσanX_{\sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Therefore log⁡(‖(χmσ​s)​(p)‖)\log(\|(\chi^{m_{\sigma}}s)(p)\|) is a continuous function on XσanX_{\sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}} that is 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariant. So it defines a continuous function on Xσ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}). By equation (5.4),

ψ∥⋅∥(val(p))−mσ(val(p))\displaystyle\psi_{\|\cdot\|}({\operatorname{val}}(p))-m_{\sigma}({\operatorname{val}}(p)) =1λK​(log⁡(‖s⁡(p)‖)−log⁡(|χ−mσ​(p)|))\displaystyle=\frac{1}{\lambda_{K}}\left(\log(\|s(p)\|)-\log(|\chi^{-m_{\sigma}}(p)|)\right)
=1λK​log⁡(‖(χmσ​s)​(p)‖).\displaystyle=\frac{1}{\lambda_{K}}\log(\|(\chi^{m_{\sigma}}s)(p)\|).

Therefore ψ∥⋅∥−mσ\psi_{\|\cdot\|}-m_{\sigma} extends to a continuous function on Nσ≃Xσ​(ℝ≥0)N_{\sigma}\simeq X_{\sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}). If we see that Ψ−mσ\Psi-m_{\sigma} extends also to a continuous function on NσN_{\sigma} we will be able to extend ψ∥⋅∥−Ψ\psi_{\|\cdot\|}-\Psi to a continuous function on NσN_{\sigma} for every σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma and therefore to NΣN_{\Sigma}.

Let τ\tau be a face of σ\sigma and let u∈N​(τ)ℝu\in N(\tau)_{\mathbb{R}}. Let W⁡(τ,U,p)W(\tau,U,p) be a neighbourhood of uu as in (5.6). By taking UU small enough and pp big enough we can assume that W⁡(τ,U,p)∩NℝW(\tau,U,p)\cap N_{\mathbb{R}} is contained in the set of cones that have τ\tau as a face. Since Ψ\Psi and mσm_{\sigma} agree when restricted to σ\sigma (hence when restricted to τ\tau) it follows that, if w+t∈W⁡(τ,U,p)∩Nℝw+t\in W(\tau,U,p)\cap N_{\mathbb{R}} with w∈Uw\in U and t∈p+τt\in p+\tau, then (Ψ−mσ)​(w+t)(\Psi-m_{\sigma})(w+t) only depends on ww and not on tt. Hence it can be extended to a continuous function on the whole W⁡(τ,U,p)W(\tau,U,p). By moving τ\tau, uu, UU and pp we see that it can be extended to a continuous function on NσN_{\sigma}.

Let now ψ\psi be a function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that ψ−Ψ\psi-\Psi extends to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma}. We define a toric metric ∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\psi} on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} over the set X0anX_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}} by the formula

‖s⁡(p)‖ψ=exp⁡(λK​ψ​(valK⁡(p))).\|s(p)\|_{\psi}=\exp(\lambda_{K}\psi({\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p))).

Then, by the argument before, ψ−mσ\psi-m_{\sigma} extends to a continuous function on NσN_{\sigma}, which proves that ∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\psi} extends to a metric over XσanX_{\sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Varying σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma we obtain that ∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\psi} extends to a metric over XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. ∎

[02T9]
Corollary 5.17.

For any toric metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|, the function |ψ∥⋅∥−Ψ||\psi_{\|\cdot\|}-\Psi| is bounded.

[02TA]
Proof.

Since we are assuming that Σ\Sigma is complete, the space NΣ≃XΣ​(ℝ≥0)N_{\Sigma}\simeq X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}) is compact. Thus the corollary follows from Proposition 5.16. ∎

[02TB]
Example 5.18.

With the notation in Example 3.65, consider the standard simplex Δn\Delta^{n} with fan Σ=ΣΔn\Sigma=\Sigma_{\Delta^{n}} and support function Ψ=ΨΔn\Psi=\Psi_{\Delta^{n}}. The corresponding toric variety is XΣ=ℙnX_{\Sigma}=\mathbb{P}^{n} with toric line bundle LΨ=𝒪⁡(1)L_{\Psi}=\mathcal{O}(1) and toric section sΨ=s∞s_{\Psi}=s_{\infty}.

  1. (1)

    The canonical metrics ∥⋅∥can\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{can}}} in examples 2.25 and 2.32 are toric and both correspond to the function ψ∥⋅∥can=Ψ\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{can}}}}=\Psi.

  2. (2)

    The Fubini-Study metric ∥⋅∥FS\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{FS}}} in Example 2.2 is also toric and corresponds to the differentiable function ψ∥⋅∥FS=fFS\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{FS}}}}=f_{{\operatorname{FS}}} introduced in Example 3.53.

[02TC]
Proposition 5.19.

The correspondence (L¯,s)↦ψL¯,s({\overline{L}},s)\mapsto\psi_{{\overline{L}},s} satisfies the following properties.

  1. (1)

    Let L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}), i=1,2i=1,2, be toric line bundles equipped with toric metrics and let sis_{i} be a toric section of LiL_{i}. Then

    ψL¯1⊗L¯2,s1⊗s2=ψL¯1,s1+ψL¯2,s2.\psi_{{\overline{L}}_{1}\otimes{\overline{L}}_{2},s_{1}\otimes s_{2}}=\psi_{{\overline{L}}_{1},s_{1}}+\psi_{{\overline{L}}_{2},s_{2}}.
  2. (2)

    Let L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|) be a toric line bundle equipped with a toric metric and let ss be a toric section of LL. Then

    ψL¯−1,s−1=−ψL¯,s.\psi_{{\overline{L}}^{-1},s^{-1}}=-\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}.
[02TD]
Proof.

This follows easily from the definitions. ∎

A consequence of Proposition 5.16 is that every toric line bundle has a distinguished metric.

[02TE]
Proposition-Definition 5.20.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan, XΣX_{\Sigma} the corresponding toric variety, and LL a toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma}. Let ss be a toric section of LL and Ψ\Psi the virtual support function on Σ\Sigma associated to (L,s)(L,s) by theorems 4.22 and 4.18. The metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} associated to the function Ψ\Psi by Proposition 5.16 only depends on the structure of toric line bundle of LL. This metric is called the canonical metric of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} and is denoted ∥⋅∥can\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{can}}}. We write L¯can=(L,∥⋅∥can){\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}=(L,\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{can}}}).

[02TF]
Proof.

Let s′s^{\prime} be another toric section of LL. Then there is an element m∈Mm\in M such that s′=χm​ss^{\prime}=\chi^{m}s. The corresponding virtual support function is Ψ′=Ψ−m\Psi^{\prime}=\Psi-m. Denote by ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| and ∥⋅∥′\|\cdot\|^{\prime} the metrics associated to s,Ψs,\Psi and to s′,Ψ′s^{\prime},\Psi^{\prime} respectively. Then

‖s⁡(p)‖′=‖χ−m​s′​(p)‖′=eλK​(m+Ψ′)​(val⁡(p))=eλK​Ψ​(val⁡(p))=‖s⁡(p)‖.\|s(p)\|^{\prime}=\|\chi^{-m}s^{\prime}(p)\|^{\prime}=\operatorname{e}^{\lambda_{K}(m+\Psi^{\prime})({\operatorname{val}}(p))}=\operatorname{e}^{\lambda_{K}\Psi({\operatorname{val}}(p))}=\|s(p)\|.

Thus both metrics agree. ∎

The canonical metrics ∥⋅∥can\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{can}}} in examples 2.25 and 2.32 are particular cases of the canonical metric of Proposition-Definition 5.20.

[02TG]
Proposition 5.21.

The canonical metric is compatible with the tensor product of line bundles.

  1. (1)

    Let LiL_{i}, i=1,2i=1,2, be toric line bundles. Then L1⊗L2¯can=L1¯can⊗L2¯can{\overline{L_{1}\otimes L_{2}}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}={\overline{L_{1}}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}\otimes{\overline{L_{2}}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}.

  2. (2)

    Let LL be a toric line bundle. Then L−1¯can=(L¯can)−1{\overline{L^{-1}}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}=({\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}})^{-1}.

[02TH]
Proof.

This follows easily from the definitions. ∎

Next we describe the behaviour of the correspondence of Proposition 5.16 with respect to equivariant morphisms. We start with the case of orbits. Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NN and Ψ\Psi a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma. Let LL and ss be the associated toric line bundle and toric section, and {mσ}σ∈Σ\{m_{\sigma}\}_{\sigma\in\Sigma} a set of defining vectors of Ψ\Psi. Let σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma and let V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) be the corresponding closed subvariety. As in Proposition 4.34, the restriction of LL to V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) is a toric line bundle. Since V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) and div⁡(s)\operatorname{div}(s) may not intersect properly we can not restrict ss directly to V⁡(σ)V(\sigma). By contrast, DΨ−mσ=div⁡(χmσ​s)D_{\Psi-m_{\sigma}}=\operatorname{div}(\chi^{m_{\sigma}}s) intersects properly V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) and we can restrict the section χmσ​s\chi^{m_{\sigma}}s to V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) to obtain a toric section of 𝒪⁡(D(Ψ−mσ)​(σ))≃L∣V⁡(σ)\mathcal{O}(D_{(\Psi-m_{\sigma})(\sigma)})\simeq L\mid_{V(\sigma)}. Denote ι:V⁡(σ)→XΣ\iota\colon V(\sigma)\to X_{\Sigma} the closed immersion. For short, we write s′=χmσ​ss^{\prime}=\chi^{m_{\sigma}}s. Then ι∗​s′\iota^{\ast}s^{\prime} is a nowhere vanishing section on O⁡(σ)O(\sigma). Recall that V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) has a structure of toric variety given by the fan Σ⁡(σ)\Sigma(\sigma) on N⁡(σ)N(\sigma) (Proposition 4.6). The principal open subset of V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) is the orbit O⁡(σ)O(\sigma).

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a toric metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} and write L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|). By the proof of Proposition 5.16, the function ψL¯,s−mσ=ψL¯,s′\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}-m_{\sigma}=\psi_{{\overline{L}},s^{\prime}} can be extended to a continuous function on NσN_{\sigma} that we denote ψ¯L¯,s′{\overline{\psi}}_{{\overline{L}},s^{\prime}}.

[02TI]
Proposition 5.22.

The function ψι∗​L¯,ι∗​s′:N​(σ)ℝ→ℝ\psi_{\iota^{\ast}{\overline{L}},\iota^{\ast}s^{\prime}}\colon N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} agrees with the restriction of ψ¯L¯,s′{\overline{\psi}}_{{\overline{L}},s^{\prime}} to N​(σ)ℝ⊂NσN(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}\subset N_{\sigma}.

[02TJ]
Proof.

The section s′s^{\prime} is a nowhere vanishing section over XΣ,σX_{\Sigma,\sigma}. Therefore, the function gL¯,s′:XΣ,σan→ℝg_{{\overline{L}},s^{\prime}}\colon X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma,\sigma}\to\mathbb{R} of diagram (5.13) can be extended to a continuous function on XΣ,σX_{\Sigma,\sigma} that we also denote gL¯,s′g_{{\overline{L}},s^{\prime}}. By the definition of the inverse image of a metric, there is a commutative diagram

O​(σ)an\textstyle{O(\sigma)^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}ι\scriptstyle{\iota}gι∗​L¯,ι∗​s′\scriptstyle{g_{\iota^{\ast}{\overline{L}},\iota^{\ast}s^{\prime}}}XΣ,σan\textstyle{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma,\sigma}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}gL¯,s′\scriptstyle{g_{{\overline{L}},s^{\prime}}}ℝ\textstyle{\mathbb{R}}

Then the result is a consequence of the definition of ψι∗​L¯,ι∗​s′\psi_{\iota^{\ast}{\overline{L}},\iota^{\ast}s^{\prime}} and of the commutativity of the diagram

O​(σ)an\textstyle{O(\sigma)^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}XΣ,σan\textstyle{X_{\Sigma,\sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}N​(σ)ℝ\textstyle{N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}Nσ,\textstyle{N_{\sigma},}

that follows from Proposition 5.9. ∎

[02TK]
Corollary 5.23.

Let L¯{\overline{L}} be a toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma} equipped with the canonical metric, let σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma and ι:V⁡(σ)→XΣ\iota\colon V(\sigma)\to X_{\Sigma} the closed immersion. Then the restriction ι∗​L¯\iota^{\ast}{\overline{L}} is a toric line bundle equipped with the canonical metric.

[02TL]
Proof.

Choose a toric section ss of LL whose divisor meets V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) properly. Let Ψ\Psi be the corresponding virtual support function. The condition of proper intersection is equivalent to Ψ|σ=0\Psi|_{\sigma}=0. Then Ψ\Psi extends to a continuous function Ψ¯{\overline{\Psi}} on NσN_{\sigma} and the restriction of Ψ¯→N⁡(σ){\overline{\Psi}}\to N(\sigma) is equal to Ψ⁡(σ)\Psi(\sigma). Hence the result follows from Proposition 5.22. ∎

We end with the case of an equivariant morphism whose image intersect the principal open subset. Let NiN_{i}, Σi\Sigma_{i}, i=1,2i=1,2, HH, pp and AA be as in Proposition 5.10. Let Ψ2\Psi_{2} be a virtual support function on Σ2\Sigma_{2} and let Ψ1=Ψ2∘H\Psi_{1}=\Psi_{2}\circ H. This is a virtual support function on Σ1\Sigma_{1}. Let (Li,si)(L_{i},s_{i}) be the corresponding toric line bundles and sections. By Proposition 4.35 and Theorem 4.22, there is an isomorphism φp.H∗​L2≃L1\varphi_{p.H}^{\ast}L_{2}\simeq L_{1} that sends φp.H∗​s2\varphi_{p.H}^{\ast}s_{2} to s1s_{1}. We use this isomorphism to identify them. Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a toric metric on L2anL_{2}^{{\text{\rm an}}} and write L¯2=(L2,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}_{2}=(L_{2},\|\cdot\|), L¯1=(L1,φp.H∗∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}_{1}=(L_{1},\varphi_{p.H}^{\ast}\|\cdot\|). The following result follows from Proposition 5.10 and is left to the reader.

[02TM]
Proposition 5.24.

The equality ψL¯1,s1=ψL¯2,s2∘A\psi_{{\overline{L}}_{1},s_{1}}=\psi_{{\overline{L}}_{2},s_{2}}\circ A holds.

In the case of toric morphism, the canonical metric is stable by inverse image. The following result follows easily from the definitions.

[02TN]
Corollary 5.25.

Assume furthermore that p=x0p=x_{0} and so the equivariant morphism φp,H=φH:XΣ1→XΣ2\varphi_{p,H}=\varphi_{H}\colon X_{\Sigma_{1}}\to X_{\Sigma_{2}} is a toric morphism. If L¯{\overline{L}} is a toric line bundle on XΣ2X_{\Sigma_{2}} equipped with the canonical metric, then φH∗​L¯\varphi_{H}^{\ast}{\overline{L}} is a toric line bundle equipped with the canonical metric.

The inverse image of the canonical metric by an equivariant map does not need to be the canonical metric. In fact, the analogue of Example 4.109 in terms of metrics shows that many different metrics can be obtained as the inverse image of the canonical metric on the projective space.

[02TP]
Example 5.26.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and XΣX_{\Sigma} the corresponding toric variety. Recall the description of the projective space ℙr\mathbb{P}^{r} as a toric variety given in Example 4.3. Let H:N→ℤrH\colon N\to\mathbb{Z}^{r} be a linear map such that, for each σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma there exist τ∈ΣΔr\tau\in\Sigma_{\Delta^{r}} with H⁡(σ)⊂τH(\sigma)\subset\tau. Let p∈ℙ0r​(K)p\in\mathbb{P}^{r}_{0}(K). Then we have an equivariant morphism φp,H:XΣ→ℙr\varphi_{p,H}\colon X_{\Sigma}\to\mathbb{P}^{r}. Consider the support function ΨΔr\Psi_{\Delta^{r}} on ΣΔr\Sigma_{\Delta^{r}}. Then LΨΔr=𝒪ℙr​(1)L_{\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}}=\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}^{r}}(1). Write L=φp,H∗​LΨΔrL=\varphi^{\ast}_{p,H}L_{\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}}, s=φp,H∗​sΨΔrs=\varphi^{\ast}_{p,H}s_{\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}} and Ψ=H∗​ΨΔr\Psi=H^{\ast}\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}. Thus (L,s)=(LΨ,sΨ)(L,s)=(L_{\Psi},s_{\Psi}).

Set A=H+valK⁡(p)A=H+{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p) for the affine map. Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be the metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} induced by the canonical metric of 𝒪​(DΨΔr)an\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}})^{{\text{\rm an}}} and let ψ\psi be the function associated to it by Proposition 5.16. By Proposition 5.24, ψ=A∗​ΨΔr\psi=A^{\ast}\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}. This is a piecewise affine concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} with rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi that can be made explicit as follows.

Let {e1,…,er}\{e_{1},\dots,e_{r}\} be the standard basis of ℤr\mathbb{Z}^{r} and let {e1∨,…,er∨}\{e_{1}^{\vee},\dots,e_{r}^{\vee}\} be the dual basis. Write mi=ei∨∘H∈Mm_{i}=e_{i}^{\vee}\circ H\in M and li=ei∨​(valK⁡(p))∈ℝl_{i}=e_{i}^{\vee}({\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p))\in\mathbb{R}. Then

Ψ\displaystyle\Psi =min⁡{0,m1,…,mr}\displaystyle=\min\{0,m_{1},\dots,m_{r}\}
ψ\displaystyle\psi =min⁡{0,m1+l1,…,mr+lr}\displaystyle=\min\{0,m_{1}+l_{1},\dots,m_{r}+l_{r}\}

We want to characterize all the functions that can be obtained with a slight generalization of the previous construction.

[02TQ]
Proposition 5.27.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NN and Ψ\Psi a support function on Σ\Sigma. Write L=LΨL=L_{\Psi} and s=sΨs=s_{\Psi}. Let ψ:Nℝ→ℝ\psi\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} a piecewise affine concave function with rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi, that has an HH-representation

ψ=mini=0,…,r⁡{mi+li},\psi=\min_{i=0,\dots,r}\{m_{i}+l_{i}\},

with mi∈Mℚm_{i}\in M_{\mathbb{Q}} and li∈ℝl_{i}\in\mathbb{R} in the Archimedean case and li∈ℚl_{i}\in\mathbb{Q} in the non-Archimedean case. Then there is an equivariant morphism φ:XΣ→ℙr\varphi\colon X_{\Sigma}\to\mathbb{P}^{r}, an integer e>0e>0 and an isomorphism L⊗e≃φ∗​𝒪​(1)L^{\otimes e}\simeq\varphi^{\ast}\mathcal{O}(1) such that the metric induced on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} by the canonical metric of 𝒪​(1)an\mathcal{O}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}} agrees with ∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\psi}.

[02TR]
Proof.

First observe that the condition li∈ℝl_{i}\in\mathbb{R} in the Archimedean case and li∈ℚl_{i}\in\mathbb{Q} in the non-Archimedean case is equivalent to the condition li∈ℚ​valK⁡(K×)l_{i}\in\mathbb{Q}\,{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(K^{\times}). Let e>0e>0 be an integer such that e​mi∈Mem_{i}\in M and e​li∈valK⁡(K×)el_{i}\in{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(K^{\times}) for i=0,…,ri=0,\dots,r.

Consider the linear map H:Nℝ→ℝrH\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R}^{r} given by H⁡(u)=(e​mi​(u)−e​m0​(u))i=1,…,rH(u)=(em_{i}(u)-em_{0}(u))_{i=1,\dots,r} and the affine map A=H+𝒍A=H+\boldsymbol{l} with 𝒍=(e​li−e​l0)i=1,…,r\boldsymbol{l}=(el_{i}-el_{0})_{i=1,\dots,r}. By Lemma 3.79,

e​ψ=A∗​ΨΔr+e​m0+e​l0.e\psi=A^{\ast}\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}+em_{0}+el_{0}.

We claim that, for each σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma there exists σi0∈ΣΔr\sigma_{i_{0}}\in\Sigma_{\Delta^{r}} such that H⁡(σ)⊂σi0H(\sigma)\subset\sigma_{i_{0}}. Indeed, Ψ⁡(u)=mini⁡{mi​(u)}\Psi(u)=\min_{i}\{m_{i}(u)\}. Since Ψ\Psi is a support function on Σ\Sigma, for each σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma, there exists an i0i_{0} such that Ψ​(u)=mi0​(u)\Psi(u)=m_{i_{0}}(u) for all u∈σu\in\sigma. Writing e0∨=0e_{0}^{\vee}=0, this condition implies

min0≤i≤r⁡{ei∨​(H⁡(u))}=ei0∨​(H⁡(u))for all ​u∈σ.\min_{0\leq i\leq r}\{e_{i}^{\vee}(H(u))\}=e_{i_{0}}^{\vee}(H(u))\quad\text{for all }u\in\sigma.

Hence, H⁡(σ)⊂σi0H(\sigma)\subset\sigma_{i_{0}}, where σi0∈ΣΔr\sigma_{i_{0}}\in\Sigma_{\Delta^{r}} is the cone {v|min0≤i≤r⁡{ei∨​(v)}=ei0∨​(v)}\{v|\min_{0\leq i\leq r}\{e_{i}^{\vee}(v)\}=e_{i_{0}}^{\vee}(v)\} and the claim is proved.

Therefore, we can apply Theorem 4.9 and given a point p∈ℙrr​(K)p\in\mathbb{P}^{r}_{r}(K) such that valK⁡(p)=𝒍{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p)=\boldsymbol{l}, there is an equivariant map φp,H:XΣ→ℙr\varphi_{p,H}\colon X_{\Sigma}\to\mathbb{P}^{r}. By Example 4.44, there is an isomorphism L⊗e≃φp,H∗​𝒪​(1)L^{\otimes e}\simeq\varphi_{p,H}^{*}\mathcal{O}(1) and a∈K×a\in K^{\times} with valK⁡(a)=l0{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(a)=l_{0} such that (a−1​χ−m0​s)⊗e(a^{-1}\chi^{-m_{0}}s)^{\otimes e} corresponds to φp,H∗​(sΨΔr)\varphi_{p,H}^{*}(s_{\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}}).

Let L¯{\overline{L}} be the line bundle LL equipped with the metric induced by the above isomorphism and the canonical metric of 𝒪​(1)an\mathcal{O}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Then

ψL¯,s=ψL¯,a−1​χ−m0​s+m0+l0=1e​A∗​ΨΔr+m0+l0=ψ,\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}=\psi_{{\overline{L}},a^{-1}\chi^{-m_{0}}s}+m_{0}+l_{0}=\frac{1}{e}A^{\ast}\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}+m_{0}+l_{0}=\psi,

as stated. ∎

[02TS]
Corollary 5.28.

Let ψ\psi be as in Proposition 5.27. Then the metric ∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\psi} is approachable.

[02TT]
Proof.

This follows readily from the previous result together with Example 2.32 in the Archimedean case and Example 2.25 in the non-Archimedean case and the fact that the inverse image of an approachable metric is also approachable. ∎

[02TU]

5.3. Smooth metrics and their associated measures

We now discuss the relationship between semipositivity of smooth metrics and concavity of the associated function in the Archimedean case. Moreover we will determine the associated measure.

In this section KK is either ℝ\mathbb{R} or ℂ\mathbb{C} and we fix a lattice NN of rank nn, a complete fan Σ\Sigma in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and a virtual support function Ψ\Psi on Σ\Sigma, with LL and ss the corresponding toric line bundle and section. Let XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}} be the complex analytic space associated to XΣX_{\Sigma} and LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} the analytic line bundle associated to LL.

[02TV]
Proposition 5.29.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a smooth toric metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Then ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is semipositive if and only if the function ψ=ψ∥⋅∥\psi=\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is concave.

[02TW]
Proof.

Since the condition of being semipositive is closed, it is enough to check it in the open set X0anX_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. We choose an integral basis of M=N∨M=N^{\vee}. This determines isomorphisms

X0an≃(ℂ×)n,X0​(ℝ≥0)≃(ℝ>0)n,Nℂ≃ℂn,Nℝ≃ℝn.X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\simeq(\mathbb{C}^{\times})^{n},\quad X_{0}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\simeq(\mathbb{R}_{>0})^{n},\quad N_{\mathbb{C}}\simeq\mathbb{C}^{n},\quad N_{\mathbb{R}}\simeq\mathbb{R}^{n}.

Let z1,…,znz_{1},\dots,z_{n} be the coordinates of X0anX_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}} and u1,…,unu_{1},\dots,u_{n} the coordinates of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} determined by these isomorphisms. With these coordinates the map

val:X0an→Nℝ{\operatorname{val}}\colon X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}}

is given by

val⁡(z1,…,zn)=−12​(log⁡(z1​z¯1),…,log⁡(zn​z¯n)).{\operatorname{val}}(z_{1},\dots,z_{n})=\frac{-1}{2}(\log(z_{1}\bar{z}_{1}),\dots,\log(z_{n}\bar{z}_{n})).

As usual, we denote L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|). Set g=gL¯,s=log⁡‖s‖g=g_{{\overline{L}},s}=\log\|s\|. Then, the integral valued first Chern class is given by

(5.30) 12​π​i​c1​(L¯)=1π​i​∂∂¯​g=−iπ​∑k,l∂2g∂zk​∂z¯l​d​zk∧d​z¯l.\frac{1}{2\pi i}c_{1}(\overline{L})=\frac{1}{\pi i}\partial\bar{\partial}g=\frac{-i}{\pi}\sum_{k,l}\frac{\partial^{2}g}{\partial z_{k}\partial\bar{z}_{l}}\,\text{\rm d}z_{k}\land\,\text{\rm d}\bar{z}_{l}.

The standard orientation of the unit disk 𝔻⊂ℂ\mathbb{D}\subset\mathbb{C} is given by d​x∧d​y=(i/2)​d​z∧d​z¯\,\text{\rm d}x\land\,\text{\rm d}y=(i/2)\,\text{\rm d}z\land\,\text{\rm d}\bar{z}. Hence, the metric of L¯{\overline{L}} is semipositive if and only if the matrix G=(∂2g∂zk​∂z¯l)k,lG=(\frac{\partial^{2}g}{\partial z_{k}\partial\bar{z}_{l}})_{k,l} is semi-negative definite. Since

(5.31) ∂2g∂zk​∂z¯l=14​zk​z¯l​∂2ψ∂uk​∂u¯l,\frac{\partial^{2}g}{\partial z_{k}\partial\bar{z}_{l}}=\frac{1}{4z_{k}\bar{z}_{l}}\frac{\partial^{2}\psi}{\partial u_{k}\partial\bar{u}_{l}},

if we write Hess⁡(ψ)=(∂2ψ∂uk​∂u¯l)k,l\operatorname{Hess}(\psi)=(\frac{\partial^{2}\psi}{\partial u_{k}\partial\bar{u}_{l}})_{k,l} and Z=diag⁡((2​z1)−1,…,(2​zn)−1)Z=\operatorname{diag}((2z_{1})^{-1},\dots,(2z_{n})^{-1}), then G=Z¯t​Hess⁡(ψ)​ZG=\bar{Z}^{t}\operatorname{Hess}(\psi)Z. Therefore GG is semi-negative definite if and only if Hess⁡(ψ)\operatorname{Hess}(\psi) is semi-negative definite, hence, if and only if ψ\psi is concave. ∎

The line bundle LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} admits a semipositive metric is and only if Ψ\Psi is concave. Thus, from now on we assume that Ψ\Psi is a support function, that is, a concave support function.

[02TX]
Definition 5.32.

Let ψ:Nℝ→ℝ\psi\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} be a concave function such that |Ψ−ψ||\Psi-\psi| is bounded. Let ℳM​(ψ)\mathcal{M}_{M}(\psi) be the Monge-Ampère measure associated to ψ\psi and the lattice MM. We will denote by ℳ¯M​(ψ){\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi) the measure on NΣN_{\Sigma} given by

ℳ¯M​(ψ)​(E)=ℳM​(ψ)​(E∩Nℝ){\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi)(E)=\mathcal{M}_{M}(\psi)(E\cap N_{\mathbb{R}})

for any Borel subset of NΣN_{\Sigma}.

By its very definition, the measure ℳ¯M​(ψ){\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi) is bounded with total mass

ℳ¯M​(ψ)​(NΣ)=volM⁡(ΔΨ){\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi)(N_{\Sigma})=\operatorname{vol}_{M}(\Delta_{\Psi})

and the set NΣ∖NℝN_{\Sigma}\setminus N_{\mathbb{R}} has measure zero.

[02TY]
Theorem 5.33.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a semipositive smooth toric metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Let c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣc_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} be the measure defined by L¯{\overline{L}}. Then,

(5.34) val∗⁡(c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ)=n!​ℳ¯M​(ψ),{\operatorname{val}}_{\ast}(c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}})=n!{\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi),

where val{\operatorname{val}} is the map of diagram (5.7). In addition, this measure is uniquely characterized by equation (5.34) and the property of being 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}-invariant.

[02TZ]
Proof.

Since the measure c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣc_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} is given by a smooth volume form and XΣan∖X0anX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma}\setminus X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{0} is a set of Lebesgue measure zero, the measure c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣc_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} is determined by its restriction to the dense open subset X0anX_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Thus, to prove equation (5.34) it is enough to show that

(5.35) val∗⁡(c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ|X0an)=n!​ℳM​(ψ).{\operatorname{val}}_{\ast}(c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}|_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{0}})=n!\mathcal{M}_{M}(\psi).

We use the coordinate system of the proof of Proposition 5.29. We denote by 𝐞~:Nℂ→X0​(ℂ){\widetilde{{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}}}\colon N_{\mathbb{C}}\to X_{0}(\mathbb{C}) the map induced by the morphism ℂ→ℂ×\mathbb{C}\to\mathbb{C}^{\times} given by z↦exp⁡(−z)z\mapsto\exp(-z). We write uk+i​vku_{k}+iv_{k} for the complex coordinates of NℂN_{\mathbb{C}}. Then

(5.36) 𝐞~∗​(d​zk∧d​z¯kzk​z¯k)=(−2​i)​d​uk∧d​vk.{\widetilde{{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}}}^{\ast}\left(\frac{\,\text{\rm d}z_{k}\land\,\text{\rm d}\bar{z}_{k}}{z_{k}\bar{z}_{k}}\right)=(-2i)\,\text{\rm d}u_{k}\land\,\text{\rm d}v_{k}.

Using now equations (5.30), (5.31) and (5.36), we obtain that,

1(2​π​i)n​𝐞~∗​c1​(L¯)n\displaystyle\frac{1}{(2\pi i)^{n}}{\widetilde{{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}}}^{\ast}c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n} =𝐞~∗​(1(i​π)n​n!​detG​d​z1∧d​z¯1∧⋯∧d​zn∧d​z¯n)\displaystyle={\widetilde{{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}}}^{\ast}\left(\frac{1}{(i\pi)^{n}}n!\det G\,\text{\rm d}z_{1}\land\,\text{\rm d}\bar{z}_{1}\land\dots\land\,\text{\rm d}z_{n}\land\,\text{\rm d}\bar{z}_{n}\right)
=(−1)n(2​π)n​n!​detHess⁡(ψ)​d​u1∧d​v1∧⋯∧d​un∧d​un.\displaystyle=\frac{(-1)^{n}}{(2\pi)^{n}}n!\det\operatorname{Hess}(\psi)\,\text{\rm d}u_{1}\land\,\text{\rm d}v_{1}\land\dots\land\,\text{\rm d}u_{n}\land\,\text{\rm d}u_{n}.

Since the map val{\operatorname{val}} is the composition of 𝐞~−1{\widetilde{{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}}}^{-1} with the projection Nℂ→NℝN_{\mathbb{C}}\to N_{\mathbb{R}}, integrating with respect to the variables v1,…,vnv_{1},\dots,v_{n} in the domain [0,2​π]n[0,2\pi]^{n}, taking into account the natural orientation of ℂn\mathbb{C}^{n} and the orientation of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} given by the coordinate system, and the fact that the normalization factor 1/(2​π​i)n1/(2\pi i)^{n} is implicit in the current δXΣ\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}, we obtain

val∗⁡(c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ|X0an)=(−1)n​n!​detHess⁡(ψ)​d​u1∧⋯∧d​un.{\operatorname{val}}_{\ast}(c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}|_{X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}})=(-1)^{n}n!\det\operatorname{Hess}(\psi)\,\text{\rm d}u_{1}\land\dots\land\,\text{\rm d}u_{n}.

Thus equation (5.35) follows from Proposition 3.94. Finally, the last statement follows from the fact that, in a compact Abelian group there is a unique Haar measure with fixed total volume. ∎

We end this section recalling how to obtain a toric metric from a non-toric one. Let LL be a toric line bundle on the toric variety XΣX_{\Sigma} and let ss be a toric section. If ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is a smooth, non-necessarily toric, metric, we can average it to obtain a toric metric. This averaging process preserves smoothness and semipositivity. Let μHaar\mu_{\operatorname{Haar}} be the Haar measure of 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}} of total volume 1. Then we define the metric ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} over X0anX_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}} by

(5.37) log⁡‖s⁡(p)‖𝕊=∫𝕊anlog⁡‖s⁡(t⋅p)‖​d​μHaar​(t).\log\|s(p)\|_{\mathbb{S}}=\int_{\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\log\|s(t\cdot p)\|\,\text{\rm d}\mu_{\operatorname{Haar}}(t).
[02U0]
Proposition 5.38.

The metric ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} extends to a toric smooth metric over XΣanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma}. Moreover, if ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is semipositive then ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} is semipositive.

[02U1]
Proof.

Let ∥⋅∥′\|\cdot\|^{\prime} be any toric smooth metric. Then ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} extends to a smooth metric if and only if log⁡(‖s‖𝕊/‖s‖′)\log(\|s\|_{\mathbb{S}}/\|s\|^{\prime}) can be extended to a smooth function on XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. But we have

log⁡(‖s‖𝕊/‖s‖′)=∫𝕊anlog⁡(‖s⁡(t⋅p)‖/‖s⁡(t⋅p)‖′)​d​μHaar​(t)\log(\|s\|_{\mathbb{S}}/\|s\|^{\prime})=\int_{\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\log(\|s(t\cdot p)\|/\|s(t\cdot p)\|^{\prime})\,\text{\rm d}\mu_{\operatorname{Haar}}(t)

and the right-hand side can be extended to a smooth function on the whole XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Clearly the metric ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} is toric. Moreover

c1(L,∥⋅∥𝕊)=∫𝕊ant∗c1(L,∥⋅∥)dμHaar(t).c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}})=\int_{\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}t^{\ast}c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|)\,\text{\rm d}\mu_{\operatorname{Haar}}(t).

Therefore, if (L,∥⋅∥)(L,\|\cdot\|) is semipositive, then (L,∥⋅∥𝕊)(L,\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}}) is semipositive. ∎

[02U2]

5.4. Algebraic metrics from toric models

Next we study some properties of the algebraic metrics that arise from toric models. This kind of metrics will be called toric algebraic metrics. Thus, we assume that KK is a complete field with respect to an absolute value associated to a nontrivial discrete valuation. We keep the usual notations. We fix a complete fan Σ\Sigma in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}.

We begin by studying the relationship between the maps val{\operatorname{val}} and red{\operatorname{red}}.

[02U3]
Lemma 5.39.

Let Π\Pi be a complete SCR polyhedral complex of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that rec⁡(Π)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\Sigma. Let 𝒳:=𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}:={\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi} be the model of XΣX_{\Sigma} determined by Π\Pi. Let Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi and p∈X0anp\in X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Then red⁡(p)∈𝒳Λ{\operatorname{red}}(p)\in{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda} if and only if valK⁡(p)∈Λ{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p)\in\Lambda.

[02U4]
Proof.

By the definition of the semigroup M~Λ{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda}, the condition val⁡(p)∈Λ{\operatorname{val}}(p)\in\Lambda holds if and only in ⟨m,val⁡(p)⟩+l≥0\langle m,{\operatorname{val}}(p)\rangle+l\geq 0 for all (m,l)∈M~Λ(m,l)\in{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda}. This is equivalent to log⁡|χ−m​(p)|+log⁡|ϖ|−l≥0\log|\chi^{-m}(p)|+\log|\varpi|^{-l}\geq 0 for all (m,l)∈M~Λ(m,l)\in{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda}. In turn, this is equivalent to |χm​(p)​ϖl|≤1|\chi^{m}(p)\varpi^{l}|\leq 1, for all (m,l)∈M~Λ(m,l)\in{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda}. Hence, val⁡(p)∈Λ{\operatorname{val}}(p)\in\Lambda if and only if |a⁡(p)|≤1|a(p)|\leq 1 for all a∈K∘​[𝒳Λ]a\in K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}], which is exactly the condition red⁡(p)∈𝒳Λ{\operatorname{red}}(p)\in{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda} (see (2.12)). ∎

[02U5]
Corollary 5.40.

With the same hypothesis as Lemma 5.39, red⁡(p)∈O⁡(Λ){\operatorname{red}}(p)\in O(\Lambda) if and only if val⁡(p)∈ri⁡(Λ){\operatorname{val}}(p)\in\operatorname{ri}(\Lambda).

[02U6]
Proof.

This follows from Lemma 5.39 and the fact that the special fibre is

𝒳Λ,o=∐Λ′​ face of ​ΛO⁡(Λ′),{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda,o}=\coprod_{\Lambda^{\prime}\text{ face of }\Lambda}O(\Lambda^{\prime}),

and ri(Λ)=Λ∖⋃Λ′ proper face of ΛΛ′\operatorname{ri}(\Lambda)=\Lambda\setminus\bigcup_{\Lambda^{\prime}\text{ proper face of }\Lambda}\Lambda^{\prime}. ∎

Let Ψ\Psi be a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma, and (L,s)(L,s) the corresponding toric line bundle and section. Let Π\Pi be a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that rec⁡(Π)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\Sigma and let ψ\psi be a rational piecewise affine function on Π\Pi with rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi. Let e>0e>0 be an integer such that e​ψe\psi is an H-lattice function. By Theorem 4.81, the pair (Π,e​ψ)(\Pi,e\psi) determines a toric model (𝒳Π,ℒe​ψ,e)({\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi},{\mathcal{L}}_{e\psi},e) of (XΣ,L)(X_{\Sigma},L). We will write ℒ=ℒe​ψ{\mathcal{L}}={\mathcal{L}}_{e\psi}. Definition 2.17 gives us an algebraic metric ∥⋅∥ℒ\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{L}}} on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. In its turn, the metric ∥⋅∥ℒ\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{L}}} defines a function ψ∥⋅∥ℒ\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{L}}}}. The following proposition closes the circle.

[02U7]
Proposition 5.41.

The equality ψ∥⋅∥ℒ=ψ\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{L}}}}=\psi holds. Hence ψ−Ψ\psi-\Psi extends to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma} and the metric ∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\psi} associated to ψ\psi by Proposition 5.16 agrees with ∥⋅∥ℒ\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{L}}}.

[02U8]
Proof.

The tensor product s⊗es^{\otimes e} defines a rational section of ℒ{\mathcal{L}}. Let Λ∈Π\Lambda\in\Pi and choose mΛ∈Mm_{\Lambda}\in M, lΛ∈ℤl_{\Lambda}\in\mathbb{Z} such that e​ψ|Λ=mΛ+lΛ|Λe\psi|_{\Lambda}=m_{\Lambda}+l_{\Lambda}|_{\Lambda}. Let u∈Λu\in\Lambda and p∈XΣanp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma} with u=val⁡(p)u={\operatorname{val}}(p). Then red⁡(p)∈𝒳Λ{\operatorname{red}}(p)\in{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}. But in 𝒳Λ{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda} the section χmΛ​ϖlΛ​s⊗e\chi^{m_{\Lambda}}\varpi^{l_{\Lambda}}s^{\otimes e} is regular and non-vanishing. Therefore, by Definition 2.17,

‖χmΛ​(p)​ϖlΛ​s⊗e​(p)‖ℒ=1.\|\chi^{m_{\Lambda}}(p)\varpi^{l_{\Lambda}}s^{\otimes e}(p)\|_{{\mathcal{L}}}=1.

Thus

ψ∥⋅∥ℒ(u)\displaystyle\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{L}}}}(u) =1λK​log⁡(‖s⁡(p)‖ℒ)\displaystyle=\frac{1}{\lambda_{K}}\log(\|s(p)\|_{{\mathcal{L}}})
=1e​λK​log⁡(|χ−mΛ​(p)​ϖ−lΛ|)\displaystyle=\frac{1}{e\lambda_{K}}\log(|\chi^{-m_{\Lambda}}(p)\varpi^{-l_{\Lambda}}|)
=1e​(⟨mΛ,u⟩+lΛ)\displaystyle=\frac{1}{e}(\langle m_{\Lambda},u\rangle+l_{\Lambda})
=ψ⁡(u).\displaystyle=\psi(u).

Therefore ψ\psi agrees with the function associated to the metric ∥⋅∥ℒ\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{L}}}. Hence ψ−Ψ\psi-\Psi extends to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma} and the metric ∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\psi} agrees with ∥⋅∥ℒ\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{L}}}. ∎

[02U9]
Example 5.42.

In the non-Archimedean case, the canonical metric of Proposition-Definition 5.20 is the toric algebraic metric induced by the canonical model of Definition 4.76.

Proposition 5.41 imposes a necessary condition for a rational piecewise affine function to determine a model of (XΣ,LΨ)(X_{\Sigma},L_{\Psi}).

[02UA]
Corollary 5.43.

Let Ψ\Psi be a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma and let ψ\psi be a rational piecewise affine function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, with rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi, such that there exists a complete SCR polyhedral complex Π\Pi with rec⁡(Π)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\Sigma and ψ\psi piecewise affine on Π\Pi. Then ψ−Ψ\psi-\Psi can be extended to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma}.

[02UB]
Proof.

If there exists such a SCR polyhedral complex Π\Pi, then Π\Pi and ψ\psi determine a model of 𝒪⁡(DΨ)\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}) and hence a toric algebraic metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|. By Proposition 5.41, ψ=ψ∥⋅∥\psi=\psi_{\|\cdot\|} and, by the classification of toric metrics in Proposition 5.16, the function ψ∥⋅∥−Ψ\psi_{\|\cdot\|}-\Psi extends to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma}. ∎

[02UC]
Example 5.44.

Let N=ℤ2N=\mathbb{Z}^{2} and consider the fan Σ\Sigma generated by e0=(−1,−1)e_{0}=(-1,-1), e1=(1,0)e_{1}=(1,0) and e2=(0,1)e_{2}=(0,1). Then XΣ=ℙ2X_{\Sigma}=\mathbb{P}^{2}. The virtual support function Ψ=0\Psi=0 corresponds to the trivial line bundle 𝒪ℙ2\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}^{2}}. Consider the function

ψ⁡(x,y)={0, if ​x≤0,x, if ​0≤x≤1,1, if ​1≤x.\psi(x,y)=\begin{cases}0,&\text{ if }x\leq 0,\\ x,&\text{ if }0\leq x\leq 1,\\ 1,&\text{ if }1\leq x.\\ \end{cases}

Then rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi, but ψ\psi does not extend to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma} and therefore it does not determine a model of (XΣ,𝒪)(X_{\Sigma},\mathcal{O}). By contrast, let Σ′\Sigma^{\prime} be the fan obtained subdividing Σ\Sigma by adding the edge corresponding to e′=(0,−1)e^{\prime}=(0,-1). Then XΣ′X_{\Sigma^{\prime}} is isomorphic to a blow-up of ℙ2\mathbb{P}^{2} at one point. The function ψ\psi extends to a continuous function on NΣ′N_{\Sigma^{\prime}} and it corresponds to a toric model of (XΣ′,𝒪)(X_{\Sigma^{\prime}},\mathcal{O}).

[02UD]
Question 5.45.

Is the condition in Corollary 5.43 also sufficient? In other words, let NN, Σ\Sigma and Ψ\Psi be as before and let ψ\psi be a rational piecewise affine function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that ψ−Ψ\psi-\Psi can be extended to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma}. Does it exists a complete SCR polyhedral complex Π\Pi with rec⁡(Π)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\Sigma and ψ\psi is piecewise affine on Π\Pi?

[02UE]
Remark 5.46.

By the proof of Theorem 4.97 and Corollary 5.43, when ψ\psi is concave, the conditions

  1. (1)

    |ψ−Ψ||\psi-\Psi| is bounded;

  2. (2)

    ψ−Ψ\psi-\Psi can be extended to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma};

  3. (3)

    there exist a complete SCR polyhedral complex Π\Pi with rec⁡(Π)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\Sigma and ψ\psi piecewise affine on Π\Pi;

are equivalent. In particular, the answer to the above question is positive when ψ\psi is concave.

By Theorem 4.97, a rational piecewise affine concave function ψ\psi with rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi determines an equivalence class of semipositive toric models of (XΣ,K,LΨ)(X_{\Sigma,K},L_{\Psi}). As before, every toric model in this class defines an algebraic metric on LΨanL_{\Psi}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Since, by Proposition 2.18, equivalent models give rise to the same metric, this metric only depends on ψ\psi. Then Proposition 5.41 has the following direct consequence.

[02UF]
Corollary 5.47.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan and let Ψ\Psi be a support function on Σ\Sigma. Let ψ\psi be a rational piecewise affine concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} with rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi and let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be the metric defined by any model of (XΣ,LΨ)(X_{\Sigma},L_{\Psi}) in the equivalence class determined by ψ\psi. Then the equality ψ∥⋅∥=ψ\psi_{\|\cdot\|}=\psi holds. So the metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| agrees with the metric ∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\psi} of Proposition 5.16. Moreover, the algebraic metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is semipositive.

[02UG]
Proof.

The equation ψ∥⋅∥=ψ\psi_{\|\cdot\|}=\psi is just Proposition 5.41 in the concave case. By the definition of semipositive algebraic metrics and Theorem 4.95 we obtain that ψ\psi concave implies ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| semipositive. ∎

We have seen that rational piecewise affine functions give rise to toric algebraic metrics. We now study the converse. Let gg be a rational function on XΣX_{\Sigma}. Then we denote by ψg:Nℝ→ℝ\psi_{g}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} the function ψg​(u)=1λK​log⁡|g⁡(θ0​(𝐞λK⁡(u)))|\psi_{g}(u)=\frac{1}{\lambda_{K}}\log|g(\theta_{0}({\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{\lambda_{K}}(u)))|.

[02UH]
Lemma 5.48.

Let gg be a rational function on XΣX_{\Sigma}. Then the function ψg\psi_{g} is an H-lattice function (Definition 3.88). In particular it is a piecewise affine function.

[02UI]
Proof.

The function gg can be written as g=∑m∈Mαm​χm∑m∈Mβm​χmg=\frac{\sum_{m\in M}\alpha_{m}\chi^{m}}{\sum_{m\in M}\beta_{m}\chi^{m}}. Then

ψg​(u)\displaystyle\psi_{g}(u) =1λK​log⁡|g⁡(θ0​(𝐞λK⁡(u)))|\displaystyle=\frac{1}{\lambda_{K}}\log|g(\theta_{0}({\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{\lambda_{K}}(u)))|
=1λK​log⁡|∑m∈Mαm​χm​(θ0​(𝐞λK⁡(u)))​|−1λK​log|​∑m∈Mβm​χm​(θ0​(𝐞λK⁡(u)))|\displaystyle=\frac{1}{\lambda_{K}}\log\Bigl|\sum_{m\in M}\alpha_{m}\chi^{m}(\theta_{0}({\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{\lambda_{K}}(u)))\Bigr|-\frac{1}{\lambda_{K}}\log\Bigl|\sum_{m\in M}\beta_{m}\chi^{m}(\theta_{0}({\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{\lambda_{K}}(u)))\Bigr|
=maxm∈M⁡(log⁡|αm|λK−⟨m,u⟩)−maxm∈M⁡(log⁡|βm|λK−⟨m,u⟩)\displaystyle=\max_{m\in M}\Bigl(\frac{\log|\alpha_{m}|}{\lambda_{K}}-\left<m,u\right>\Bigr)-\max_{m\in M}\Bigl(\frac{\log|\beta_{m}|}{\lambda_{K}}-\left<m,u\right>\Bigr)
=maxm∈M⁡(−ord⁡(αm)−⟨m,u⟩)−maxm∈M⁡(−ord⁡(βm)−⟨m,u⟩)\displaystyle=\max_{m\in M}(-{\operatorname{ord}}(\alpha_{m})-\left<m,u\right>)-\max_{m\in M}(-{\operatorname{ord}}(\beta_{m})-\left<m,u\right>)
=minm∈M⁡(⟨m,u⟩+ord⁡(βm))−minm∈M⁡(⟨m,u⟩+ord⁡(αm)).\displaystyle=\min_{m\in M}(\left<m,u\right>+{\operatorname{ord}}(\beta_{m}))-\min_{m\in M}(\left<m,u\right>+{\operatorname{ord}}(\alpha_{m})).

Thus, it is the difference of two H-lattice concave functions. ∎

[02UJ]
Theorem 5.49.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan, Ψ\Psi a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma and (L,s)(L,s) the corresponding toric line bundle and section. Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a toric algebraic metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Then the function ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is rational piecewise affine. If moreover ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is concave, the toric algebraic metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is semipositive and it comes from a toric model.

[02UK]
Proof.

Since the metric is algebraic, there exist a proper K∘K^{\circ}- scheme 𝒳\mathcal{X} and a line bundle ℒ\mathcal{L} on 𝒳\mathcal{X} such that the base change of (𝒳,ℒ)(\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L}) to KK is isomorphic to (XΣ,L⊗e)(X_{\Sigma},L^{\otimes e}). Let {𝒰i,si}\{{\mathcal{U}}_{i},s_{i}\} be a trivialization of ℒ\mathcal{L}. Let Ci=red−1⁡(𝒰i∩𝒳o)C_{i}={\operatorname{red}}^{-1}({\mathcal{U}}_{i}\cap\mathcal{X}_{o}). The subsets CiC_{i} form a finite closed cover of XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. On 𝒰i{\mathcal{U}}_{i} we can write sΨ⊗e=gi​sis_{\Psi}^{\otimes e}=g_{i}s_{i} for certain rational function gig_{i}. Therefore, on CiC_{i}, we have log⁡‖sΨ​(p)‖=log⁡|g⁡(p)|e\log\|s_{\Psi}(p)\|=\frac{\log|g(p)|}{e}. By Lemma 5.48, it follows that there is a finite closed cover of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and the restriction of ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} to each of these closed subsets is rational piecewise affine. Therefore ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is rational piecewise affine. The second statement follows from the first and Corollary 5.47. ∎

The next point we study is how to turn a non-toric metric into a toric one. Since the image of θ0\theta_{0} consists of fixed points under the action of 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}} (see Proposition-Definition 5.2), we may think of it as the analogue, in the non-Archimedean case, of a Haar measure of volume 11 on the compact torus 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}.

Let Ψ\Psi be a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma. Write L=𝒪⁡(DΨ)L=\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}) and s=sΨs=s_{\Psi}. Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}, non-necessarily toric. Then we define ψ∥⋅∥:Nℝ→ℝ\psi_{\|\cdot\|}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} by

(5.50) ψ∥⋅∥(u)=1λKlog∥s(θ0(𝐞K(u)))∥.\psi_{\|\cdot\|}(u)=\frac{1}{\lambda_{K}}\log\|s(\theta_{0}({\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K}(u)))\|.

Note that, if ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is a toric metric, the definition of ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} we have just given agrees with the one given in §5.2. This is clear because, if the metric is toric, then ‖s⁡(p)‖=‖s⁡(θ0​ρ0​(p))‖\|s(p)\|=\|s(\theta_{0}\rho_{0}(p))\|.

[02UL]
Proposition 5.51.

The assignment that, to a local section ss of LL gives the function defined as ∥s(θ0ρ0(p)∥\|s(\theta_{0}\rho_{0}(p)\| for p∈XΣanp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma}, is a toric metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}, that we denote ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}}. Moreover, ψ∥⋅∥=ψ∥⋅∥𝕊\psi_{\|\cdot\|}=\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}}}.

[02UM]
Proof.

As in the proof of Proposition 5.16, we can verify that the function ψ∥⋅∥−Ψ\psi_{\|\cdot\|}-\Psi can be extended to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma}. Using that θ0\theta_{0} is a section of ρ0\rho_{0} and the image of θ0\theta_{0} consists of points which are fixed under the action of 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}, we also verify that ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} is the toric metric associated to ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} by the same proposition. ∎

The relationship between toric algebraic metrics and rational piecewise functions of Theorem 5.49 can be extended to the case when the metric is non-toric.

[02UN]
Proposition 5.52.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be an algebraic metric. Then the function ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is rational piecewise affine.

[02UP]
Proof.

Just observe that in the proof of Theorem 5.49 one does not use the fact that the metric is toric. ∎

We now study the effect of taking a field extension. Let K⊂HK\subset H be a finite extension of fields that are complete with respect to an absolute value associated to a nontrivial discrete valuation. We assume that the absolute value of HH is an extension of the absolute value of KK. Let H∘{H}^{\circ} be the valuation ring of HH, H∘⁣∘{H}^{\circ\circ} the maximal ideal, ϖ′\varpi^{\prime} a generator of the maximal ideal, λH=log⁡(|ϖ′|−1)\lambda_{H}=\log(|\varpi^{\prime}|^{-1}). Let eH/Ke_{H/K} be the ramification degree of the extension. Hence λK=eH/K​λH\lambda_{K}=e_{H/K}\lambda_{H}.

[02UQ]
Proposition 5.53.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and let Π\Pi be a complete SCR polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} with Σ=rec⁡(Π)\Sigma=\operatorname{rec}(\Pi).

  1. (1)

    Let XΣ,KX_{\Sigma,K} and XΣ,HX_{\Sigma,H} denote the toric varieties defined by Σ\Sigma over KK and HH respectively. Then

    XΣ,H=Spec⁡(H)×XΣ,K.X_{\Sigma,H}=\operatorname{Spec}(H)\times X_{\Sigma,K}.

    Moreover there is a commutative diagram

    XΣ,Han\textstyle{X_{\Sigma,H}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}ρΣ,H\scriptstyle{\rho_{\Sigma,H}}XΣ,Kan\textstyle{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma,K}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}ρΣ,K\scriptstyle{\rho_{\Sigma,K}}XΣ​(ℝ≥0),\textstyle{X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}),}

    where the horizontal map is induced by the restriction of seminorms.

  2. (2)

    Let Π′\Pi^{\prime} be the polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} obtained from Π\Pi by applying a homothety of ratio eH/Ke_{H/K}. Then

    𝒳Π′,H∘=Nor⁡(Spec⁡(H∘)×𝒳Π,K∘),{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi^{\prime},{H}^{\circ}}=\operatorname{Nor}(\operatorname{Spec}(H^{\circ})\times{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi,K^{\circ}}),

    where Nor\operatorname{Nor} denotes the normalization of a scheme.

  3. (3)

    Let ψ\psi be a rational piecewise linear function on Π\Pi and denote Ψ=rec⁡(ψ)\Psi=\operatorname{rec}(\psi). Let L=𝒪⁡(DΨ)L=\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}) be the line bundle on XΣ,KX_{\Sigma,K} determined by Ψ\Psi and let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be the metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} determined by ψ\psi. Let L′L^{\prime} be the line bundle obtained by base change and ∥⋅∥′\|\cdot\|^{\prime} the metric obtained by inverse image. Then

    ψ∥⋅∥′(u)=(ψeH/K)(u)=eH/Kψ(eH/K−1u).\psi_{\|\cdot\|^{\prime}}(u)=(\psi e_{H/K})(u)=e_{H/K}\psi(e_{H/K}^{-1}u).
  4. (4)

    There is a commutative diagram

    XΣ,Han\textstyle{X_{\Sigma,H}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces}XΣ,Kan\textstyle{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma,K}}XΣ​(ℝ≥0).\textstyle{X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces\ignorespaces.}θΣ,H\scriptstyle{\theta_{\Sigma,H}}θΣ,K\scriptstyle{\theta_{\Sigma,K}}
[02UR]
Proof.

The statement (1) can be checked locally. Let σ\sigma be a cone of Σ\Sigma. Then

Xσ,H=Spec⁡(H⁡[Mσ])=Spec⁡(K⁡[Mσ]​⊗𝐾​H)=Spec⁡(H)​×𝐾​Xσ,K.X_{\sigma,H}=\operatorname{Spec}(H[M_{\sigma}])=\operatorname{Spec}(K[M_{\sigma}]\underset{K}{\otimes}H)=\operatorname{Spec}(H)\underset{K}{\times}X_{\sigma,K}.

This proves the first assertion. The commutativity of the diagram follows from the fact that the map XΣ,Han→XΣ,KanX_{\Sigma,H}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma,K} is given by the restriction of seminorms.

The statement (2) can also be checked locally. Let Λ\Lambda be a polyhedron of Π\Pi. Let Λ′=eK′/K​Λ\Lambda^{\prime}=e_{K^{\prime}/K}\Lambda. Then it is clear that

K∘​[𝒳Λ]​⊗K∘​H∘⊂H∘​[𝒳Λ′].K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}]\underset{K^{\circ}}{\otimes}H^{\circ}\subset H^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda^{\prime}}].

Since the right-hand side ring is integrally closed, the integral closure of the left side ring is contained in the right side ring. Therefore we need to prove that H⁡[M~Λ′]H[{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda^{\prime}}] is integral over the left side ring. Let (a,l)∈M~Λ′(a,l)\in{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda^{\prime}}. Thus (eH/K​a,l)∈M~Λ(e_{H/K}a,l)\in{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda}. Then the monomial χaϖ′∈lH∘[𝒳Λ′]\chi^{a}\varpi^{\prime}{}^{l}\in H^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda^{\prime}}] satisfies

(χaϖ′)leH/K=(χeH/K​aϖl)∈K∘[𝒳Λ]⊗K∘H∘.(\chi^{a}\varpi^{\prime}{}^{l})^{e_{H/K}}=(\chi^{e_{H/K}a}\varpi^{l})\in K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}]\underset{K^{\circ}}{\otimes}H^{\circ}.

Hence χaϖ′l\chi^{a}\varpi^{\prime}{}^{l} is integral over K∘​[𝒳Λ]​⊗K∘​H∘.K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}]\underset{K^{\circ}}{\otimes}H^{\circ}. Since these monomials generate H∘​[𝒳Λ′]H^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda^{\prime}}], we obtain the result.

To prove (3), let p′∈X0,Hanp^{\prime}\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{0,H} and let p∈X0,Kanp\in X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{0,K} be the corresponding point. Then valK⁡(p)=valH⁡(p′)eH/K{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p)=\frac{{\operatorname{val}}_{H}(p^{\prime})}{e_{H/K}}. Therefore, if we write u=valK⁡(p)u={\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p) and u′=valH⁡(p′)eH/Ku^{\prime}=\frac{{\operatorname{val}}_{H}(p^{\prime})}{e_{H/K}}, we have

ψ∥⋅∥′(u′)=1λHlog∥s(p′)∥′=eH/KλKlog∥s(p)∥=eH/Kψ(u)=eH/Kψ(u′/eH/K).\psi_{\|\cdot\|^{\prime}}(u^{\prime})=\frac{1}{\lambda_{H}}\log\|s(p^{\prime})\|^{\prime}=\frac{e_{H/K}}{\lambda_{K}}\log\|s(p)\|=e_{H/K}\psi(u)=e_{H/K}\psi(u^{\prime}/e_{H/K}).

Finally, statement (4) follows directly from the definition of θΣ\theta_{\Sigma} because the horizontal arrow is given by the restriction of seminorms. ∎

[02US]

5.5. The one-dimensional case

We now study in detail the one-dimensional case. Besides being a concrete example of the relationship between functions, models, metrics, and measures, it is also a crucial step in the proof that a toric metric is semipositive if and only if the corresponding function is concave. Of this equivalence, up to now we have proved only one implication and the reverse implication will be proved in the next section.

The only complete one-dimensional toric variety over a field is the projective line. Since, by Proposition 5.53 and Proposition 2.35 we know the effect of taking finite extensions of the field KK, we can use the following result to reduce any model of ℙ1\mathbb{P}^{1} to a simpler form.

[02UT]
Definition 5.54.

Let KK be a field complete with respect to an absolute value associated to a nontrivial discrete valuation. Let K∘K^{\circ} be the ring of integers. Let XX be a proper curve over KK. A semi-stable model of XX is a flat proper regular scheme 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} of finite type over Spec⁡(K∘)\operatorname{Spec}(K^{\circ}) with an isomorphism X→𝒳ηX\to{\mathcal{X}}_{\eta}, such that the special fibre 𝒳o{\mathcal{X}}_{o} is a reduced normal crossing divisor.

[02UU]
Proposition 5.55.

Let KK be a field complete with respect to an absolute value associated to a nontrivial discrete valuation. Let K∘K^{\circ} be the ring of integers. Let 𝒳{\mathcal{X}} be a proper model over K∘K^{\circ} of ℙK1\mathbb{P}^{1}_{K}. Then there exists a finite extension HH of KK with ring of integers H∘{H}^{\circ}, a semi-stable model 𝒳′{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime} of ℙH1\mathbb{P}^{1}_{H}, and a proper morphism of models 𝒳′→𝒳×Spec⁡(H∘)\mathcal{X}^{\prime}\to\mathcal{X}\times\operatorname{Spec}({H}^{\circ}).

[02UV]
Proof.

This follows, for instance, from [Liu06, Corollary 2.8]. ∎

Consider the toric variety XΣ≃ℙ1X_{\Sigma}\simeq\mathbb{P}^{1}. We can choose an isomorphism N≃ℤN\simeq\mathbb{Z} and Nℝ≃ℝN_{\mathbb{R}}\simeq\mathbb{R}. Then Σ={ℝ−,{0},ℝ+}\Sigma=\{\mathbb{R}_{-},\{0\},\mathbb{R}_{+}\}. Let 00 denote the invariant point of ℙK1\mathbb{P}^{1}_{K} corresponding to the cone ℝ+\mathbb{R}_{+} and ∞\infty the invariant point corresponding to the cone ℝ−\mathbb{R}_{-}. Let tt denote the absolute coordinate of ℙ1\mathbb{P}^{1} given by the monomial χ1\chi^{1}.

Let 𝒳\mathcal{X} be a semi-stable model of ℙK1\mathbb{P}^{1}_{K}. By extending scalars if necessary, we may suppose that all the components of the special fibre are defined over k=K∘/K∘⁣∘k=K^{\circ}/K^{\circ\circ} and contain a rational point. Since the special fibre 𝒳o\mathcal{X}_{o} is connected and of genus zero, we deduce that the special fibre is a tree of rational curves, each isomorphic to ℙk1\mathbb{P}^{1}_{k}. Let D0D_{0} and D∞D_{\infty} denote the horizontal divisors corresponding to the point 00 and ∞\infty of ℙK1\mathbb{P}^{1}_{K}. Then, there is a chain of rational curves that links the divisor D0D_{0} with D∞D_{\infty} that is contained in the special fibre. We will denote the irreducible components of the special fibre that form this chain by E0,…,EkE_{0},\dots,E_{k}, in such a way that the component E0E_{0} meets D0D_{0}, the component EkE_{k} meets D∞D_{\infty} and, for 0<i<k0<i<k, the component EiE_{i} meets only Ei−1E_{i-1} and Ei+1E_{i+1}. The other components of 𝒳o\mathcal{X}_{o} will be grouped in branches, each branch has its root in one of the components EiE_{i}. We will denote by Fi,jF_{i,j}, j∈Θij\in\Theta_{i} the components that belong to a branch with root in EiE_{i}. We are not giving any particular order to the sets Θi\Theta_{i}.

We denote by E⋅FE\cdot F the intersection product of two 11-cycles of 𝒳{\mathcal{X}}. Since the special fibre is reduced, we have

div⁡(ϖ)=∑i=0k(Ei+∑j∈ΘiFi,j).\operatorname{div}(\varpi)=\sum_{i=0}^{k}\left(E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}F_{i,j}\right).

Again by the assumption of semi-stability, the intersection product of two different components of 𝒳o\mathcal{X}_{o} is either 11, if they meet, or zero, if they do not meet. Since the intersection product of div⁡(ϖ)\operatorname{div}(\varpi) with any component of 𝒳o\mathcal{X}_{o} is zero, we deduce that, if EE is any component of 𝒳o\mathcal{X}_{o}, the self-intersection product E⋅EE\cdot E is equal to minus the number of components that meet EE. In particular, all components Fi,jF_{i,j} that are terminal, are (−1)(-1)-curves. By Castelnuovo Criterion, we can successively blow-down all the components Fi,jF_{i,j} to obtain a new semi-stable model of ℙK1\mathbb{P}^{1}_{K} whose special fibre consist of a chain of rational curves. For reasons that will become apparent later we denote this model as 𝒳𝕊{\mathcal{X}}_{\mathbb{S}}.

[02UW]
Lemma 5.56.

If we view tt as a rational function on 𝒳\mathcal{X}, then there is an integer aa such that

div⁡(t)=D0−D∞+∑i=0k(a−i)​(Ei+∑j∈ΘiFi,j).\operatorname{div}(t)=D_{0}-D_{\infty}+\sum_{i=0}^{k}(a-i)\left(E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}F_{i,j}\right).
[02UX]
Proof.

It is clear that

div⁡(t)=D0−D∞+∑i=0kai​Ei+∑j∈Θiai,j​Fi,j\operatorname{div}(t)=D_{0}-D_{\infty}+\sum_{i=0}^{k}a_{i}E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}a_{i,j}F_{i,j}

for certain coefficients aia_{i} and ai,ja_{i,j} that we want to determine as much as possible.

If a component EE of 𝒳0\mathcal{X}_{0}, with coefficient aa, does not meet D0D_{0} nor D∞D_{\infty}, but meets r≥1r\geq 1 other components, and the coefficients of r−1r-1 of these components are equal to aa, while the coefficient of the remaining component is bb, we obtain that

0=div⁡(t)⋅E=a​E⋅E+a⁡(r−1)+b=−r​a+a⁡(r−1)+b=b−a0=\operatorname{div}(t)\cdot E=aE\cdot E+a(r-1)+b=-ra+a(r-1)+b=b-a

Thus b=ab=a. Starting with the components Fi,jF_{i,j} that are terminal, we deduce that, for all ii and j∈Θij\in\Theta_{i}, ai=ai,ja_{i}=a_{i,j}. Therefore,

div⁡(t)=D0−D∞+∑i=0kai​(Ei+∑j∈ΘiFi,j).\operatorname{div}(t)=D_{0}-D_{\infty}+\sum_{i=0}^{k}a_{i}\left(E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}F_{i,j}\right).

In particular, the lemma is proved for k=0k=0. Assume now that k>0k>0.

It only remains to show that ai=a0−ia_{i}=a_{0}-i, that we prove by induction. For i=1i=1, we compute

0=div⁡(t)⋅E0=D0⋅E0+a0​E0⋅E0+a0​∑j∈Θ0F0,j⋅E0+a1​E1⋅E0=1−a0+a1.0=\operatorname{div}(t)\cdot E_{0}=D_{0}\cdot E_{0}+a_{0}E_{0}\cdot E_{0}+a_{0}\sum_{j\in\Theta_{0}}F_{0,j}\cdot E_{0}+a_{1}E_{1}\cdot E_{0}=1-a_{0}+a_{1}.

Thus a1=a0−1a_{1}=a_{0}-1. For 1<i≤k1<i\leq k, by induction hypothesis, ai−1=ai−2−1a_{i-1}=a_{i-2}-1. Then

0=div⁡(t)⋅Ei−1=ai−2−2​ai−1+ai=1−ai−1+ai.0=\operatorname{div}(t)\cdot E_{i-1}=a_{i-2}-2a_{i-1}+a_{i}=1-a_{i-1}+a_{i}.

Thus ai=ai−1−1=a0−ia_{i}=a_{i-1}-1=a_{0}-i, proving the lemma. ∎

The determination of div⁡(t)\operatorname{div}(t) allows us to give a partial description of the map red:XΣan→𝒳o{\operatorname{red}}\colon X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\to\mathcal{X}_{o}. For us, the most interesting points of 𝒳o\mathcal{X}_{o} are the points q0:=D0∩E0q_{0}:=D_{0}\cap E_{0}, qi:=Ei−1∩Eiq_{i}:=E_{i-1}\cap E_{i}, i=1,…,ki=1,\dots,k, qk+1:=Ek∩D∞q_{k+1}:=E_{k}\cap D_{\infty} and the generic points of the components EiE_{i} that we denote ηi\eta_{i}, i=0,…,ki=0,\dots,k.

[02UY]
Lemma 5.57.

Let p∈XΣanp\in X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Then

red⁡(p)={q0, if ​|t⁡(p)|<|ϖ|aqi,i=1​…,k, if ​|ϖ|a−i+1<|t⁡(p)|<|ϖ|a−iqk+1, if ​|ϖ|a−k<|t⁡(p)|ηi,i=0​…,k, if ​|t⁡(p)|=|ϖ|a−i​ and ​p∈im⁡(θΣ).{\operatorname{red}}(p)=\begin{cases}q_{0},&\text{ if }|t(p)|<|\varpi|^{a}\\ q_{i},\ i=1\dots,k,&\text{ if }|\varpi|^{a-i+1}<|t(p)|<|\varpi|^{a-i}\\ q_{k+1},&\text{ if }|\varpi|^{a-k}<|t(p)|\\ \eta_{i},\ i=0\dots,k,&\text{ if }|t(p)|=|\varpi|^{a-i}\text{ and }p\in\operatorname{im}(\theta_{\Sigma}).\end{cases}
[02UZ]
Proof.

Let 1≤i≤k1\leq i\leq k. The rational function x:=t​ϖ−a+ix:=t\varpi^{-a+i} has a zero of order one along the component Ei−1E_{i-1} and the support of its divisor does not contain the component EiE_{i}. On the other hand, the rational function y:=t−1​ϖa−i+1y:=t^{-1}\varpi^{a-i+1} has a zero of order one along the component EiE_{i} and the support of its divisor does not contain the component Ei−1E_{i-1}. Thus {x,y}\{x,y\} is a system of parameters in a neighbourhood of qiq_{i}. We denote

A=K∘​[t​ϖ−a+i,t−1​ϖa−i+1]≃K∘​[x,y]/(x​y−ϖ).A=K^{\circ}[t\varpi^{-a+i},t^{-1}\varpi^{a-i+1}]\simeq K^{\circ}[x,y]/(xy-\varpi).

The local ring at the point qiq_{i} is A(x,y)A_{(x,y)}. Let pp be a point such that |ϖ|a−i+1<|t⁡(p)|<|ϖ|a−i|\varpi|^{a-i+1}<|t(p)|<|\varpi|^{a-i}. Therefore, for f∈Af\in A we have |f⁡(p)|≤1|f(p)|\leq 1. Moreover, if f∈(x,y)f\in(x,y), then |f⁡(p)|<1|f(p)|<1. Since the ideal (x,y)(x,y) is maximal, we deduce that, for f∈Af\in A, the condition |f⁡(p)|<1|f(p)|<1 is equivalent to the condition f∈(x,y)f\in(x,y). This implies that red⁡(p)=qi{\operatorname{red}}(p)=q_{i}. A similar argument works for q0q_{0} and qk+1q_{k+1}.

Assume now that p∈im⁡(θΣ)p\in\operatorname{im}(\theta_{\Sigma}) and that |t⁡(p)|=|ϖ|a−i|t(p)|=|\varpi|^{a-i}. If i≠0i\not=0 we consider again the ring AA, but in this case |x⁡(p)|=|t⁡(p)​ϖ−a+i|=1|x(p)|=|t(p)\varpi^{-a+i}|=1. Let I={f∈A∣|f⁡(p)|<1}I=\{f\in A\mid|f(p)|<1\}. It is clear that (y,ϖ)⊂I(y,\varpi)\subset I. For f=∑m∈ℤβm​tm∈Af=\sum_{m\in\mathbb{Z}}\beta_{m}t^{m}\in A, since p∈im⁡(θΣ)p\in\operatorname{im}(\theta_{\Sigma}), we have

|f⁡(p)|=supm(|βm|​|t⁡(p)|m).|f(p)|=\sup_{m}(|\beta_{m}||t(p)|^{m}).

This implies that I⊂(y,ϖ)I\subset(y,\varpi). Hence II is the ideal that defines the component EiE_{i} and this is equivalent to red⁡(p)=ηi{\operatorname{red}}(p)=\eta_{i}. The case i=0i=0 is analogous. ∎

The image by red{\operatorname{red}} of the remaining points of XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}} is not characterized only by the value of |t⁡(p)||t(p)|. Using a proof similar to that of the lemma, one can show that, if |t⁡(p)|=|ϖ|a−i|t(p)|=|\varpi|^{a-i} then red⁡(p){\operatorname{red}}(p) belongs either to EiE_{i} or to any of the components Fi,jF_{i,j}, j∈Θij\in\Theta_{i}.

We denote by ξi\xi_{i} (resp. ξi,j\xi_{i,j}) the point of XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}} corresponding to the component EiE_{i} (resp. Fi,jF_{i,j}). That is, red⁡(ξi)=ηi{\operatorname{red}}(\xi_{i})=\eta_{i} and red⁡(ξi,j)=ηi,j{\operatorname{red}}(\xi_{i,j})=\eta_{i,j}, where ηi,j\eta_{i,j} is the generic point of Fi,jF_{i,j} (see (2.15) and (2.14)).

[02V0]
Lemma 5.58.

Let 0≤i≤k0\leq i\leq k. Then, for every j∈Θij\in\Theta_{i},

valK⁡(ξi)=valK⁡(ξi,j)=a−i,{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(\xi_{i})={\operatorname{val}}_{K}(\xi_{i,j})=a-i,

where aa is the integer of Lemma 5.56.

[02V1]
Proof.

We consider the rational function ϖ−a+i​t\varpi^{-a+i}t. Since the support of div⁡(ϖ−a+i​t)\operatorname{div}(\varpi^{-a+i}t) does not contain the component EiE_{i} nor any of the components Fi,jF_{i,j}, we have that

|ϖ−a+i​t​(ξi)|=|ϖ−a+i​t​(ξi,j)|=1.|\varpi^{-a+i}t(\xi_{i})|=|\varpi^{-a+i}t(\xi_{i,j})|=1.

Since t=χ1t=\chi^{1}, we deduce, using equation (5.4), that

valK⁡(ξi)=−log⁡|χ1​(xi)|λK=−log⁡|ϖa−i|−log⁡|ϖ|=a−i.{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(\xi_{i})=\frac{-\log|\chi^{1}(x_{i})|}{\lambda_{K}}=\frac{-\log|\varpi^{a-i}|}{-\log|\varpi|}=a-i.

∎

Let now Ψ\Psi be a virtual support function on Σ\Sigma. It can be written as

Ψ⁡(u)={m∞​u, if ​u≤0,m0​u, if ​u≥0.\Psi(u)=\begin{cases}m_{\infty}u,&\text{ if }u\leq 0,\\ m_{0}u,&\text{ if }u\geq 0.\end{cases}

for some m0,m∞∈ℤm_{0},m_{\infty}\in\mathbb{Z}. Then, L=𝒪⁡(DΨ)≃𝒪⁡(m∞−m0)L=\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi})\simeq\mathcal{O}(m_{\infty}-m_{0}), and div⁡(sΨ)=−m0​[0]+m∞​[∞]\operatorname{div}(s_{\Psi})=-m_{0}[0]+m_{\infty}[\infty]. Let ℒ\mathcal{L} be a model over 𝒳\mathcal{X} of L⊗eL^{\otimes e}. If we consider sΨ⊗es_{\Psi}^{\otimes e} as a rational section of ℒ\mathcal{L}, then

(5.59) div⁡(sΨ⊗e)=−e​m0​D0+e​m∞​D∞+∑i=0k(αi​Ei+∑j∈Θiαi,j​Fi,j)\operatorname{div}(s_{\Psi}^{\otimes e})=-em_{0}D_{0}+em_{\infty}D_{\infty}+\sum_{i=0}^{k}\left(\alpha_{i}E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}\alpha_{i,j}F_{i,j}\right)

for certain coefficients αi\alpha_{i} and αi,j\alpha_{i,j}. Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be the metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} determined by this model.

[02V2]
Lemma 5.60.

The function ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is given by

ψ∥⋅∥(u)={m0​u−m0​a−α0e, if ​u≥a,(αi+1−αi)​u−(αi+1−αi)​(a−i)−αie, if ​a−i≥u≥a−i−1,m∞​u−m∞​(a−k)−αke, if ​a−k≥u.\psi_{\|\cdot\|}(u)=\begin{cases}m_{0}u-m_{0}a-\frac{\alpha_{0}}{e},&\text{ if }u\geq a,\\ \frac{(\alpha_{i+1}-\alpha_{i})u-(\alpha_{i+1}-\alpha_{i})(a-i)-\alpha_{i}}{e},&\text{ if }a-i\geq u\geq a-i-1,\\ m_{\infty}u-m_{\infty}(a-k)-\frac{\alpha_{k}}{e},&\text{ if }a-k\geq u.\end{cases}

In other words, if Π\Pi is the polyhedral complex in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} given by the intervals

(−∞,a−k],[a−i,a−i+1],i=1,…,k,[a,∞),(-\infty,a-k],\quad[a-i,a-i+1],\ i=1,\dots,k,\quad[a,\infty),

then ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is the rational piecewise affine function on Π\Pi characterized by the conditions

  1. (1)

    rec(ψ∥⋅∥)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi_{\|\cdot\|})=\Psi,

  2. (2)

    the value of ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} at the point a−ia-i is −αi/e-\alpha_{i}/e.

[02V3]
Proof.

Let p∈im⁡θΣp\in\operatorname{im}\theta_{\Sigma} be such that valK⁡(p)>a{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p)>a, hence |t⁡(p)|<|ϖ|a|t(p)|<|\varpi|^{a}. By Lemma 5.57, this implies that red⁡(p)=q0{\operatorname{red}}(p)=q_{0}. In a neighbourhood of q0q_{0}, the divisor of the rational section sΨ⊗e​te​m0​ϖ−α0−e​m0​as_{\Psi}^{\otimes e}t^{em_{0}}\varpi^{-\alpha_{0}-em_{0}a} is zero, and so

‖sΨ⊗e​(p)​te​m0​(p)​ϖ−α0−e​m0​a‖=1.\|s_{\Psi}^{\otimes e}(p)t^{em_{0}}(p)\varpi^{-\alpha_{0}-em_{0}a}\|=1.

Set u=val⁡(p)u={\operatorname{val}}(p). Then,

ψ∥⋅∥(u)\displaystyle\psi_{\|\cdot\|}(u) =log⁡‖sΨ⊗e​(p)‖e​λK\displaystyle=\frac{\log\|s_{\Psi}^{\otimes e}(p)\|}{e\lambda_{K}}
=−e​m0​log⁡|t⁡(p)​|+(α0+e​m0​a)​log|​ϖ|−e​log⁡|ϖ|\displaystyle=\frac{-em_{0}\log|t(p)|+(\alpha_{0}+em_{0}a)\log|\varpi|}{-e\log|\varpi|}
=m0​(u−a)−α0e.\displaystyle=m_{0}(u-a)-\frac{\alpha_{0}}{e}.

The other cases are proved in a similar way. ∎

Since rec⁡(Π)=Σ\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)=\Sigma, this polyhedral complex defines a toric model 𝒳Π\mathcal{X}_{\Pi} of XΣX_{\Sigma}.

[02V4]
Proposition 5.61.

The identity map of XΣX_{\Sigma} extend to an isomorphism of models 𝒳𝕊→𝒳Π\mathcal{X}_{\mathbb{S}}\to\mathcal{X}_{\Pi}.

[02V5]
Proof.

The special fibre of 𝒳Π\mathcal{X}_{\Pi} is a chain of rational curves EiE_{i}, i=0,…,ki=0,\dots,k, corresponding to the points a−ia-i. The monomial χ1\chi^{1} is a section of the trivial line bundle and corresponds to the function ψ⁡(u)=−u\psi(u)=-u. Using Proposition 4.84 we obtain that

div⁡(χ1)=D0−D∞+∑i=0k(a−i)​Ei,\operatorname{div}(\chi^{1})=D_{0}-D_{\infty}+\sum_{i=0}^{k}(a-i)E_{i},

where D0D_{0} and D∞D_{\infty} are again the horizontal divisors determined by the points 00 and ∞\infty.

Since the vertices of the polyhedral complex Π\Pi are integral, by equation (4.87), we deduce that div⁡(ϖ)\operatorname{div}(\varpi) is reduced.

Then the result follows from [Lic68, Corollary 1.13] using an explicit description of the local rings at the points of the special fibre as in the proof of Lemma 5.57. ∎

From Proposition 5.61 we obtain a proper morphism π:𝒳→𝒳Π\pi\colon\mathcal{X}\to\mathcal{X}_{\Pi}. On 𝒳\mathcal{X} we had a line bundle ℒ\mathcal{L} and sΨ⊗es_{\Psi}^{\otimes e} was considered as a rational section of this line bundle. Let D=div⁡(sΨ⊗e)D=\operatorname{div}(s_{\Psi}^{\otimes e}) be the divisor given by equation (5.59). We denote

(5.62) D𝕊=π∗​D=−e​m0​D0+e​m∞​D∞+∑i=0kαi​Ei.D_{\mathbb{S}}=\pi_{\ast}D=-em_{0}D_{0}+em_{\infty}D_{\infty}+\sum_{i=0}^{k}\alpha_{i}E_{i}.

By Proposition 4.84 and Lemma 5.60 we see that D𝕊=De​ψhD_{\mathbb{S}}=D_{e\psi_{h}}. Thus 𝒪⁡(D𝕊)\mathcal{O}(D_{\mathbb{S}}) is a toric model of L⊗eL^{\otimes e}. Recall that ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| denoted the metric associated to the model 𝒪⁡(D)\mathcal{O}(D). Let ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} be the toric metric obtained from ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| as in Proposition 5.51. By this proposition and equation (5.62), the metric ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} agrees with the metric defined by the model 𝒪⁡(D𝕊)\mathcal{O}(D_{\mathbb{S}}). Thus, we have identified a toric model that corresponds to the metric ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}}. This allows us to compute directly the associated measure.

[02V6]
Proposition 5.63.

Let XΣ≃ℙK1X_{\Sigma}\simeq\mathbb{P}^{1}_{K} be a one-dimensional toric variety over KK. Let L≃𝒪⁡(DΨ)L\simeq\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}) be a toric line bundle and let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be an algebraic metric defined by a semi-stable model and let ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} be the associated toric metric. Then

c1(L,∥⋅∥𝕊)∧δXΣ=(θΣ)∗(ρΣ)∗(c1(L,∥⋅∥)∧δXΣ).c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}})\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}=(\theta_{\Sigma})_{\ast}(\rho_{\Sigma})_{\ast}\left(c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|)\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}\right).
[02V7]
Proof.

Since the special fibre is reduced, by equation (2.29)

c1(L,∥⋅∥)∧δXΣ=1e∑i=0k(degℒEiδξi+∑j∈ΘidegℒFi,jδξi,j).c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|)\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}=\frac{1}{e}\sum_{i=0}^{k}\left(\deg_{\mathcal{L}}E_{i}\delta_{\xi_{i}}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}\deg_{\mathcal{L}}F_{i,j}\delta_{\xi_{i,j}}\right).

Denote this measure temporarily by μ\mu. Then

(θΣ)∗​(ρΣ)∗​μ\displaystyle(\theta_{\Sigma})_{\ast}(\rho_{\Sigma})_{\ast}\mu =1e​∑i=0k(degℒ⁡Ei+∑j∈Θidegℒ⁡Fi,j)​δξi\displaystyle=\frac{1}{e}\sum_{i=0}^{k}\left(\deg_{\mathcal{L}}E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}\deg_{\mathcal{L}}F_{i,j}\right)\delta_{\xi_{i}}
=1e​∑i=0k(D⋅Ei+∑j∈ΘiD⋅Fi,j)​δξi\displaystyle=\frac{1}{e}\sum_{i=0}^{k}\left(D\cdot E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}D\cdot F_{i,j}\right)\delta_{\xi_{i}}
=1e​∑i=0k∑l=0k(αl​El+∑s∈Θlαl,s​Fl,s)⋅(Ei+∑j∈ΘiFi,j)​δξi\displaystyle=\frac{1}{e}\sum_{i=0}^{k}\sum_{l=0}^{k}\left(\alpha_{l}E_{l}+\sum_{s\in\Theta_{l}}\alpha_{l,s}F_{l,s}\right)\cdot\left(E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}F_{i,j}\right)\delta_{\xi_{i}}
=1e​∑i=0k(αi−1​Ei−1+αi​Ei+αi+1​Ei+1)⋅(Ei+∑j∈ΘiFi,j)​δξi\displaystyle=\frac{1}{e}\sum_{i=0}^{k}\left(\alpha_{i-1}E_{i-1}+\alpha_{i}E_{i}+\alpha_{i+1}E_{i+1}\right)\cdot\left(E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}F_{i,j}\right)\delta_{\xi_{i}}
=1e​∑i=0k(αi−1−2​αi+αi+1)​δξi.\displaystyle=\frac{1}{e}\sum_{i=0}^{k}(\alpha_{i-1}-2\alpha_{i}+\alpha_{i+1})\delta_{\xi_{i}}.

In the previous computation, we have used that, since El⋅div⁡(ϖ)=Fl,s⋅div⁡(ϖ)=0E_{l}\cdot\operatorname{div}(\varpi)=F_{l,s}\cdot\operatorname{div}(\varpi)=0, then

Fl,s⋅(Ei+∑j∈ΘiFi,j)\displaystyle F_{l,s}\cdot(E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}F_{i,j}) =0, for all i,j,l,s,\displaystyle=0,\text{ for all }i,j,l,s,
El⋅(Ei+∑j∈ΘiFi,j)\displaystyle E_{l}\cdot(E_{i}+\sum_{j\in\Theta_{i}}F_{i,j}) ={0, if ​l≠i−1,i,i+1,1, if ​l=i−1,i+1,−2, if ​l=i.\displaystyle=\begin{cases}0,&\text{ if }l\not=i-1,i,i+1,\\ 1,&\text{ if }l=i-1,i+1,\\ -2,&\text{ if }l=i.\end{cases}

An analogous computation shows that

(5.64) c1(L,∥⋅∥𝕊)∧δXΣ=1e∑i=0k(αi−1−2αi+αi+1)δξi.c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}})\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}=\frac{1}{e}\sum_{i=0}^{k}(\alpha_{i-1}-2\alpha_{i}+\alpha_{i+1})\delta_{\xi_{i}}.

∎

Using Proposition 5.55 we can extend the above result to the case when the model is not semi-stable.

[02V8]
Corollary 5.65.

Let XΣ≃ℙK1X_{\Sigma}\simeq\mathbb{P}^{1}_{K} be a one-dimensional toric variety over KK. Let L≃𝒪⁡(DΨ)L\simeq\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}) be a toric line bundle, ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| an algebraic metric, and ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} the associated toric metric. Then

c1(L,∥⋅∥𝕊)∧δXΣ=(θΣ)∗(ρΣ)∗(c1(L,∥⋅∥)∧δXΣ).c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}})\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}=(\theta_{\Sigma})_{\ast}(\rho_{\Sigma})_{\ast}\left(c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|)\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}\right).
[02V9]
Proof.

Let (𝒳,ℒ)(\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L}) be a model of (XΣ,L⊗e)(X_{\Sigma},L^{\otimes e}) that realizes the algebraic metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|. For short, denote μ=c1(L,∥⋅∥)∧δXΣ\mu=c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|)\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} and μ𝕊=c1(L,∥⋅∥𝕊)∧δXΣ\mu_{\mathbb{S}}=c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}})\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}. By Proposition 5.55 there is a non-Archimedean field HH over KK and a semi-stable model 𝒳′{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime} of XΣ,HX_{\Sigma,H}. We may further assume that all the components of the special fibre of 𝒳′{\mathcal{X}}^{\prime} are defined over H∘/H∘⁣∘H^{\circ}/H^{\circ\circ}. Let (L′,∥⋅∥′)(L^{\prime},\|\cdot\|^{\prime}) be the metrized line bundle obtained by base change to HH. Then (∥⋅∥′)𝕊(\|\cdot\|^{\prime})_{\mathbb{S}} is obtained from ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} by base change. We denote by π:XΣ,Han→XΣ,Kan\pi\colon X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma,H}\to X^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{\Sigma,K} the map of analytic spaces. Be will denote by μ′\mu^{\prime}, μ𝕊′\mu^{\prime}_{\mathbb{S}}, θΣ′\theta_{\Sigma}^{\prime} and ρΣ′\rho_{\Sigma}^{\prime} the corresponding objects for XΣ,HX_{\Sigma,H}. Then, by Proposition 2.35 and Proposition 5.53,

μ𝕊=π∗​μ𝕊′=π∗​(θΣ′)∗​(ρΣ′)∗​μ′=(θΣ)∗​(ρΣ)∗​π∗​μ′=(θΣ)∗​(ρΣ)∗​μ.\mu_{\mathbb{S}}=\pi_{\ast}\mu^{\prime}_{\mathbb{S}}=\pi_{\ast}(\theta^{\prime}_{\Sigma})_{\ast}(\rho^{\prime}_{\Sigma})_{\ast}\mu^{\prime}=(\theta_{\Sigma})_{\ast}(\rho_{\Sigma})_{\ast}\pi_{\ast}\mu^{\prime}=(\theta_{\Sigma})_{\ast}(\rho_{\Sigma})_{\ast}\mu.

∎

We can now relate semipositivity of the metric with concavity of the associated function on the one-dimensional case.

[02VA]
Corollary 5.66.

Let XΣ≃ℙK1X_{\Sigma}\simeq\mathbb{P}^{1}_{K} be a one-dimensional toric variety over KK. Let (L,s)(L,s) be a toric line bundle with a toric section and let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a semipositive algebraic metric. Then ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} is a semipositive toric algebraic metric and ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is concave.

[02VB]
Proof.

Since ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is semipositive, c1(L,∥⋅∥)∧δXΣc_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|)\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} is a positive measure. By Corollary 5.65, c1(L,∥⋅∥𝕊)∧δXΣc_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}})\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} is a positive measure. Hence ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} is a semipositive toric metric. By equation (5.64) and Lemma 5.60, the positivity of c1(L,∥⋅∥𝕊)∧δXΣc_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}})\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} implies that the function ψ∥⋅∥=ψ∥⋅∥𝕊\psi_{\|\cdot\|}=\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}}} is concave. ∎

[02VC]

5.6. Algebraic metrics and their associated measures

We come back to the case of general dimension. Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan, Ψ\Psi a support function on Σ\Sigma and (L,s)=(LΨ,sΨ)(L,s)=(L_{\Psi},s_{\Psi}). Since Ψ\Psi is a support function, the line bundle LL is generated by global sections.

[02VD]
Proposition 5.67.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a semipositive algebraic metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Then the function ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is concave.

[02VE]
Proof.

Assume that ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is semipositive. Let u0u_{0} be a point of NℚN_{\mathbb{Q}} and let v0∈Nv_{0}\in N be primitive. Since the condition of being concave is closed, if we prove that, for all choices of u0∈Nℚu_{0}\in N_{\mathbb{Q}} and v0∈Nv_{0}\in N, the restriction of ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} to the line u0+ℝ​v0u_{0}+\mathbb{R}v_{0} is concave, we will deduce that the function ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is concave. Let e∈ℕ×e\in\mathbb{N}^{\times} such that e​u0∈Neu_{0}\in N. Then H=K⁡(ϖ1/e)H=K(\varpi^{1/e}) is a finite extension of KK and there is a unique extension of the absolute value of KK to HH. We will denote with ′ the objects obtained by base change to HH. Let p∈X0,H​(H)p\in X_{0,H}(H) such that valH⁡(p)=e​u0{\operatorname{val}}_{H}(p)=eu_{0}. We consider the affine map A:ℤ→NA\colon\mathbb{Z}\to N given by l↦v0​l+e​u0l\mapsto v_{0}l+eu_{0}, and let HH be the linear part of AA. We consider the equivariant morphism φ=φp,H:ℙH1→XΣ,H\varphi=\varphi_{p,H}\colon\mathbb{P}^{1}_{H}\to X_{\Sigma,H} of Theorem 4.9. The metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| induces an algebraic semipositive metric φ∗∥⋅∥′\varphi^{\ast}\|\cdot\|^{\prime} on the restriction of L′L^{\prime} (the line bundle obtained from LL by base change to HH) to ℙH1\mathbb{P}^{1}_{H}. By propositions 5.24 and 5.53(3) we obtain that

ψφ∗∥⋅∥(u)=eψ∥⋅∥(u0+e−1uv0).\psi_{\varphi^{\ast}\|\cdot\|}(u)=e\psi_{\|\cdot\|}(u_{0}+e^{-1}uv_{0}).

By Corollary 5.66 the left-hand side function is concave. Thus the restriction of ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} to u0+ℝ​v0u_{0}+\mathbb{R}v_{0} is concave. We conclude that ψ=ψ∥⋅∥\psi=\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is concave. ∎

[02VF]
Corollary 5.68.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a semipositive algebraic metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Then the toric metric ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}} is a semipositive toric algebraic metric.

[02VG]
Proof.

By Proposition 5.67, the function ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is concave. By Proposition 5.52 it is also rational piecewise affine. By Corollary 5.47, the metric ∥⋅∥𝕊=∥⋅∥ψ\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}}=\|\cdot\|_{\psi} is toric algebraic and semipositive. ∎

Putting together Proposition 5.67 and Theorem 5.49, we see that the relationship between semipositivity of the metric and concavity of the associated function given in the Archimedean case by Proposition 5.29 carries over to the non-Archimedean case.

[02VH]
Corollary 5.69.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a toric algebraic metric and ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} the associated function. Then the metric is semipositive if and only if the function ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is concave.

We can now characterize the Chambert-Loir measure associated to a toric semipositive algebraic metric.

[02VI]
Theorem 5.70.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a toric semipositive algebraic metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} and let ψ=ψ∥⋅∥\psi=\psi_{\|\cdot\|} be the associated function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Let c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣc_{1}(\overline{L})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} be the associated measure. Then

(5.71) (valK)∗​(c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ)=n!​ℳ¯M​(ψ),({\operatorname{val}}_{K})_{\ast}(c_{1}(\overline{L})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}})=n!{\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi),

where ℳ¯​(ψ){\overline{\mathcal{M}}}(\psi) is the measure of Definition 5.32. Moreover,

(5.72) c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ=(θΣ)∗​(𝐞K)∗​n!​ℳ¯M​(ψ).c_{1}(\overline{L})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}=(\theta_{\Sigma})_{\ast}({\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K})_{\ast}n!{\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi).
[02VJ]
Proof.

Since the metric is semipositive and toric, by Proposition 5.67 the function ψ\psi is concave. Since, moreover it is algebraic, by Theorem 5.49 it is defined by a toric model (𝒳Π,Dψ,e)({\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi},D_{\psi},e) of (XΣ,DΨ)(X_{\Sigma},D_{\Psi}) in the equivalence class determined by ψ\psi. As in Remark 4.66, the irreducible components of 𝒳Π,o{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi,o} are in bijection with the vertices of Π\Pi. For each vertex v∈Π0v\in\Pi^{0}, let ξv\xi_{v} be the point of XΣanX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}} corresponding to the generic point of V⁡(v)V(v) defined by equation (2.15). Then, by equation (2.29),

c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ=1en​∑v∈Π0νv​degDψ⁡V⁡(v)​δξv.c_{1}(\overline{L})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}=\frac{1}{e^{n}}\sum_{v\in\Pi^{0}}\nu_{v}\deg_{D_{\psi}}V(v)\delta_{\xi_{v}}.

Thus, by Corollary 5.40,

(valK)∗​(c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ)=1en​∑v∈Π0νv​degDψ⁡V⁡(v)​δv.({\operatorname{val}}_{K})_{\ast}(c_{1}(\overline{L})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}})=\frac{1}{e^{n}}\sum_{v\in\Pi^{0}}\nu_{v}\deg_{D_{\psi}}V(v)\delta_{v}.

But, using Proposition 3.95 and Proposition 4.105, the Monge-Ampère measure is given by

ℳM​(ψ)\displaystyle\mathcal{M}_{M}(\psi) =1en​ℳM​(e​ψ)\displaystyle=\frac{1}{e^{n}}\mathcal{M}_{M}(e\psi)
=1en​∑v∈Π0volM⁡(v∗)​δv\displaystyle=\frac{1}{e^{n}}\sum_{v\in\Pi^{0}}\operatorname{vol}_{M}(v^{\ast})\delta_{v}
=1n!​en​∑v∈Π0νv​degDψ⁡V⁡(v)​δv.\displaystyle=\frac{1}{n!e^{n}}\sum_{v\in\Pi^{0}}\nu_{v}\deg_{D_{\psi}}V(v)\delta_{v}.

Since ℳM​(ψ)\mathcal{M}_{M}(\psi) is a finite sum of Dirac deltas, we obtain that

ℳ¯M​(ψ)=1n!​en​∑v∈Π0νv​degDψ⁡V⁡(v)​δv.{\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi)=\frac{1}{n!e^{n}}\sum_{v\in\Pi^{0}}\nu_{v}\deg_{D_{\psi}}V(v)\delta_{v}.

Hence we have proved (5.71). To prove equation (5.72) we just observe that xv=(θ0∘𝐞K)​(v)x_{v}=(\theta_{0}\circ{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K})(v). ∎

[02VK]

5.7. Approachable and integrable metrics

We are now in position to characterize the approachable metrics. In this section KK is either ℝ\mathbb{R}, ℂ\mathbb{C} or a complete field with respect to an absolute value associated to a nontrivial discrete valuation. We fix a complete fan Σ\Sigma of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, so that XΣX_{\Sigma} is proper. Let Ψ\Psi be a support function on Σ\Sigma, ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} the corresponding polytope, and (LΨ,sΨ)(L_{\Psi},s_{\Psi}) the corresponding toric line bundle and section. For short, write X=XΣX=X_{\Sigma}, L=LΨL=L_{\Psi} and s=sΨs=s_{\Psi}.

[02VL]
Theorem 5.73.

Assume the previous hypothesis.

  1. (1)

    The assignment ∥⋅∥↦ψ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|\mapsto\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is a bijection between the space of approachable toric metrics on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} and the space of continuous concave functions ψ\psi on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that |ψ−Ψ||\psi-\Psi| is bounded.

  2. (2)

    The assignment ∥⋅∥↦ψ∥⋅∥∨\|\cdot\|\mapsto\psi_{\|\cdot\|}^{\vee} is a bijection between the space of approachable toric metrics on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} and the space of continuous concave functions on ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi}.

[02VM]
Proof.

By Proposition 3.77(2) and Proposition 3.80, the statements (1) and (2) are equivalent.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be an approachable toric metric. By Corollary 5.17 the function |ψ∥⋅∥−Ψ||\psi_{\|\cdot\|}-\Psi| is bounded. By approachability there is a sequence ∥⋅∥l\|\cdot\|_{l} of smooth (resp. algebraic) semipositive metrics that converges to ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|. Since ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is toric, ∥⋅∥𝕊=∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}}=\|\cdot\|. Hence, the sequence of toric metrics (∥⋅∥l)𝕊(\|\cdot\|_{l})_{\mathbb{S}} also converges to ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|. We denote ψl=ψ(∥⋅∥l)𝕊\psi_{l}=\psi_{(\|\cdot\|_{l})_{\mathbb{S}}}. By Proposition 5.38 and Proposition 5.67 the functions ψl\psi_{l} are concave. Since the sequence (ψl)l(\psi_{l})_{l} converge uniformly to ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|}, the latter is concave.

Let now ψ\psi be a concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that |Ψ−ψ||\Psi-\psi| is bounded. Then ψ\psi determines a metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| on the restriction of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} to X0anX_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Since stab⁡(ψ)=stab⁡(Ψ)=ΔΨ\operatorname{stab}(\psi)=\operatorname{stab}(\Psi)=\Delta_{\Psi}, by Proposition 3.81 there is a sequence of rational piecewise affine concave functions ψl\psi_{l} that converge uniformly to ψ\psi and with rec⁡(ψl)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi_{l})=\Psi. By Remark 5.46, the functions Ψ−ψl\Psi-\psi_{l} can be extended to continuous functions on NΣN_{\Sigma}. Therefore, Ψ−ψ\Psi-\psi can be extended to a continuous function on NΣN_{\Sigma}. Consequently the metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| can be extended to XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Let ∥⋅∥l\|\cdot\|_{l} be the metric associated to ψl\psi_{l}. Then the sequence of metrics ∥⋅∥l\|\cdot\|_{l} converges to ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|. By Corollary 5.28, the metrics ∥⋅∥l\|\cdot\|_{l} are approachable. We deduce that ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is approachable. ∎

[02VN]
Remark 5.74.

For the case K=ℂK=\mathbb{C}, statement (2) in the above result is related to the Guillemin-Abreu classification of Kähler structures on symplectic toric varieties as explained in [Abr03]. By definition, a symplectic toric variety is a compact symplectic manifold of dimension 2​n2n together with a Hamiltonian action of the compact torus 𝕊an≃(S1)n\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\simeq(S^{1})^{n}. These spaces are classified by Delzant polytopes of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}, see for instance [Gui95]. For a given Delzant polytope Δ⊂Mℝ\Delta\subset M_{\mathbb{R}}, the possible (S1)n(S^{1})^{n}-invariant Kähler forms on the symplectic toric variety corresponding to Δ\Delta are classified by smooth convex functions on Δ∘\Delta^{\circ} satisfying some conditions near the border of Δ\Delta. Several differential geometric invariants of a Kähler toric variety can be translated and studied in terms of this convex function, also called the ‘‘symplectic potential’’.

For a smooth positive toric metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| on LΨΔ​(ℂ)L_{\Psi_{\Delta}}(\mathbb{C}), the Chern form defines a Kähler structure on the complex toric variety XΣΔ​(ℂ)X_{\Sigma_{\Delta}}(\mathbb{C}). It turns out that the corresponding symplectic potential coincides with minus the function ψ∨∥⋅∥\psi^{\vee}_{\|\cdot\|}. It would be most interesting to explore further this connection.

We now study the compatibility of the restriction of approachable toric metrics to toric orbits and its inverse image by equivariant maps with direct and inverse image of concave functions. This is an extension of propositions 4.99 and 4.108. We start with the case of orbits, and we state a variant of Proposition 5.22 for approachable metrics.

[02VP]
Proposition 5.75.

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be an approachable toric metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}, and denote L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|) and ψ=ψL¯,s\psi=\psi_{{\overline{L}},s} the associated concave function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Let σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma and mσ∈Mm_{\sigma}\in M such that Ψ|σ=mσ|σ\Psi|_{\sigma}=m_{\sigma}|_{\sigma}. Let πσ:Nℝ→N​(σ)ℝ\pi_{\sigma}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}} be the projection, πσ∨:M​(σ)ℝ→Mℝ\pi^{\vee}_{\sigma}\colon M(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}\to M_{\mathbb{R}} the dual inclusion and ι:V⁡(σ)→X\iota\colon V(\sigma)\to X the closed immersion. Set s′=χmσ​ss^{\prime}=\chi^{m_{\sigma}}s. Then

(5.76) ψι∗​L¯,ι∗​s′=(πσ)∗​(ψ−mσ).\psi_{\iota^{\ast}{\overline{L}},\iota^{\ast}s^{\prime}}=(\pi_{\sigma})_{\ast}(\psi-m_{\sigma}).

Dually, we have that

(5.77) ψι∗​L¯,ι∗​s′∨=(πσ∨+mσ)∗​ψ∨.\psi_{\iota^{\ast}{\overline{L}},\iota^{\ast}s^{\prime}}^{\vee}=(\pi^{\vee}_{\sigma}+m_{\sigma})^{\ast}\psi^{\vee}.

In other words, the Legendre-Fenchel dual of ψι∗​L¯,ι∗​s′\psi_{\iota^{\ast}{\overline{L}},\iota^{\ast}s^{\prime}} is the restriction of ψ∨\psi^{\vee} to the face FσF_{\sigma} translated by −mσ-m_{\sigma}.

[02VQ]
Proof.

As in the proof of Proposition 4.99, it is enough to prove equation (5.76). By replacing ψ\psi by ψ−mσ\psi-m_{\sigma}, we can assume without loss of generality that mσ=0m_{\sigma}=0. By the continuity of the metric, the function ψ\psi can be extended to a continuous function ψ¯σ{\overline{\psi}}_{\sigma} on NσN_{\sigma}. Fix u0∈N​(σ)ℝu_{0}\in N(\sigma)_{\mathbb{R}}, write s=ψ¯σ​(u0)s={\overline{\psi}}_{\sigma}(u_{0}) and let u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}} such that πσ​(u)=u0\pi_{\sigma}(u)=u_{0}. By definition

(πσ)∗​(ψ)​(u0)=supp∈ℝ​σψ⁡(u+p).(\pi_{\sigma})_{\ast}(\psi)(u_{0})=\sup_{p\in\mathbb{R}\sigma}\psi(u+p).

It is clear that supp∈ℝ​σψ⁡(u+p)≥s\sup_{p\in\mathbb{R}\sigma}\psi(u+p)\geq s. Suppose that supp∈ℝ​σψ⁡(u+p)>s\sup_{p\in\mathbb{R}\sigma}\psi(u+p)>s. Let q∈ℝ​σq\in\mathbb{R}\sigma such that ψ⁡(u+q)>s\psi(u+q)>s and let ε=(ψ⁡(u+q)−s)/2\varepsilon=(\psi(u+q)-s)/2. By the definition of the topology of NσN_{\sigma}, there exists a p∈ℝ​σp\in\mathbb{R}\sigma such that

(5.78) s−ε<ψ⁡(u+p+σ)<s+ε.s-\varepsilon<\psi(u+p+\sigma)<s+\varepsilon.

Since σ\sigma is a cone of maximal dimension in ℝ​σ\mathbb{R}\sigma, there exists a point r∈(q+σ)∩(p+σ)r\in(q+\sigma)\cap(p+\sigma). By the right inequality of equation (5.78) ψ⁡(u+r)<ψ⁡(u+q)\psi(u+r)<\psi(u+q). By concavity of ψ\psi this implies that

(5.79) limλ→∞ψ⁡(u+r+λ⁡(r−q))=−∞.\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\psi(u+r+\lambda(r-q))=-\infty.

Since, by construction u+r+ℝ≥0​(r−q)u+r+\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}(r-q) is contained in u+p+σu+p+\sigma, equation (5.79) contradicts the left inequality of equation (5.78). Hence supp∈ℝ​σψ⁡(u+p)=s\sup_{p\in\mathbb{R}\sigma}\psi(u+p)=s, which proves equation (5.76). ∎

We now interpret the inverse image of an approachable toric metric by an equivariant map whose image intersects the principal open subset in terms of direct and inverse images of concave functions.

[02VR]
Proposition 5.80.

Let N1N_{1} and N2N_{2} be lattices and Σi\Sigma_{i} a complete fan in Ni,ℝN_{i,\mathbb{R}}, i=1,2i=1,2. Let H:N1→N2H\colon N_{1}\to N_{2} be a linear map such that, for each σ1∈Σ1\sigma_{1}\in\Sigma_{1}, there exists σ2∈Σ2\sigma_{2}\in\Sigma_{2} with H⁡(σ1)⊂σ2H(\sigma_{1})\subset\sigma_{2}. Let p∈XΣ2,0​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma_{2},0}(K) and write A:N1,ℝ→N2,ℝA\colon N_{1,\mathbb{R}}\to N_{2,\mathbb{R}} for the affine map A=H+val⁡(p)A=H+{\operatorname{val}}(p). Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be an approachable toric metric on 𝒪​(DΨ2)an{\mathcal{O}}(D_{\Psi_{2}})^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Then

ψφp.H∗∥⋅∥=A∗ψ∥⋅∥.\psi_{\varphi_{p.H}^{\ast}\|\cdot\|}=A^{*}\psi_{\|\cdot\|}.

Moreover, the Legendre-Fenchel dual of this function is given by

ψφp.H∗∥⋅∥∨=(H∨)∗(ψ∥⋅∥∨−val(p)).\psi_{\varphi_{p.H}^{\ast}\|\cdot\|}^{\vee}=(H^{\vee})_{*}\big(\psi^{\vee}_{\|\cdot\|}-{\operatorname{val}}(p)\big).
[02VS]
Proof.

The first statement is a direct consequence of Proposition 5.24 while the second one follows from Proposition 3.78(1). ∎

We next characterize the measures associated to an approachable metric.

[02VT]
Theorem 5.81.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, let Ψ\Psi be a support function on Σ\Sigma and let L=𝒪⁡(DΨ)L=\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi}). Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be an approachable metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} and let ψ=ψ∥⋅∥\psi=\psi_{\|\cdot\|} be the corresponding concave function. Then

(5.82) (valK)∗​(c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ)=n!​ℳ¯M​(ψ).({\operatorname{val}}_{K})_{\ast}(c_{1}(\overline{L})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}})=n!{\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi).

Moreover, the measure c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣc_{1}(\overline{L})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} is characterized, in the Archimedean case, by equation (5.82) and the fact of being toric, while in the non-Archimedean case it is given by

c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ=(θΣ)∗​(𝐞K)∗​n!​ℳ¯M​(ψ).c_{1}(\overline{L})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}=(\theta_{\Sigma})_{\ast}({\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K})_{\ast}n!{\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi).
[02VU]
Proof.

For short, denote μ=(valK)∗​(c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ)\mu=({\operatorname{val}}_{K})_{\ast}(c_{1}(\overline{L})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}). Let ∥⋅∥l\|\cdot\|_{l} be a sequence of semipositive smooth (respectively algebraic) metrics converging to ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|. By Proposition 2.33, the measures c1(L,∥⋅∥l)n∧δXΣc_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|_{l})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} converge to c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣc_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}. Therefore, the measures (valK)∗(c1(L,∥⋅∥l)n∧δXΣ)({\operatorname{val}}_{K})_{\ast}(c_{1}(L,\|\cdot\|_{l})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}) converge to the measure μ\mu on NΣN_{\Sigma}. Proposition 2.37 implies that the measure of XΣan∖X0anX_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}\setminus X_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}} with respect to c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣc_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\land\delta_{X_{\Sigma}} is zero. Therefore NΣ∖NℝN_{\Sigma}\setminus N_{\mathbb{R}} has μ\mu-measure zero. Denote ψl=ψ(∥⋅∥l)𝕊\psi_{l}=\psi_{(\|\cdot\|_{l})_{\mathbb{S}}}. By Proposition 3.108, the measures ℳM​(ψl)\mathcal{M}_{M}(\psi_{l}) converge to the measure ℳM​(ψ)\mathcal{M}_{M}(\psi). Thus μ|Nℝ=n!​ℳM​(ψ)\mu|_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}=n!\mathcal{M}_{M}(\psi). If we add to this that the measure of NΣ∖NℝN_{\Sigma}\setminus N_{\mathbb{R}} is zero, we deduce equation (5.82). The last statement of the theorem is clear from Theorem 5.33 and Theorem 5.70. ∎

We end this section by characterizing integrable metrics.

[02VV]
Corollary 5.83.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan. Then the map ∥⋅∥↦ψ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|\mapsto\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is a bijection between the space of integrable toric metrics on 𝒪​(DΨ)an\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi})^{{\text{\rm an}}} and the space of functions ψ∈𝒟¯​(Nℝ)\psi\in{\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(N_{\mathbb{R}}) such that rec⁡(ψ)=Ψ\operatorname{rec}(\psi)=\Psi, were 𝒟¯​(Nℝ){\overline{\mathscr{D}}}(N_{\mathbb{R}}) is the space of functions of Definition 3.82.

[02VW]

5.8. Adelic toric metrics

We now turn to the global case. Let (𝕂,M𝕂)(\mathbb{K},M_{\mathbb{K}}) be an adelic field (Definition 2.47). We fix a complete fan Σ\Sigma in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and a virtual support function Ψ\Psi on Σ\Sigma. Let (L,s)(L,s) be the associated toric line bundle and section. If XX is a variety over 𝕂\mathbb{K} and v∈M𝕂v\in M_{\mathbb{K}} we will denote by Xan,vX^{{\text{\rm an}},v} its analytification with respect to vv. Analogously 𝕊an,v\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}},v} will denote the compact subtorus of 𝕋an,v\mathbb{T}^{{\text{\rm an}},v}.

[02VX]
Definition 5.84.

A toric metric on LL is a family (∥⋅∥v)v∈M𝕂(\|\cdot\|_{v})_{v\in M_{\mathbb{K}}}, where ∥⋅∥v\|\cdot\|_{v} is a toric metrics on LvanL_{v}^{{\text{\rm an}}}. A toric metric is called adelic if ψ∥⋅∥v=Ψ\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{v}}=\Psi for all but finitely many vv.

[02VY]
Theorem 5.85.

Let (𝕂,M𝕂)(\mathbb{K},M_{\mathbb{K}}) be a global field. A toric metric on LL is quasi-algebraic (Definition 2.52) if and only if it is an adelic toric metric.

[02VZ]
Proof.

Let (∥⋅∥v)v∈M𝕂(\|\cdot\|_{v})_{v\in M_{\mathbb{K}}} be a metric on LL and write L¯=(L,(∥⋅∥v)v∈M𝕂){\overline{L}}=(L,(\|\cdot\|_{v})_{v\in M_{\mathbb{K}}}). Suppose first that L¯{\overline{L}} is toric and quasi-algebraic. Let S⊂M𝕂S\subset M_{\mathbb{K}} be a finite set containing the Archimedean places, 𝕂S∘\mathbb{K}^{\circ}_{S} as in Definition 2.51, e≥1e\geq 1 an integer and (𝒳,ℒ)({\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}}) a proper model over 𝕂S∘\mathbb{K}^{\circ}_{S} of (XΣ,L⊗e)(X_{\Sigma},L^{\otimes e}) so that ∥⋅∥v\|\cdot\|_{v} is induced by the localization ℒv{\mathcal{L}}_{v} for all v∉Sv\notin S. Over 𝕂\mathbb{K}, there is an isomorphism from (𝒳,ℒ)({\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}}) to the canonical model (𝒳Σ,ℒe​Ψ)({\mathcal{X}}_{\Sigma},{\mathcal{L}}_{e\Psi}). Since 𝕂S∘\mathbb{K}^{\circ}_{S} is Noetherian, this isomorphism and its inverse are defined over 𝕂S′∘\mathbb{K}^{\circ}_{S^{\prime}} for certain finite subset S′S^{\prime} containing SS. Thus, enlarging the finite set SS if necessary, we can suppose without loss of generality that (𝒳,ℒ)({\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}}) agrees with the canonical model (𝒳Σ,ℒe​Ψ)({\mathcal{X}}_{\Sigma},{\mathcal{L}}_{e\Psi}). Hence, ∥⋅∥v=∥⋅∥v,e​Ψ1/e=∥⋅∥v,Ψ\|\cdot\|_{v}=\|\cdot\|_{v,e\Psi}^{1/e}=\|\cdot\|_{v,\Psi} for all places v∉Sv\notin S. In consequence, it is an adelic toric metric.

Conversely, suppose that L¯{\overline{L}} is a toric adelic metrized line bundle. Let SS be the union of the set of Archimedean places and {v∈M𝕂|ψv≠Ψ}\{v\in M_{\mathbb{K}}|\psi_{v}\neq\Psi\}. By definition, this is a finite set. Let (𝒳Σ,ℒΨ)({\mathcal{X}}_{\Sigma},{\mathcal{L}}_{\Psi}) be the canonical model over 𝕂S∘\mathbb{K}^{\circ}_{S} of (XΣ,L)(X_{\Sigma},L). Then ∥⋅∥v\|\cdot\|_{v} is the metric induced by this model, for all v∉Sv\notin S. Hence L¯{\overline{L}} is quasi-algebraic. ∎

[02W0]
Corollary 5.86.

Let LL be as before.

  1. (1)

    There is a bijection between the set of approachable adelic toric metric on LL and the set of families of continuous concave functions {ψv}v\{\psi_{v}\}_{v} on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} such that |ψv−Ψ||\psi_{v}-\Psi| is bounded and ψv=Ψ\psi_{v}=\Psi for all but finitely many vv.

  2. (2)

    There is a bijection between the set of approachable adelic toric metric on LL and the set of families of continuous concave functions {ψv∨}v\{\psi^{\vee}_{v}\}_{v} on ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} such that ψv∨=0\psi^{\vee}_{v}=0 for all but finitely many vv.

[02W1]
Proof.

This follows from Theorem 5.85 and Theorem 5.73. ∎

[02W2]

6. Height of toric varieties

In this section we will state and prove a formula to compute the height of a toric variety with respect to a toric line bundle.

[02W3]

6.1. Local heights of toric varieties

Let KK be either ℝ\mathbb{R}, ℂ\mathbb{C} or a complete field with respect to an absolute value associated to a nontrivial discrete valuation. Let N≃ℤnN\simeq\mathbb{Z}^{n} be a lattice and M=N∨M=N^{\vee} the dual lattice. We will use the notations of §4 and we recall the definition of λK\lambda_{K} in (5.3).

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and XΣX_{\Sigma} the corresponding proper toric variety. In Definition 2.39 we recalled the definition of local heights. These local heights depend, not only on cycles and metrized line bundles, but also on the choice of sections of the involved line bundles. For toric line bundles, Proposition-Definition 5.20, provides us with a distinguished choice of a toric metric, the canonical metric. This metric is integrable and, if the line bundle is generated by global sections, it is approachable. By comparing any integrable metric to the canonical metric, we can define a local height for toric line bundles that is independent from the choice of sections.

[02W4]
Definition 6.1.

Let L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}), i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, be a family of toric line bundles, with integrable toric metrics. Denote by L¯ican{\overline{L}}_{i}^{{\operatorname{can}}} the same line bundles equipped with the canonical metric. Let YY be a dd-dimensional cycle of XΣX_{\Sigma}. Then the toric local height of YY with respect to L¯0,…,L¯d{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d} is

(6.2) hL¯0,…,L¯dtor⁡(Y)=hφ∗​L¯0,…,φ∗​L¯d⁡(Y′,s0,…,sd)−hφ∗​L¯0can,…,φ∗​L¯dcan⁡(Y′,s0,…,sd),\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y)=\operatorname{h}_{\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y^{\prime};s_{0},\dots,s_{d})-\\ \operatorname{h}_{\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{0}^{{\operatorname{can}}},\dots,\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}_{d}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(Y^{\prime};s_{0},\dots,s_{d}),

where Σ′\Sigma^{\prime} is a regular refinement of Σ\Sigma (hence XΣ′X_{\Sigma^{\prime}} is projective), φ:XΣ′→XΣ\varphi\colon X_{\Sigma^{\prime}}\to X_{\Sigma} is the corresponding proper toric morphism, Y′Y^{\prime} is a cycle of X′X^{\prime} such that φ∗​Y′=Y\varphi_{\ast}Y^{\prime}=Y and s0,…,sds_{0},\dots,s_{d} are sections meeting Y′Y^{\prime} properly. When L¯0=⋯=L¯d=L¯{\overline{L}}_{0}=\dots={\overline{L}}_{d}={\overline{L}} we will denote

hL¯tor⁡(Y)=hL¯0,…,L¯dtor⁡(Y).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y).
[02W5]
Remark 6.3.

Even if the toric local height in the above definition differs from the local height of Definition 2.39, we will be able to use them to compute global heights because, for toric subvarieties and closures of orbits, the sum over all places of the local canonical heights is zero (see Proposition 6.35). This is the case, in particular, for the height of the total space XΣX_{\Sigma}.

By Theorem 2.46(4), the right-hand side of equation (6.2) does not depend on the choice of refinement nor on the choice of sections, but the toric local height depends on the toric structure of the line bundles (see Definition 4.19), because the canonical metric depends on the toric structure.

[02W6]
Proposition 6.4.

The toric local height is symmetric and multilinear with respect to tensor product of metrized toric line bundles. In particular, let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan, L¯i{\overline{L}}_{i} a family of d+1d+1 toric line bundles with integrable toric metrics and YY an algebraic cycle of XΣX_{\Sigma} of dimension dd. Then

(6.5) hL¯0,…,L¯dtor(Y)=∑j=0d(−1)d−j∑1≤i0<⋯<ij≤dhL¯i0⊗⋯⊗L¯ijtor(Y).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y)=\sum_{j=0}^{d}(-1)^{d-j}\sum_{1\leq i_{0}<\cdots<i_{j}\leq d}\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{i_{0}}\otimes\cdots\otimes{\overline{L}}_{i_{j}}}(Y).
[02W7]
Proof.

It suffices to prove the statement for the case when XΣX_{\Sigma} is projective, as the general case reduces to this one by taking a suitable refinement of the fan.

The symmetry of the toric local height follows readily from the analogous property for the local height, see Theorem 2.46(1). For the multilinearity, let L¯d′{\overline{L}}_{d}^{\prime} be a further metrized line bundle. By the moving lemma, there are sections sis_{i} of LiL_{i}, 0≤i≤d0\leq i\leq d meeting properly on YY and sd′s_{d}^{\prime} of Ld′L_{d}^{\prime} such that s0,…,sd−1,sd′s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1},s_{d}^{\prime} meets properly on YY too. By Theorem 2.46(1),

hL¯0,…,L¯d−1,L¯d⊗L¯d′⁡(Y,s0,…,sd−1,sd⊗sd′)=hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)+hL¯0,…,L¯d−1,L¯d′⁡(Y,s0,…,sd−1,sd′)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d-1},{\overline{L}}_{d}\otimes{\overline{L}}_{d}^{\prime}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1},s_{d}\otimes s_{d}^{\prime})=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d})\\ +\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d-1},{\overline{L}}_{d}^{\prime}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1},s_{d}^{\prime})

and a similar formula holds for the canonical metric. By the definition of the toric local height, hL¯0,…,L¯d−1,L¯d⊗L¯d′tor⁡(Y)=hL¯0,…,L¯dtor⁡(Y)+hL¯0,…,L¯d−1,L¯d′tor⁡(Y)\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d-1},{\overline{L}}_{d}\otimes{\overline{L}}_{d}^{\prime}}(Y)=\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y)+\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d-1},{\overline{L}}_{d}^{\prime}}(Y). The inclusion-exclusion formula follows readily from the symmetry and the multilinearity of the local toric height. ∎

[02W8]
Theorem 6.6.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Let L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|) be a toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma}, generated by global sections, and equipped with an approachable toric metric. Choose any toric section ss of LL; let Ψ\Psi be the associated support function on Σ\Sigma, and put ΔΨ=stab⁡(Ψ)\Delta_{\Psi}=\operatorname{stab}(\Psi) for the associated polytope. Then, the toric local height of XΣX_{\Sigma} with respect to L¯{\overline{L}} is given by

(6.7) hL¯tor⁡(XΣ)=(n+1)!​λK​∫ΔΨψL¯,s∨​d​volM.\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma})=(n+1)!\lambda_{K}\int_{\Delta_{\Psi}}\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}.

where d​volM\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M} is the unique Haar measure of MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} such that the co-volume of MM is one and ψL¯,s∨\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}^{\vee} is the Legendre-Fenchel dual to the function ψL¯,s\psi_{{\overline{L}},s} associated to (L¯,s)({\overline{L}},s) in Definition 5.14.

We note that, by Theorem 5.73(2), the function ψL¯,s\psi_{{\overline{L}},s} is concave because the metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} is approachable. We also introduce the function

fL¯,s​(u)=(ψL¯,s​λK)​(u)=λK​ψL¯,s​(u/λK).f_{{\overline{L}},s}(u)=(\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}\lambda_{K})(u)=\lambda_{K}\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}(u/\lambda_{K}).
[02W9]
Definition 6.8.

Let (L¯,s)({\overline{L}},s) be a metrized toric line bundle with a toric section as in the theorem above. Then the roof function associated to (L¯,s)({\overline{L}},s) is the concave function ϑL¯,s:ΔΨ→ℝ\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s}\colon\Delta_{\Psi}\to\mathbb{R} defined as

ϑL¯,s=fL¯,s∨=λK​ψL¯,s∨.\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s}=f_{{\overline{L}},s}^{\vee}=\lambda_{K}\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}^{\vee}.

The concave function ψL¯,s∨\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}^{\vee} will be called the rational roof function. When the toric section ss is clear form the context, we will denote fL¯,sf_{{\overline{L}},s} and ϑL¯,s\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s} by f∥⋅∥f_{\|\cdot\|} and ϑ∥⋅∥\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|} respectively.

The function ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is not invariant under field extensions (see Proposition 5.53(3)) but it has the advantage that, if the metric ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| is algebraic, then it is rational with respect to the lattice NN. By contrast, the function f∥⋅∥f_{\|\cdot\|} is invariant under field extensions. It is not rational, but it takes values in λK​ℚ\lambda_{K}\mathbb{Q} on λK​Nℚ\lambda_{K}N_{\mathbb{Q}}. This is the function that appears in [BPS09].

In case ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|} is a piecewise affine concave function, ϑ∥⋅∥\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|} and ψ∥⋅∥∨\psi_{\|\cdot\|}^{\vee} parameterize the upper envelope of some extended polytope, as explained in Lemma 3.79, hence the terminology “roof function”. In case KK is non-Archimedean and ||⋅||||\cdot|| is algebraic, the function ψ∥⋅∥∨\psi_{\|\cdot\|}^{\vee} is a rational concave function.

Alternatively, we can express the toric height in terms of the roof function as

(6.9) hL¯tor⁡(XΣ)=(n+1)!​∫ΔΨϑL¯,s​d​volM.\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma})=(n+1)!\int_{\Delta_{\Psi}}\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}.
[02WA]
Proof of Theorem 6.6.

For short, we set Δ=ΔΨ\Delta=\Delta_{\Psi} and ψ=ψ∥⋅∥\psi=\psi_{\|\cdot\|}. Let ΣΔ\Sigma_{\Delta} be the fan associated to Δ\Delta as in Remark 4.43. There is a toric morphism φ:XΣ→XΣΔ\varphi\colon X_{\Sigma}\to X_{\Sigma_{\Delta}}. The function ψ∨\psi^{\vee} defines an approachable metric ∥⋅∥′\|\cdot\|^{\prime} on 𝒪​(DΨΔ)an\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi_{\Delta}})^{{\text{\rm an}}}. We denote L¯′=(𝒪(DΨΔ),∥⋅∥′){\overline{L}}^{\prime}=(\mathcal{O}(D_{\Psi_{\Delta}}),\|\cdot\|^{\prime}). Then there is an isometry φ∗​(L¯′)=L¯\varphi^{\ast}({\overline{L}}^{\prime})={\overline{L}}. By Corollary 5.25 there is an isometry φ∗(L¯′)can=L¯can\varphi^{\ast}({\overline{L}}^{\prime}{}^{{\operatorname{can}}})={\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}.

If the dimension of Δ\Delta is less than nn, then the right-hand side of equation (6.7) is zero. Moreover, n=dim(XΣ)>dim(XΣΔ)n=\dim(X_{\Sigma})>\dim(X_{\Sigma_{\Delta}}) and the metrized line bundles L¯{\overline{L}} and L¯can{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}} come from a variety of smaller dimension. Therefore, by Theorem 2.46(2), the left-hand side of equation (6.7) is also zero, because φ∗​XΣ\varphi_{*}X_{\Sigma} is the cycle zero. If Δ\Delta has dimension nn then φ\varphi is a birational morphism, so, by Theorem 2.46(2),

hL¯tor⁡(XΣ)=hL¯′tor⁡(XΣΔ).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma})=\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}^{\prime}}(X_{\Sigma_{\Delta}}).

Therefore it is enough to prove the theorem for XΣΔX_{\Sigma_{\Delta}}. By construction, the fan ΣΔ\Sigma_{\Delta} is regular; hence the variety XΣΔX_{\Sigma_{\Delta}} is projective and L′L^{\prime} is ample. Thus we are reduced to prove the theorem in the case when Σ\Sigma is regular and LL is ample.

Now the proof is done by induction on nn, the dimension of XΣX_{\Sigma}. If n=0n=0 then XΣ=ℙ0X_{\Sigma}=\mathbb{P}^{0}, Ψ=0\Psi=0, Δ={0}\Delta=\{0\} and L=𝒪⁡(D0)=𝒪ℙ0L=\mathcal{O}(D_{0})=\mathcal{O}_{\mathbb{P}^{0}}. By equation (5.15), log⁡‖s‖=λK​ψ​(0)\log\|s\|=\lambda_{K}\psi(0) and log⁡‖s‖can=λK​Ψ​(0)=0\log\|s\|_{{\operatorname{can}}}=\lambda_{K}\Psi(0)=0. The Legendre-Fenchel dual of ψ\psi satisfies ψ∨​(0)=−ψ​(0)\psi^{\vee}(0)=-\psi(0). By equation (2.40), hL¯⁡(XΣ;s)=−λK​ψ​(0)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma};s)=-\lambda_{K}\psi(0) and hL¯can⁡(XΣ;s)=0\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(X_{\Sigma};s)=0. Therefore

hL¯tor⁡(XΣ)=−λK​ψ​(0)=λK​ψ∨​(0)=1!​λK​∫Δψ∨​d​volM.\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma})=-\lambda_{K}\psi(0)=\lambda_{K}\psi^{\vee}(0)=1!\lambda_{K}\int_{\Delta}\psi^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}.

Let n≥1n\geq 1 and let s0,…,sn−1s_{0},\dots,s_{n-1} be rational sections of 𝒪⁡(DΨ){\mathcal{O}}(D_{\Psi}) such that s0,…,sn−1,ss_{0},\dots,s_{n-1},s intersect XΣX_{\Sigma} properly. By the construction of local heights (Definition 2.39),

(6.10) hL¯⁡(XΣ,s0,…,sn−1,s)=hL¯⁡(div⁡(s)CLOSE;\displaystyle\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma};s_{0},\dots,s_{n-1},s)=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(\operatorname{div}(s); OPENs0,…,sn−1)\displaystyle s_{0},\dots,s_{n-1})
−∫XΣanlog∥s∥c1(L¯)n∧δXΣ\displaystyle-\int_{X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\log\|s\|c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\wedge\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}

and a similar formula holds for the canonical metric.

For each facet FF of Δ\Delta let vFv_{F} be as in Notation 3.103. Since LL is ample, Proposition 4.46 implies

(6.11) hL¯(div(s);s0,…,sn−1)=∑F−⟨vF,F⟩hL¯(V(τF);s0,…,sn−1),\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(\operatorname{div}(s);s_{0},\dots,s_{n-1})=\sum_{F}-\langle v_{F},F\rangle\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(V(\tau_{F});s_{0},\dots,s_{n-1}),

where the sum is over the facets FF of Δ\Delta. Observe that the local height of V⁡(τF)V(\tau_{F}) with respect to the metrized line bundle L¯{\overline{L}} coincides with the local height associated to the restriction of L¯{\overline{L}} to this subvariety. Moreover by Corollary 5.23, the restriction of the canonical metric of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} to this subvariety agrees with the canonical metric of Lan|V⁡(τF)L^{{\text{\rm an}}}|_{V(\tau_{F})}. Hence, by substracting from equation (6.11) the analogous formula for the canonical metric, we obtain

(6.12) ∑F−⟨mF,vF⟩hL¯|V⁡(τF)tor(V(τF))=hL¯(div(s);\displaystyle\sum_{F}-\langle m_{F},v_{F}\rangle\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}|_{V(\tau_{F})}}(V(\tau_{F}))=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(\operatorname{div}(s); OPENs0,…,sn−1)\displaystyle s_{0},\dots,s_{n-1})
−hL¯can⁡(div⁡(s),s0,…,sn−1).\displaystyle-\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(\operatorname{div}(s);s_{0},\dots,s_{n-1}).

Moreover, Proposition 2.37 implies that

∫XΣanlog⁡‖s‖​c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ=∫XΣ,0anlog⁡‖s‖​c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ.\int_{X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\log\|s\|c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\wedge\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}=\int_{X_{\Sigma,0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\log\|s\|c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\wedge\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}.

By equation (5.15), log⁡‖s‖=(valK)∗​(λK​ψ)\log\|s\|=({\operatorname{val}}_{K})^{*}(\lambda_{K}\psi). Moreover

∫XΣ,0an(valK)∗​(λK​ψ)​c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ=\displaystyle\int_{X_{\Sigma,0}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}({\operatorname{val}}_{K})^{*}(\lambda_{K}\psi)c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\wedge\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}= ∫NℝλK​ψ​(valK)∗​(c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ)\displaystyle\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}\lambda_{K}\psi({\operatorname{val}}_{K})_{*}(c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\wedge\delta_{X_{\Sigma}})

and by Theorem 5.81, (valK)∗​(c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ)=n!​ℳM​(ψ)({\operatorname{val}}_{K})_{*}(c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\wedge\delta_{X_{\Sigma}})=n!{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(\psi). Hence

(6.13) ∫XΣanlog⁡‖s‖​c1​(L¯)n∧δXΣ=n!​λK​∫Nℝψ​ℳM​(ψ).\int_{X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\log\|s\|c_{1}({\overline{L}})^{n}\wedge\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}=n!\lambda_{K}\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}\psi{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(\psi).

By Example 3.96, ℳM​(Ψ)=volM⁡(Δ)​δ0{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(\Psi)=\operatorname{vol}_{M}(\Delta)\delta_{0}. Therefore, in the case of the canonical metric, equation (6.13) reads as

(6.14) ∫XΣanlog⁡‖s‖can​c1​(L¯can)n∧δXΣ=n!​λK​volM⁡(Δ)​Ψ​(0)=0.\int_{X_{\Sigma}^{{\text{\rm an}}}}\log\|s\|_{{\operatorname{can}}}c_{1}({\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}})^{n}\wedge\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}=n!\lambda_{K}\operatorname{vol}_{M}(\Delta)\Psi(0)=0.

Thus, substracting from equation (6.10) the analogous formula for the canonical metric and using equations (6.12), (6.13) and (6.14), we obtain

(6.15) hL¯tor(XΣ)=∑F−⟨vF,F⟩hL¯|V⁡(τF)tor(V(τF))−n!λK∫NℝψℳM(ψ).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma})=\sum_{F}-\langle v_{F},F\rangle\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}|_{V(\tau_{F})}}(V(\tau_{F}))-n!\lambda_{K}\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}\psi{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(\psi).

By the inductive hypothesis and equation (5.77)

hL¯|V⁡(τF)tor⁡(V⁡(τF))=n!​λK​∫Fψ∨​d​volM⁡(F).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}|_{V(\tau_{F})}}(V(\tau_{F}))=n!\lambda_{K}\int_{F}\psi^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M({F})}.

Hence, by Corollary 3.104,

hL¯tor⁡(XΣ)\displaystyle\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma}) =−n!λK∑F⟨vF,F⟩∫Fψ∨dvolM⁡(F)−n!λK∫NℝψℳM(ψ)\displaystyle=-n!\lambda_{K}\sum_{F}\langle v_{F},F\rangle\int_{F}\psi^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M({F})}-n!\lambda_{K}\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}\psi{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(\psi)
=(n+1)!​λK​∫Δψ∨​d​volM,\displaystyle=(n+1)!\lambda_{K}\int_{\Delta}\psi^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M},

proving the theorem ∎

[02WB]
Remark 6.16.

The left-hand side of equation (6.7) only depends on the structure of toric line bundle of LL and not on a particular choice of toric section, while the right-hand side seems to depend on the section ss. We can see directly that the right hand side actually does not depend on the section. If we pick a different toric section, say s′s^{\prime}, then the corresponding support function Ψ′\Psi^{\prime} differs from Ψ\Psi by a linear functional. The polytope ΔΨ′\Delta_{\Psi^{\prime}} is the translated of ΔΨ′\Delta_{\Psi^{\prime}} by the corresponding element of MM. The function ψL¯,s′\psi_{{\overline{L}},s^{\prime}} differs from ψL¯,s\psi_{{\overline{L}},s} by the same linear functional and ψL¯,s′∨\psi_{{\overline{L}},s^{\prime}}^{\vee} is the translated of ψL¯,s∨\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}^{\vee} by the same element of MM. Thus the integral on the right has the same value whether we use the section ss of the section s′s^{\prime}.

Theorem 6.6 can be reformulated in terms of an integral over NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}.

[02WC]
Corollary 6.17.

Let notation be as in Theorem 6.6 and write ψ=ψL¯,s\psi=\psi_{{\overline{L}},s} for short. Then

(6.18) hL¯tor⁡(XΣ)=λK​(n+1)!​∫Nℝ(ψ∨∘∂ψ)​ℳM​(ψ),\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma})=\lambda_{K}(n+1)!\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}(\psi^{\vee}\circ\partial\psi)\,{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(\psi),

where ψ∨∘∂ψ\psi^{\vee}\circ\partial\psi is the integrable function defined by (3.105). When ψ∈𝒞2​(Nℝ)\psi\in{\mathcal{C}}^{2}(N_{\mathbb{R}}),

(6.19) hL¯tor⁡(XΣ)=(−1)n​(n+1)!​∫Nℝ(⟨∇ψ​(u),u⟩−ψ⁡(u))​det(Hess⁡(ψ))​d​volN.\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma})=(-1)^{n}(n+1)!\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}(\langle\nabla\psi(u),u\rangle-\psi(u))\det(\operatorname{Hess}(\psi))\,\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{N}.

When ψ\psi is piecewise affine,

(6.20) hL¯tor⁡(XΣ)=(n+1)!​∑v∈Π​(ψ)0∫v∗(⟨x,v⟩−ψ⁡(v))​d​volM⁡(x).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma})=(n+1)!\sum_{v\in\Pi(\psi)^{0}}\int_{v^{*}}(\langle x,v\rangle-\psi(v))\,\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}(x).
[02WD]
Proof.

Equation (6.18) follows readily from Theorem 6.6 and (3.105). The second statement follows from Proposition 3.94 and Example 3.106(1) while the third one follows from Proposition 3.95 and Example 3.106(2). ∎

Theorem 6.6 can be extended to compute the local toric height associated to distinct line bundles in term of the mixed integral of the associated roof functions.

[02WE]
Corollary 6.21.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}), i=0,…,ni=0,\dots,n, be toric line bundles on XΣX_{\Sigma} generated by global sections and equipped with approachable toric metrics. Choose toric sections sis_{i} of LiL_{i} and let Ψi\Psi_{i} be the corresponding support functions. Then the toric height of XΣX_{\Sigma} with respect to L¯0,…,L¯n{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{n} is given by

hL¯0,…,L¯ntor(XΣ)=MIM(ϑ∥⋅∥0,…,ϑ∥⋅∥n)=λKMIM(ψ∥⋅∥0∨,…,ψ∥⋅∥n∨).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{n}}(X_{\Sigma})=\operatorname{MI}_{M}(\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|_{0}},\dots,\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|_{n}})=\lambda_{K}\operatorname{MI}_{M}(\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{0}}^{\vee},\dots,\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{n}}^{\vee}).
[02WF]
Proof.

Let L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}), i=1,2i=1,2, be toric line bundles equipped with toric metrics and let sis_{i} be a toric section of LiL_{i}. By propositions 5.19 (1) and 3.38 (3)

(6.22) (ψL¯1⊗L¯2,s1⊗s2)∨=ψL¯1,s1∨⊞ψL¯2,s2∨.(\psi_{{\overline{L}}_{1}\otimes{\overline{L}}_{2},s_{1}\otimes s_{2}})^{\vee}=\psi_{{\overline{L}}_{1},s_{1}}^{\vee}\boxplus\psi_{{\overline{L}}_{2},s_{2}}^{\vee}.

The result then follows from (6.5), the definition of the mixed integral (Definition 3.113) and Theorem 6.6. ∎

[02WG]
Remark 6.23.

In the integrable case, the toric height can be expressed as an alternating sum of mixed integrals as follows. Let L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}), i=0,…,ni=0,\dots,n, be toric line bundles on XΣX_{\Sigma} equipped with integrable toric metrics and set L¯i=L¯i,+⊗(L¯i,−)−1{\overline{L}}_{i}={\overline{L}}_{i,+}\otimes({\overline{L}}_{i,-})^{-1} for some approachable metrized toric line bundles L¯i,+{\overline{L}}_{i,+}, L¯i,−{\overline{L}}_{i,-}. Choose a toric section for each line bundle and write ϑi,+\vartheta_{i,+} and ϑi,−\vartheta_{i,-} for the corresponding roof functions. Then

hL¯0,…,L¯ntor⁡(XΣ)=∑ε0,…,εn∈{±1}ε0​…​εn​MIM​(ϑ0,ε0,…,ϑn,εn).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{n}}(X_{\Sigma})=\sum_{\varepsilon_{0},\dots,\varepsilon_{n}\in\{\pm 1\}}\varepsilon_{0}\dots\varepsilon_{n}\operatorname{MI}_{M}(\vartheta_{{0},\varepsilon_{0}},\dots,\vartheta_{n,\varepsilon_{n}}).

We have defined and computed the local height of a toric variety. We now will compute the toric height of toric subvarieties. We start with the case of orbits.

[02WH]
Proposition 6.24.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and σ∈Σ\sigma\in\Sigma a cone of codimension dd. To it, we have associated the dimension dd closed subvariety V⁡(σ)V(\sigma) and the closed immersion ισ:XΣ⁡(σ)→XΣ\iota_{\sigma}\colon X_{\Sigma(\sigma)}\to X_{\Sigma} whose image is V⁡(σ)V(\sigma). Let LL be a toric line on XΣX_{\Sigma} generated by global sections, ss a toric section, Ψ\Psi the corresponding support function, and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| an approachable toric metric on LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. As usual write L¯=(L,∥⋅∥){\overline{L}}=(L,\|\cdot\|). Then

hL¯tor⁡(V⁡(σ))=hισ∗​L¯tor⁡(XΣ⁡(σ))=(d+1)!​∫FσϑL¯,s​d​volM⁡(Fσ),\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(V(\sigma))=\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{\iota_{\sigma}^{\ast}{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma(\sigma)})=(d+1)!\int_{F_{\sigma}}\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M(F_{\sigma})},

where FσF_{\sigma} is the face of ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} corresponding to σ\sigma, M⁡(Fσ)M(F_{\sigma}) is the lattice induced by MM on the linear space associated to FσF_{\sigma} and ισ∗​L\iota_{\sigma}^{\ast}L has the structure of toric line bundle of Proposition 4.34.

[02WI]
Proof.

By Corollary 5.23 the restriction of the canonical metric of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}} is the canonical metric of ισ∗​Lan\iota_{\sigma}^{\ast}L^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Therefore, the equality hL¯tor⁡(V⁡(σ))=hισ∗​L¯tor⁡(XΣ⁡(σ))\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(V(\sigma))=\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{\iota_{\sigma}^{\ast}{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma(\sigma)}) follows from Theorem 2.46(2).

To prove the second equality, choose mσ∈Fσ∩Mm_{\sigma}\in F_{\sigma}\cap M. We will follow the notation of Proposition 5.75. By Theorem 6.6,

hισ∗​L¯tor(XΣ⁡(σ))=(d+1)!∫Δ(Ψ−mσ)​(σ)ϑ∥⋅∥σdvolM⁡(σ).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{\iota_{\sigma}^{\ast}{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma(\sigma)})=(d+1)!\int_{\Delta_{(\Psi-m_{\sigma})(\sigma)}}\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|_{\sigma}}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M(\sigma)}.

By Proposition 4.47, Δ(Ψ−mσ)​(σ)=(πσ∨+mσ)−1​Fσ.\Delta_{(\Psi-m_{\sigma})(\sigma)}=(\pi_{\sigma}^{\vee}+m_{\sigma})^{-1}F_{\sigma}. By Proposition 5.75

ϑ∥⋅∥σ=λKφ∥⋅∥σ∨=λK(πσ∨+mσ)∗φ∥⋅∥∨=(πσ∨+mσ)∗ϑ∥⋅∥.\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|_{\sigma}}=\lambda_{K}\varphi^{\vee}_{\|\cdot\|_{\sigma}}=\lambda_{K}(\pi_{\sigma}^{\vee}+m_{\sigma})^{\ast}\varphi^{\vee}_{\|\cdot\|}=(\pi_{\sigma}^{\vee}+m_{\sigma})^{\ast}\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|}.

Since M⁡(Fσ)=M⁡(σ)M(F_{\sigma})=M(\sigma), we obtain

∫Δ(Ψ−mσ)​(σ)ϑ∥⋅∥σdvolM⁡(σ)=∫Fσϑ∥⋅∥dvolM⁡(Fσ),\int_{\Delta_{(\Psi-m_{\sigma})(\sigma)}}\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|_{\sigma}}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M(\sigma)}=\int_{F_{\sigma}}\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M(F_{\sigma})},

proving the result. ∎

We now study the behaviour of the toric local height with respect to toric morphisms. Let N1N_{1} be a lattice of rank dd and M1M_{1} the dual lattice. Let H:N1→NH\colon N_{1}\to N be a linear map and Σ1\Sigma_{1} a fan on N1,ℝN_{1,\mathbb{R}} such that, for each cone σ∈Σ1\sigma\in\Sigma_{1}, H⁡(σ)H(\sigma) is contained in a cone of Σ\Sigma. Let φ:XΣ1→XΣ\varphi\colon X_{\Sigma_{1}}\to X_{\Sigma} be the associated morphism. Denote Q=H​(N1)satQ=H(N_{1})^{\operatorname{sat}} the saturated sublattice of NN and let YQY_{Q} be the image of XΣ1X_{\Sigma_{1}} under φ\varphi. Then YQY_{Q} is equal to the toric subvariety YΣ,Q=YΣ,Q,x0Y_{\Sigma,Q}=Y_{\Sigma,Q,x_{0}} of Definition 4.12, where we recall that x0x_{0} denote the distinguished point of the principal orbit of XΣX_{\Sigma}.

[02WJ]
Proposition 6.25.

With the previous notation, let L¯{\overline{L}} be a toric line bundle on XΣX_{\Sigma} generated by global sections, equipped with an approachable toric metric. We put on φ∗​L\varphi^{\ast}L the structure of toric line bundle of Remark 4.36. Choose a toric section ss of LL and let Ψ\Psi be the associated support function.

  1. (1)

    If HH is not injective, then hφ∗​L¯tor⁡(XΣ1)=0\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma_{1}})=0.

  2. (2)

    If HH is injective, then hφ∗​L¯tor(XΣ1)=[Q:H(N1)]hL¯tor(YQ)\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma_{1}})=[Q:H(N_{1})]\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y_{Q}). Moreover

    (6.26) hφ∗​L¯tor(XΣ1)=(d+1)!∫H∨​(ΔΨ)H∗∨(ϑ∥⋅∥)dvolM1.\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma_{1}})=(d+1)!\int_{H^{\vee}(\Delta_{\Psi})}H^{\vee}_{\ast}(\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|})\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M_{1}}.
[02WK]
Proof.

By Corollary 5.25, the inverse image of the canonical metric by a toric morphism is the canonical metric. Thus (1) and the first statement of (2) follow from 2.46 (2).

By Proposition 5.24 and Theorem 6.6 we deduce

htorφ∗​L¯(XΣ1)=(d+1)!λK∫ΔΨ∘H(H∗ψ∥⋅∥)∨dvolM1=(d+1)!∫H∨​(ΔΨ)H∨∗(ϑ∥⋅∥)dvolM1,\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{\varphi^{\ast}{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma_{1}})=(d+1)!\lambda_{K}\int_{\Delta_{\Psi\circ H}}(H^{\ast}\psi_{\|\cdot\|})^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M_{1}}\\ =(d+1)!\int_{H^{\vee}(\Delta_{\Psi})}H^{\vee}_{\ast}(\vartheta_{\|\cdot\|})\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M_{1}},

proving the result. ∎

We now study the case of an equivariant morphism. Let NN, N1N_{1}, dd, HH, Σ\Sigma and Σ1\Sigma_{1} as before. For simplicity, we assume that H:N1→NH\colon N_{1}\to N is injective and that Q=H⁡(N1)Q=H(N_{1}) is a saturated sublattice, because the effect of a non-injective map or a non-saturated sublattice is explained in Proposition 6.25. Let p∈XΣ,0​(K)p\in X_{\Sigma,0}(K) be a point of the principal open subset and u=valK⁡(p)∈Nℝu={\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p)\in N_{\mathbb{R}}. Then, in the non-Archimedean case, u∈Nu\in N. Denote φ=φp,H\varphi=\varphi_{p,H} the equivariant morphism determined by HH and pp, also denote Y=YΣ,Q,pY=Y_{\Sigma,Q,p} the image of XΣ1X_{\Sigma_{1}} by φ\varphi, and A=H+uA=H+u the associated affine map.

Let L¯{\overline{L}} be a toric line bundle generated by global sections, equipped with an approachable toric metric. Recall that there is no natural structure of toric line bundle in the inverse image φ∗​L\varphi^{\ast}L. Therefore we have to choose a toric section ss of LL. Let L¯1{\overline{L}}_{1} denote the line bundle φ∗​L\varphi^{\ast}L with the metric induced by ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| and the toric structure induced by the section ss. We denote by Ψ\Psi the support function associated to (L,s)(L,s).

[02WL]
Proposition 6.27.

With the previous hypothesis and notations, the equality

(6.28) hL¯1tor⁡(XΣ1)=(d+1)!​λK​∫H∨​(ΔΨ)(A∗​ψL¯,s)∨​d​volM1=(d+1)!​λK​∫H∨​(ΔΨ)H∗∨​(ψL¯,s∨−u)​d​volM1\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{1}}(X_{\Sigma_{1}})=(d+1)!\lambda_{K}\int_{H^{\vee}(\Delta_{\Psi})}(A^{\ast}\psi_{{\overline{L}},s})^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M_{1}}\\ =(d+1)!\lambda_{K}\int_{H^{\vee}(\Delta_{\Psi})}H^{\vee}_{\ast}(\psi^{\vee}_{{\overline{L}},s}-u)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M_{1}}

holds. Moreover

(6.29) hL¯1tor⁡(XΣ1)−hL¯tor⁡(Y)=(d+1)!​λK​∫H∨​(ΔΨ)(A∗​Ψ)∨​d​volM1=(d+1)!​∫H∨​(ΔΨ)H∗∨​(ιΔΨ−λK​u)​d​volM1,\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{1}}(X_{\Sigma_{1}})-\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=(d+1)!\lambda_{K}\int_{H^{\vee}(\Delta_{\Psi})}(A^{\ast}\Psi)^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M_{1}}\\ =(d+1)!\int_{H^{\vee}(\Delta_{\Psi})}H^{\vee}_{\ast}(\iota_{\Delta_{\Psi}}-\lambda_{K}u)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M_{1}},

where ιΔΨ\iota_{\Delta_{\Psi}} is the indicator function of ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi} (Example 3.16).

[02WM]
Proof.

By Proposition 5.24, ψL¯1,φ∗​s=A∗​ψL¯,s\psi_{{\overline{L}}_{1},\varphi^{\ast}s}=A^{\ast}\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}. By Proposition 3.46(3) we obtain that stab⁡(A∗​ψL¯,s)=H∨​(ΔΨ)\operatorname{stab}(A^{\ast}\psi_{{\overline{L}},s})=H^{\vee}(\Delta_{\Psi}) and that

(A∗​ψL¯,s)∨=H∗∨​(ψL¯,s−u),(A^{\ast}\psi_{{\overline{L}},s})^{\vee}=H^{\vee}_{\ast}(\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}-u),

from which equation (6.28) follows.

To prove equation (6.29), we observe that, by the definition of htor\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}},

hL¯1tor⁡(XΣ1)−hL¯tor⁡(Y)=hφ∗​(L¯can)tor⁡(XΣ1),\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{1}}(X_{\Sigma_{1}})-\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{\varphi^{\ast}({\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}})}(X_{\Sigma_{1}}),

where φ∗​(L¯can)\varphi^{\ast}({\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}) has the toric structure induced by ss and the metric induced by the canonical metric of LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}. We remark here that this metric differs from the canonical metric of φ∗​Lan\varphi^{\ast}L^{{\text{\rm an}}}. Now equation (6.29) follows from equation (6.28) and the definition of the canonical metric. ∎

[02WN]
Corollary 6.30.

With the previous hypothesis

hφ∗​(L¯can)tor⁡(XΣ1)=(d+1)!​λK​∫H∨​(ΔΨ)(A∗​Ψ)∨​d​volM1.\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{\varphi^{\ast}({\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}})}(X_{\Sigma_{1}})=(d+1)!\lambda_{K}\int_{H^{\vee}(\Delta_{\Psi})}(A^{\ast}\Psi)^{\vee}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M_{1}}.
[02WP]
Example 6.31.

We continue with Example 5.26. Let ℤr\mathbb{Z}^{r} be the standard lattice of rank rr, Δr\Delta^{r} the standard simplex of dimension rr and ΣΔr\Sigma_{\Delta^{r}} the fan of ℝr\mathbb{R}^{r} associated to Δr\Delta^{r}. The corresponding toric variety is ℙr\mathbb{P}^{r}. Let H:N→ℤrH\colon N\to\mathbb{Z}^{r} be an injective linear morphism such that H⁡(N)H(N) is a saturated sublattice. Denote mi=ei∨∘H∈Mm_{i}=e_{i}^{\vee}\circ H\in M, i=1,…,ri=1,\dots,r. Let Σ\Sigma the regular fan on NN defined by HH and ΣΔr\Sigma_{\Delta^{r}}. Let ΨΔr\Psi_{\Delta^{r}} be the support function of Δr\Delta^{r} and let Ψ=ΨΔr∘H\Psi=\Psi_{\Delta^{r}}\circ H. Explicitly,

Ψ⁡(v)=min⁡(0,m1​(v),…,mr​(v)).\Psi(v)=\min(0,m_{1}(v),\dots,m_{r}(v)).

Let p∈ℙ0r​(K)p\in\mathbb{P}^{r}_{0}(K) and u=valK⁡(p)∈ℝru={\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p)\in\mathbb{R}^{r}. Write u=(u1,…,ur)u=(u_{1},\dots,u_{r}). If p=(1:α1:…:αr)p=(1:\alpha_{1}:\dots:\alpha_{r}), then ui=−log⁡(|αi|)λKu_{i}=\frac{-\log(|\alpha_{i}|)}{\lambda_{K}}. There is an equivariant morphism φ:=φp,H:XΣ→ℙr\varphi:=\varphi_{p,H}\colon X_{\Sigma}\to\mathbb{P}^{r}. Consider the toric line bundle with toric section determined by ΨΔr\Psi_{\Delta^{r}} with the canonical metric and denote by (L¯,s)({\overline{L}},s) the induced toric line bundle with toric section on XΣX_{\Sigma} equipped with the induced metric. Then

ψL¯,s​(v)=min⁡(0,m1​(v)+u1,…,mr​(v)+ur).\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}(v)=\min(0,m_{1}(v)+u_{1},\dots,m_{r}(v)+u_{r}).

Thus Δ=stab⁡(ψL¯,s)=conv⁡(0,m1,…,mr)=H∨​(Δr)\Delta=\operatorname{stab}(\psi_{{\overline{L}},s})=\operatorname{conv}(0,m_{1},\dots,m_{r})=H^{\vee}(\Delta^{r}). By Proposition 3.64 the Legendre-Fenchel dual ψL¯,s∨:Δ→ℝ\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}^{\vee}\colon\Delta\to\mathbb{R} is given by

ψL¯,s∨(x)=sup{∑j=1r−λjuj|λj≥0,∑j=1rλj≤1,∑j=1rλjaj=x} for x∈Δ.\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}^{\vee}(x)=\sup\bigg\{\sum_{j=1}^{r}-\lambda_{j}u_{j}\bigg|\ \lambda_{j}\geq 0,\sum_{j=1}^{r}\lambda_{j}\leq 1,\ \sum_{j=1}^{r}\lambda_{j}a_{j}=x\bigg\}\ \text{ for }x\in\Delta.

This function is the upper envelope of the extended polytope of Mℝ×ℝM_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R},

conv⁡((0,0),(m1,−u1),…,(mr,−ur)),\operatorname{conv}\left((0,0),(m_{1},-u_{1}),\dots,(m_{r},-u_{r})\right),

Similarly, the roof function ϑL¯,s=λK​ψL¯,s∨\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s}=\lambda_{K}\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}^{\vee} is the upper envelope of the extended polytope

conv⁡((0,0),(m1,log⁡|α1|),…,(mr,log⁡|αr|)).\operatorname{conv}\left((0,0),(m_{1},\log|\alpha_{1}|),\dots,(m_{r},\log|\alpha_{r}|)\right).
[02WQ]

6.2. Global heights of toric varieties

In this section we prove the integral formula for the global height of a toric variety.

Let (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) be an adelic field. Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Ψi\Psi_{i}, i=0,…,di=0,\dots,d, be virtual support functions on Σ\Sigma. For each ii, let Li=LΨiL_{i}=L_{\Psi_{i}} and sΨis_{\Psi_{i}} be the associated toric line bundle and toric section, and ∥⋅∥i=(∥⋅∥i,v)v∈𝔐𝕂\|\cdot\|_{i}=(\|\cdot\|_{i,v})_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}} an integrable adelic toric metric on LiL_{i}. Write L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}) and, for each v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}, also L¯iv=(Li,||⋅||i,v){\overline{L}}_{i}^{v}=(L_{i},||\cdot||_{i,v}). Write also L¯ican{\overline{L}}_{i}^{{\operatorname{can}}} for the same line bundles equipped with the canonical adelic toric metric. This is also an integrable adelic toric metric.

From the local toric height we can define a toric (global) height for adelic toric metrics as follows.

[02WR]
Definition 6.32.

Let YY be a dd-dimensional cycle of XΣX_{\Sigma}. The toric height of YY with respect to L¯0,…,L¯d{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d} is

hL¯0,…,L¯dtor⁡(Y)=∑v∈𝔐𝕂nv​hL¯0v,…,L¯dvtor⁡(Y)∈ℝ.\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y)=\sum_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}}n_{v}\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0}^{v},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}^{v}}(Y)\in\mathbb{R}.
[02WS]
Remark 6.33.

Definition 6.32 makes sense because the condition of the metrics being adelic imply that only a finite number of terms in the sum are non-zero. Moreover, the value of the toric height depends on the toric structure of the involved line bundle, but its class in ℝ/def⁡(𝕂×)\mathbb{R}/\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}) does not.

[02WT]
Remark 6.34.

In general, the toric height is not a global height in the sense of Definition 2.56. It is the difference between the global height with respect to the given metric and the global height with respect to the canonical metric. Nevertheless, the next result shows that the global height of the closure of an orbit or of a toric subvariety agrees with the toric height defined above.

[02WU]
Proposition 6.35.

With notations as above, let YY be either the closure of an orbit or a toric subvariety. Then YY is integrable with respect to L¯0,…,L¯d{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d} in the sense of Definition 2.53. Moreover, its global height is given by

hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y)=[hL¯0,…,L¯dtor⁡(Y)]∈ℝ/def⁡(𝕂×).\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y)=\left[\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y)\right]\in\mathbb{R}/\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}).
[02WV]
Proof.

In view of propositions 6.25, 6.27 and the fact that the restriction of the canonical metric to closures of orbits and to toric subvarieties is the canonical metric (corollaries 5.23 and 5.25), we are reduced to treat the case Y=XΣY=X_{\Sigma}.

Thus we assume that XΣX_{\Sigma} has dimension dd. We next prove that XΣX_{\Sigma} is integrable with respect to L¯0can,…,L¯dcan{\overline{L}}_{0}^{{\operatorname{can}}},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}^{{\operatorname{can}}} and that the corresponding global height is zero. By a polarization argument, we can reduce to the case Ψ0=⋯=Ψd=Ψ\Psi_{0}=\dots=\Psi_{d}=\Psi. The proof is done by induction on dd. For short, write L=𝒪⁡(DΨ)L={\mathcal{O}}(D_{\Psi}) and s=sΨs=s_{\Psi}.

Let d=0d=0. By equation (2.40), for each v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}},

hL¯v,can⁡(XΣ;s)=−log⁡‖s‖v,Ψ=Ψ⁡(0)=0.\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{v,{\operatorname{can}}}}(X_{\Sigma};s)=-\log\|s\|_{v,\Psi}=\Psi(0)=0.

Furthermore, hL¯can⁡(XΣ;s)=∑vnv​hL¯v,can⁡(XΣ;s)=0\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(X_{\Sigma};s)=\sum_{v}n_{v}\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{v,{\operatorname{can}}}}(X_{\Sigma};s)=0.

Now let d≥1d\geq 1. By the construction of local heights, for each v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}},

(6.36) hL¯v,can⁡(XΣ,s0,…,sd−1,s)=\displaystyle\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{v,{\operatorname{can}}}}(X_{\Sigma};s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1},s)= hL¯v,can⁡(div⁡(s),s0,…,sd−1)\displaystyle\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{v,{\operatorname{can}}}}(\operatorname{div}(s);s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1})
−∫XΣv,anlog∥s∥v,Ψc1(L¯v,can)d∧δXΣ.\displaystyle-\int_{X_{\Sigma}^{v,{\text{\rm an}}}}\log\|s\|_{v,\Psi}c_{1}({\overline{L}}^{v,{\operatorname{can}}})^{d}\wedge\delta_{X_{\Sigma}}.

As shown in (6.14), the last term in the equality above vanishes. Hence

hL¯v,can⁡(XΣ,s0,…,sd−1,s)=hL¯v,can⁡(div⁡(s),s0,…,sd−1).\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{v,{\operatorname{can}}}}(X_{\Sigma};s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1},s)=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{v,{\operatorname{can}}}}(\operatorname{div}(s);s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1}).

The divisor div⁡(s)\operatorname{div}(s) is a linear combination of subvarieties of the form V⁡(τ)V(\tau), τ∈Σ1\tau\in\Sigma^{1}, and the restriction of the canonical metric to these varieties coincides with their canonical metrics. With the inductive hypothesis, this shows that XΣX_{\Sigma} is integrable with respect to L¯can{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}. Adding up the resulting equalities over all places,

hL¯can⁡(XΣ,s0,…,sd−1,s)=hL¯can⁡(div⁡(s),s0,…,sd−1).\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(X_{\Sigma};s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1},s)=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(\operatorname{div}(s);s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1}).

Using again the inductive hypothesis, hL¯can⁡(XΣ,s0,…,sd−1,s)∈def⁡(𝕂×)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(X_{\Sigma};s_{0},\dots,s_{d-1},s)\in\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}).

We now prove the statements of the theorem. Again by a polarization argument, we can also reduce to the case when L¯0=⋯=L¯d=L¯{\overline{L}}_{0}=\dots={\overline{L}}_{d}={\overline{L}}. By the definition of approachable adelic toric metrics, XΣX_{\Sigma} is also integrable with respect to L¯{\overline{L}}. Furthermore,

hL¯tor⁡(XΣ)=hL¯⁡(XΣ,s0,…,sd)−hL¯can⁡(XΣ,s0,…,sd)\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma})=\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma};s_{0},\dots,s_{d})-\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(X_{\Sigma};s_{0},\dots,s_{d})

for any choice of sections sis_{i} intersecting XΣX_{\Sigma} properly. Hence, the classes of hL¯⁡(XΣ)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma}) and of hL¯⁡(XΣ,s0,…,sd)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma};s_{0},\dots,s_{d}) agree up to def⁡(𝕂×)\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}). But the latter is the global height of XΣX_{\Sigma} with respect to L¯{\overline{L}}, hence the second statement. ∎

Summing up the preceding results we obtain a formula for the height of a toric variety.

[02WW]
Theorem 6.37.

Let Σ\Sigma be a complete fan on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}. Let L¯i=(Li,∥⋅∥i){\overline{L}}_{i}=(L_{i},\|\cdot\|_{i}), i=0,…,ni=0,\dots,n, be toric line bundles on XΣX_{\Sigma} generated by its global sections and equipped with approachable adelic toric metrics. For each ii, let sis_{i} be a toric section of LiL_{i}. Then the height of XΣX_{\Sigma} with respect to L¯0,…,L¯n{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{n} is

(6.38) hL¯0,…,L¯n⁡(XΣ)=\displaystyle\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{n}}(X_{\Sigma})= [∑v∈𝔐𝕂nv​MIM​(ϑL¯0v,s0,…,ϑL¯nv,sn)]∈ℝ/def⁡(𝕂×).\displaystyle\left[\sum_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}}n_{v}\operatorname{MI}_{M}(\vartheta_{{\overline{L}}_{0}^{v},s_{0}},\dots,\vartheta_{{\overline{L}}_{n}^{v},s_{n}})\right]\in\mathbb{R}/\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}).

In particular, if L¯0=⋯=L¯n=L¯{\overline{L}}_{0}=\dots={\overline{L}}_{n}={\overline{L}}, let ss be a toric section and put Δ=stab⁡(ψL¯v,s)\Delta=\operatorname{stab}(\psi_{{\overline{L}}^{v},s}). Then

hL¯⁡(XΣ)=[(n+1)!​∑v∈𝔐𝕂nv​∫ΔϑL¯v,s​d​volM].\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X_{\Sigma})=\left[(n+1)!\sum_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}}n_{v}\int_{\Delta}\vartheta_{{\overline{L}}^{v},s}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}\right].
[02WX]
Proof.

This follows readily from Corollary 6.21 and Proposition 6.35. ∎

[02WY]
Corollary 6.39.

Let H:N→ℤrH\colon N\to\mathbb{Z}^{r} be an injective map such that H⁡(N)H(N) is a saturated sublattice of ℤr\mathbb{Z}^{r}, p∈ℙr​(𝕂)p\in\mathbb{P}^{r}(\mathbb{K}) and Y⊂ℙrY\subset\mathbb{P}^{r} the closure of the image of the map φH,p:𝕋→ℙr\varphi_{H,p}\colon\mathbb{T}\to\mathbb{P}^{r}. Let m0∈Mm_{0}\in M and mi=ei∨∘H+m0∈Mm_{i}=e_{i}^{\vee}\circ H+m_{0}\in M, i=1,…,ri=1,\dots,r, and write p=(p0:…:pr)p=(p_{0}:\dots:p_{r}) with pi∈𝕂×p_{i}\in\mathbb{K}^{\times}. Let Δ=conv⁡(m0,…,mr)⊂Mℝ\Delta=\operatorname{conv}(m_{0},\dots,m_{r})\subset M_{\mathbb{R}} and ϑv:Δ→ℝ\vartheta_{v}\colon\Delta\to\mathbb{R} the function parameterizing the upper envelope of the extended polytope conv⁡((m0,log⁡|p0|v),…,(mr,log⁡|pr|v))⊂Mℝ×ℝ.\operatorname{conv}\left((m_{0},\log|p_{0}|_{v}),\dots,(m_{r},\log|p_{r}|_{v})\right)\subset M_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}. Then YY is integrable and

hO⁡(1)¯can⁡(Y)=[(n+1)!​∑v∈𝔐𝕂nv​∫Δϑv​d​volM]∈ℝ/def⁡(𝕂×).\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{O(1)}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(Y)=\left[(n+1)!\sum_{v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}}n_{v}\int_{\Delta}\vartheta_{v}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}\right]\in\mathbb{R}/\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}).
[02WZ]
Proof.

By the definition of adelic field, val𝕂v⁡(p)=0{\operatorname{val}}_{\mathbb{K}_{v}}(p)=0 for almost all v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}. Therefore, the integrability of YY follows as in the proof of Proposition 6.35.

Let Σ\Sigma be the complete regular fan of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} induced by HH and ΣΔr\Sigma_{\Delta^{r}}, and let XΣX_{\Sigma} be the associated toric variety. Write φ=φH,p\varphi=\varphi_{H,p} for short. The fact that H⁡(N)H(N) is saturated implies that φ\varphi has degree 1 and so Y=φ∗​XΣY=\varphi_{*}X_{\Sigma}. By the functoriality of the global height (Theorem 2.57(2)),

h𝒪⁡(1)¯can⁡(Y)=hφ∗​(𝒪⁡(1)¯can)⁡(XΣ).\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}}(Y)=\operatorname{h}_{\varphi^{*}({\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}^{{\operatorname{can}}})}(X_{\Sigma}).

Let v∈𝔐𝕂v\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}. Using the results in Example 6.31, it follows from Theorem 6.37 that

hφ∗​(𝒪¯​(1)can)⁡(XΣ)=[(n+1)!​∑v∫Δ¯nv​ϑ¯v​d​volM].\operatorname{h}_{\varphi^{\ast}({\overline{{\mathcal{O}}}}(1)^{{\operatorname{can}}})}(X_{\Sigma})=\left[(n+1)!\sum_{v}\int_{{\overline{\Delta}}}n_{v}{\overline{\vartheta}}_{v}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}\right].

where Δ¯=conv⁡(0,m1−m0,…,mr−m0)⊂Mℝ{\overline{\Delta}}=\operatorname{conv}(0,m_{1}-m_{0},\dots,m_{r}-m_{0})\subset M_{\mathbb{R}} and ϑ¯v{\overline{\vartheta}}_{v} is the function parameterizing the upper envelope of the extended polytope

conv⁡((0,0),(m1−m0,log⁡|p1/p0|v),…,(mr−m0,log⁡|pr/p0|v))⊂Mℝ×ℝ.\operatorname{conv}\left((0,0),(m_{1}-m_{0},\log|p_{1}/p_{0}|_{v}),\dots,(m_{r}-m_{0},\log|p_{r}/p_{0}|_{v})\right)\subset M_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}.

We have that Δ¯=Δ−m0{\overline{\Delta}}=\Delta-m_{0} and ϑ¯v=τ−m0​ϑv−log⁡|p0|v{\overline{\vartheta}}_{v}=\tau_{-m_{0}}\vartheta_{v}-\log|p_{0}|_{v}. Hence,

∫Δ¯ϑ¯v​d​volM=∫Δϑv​d​volM−log⁡|p0|v​volM⁡(Δ).\int_{{\overline{\Delta}}}{\overline{\vartheta}}_{v}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}=\int_{\Delta}\vartheta_{v}\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}-\log|p_{0}|_{v}\operatorname{vol}_{M}(\Delta).

Since ∑vnv​log⁡|p0|v∈def⁡(𝕂×)\sum_{v}n_{v}\log|p_{0}|_{v}\in\operatorname{def}(\mathbb{K}^{\times}), we deduce the result. ∎

[02X0]
Remark 6.40.

The above corollary can be easily extended to the mixed case by using an argument similar to that in the proof of Corollary 6.21. Applying the obtained result to the case when 𝕂\mathbb{K} is a number field (respectively, the field of rational functions of a complete curve) we recover [PS08a, Théorème 0.3] (respectively, [PS08b, Proposition 4.1]).

[02X1]

7. Metrics from polytopes

[02X2]

7.1. Integration on polytopes

In this section, we present a closed formula for the integral over a polytope of a function of one variable composed with a linear form, extending in this direction Brion’s formula for the case of a simplex [Bri88], see Proposition 7.3 and Corollary 7.14 below. In the next section, these formulae will allow us to compute the height of toric varieties with respect to some interesting metrics arising from polytopes.

Let Δ⊂ℝn\Delta\subset\mathbb{R}^{n} be a polytope of dimension nn and u∈ℝnu\in\mathbb{R}^{n} a vector. An aggregate of Δ\Delta in the direction uu is defined as the union of the faces of Δ\Delta lying in some affine hyperplane orthogonal to uu, provided that the union is non-empty. We write Δ⁡(u)\Delta(u) for the set of aggregates of Δ\Delta in the direction uu. Note that, for V∈Δ⁡(u)V\in\Delta(u) and xx a point in the affine space spanned by VV, the value ⟨u,x⟩\langle u,x\rangle is independent of xx. We denote this common value by ⟨u,V⟩\langle u,V\rangle. For any two aggregates V1,V2∈Δ⁡(u)V_{1},V_{2}\in\Delta(u), we have V1=V2V_{1}=V_{2} if and only if ⟨u,V1⟩=⟨u,V2⟩\langle u,V_{1}\rangle=\langle u,V_{2}\rangle.

In each facet FF of Δ\Delta we choose a point mFm_{F}. Let LFL_{F} be the linear hyperplane defined by FF. Hence, F−mFF-m_{F} is a polytope in LFL_{F} of full dimension n−1n-1. Observe that, for V∈Δ⁡(u)V\in\Delta(u), the intersection V∩FV\cap F is an aggregate of FF. We write πF\pi_{F} for the orthogonal projection of ℝn\mathbb{R}^{n} onto LFL_{F}. We also denote by uFu_{F} the vector inner normal to FF of norm 1.

[02X3]
Definition 7.1.

For each aggregate V∈Δ⁡(u)V\in\Delta(u), we define the polynomial

C⁡(Δ,u,V)=∑k=0dim(V)k!dim(V)!​Ck​(Δ,u,V)​zdim(V)−k∈ℝ⁡[z]C(\Delta,u,V)=\sum_{k=0}^{\dim(V)}\frac{k!}{\dim(V)!}C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)z^{\dim(V)-k}\in\mathbb{R}[z]

recursively. For k>dim(V)k>\dim(V) we set Ck​(Δ,u,V)=0C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)=0. For convenience, we set C⁡(Δ,u,∅)=0C(\Delta,u,\emptyset)=0 for all Δ\Delta and uu. If u=0u=0, then V=ΔV=\Delta and we define Cn​(Δ,0,Δ)C_{n}(\Delta,0,\Delta) as the Lebesgue measure of Δ\Delta and Ck​(Δ,0,Δ)=0C_{k}(\Delta,0,\Delta)=0, for k<nk<n. If u≠0u\neq 0, we set

(7.2) Ck(Δ,u,V)=−∑F⟨uF,u⟩‖u‖2Ck(F,πF(u),V∩F),C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)=-\sum_{F}\frac{\langle u_{F},u\rangle}{\|u\|^{2}}C_{k}(F,\pi_{F}(u),V\cap F),

where the sum is over the facets FF of Δ\Delta.

As usual, we write 𝒞n​(ℝ)\mathscr{C}^{n}(\mathbb{R}) for the space of functions of one real variable which are nn-times continuously differentiable. For f∈𝒞n​(ℝ)f\in\mathscr{C}^{n}(\mathbb{R}) and k≥0k\geq 0, we write f(k)f^{(k)} for the kk-th derivative of ff. Write voln\operatorname{vol}_{n} for the Lebesgue measure of ℝn\mathbb{R}^{n}.

We want to give a formula that, for f∈𝒞n​(ℝ)f\in\mathscr{C}^{n}(\mathbb{R}), computes ∫Δf(n)​(⟨u,x⟩)​d​voln\int_{\Delta}f^{(n)}(\langle u,x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n} in terms of the values of f∘uf\circ u at the vertices of Δ\Delta. However, when uu is orthogonal to some faces of Δ\Delta of positive dimension, such a formula necessarily depends on the values of the derivatives of ff.

[02X4]
Proposition 7.3.

Let Δ⊂ℝn\Delta\subset\mathbb{R}^{n} be a polytope of dimension nn and u∈ℝnu\in\mathbb{R}^{n}. Then, for any f∈𝒞n​(ℝ)f\in\mathscr{C}^{n}(\mathbb{R}),

∫Δf(n)​(⟨u,x⟩)​d​voln\displaystyle\int_{\Delta}f^{(n)}(\langle u,x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n} =∑V∈Δ⁡(u)(C⁡(Δ,u,V)​(z)⋅f⁡(z+⟨u,V⟩))(dim(V))​(0)\displaystyle=\sum_{V\in\Delta(u)}\big(C(\Delta,u,V)(z)\cdot f(z+\langle u,V\rangle)\big)^{(\dim(V))}(0)
(7.4) =∑V∈Δ⁡(u)∑k≥0Ck​(Δ,u,V)​f(k)​(⟨u,V⟩).\displaystyle=\sum_{V\in\Delta(u)}\sum_{k\geq 0}C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)f^{(k)}(\langle u,V\rangle).

The coefficients Ck​(Δ,u,V)C_{k}(\Delta,u,V) are uniquely determined by this identity.

[02X5]
Proof.

In view of Definition 7.1 both formulae in the above statement are equivalent and so it is enough to prove the second one. In case u=0u=0, we have Δ⁡(u)={Δ}\Delta(u)=\{\Delta\} and formula (7.4) holds because

∫Δf(n)​(⟨0,x⟩)​d​voln=vol⁡(Δ)​f(n)​(0)=∑k≥0Ck​(Δ,0,Δ)​f(k)​(0),\int_{\Delta}f^{(n)}(\langle 0,x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n}=\operatorname{vol}(\Delta)f^{(n)}(0)=\sum_{k\geq 0}C_{k}(\Delta,0,\Delta)f^{(k)}(0),

We prove (7.4) by induction on the dimension nn. In case n=0n=0, we have u=0u=0 and so the verification reduces to the above one. Hence, we assume n≥1n\geq 1 and u≠0u\neq 0. For short, we write d​x=d​x1∧⋯∧d​xn\,\text{\rm d}x=\,\text{\rm d}x_{1}\wedge\dots\wedge\,\text{\rm d}x_{n}. Choose any vector v∈ℝnv\in\mathbb{R}^{n} of norm 11 and such that ⟨u,v⟩≠0\langle u,v\rangle\not=0. Performing an orientation-preserving orthonormal change of variables, we may assume v=(1,0,…,0)v=(1,0,\dots,0). We have

f(n)​(⟨u,x⟩)​d​x=1⟨u,v⟩​d​(f(n−1)​(⟨u,x⟩)​d​x2∧⋯∧d​xn).f^{(n)}(\langle u,x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}x=\frac{1}{\langle u,v\rangle}\,\text{\rm d}\left(f^{(n-1)}(\langle u,x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}x_{2}\wedge\dots\wedge\,\text{\rm d}x_{n}\right).

With Stokes’ theorem, we obtain

(7.5) ∫Δf(n)​(⟨u,x⟩)​d​voln\displaystyle\int_{\Delta}f^{(n)}(\langle u,x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n} =∫Δf(n)​(⟨u,x⟩)​d​x\displaystyle=\int_{\Delta}f^{(n)}(\langle u,x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}x
=1⟨u,v⟩​∑F∫Ff(n−1)​(⟨u,x⟩)​d​x2∧⋯∧d​xn.\displaystyle=\frac{1}{\langle u,v\rangle}\sum_{F}\int_{F}f^{(n-1)}(\langle u,x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}x_{2}\wedge\dots\wedge\,\text{\rm d}x_{n}.

where the sum is over the facets FF of Δ\Delta, and we equip each facet with the induced orientation.

For each facet FF of Δ\Delta, we let ιuF​(d​x)\iota_{u_{F}}(\,\text{\rm d}x) be the differential form of order n−1n-1 obtained by contracting d​x\,\text{\rm d}x with the vector uFu_{F}. The form d​x2∧⋯∧d​xn\,\text{\rm d}x_{2}\wedge\dots\wedge\,\text{\rm d}x_{n} is invariant under translations and its restriction to the linear hyperplane LFL_{F} coincides with ⟨uF,v⟩​ιuF​(d​x)\langle u_{F},v\rangle\iota_{u_{F}}(\,\text{\rm d}x). Therefore,

∫Ff(n−1)​(⟨u,x⟩)​d​x2∧⋯∧d​xn=⟨uF,v⟩​∫F−mFf(n−1)​(⟨u,x+mF⟩)​ιuF​(d​x).\int_{F}f^{(n-1)}(\langle u,x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}x_{2}\wedge\dots\wedge\,\text{\rm d}x_{n}=\langle u_{F},v\rangle\int_{F-m_{F}}f^{(n-1)}(\langle u,x+m_{F}\rangle)\iota_{u_{F}}(\,\text{\rm d}x).

Let voln−1\operatorname{vol}_{n-1} denote the Lebesgue measure on LFL_{F}. We can verify that voln−1\operatorname{vol}_{n-1} coincides with the measure induced by integration of −ιuF​(d​x)-\iota_{u_{F}}(\,\text{\rm d}x) along LFL_{F}. Let g:ℝ→ℝg\colon\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R} be the function defined as g⁡(z)=f⁡(z+⟨u,mF⟩)g(z)=f(z+\langle u,m_{F}\rangle). Then f(n−1)​(⟨u,x+mF⟩)=g(n−1)​(⟨πF​(u),x⟩)f^{(n-1)}(\langle u,x+m_{F}\rangle)=g^{(n-1)}(\langle\pi_{F}(u),x\rangle) for all x∈LFx\in L_{F}. Hence,

∫F−mFf(n−1)(⟨u,x+mF⟩)ιuF(dx)=−∫F−mFg(n−1)(⟨πF(u),x⟩)dvoln−1.\int_{F-m_{F}}f^{(n-1)}(\langle u,x+m_{F}\rangle)\iota_{u_{F}}(\,\text{\rm d}x)=-\int_{F-m_{F}}g^{(n-1)}(\langle\pi_{F}(u),x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n-1}.

Applying the inductive hypothesis to FF and the function gg we obtain

∫Fg(n−1)​(⟨πF​(u),x⟩)​d​voln−1\displaystyle\int_{F}g^{(n-1)}(\langle\pi_{F}(u),x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n-1} =∑V′∈F⁡(πF​(u))∑k≥0Ck​(F,πF​(u),V′)​g(k)​(⟨πF​(u),V′⟩)\displaystyle=\sum_{V^{\prime}\in F(\pi_{F}(u))}\sum_{k\geq 0}C_{k}(F,\pi_{F}(u),V^{\prime})g^{(k)}(\langle\pi_{F}(u),V^{\prime}\rangle)
=∑V′∈F⁡(πF​(u))∑k≥0Ck​(F,πF​(u),V′)​f(k)​(⟨u,V′⟩).\displaystyle=\sum_{V^{\prime}\in F(\pi_{F}(u))}\sum_{k\geq 0}C_{k}(F,\pi_{F}(u),V^{\prime})f^{(k)}(\langle u,V^{\prime}\rangle).

Each aggregate V′∈F⁡(πF​(u))V^{\prime}\in F(\pi_{F}(u)) is contained in a unique V∈Δ⁡(u)V\in\Delta(u) and it coincides with V∩FV\cap F. Therefore, we can transform the right-hand side of the last equality in

∑V∈Δ⁡(u)∑k≥0Ck​(F,πF​(u),V∩F)​f(k)​(⟨u,V⟩),\sum_{V\in\Delta(u)}\sum_{k\geq 0}C_{k}(F,\pi_{F}(u),V\cap F)f^{(k)}(\langle u,V\rangle),

where, for simplicity, we have set Ck​(F,πF​(u),V∩F)=0C_{k}(F,\pi_{F}(u),V\cap F)=0 whenever V∩F=∅V\cap F=\emptyset. Plugging the resulting expression into (7.5) and exchanging the summations on VV and FF, we obtain that ∫Δf(n)​(⟨x,u⟩)​d​voln\int_{\Delta}f^{(n)}(\langle x,u\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n} is equal to

(7.6) ∑V∈Δ⁡(u)∑k≥0(−∑F⟨uF,v⟩⟨u,v⟩Ck(F,πF(u),V∩F)f(k)(⟨u,V⟩)).\sum_{V\in\Delta(u)}\sum_{k\geq 0}\bigg(-\sum_{F}\frac{\langle u_{F},v\rangle}{\langle u,v\rangle}C_{k}(F,\pi_{F}(u),V\cap F)f^{(k)}(\langle u,V\rangle)\bigg).

Specialising this identity to v=uv=u, we readily derive formula (7.4) from Definition 7.1 of the coefficients Ck​(Δ,u,V)C_{k}(\Delta,u,V).

For the last statement, observe that the values f(k)​(⟨u,V⟩)f^{(k)}(\langle u,V\rangle) can be arbitrarily chosen. Hence, the coefficients Ck​(Δ,u,V)C_{k}(\Delta,u,V) are uniquely determined from the linear system obtained from the identity (7.4) for enough functions ff. ∎

[02X6]
Corollary 7.7.

Let Δ⊂ℝn\Delta\subset\mathbb{R}^{n} be a polytope of dimension nn and u∈ℝnu\in\mathbb{R}^{n}. Then,

voln⁡(Δ)=∑V∈Δ⁡(u)∑k=0dim(V)Ck​(Δ,u,V)​⟨u,V⟩n−k(n−k)!.\operatorname{vol}_{n}(\Delta)=\sum_{V\in\Delta(u)}\sum_{k=0}^{\dim(V)}C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)\frac{\langle u,V\rangle^{n-k}}{(n-k)!}.
[02X7]
Proof.

This follows from formula (7.4) applied to the function f⁡(z)=zn/n!f(z)=z^{n}/n!. ∎

[02X8]
Proposition 7.8.

Let Δ⊂ℝn\Delta\subset\mathbb{R}^{n} be a polytope of dimension nn and u∈ℝnu\in\mathbb{R}^{n}. Let V∈Δ⁡(u)V\in\Delta(u) and k≥0k\geq 0.

  1. (1)

    The coefficient Ck​(Δ,u,V)C_{k}(\Delta,u,V) is homogeneous of weight k−nk-n, in the sense that, for λ∈ℝ×\lambda\in\mathbb{R}^{\times},

    Ck​(Δ,λ​u,V)=λk−n​Ck​(Δ,u,V).C_{k}(\Delta,\lambda u,V)=\lambda^{k-n}C_{k}(\Delta,u,V).
  2. (2)

    The coefficients Ck​(Δ,u,V)C_{k}(\Delta,u,V) satisfy the vector relation

    (7.9) Ck(Δ,u,V)⋅u=−∑FCk(F,πF(u),V∩F)⋅uF,C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)\cdot u=-\sum_{F}C_{k}(F,\pi_{F}(u),V\cap F)\cdot u_{F},

    where the sum is over the facets FF of Δ\Delta.

  3. (3)

    Let Δ1,Δ2⊂ℝn\Delta_{1},\Delta_{2}\subset\mathbb{R}^{n} be two polytopes of dimension nn intersecting along a common facet and such that Δ=Δ1∪Δ2\Delta=\Delta_{1}\cup\Delta_{2}. Then V∩Δi=∅V\cap\Delta_{i}=\emptyset or V∩Δi∈Δi​(u)V\cap\Delta_{i}\in\Delta_{i}(u) and

    Ck​(Δ,u,V)=Ck​(Δ1,u,V∩Δ1)+Ck​(Δ2,u,V∩Δ2).C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)=C_{k}(\Delta_{1},u,V\cap\Delta_{1})+C_{k}(\Delta_{2},u,V\cap\Delta_{2}).
[02X9]
Proof.

Statement (1) follows easily from the definition of Ck​(Δ,u,V)C_{k}(\Delta,u,V). For statement (2), we use that, from (7.6), the integral formula in Proposition 7.3 also holds for the choice of coefficients

−∑F⟨uF,v⟩⟨u,v⟩Ck(F,πF(u),V∩F)-\sum_{F}\frac{\langle u_{F},v\rangle}{\langle u,v\rangle}C_{k}(F,\pi_{F}(u),V\cap F)

for any vector vv of norm 1 such that ⟨u,v⟩≠0\langle u,v\rangle\neq 0. But the coefficients satisfying that formula are unique. Hence, this choice necessarily coincides with Ck​(Δ,u,V)C_{k}(\Delta,u,V) for all such vv. Hence,

⟨u,v⟩Ck(Δ,u,V)=−∑F⟨uF,v⟩Ck(F,πF(u),V∩F)\langle u,v\rangle C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)=-\sum_{F}\langle u_{F},v\rangle C_{k}(F,\pi_{F}(u),V\cap F)

and formula (7.9) follows. Statement (3) follows from Formula (7.4) applied to Δ\Delta, Δ1\Delta_{1} and Δ2\Delta_{2} together with the additivity of the integral and the fact that the coefficients Ck​(Δ,u,V)C_{k}(\Delta,u,V) are uniquely determined. ∎

[02XA]
Example 7.10.

In case Δ\Delta is a simplex, its aggregates in a given direction u∈ℝnu\in\mathbb{R}^{n} are some of its faces and the corresponding coefficients can be made explicit. Indeed, they satisfy the linear system

∑V∈Δ⁡(u)∑k=0min⁡{i,dim(V)}Ck​(Δ,u,V)​⟨u,V⟩i−k(i−k)!={0for ​i=0,…,n−1,Voln​(Δ)for ​i=n.\sum_{V\in\Delta(u)}\sum_{k=0}^{\min\{i,\dim(V)\}}C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)\frac{\langle u,V\rangle^{i-k}}{(i-k)!}=\begin{cases}0&\mbox{for }i=0,\dots,n-1,\\ {\rm Vol}_{n}(\Delta)&\mbox{for }i=n.\end{cases}

This system has as many unknowns as equations and might be solved using Cramer’s rule. These coefficients admit the closed formula below, which the reader might check using the recurrence relation (7.9):

(7.11) Ck​(Δ,u,V)=(−1)dim(V)−k​n!k!​voln⁡(Δ)​∑|β|=dim(V)−k∏ν∉V⟨V−ν,u⟩−βν−1,C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)=(-1)^{\dim(V)-k}\frac{n!}{k!}{\operatorname{vol}}_{n}(\Delta)\sum_{|\beta|=\dim(V)-k}\prod_{\nu\notin V}\langle V-\nu,u\rangle^{-\beta_{\nu}-1},

where the products are over the vertices ν\nu of Δ\Delta not lying in VV and the sum is over the tuples β\beta of non negative integers of length dim(V)−k\dim(V)-k, indexed by those same vertices of Δ\Delta that are not in VV, that is, β∈ℕn−dim(V)\beta\in\mathbb{N}^{n-\dim(V)} and |β|=dim(V)−k|\beta|=\dim(V)-k. In case V=ν0V=\nu_{0} is a vertex of Δ\Delta, the above formula reduces to

(7.12) C0​(Δ,u,ν0)=n!​voln⁡(Δ)​∏ν≠ν0⟨ν0−ν,u⟩−1.C_{0}(\Delta,u,\nu_{0})=n!{\operatorname{vol}}_{n}(\Delta)\prod_{\nu\neq\nu_{0}}\langle\nu_{0}-\nu,u\rangle^{-1}.

Suppose that the simplex is presented as the intersection of n+1n+1 halfspaces as Δ=⋂i=0n{x∈ℝn|⟨ui,x⟩−λi≥0}\Delta=\bigcap_{i=0}^{n}\{x\in\mathbb{R}^{n}|\,\langle u_{i},x\rangle-\lambda_{i}\geq 0\} for some ui∈ℝnu_{i}\in\mathbb{R}^{n} and λi∈ℝ\lambda_{i}\in\mathbb{R}. Up to a reordering, we can assume that u0u_{0} is normal to the unique face of Δ\Delta not containing ν0\nu_{0} and that det(u1,…,un)>0\det(u_{1},\dots,u_{n})>0. Then the above coefficient can be alternatively written as

(7.13) C0​(Δ,u,ν0)=det(u1,…,un)n−1∏i=1ndet(u1,…,ui−1,u,ui+1,…,un).C_{0}(\Delta,u,\nu_{0})=\frac{\det(u_{1},\dots,u_{n})^{n-1}}{\prod_{i=1}^{n}\det(u_{1},\dots,u_{i-1},u,u_{i+1},\dots,u_{n})}.

We obtain the following extension of Brion’s ‘‘short formula’’ for the case of a simplex [Bri88, Théorème 3.2], see also [BBDL+11].

[02XB]
Corollary 7.14.

Let Δ⊂ℝn\Delta\subset\mathbb{R}^{n} be a simplex of dimension nn that is the convex hull of points νi\nu_{i}, i=0,…,ni=0,\dots,n, and let u∈ℝnu\in\mathbb{R}^{n} such that ⟨u,νi⟩≠⟨u,νj⟩\langle u,\nu_{i}\rangle\neq\langle u,\nu_{j}\rangle for i≠ji\neq j. Then, for any f∈𝒞n​(ℝ)f\in\mathscr{C}^{n}(\mathbb{R}),

∫Δf(n)​(⟨u,x⟩)​d​voln=n!​voln⁡(Δ)​∑i=0nf⁡(⟨u,νi⟩)∏j≠i⟨νi−νj,u⟩.\displaystyle\int_{\Delta}f^{(n)}(\langle u,x\rangle)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n}=n!{\operatorname{vol}}_{n}(\Delta)\sum_{i=0}^{n}\frac{f(\langle u,\nu_{i}\rangle)}{\prod_{j\neq i}\langle\nu_{i}-\nu_{j},u\rangle}.
[02XC]
Proof.

This follows from Proposition 7.3 and equation (7.12). ∎

In the next section, we will have to compute integrals over a polytope of functions of the form ℓ⁡(x)​log⁡(ℓ⁡(x))\ell(x)\log(\ell(x)) where ℓ\ell is an affine function. The following result gives the value of such integral for the case of a simplex.

[02XD]
Proposition 7.15.

Let Δ⊂ℝn\Delta\subset\mathbb{R}^{n} be a simplex of dimension nn and let ℓ:ℝn→ℝ\ell\colon\mathbb{R}^{n}\to\mathbb{R} be an affine function which is non-negative on Δ\Delta. Write ℓ⁡(x)=⟨u,x⟩−λ\ell(x)=\langle u,x\rangle-\lambda for some vector uu and constant λ\lambda. Then 1voln⁡(Δ)​∫Δℓ⁡(x)​log⁡(ℓ⁡(x))​d​voln\displaystyle\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}_{n}(\Delta)}\int_{\Delta}\ell(x)\log(\ell(x))\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n} equals

(7.16) ∑V∈Δ⁡(u)∑β′(nn−|β′|)​ℓ⁡(V)​(log⁡(ℓ⁡(V))−∑j=2|β′|+11j)(|β′|+1)​∏ν∉V(−(ℓ⁡(ν)ℓ⁡(V)−1)βν′),\sum_{V\in\Delta(u)}\sum_{\beta^{\prime}}\binom{n}{n-|\beta^{\prime}|}\frac{\ell(V)\left(\log(\ell(V))-\sum_{j=2}^{|\beta^{\prime}|+1}\frac{1}{j}\right)}{(|\beta^{\prime}|+1)\prod_{\nu\notin V}\left(-\big(\frac{\ell(\nu)}{\ell(V)}-1\big)^{\beta^{\prime}_{\nu}}\right)},

where the second sum is over β′∈(ℕ×)n−dim(V)\beta^{\prime}\in(\mathbb{N}^{\times})^{n-\dim(V)} with |β′|≤n|\beta^{\prime}|\leq n and the product is over the n−dim(V)n-\dim(V) vertices ν\nu of Δ\Delta not in VV. In case ℓ⁡(x)\ell(x) is the defining equation of a hyperplane containing a facet FF of Δ\Delta,

(7.17) 1voln⁡(Δ)​∫Δℓ⁡(x)​log⁡(ℓ⁡(x))​d​x=ℓ⁡(νF)n+1​(log⁡(ℓ⁡(νF))−∑j=2n+11j),\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}_{n}(\Delta)}\int_{\Delta}\ell(x)\log(\ell(x))\,\text{\rm d}x=\frac{\ell(\nu_{F})}{n+1}\bigg(\log(\ell(\nu_{F}))-\sum_{j=2}^{n+1}\frac{1}{j}\bigg),

where νF\nu_{F} denotes the unique vertex of Δ\Delta not contained in FF.

[02XE]
Proof.

This follows from formulae (7.4) and (7.11) with the function f(n)​(z)=(z−λ)​log⁡(z−λ)f^{(n)}(z)=(z-\lambda)\log(z-\lambda), a (n−k)(n-k)-th primitive of which is

f(k)​(z)=(z−λ)n−k+1(n−k+1)!​(log⁡(z−λ)−∑j=2n−k+11j).f^{(k)}(z)=\frac{(z-\lambda)^{n-k+1}}{(n-k+1)!}\left(\log(z-\lambda)-\sum_{j=2}^{n-k+1}\frac{1}{j}\right).

∎

We end this section with a lemma specific to integration on the standard simplex.

[02XF]
Lemma 7.18.

Let Δr\Delta^{r} be the standard simplex of ℝr\mathbb{R}^{r} and β=(β0,…,βr−1)∈ℕr\beta=(\beta_{0},\dots,\beta_{r-1})\in\mathbb{N}^{r}. Let f∈𝒞|β|+r​(ℝ)f\in\mathscr{C}^{|\beta|+r}(\mathbb{R}) where |β|=β0+⋯+βr−1|\beta|=\beta_{0}+\dots+\beta_{r-1}. For (w1,…,wr)∈Δr(w_{1},\dots,w_{r})\in\Delta^{r} write w0=1−w1−⋯−wrw_{0}=1-w_{1}-\dots-w_{r}. Then

∫Δr(∏i=0r−1wiβiβi!)​f(|β|+r)​(wr)​d​w1∧⋯∧d​wr=f⁡(1)−∑j=0|β|+r−1f(j)​(0)j!.\int_{\Delta^{r}}\bigg(\prod_{i=0}^{r-1}\frac{w_{i}^{\beta_{i}}}{\beta_{i}!}\bigg)f^{(|\beta|+r)}(w_{r})\,\text{\rm d}w_{1}\wedge\cdots\wedge\,\text{\rm d}w_{r}=f(1)-\sum_{j=0}^{|\beta|+r-1}\frac{f^{(j)}(0)}{j!}.
[02XG]
Proof.

We proceed by induction on rr. Let r=1r=1. Applying β0+1\beta_{0}+1 successive integrations by parts, the integral computes as

∑j=0β0[(1−w1)jj!​f(j)​(w1)]01=f⁡(1)−∑j=0β0f(j)​(0)j!,\sum_{j=0}^{\beta_{0}}\left[\frac{(1-w_{1})^{j}}{j!}f^{(j)}(w_{1})\right]_{0}^{1}=f(1)-\sum_{j=0}^{\beta_{0}}\frac{f^{(j)}(0)}{j!},

as stated. Let r≥2r\geq 2. Applying the case r−1r-1 to the function f⁡(z)=z|β|+r−1(|β|+r−1)!f(z)=\frac{z^{|\beta|+r-1}}{(|\beta|+r-1)!},

1β0!​…​βr−1!​∫Δr−1w0β0​w1β1​…​wr−1βr−1​d​w1∧⋯∧d​wr−1=1(|β|+r−1)!\frac{1}{\beta_{0}!\dots\beta_{r-1}!}\int_{\Delta_{r-1}}w_{0}^{\beta_{0}}w_{1}^{\beta_{1}}\dots w_{r-1}^{\beta_{r-1}}\,\text{\rm d}w_{1}\wedge\dots\wedge\,\text{\rm d}w_{r-1}=\frac{1}{(|\beta|+r-1)!}

and, after rescaling,

1β0!​…​βr−1!​∫(1−wr)​Δr−1w0β0​w1β1​…​wr−1βr−1​d​w1∧⋯∧d​wr−1=(1−wr)|β|+r−1(|β|+r−1)!.\frac{1}{\beta_{0}!\dots\beta_{r-1}!}\int_{(1-w_{r})\Delta_{r-1}}w_{0}^{\beta_{0}}w_{1}^{\beta_{1}}\dots w_{r-1}^{\beta_{r-1}}\,\text{\rm d}w_{1}\wedge\dots\wedge\,\text{\rm d}w_{r-1}=\frac{(1-w_{r})^{|\beta|+r-1}}{(|\beta|+r-1)!}.

Therefore, the left-hand side of the equality to be proved reduces to

1(|β|+r−1)!​∫01(1−wr)|β|+r−1​f(|β|+r)​(wr)​d​wr.\frac{1}{(|\beta|+r-1)!}\int_{0}^{1}(1-w_{r})^{|\beta|+r-1}f^{(|\beta|+r)}(w_{r})\,\text{\rm d}w_{r}.

Applying the case r=1r=1 and index |β|+r−1∈ℕ|\beta|+r-1\in\mathbb{N}, we find that this integral equals f⁡(1)−∑j=0|β|+r−1f(j)​(0)/j!f(1)-\sum_{j=0}^{|\beta|+r-1}f^{(j)}(0)/j!, which concludes the proof. ∎

[02XH]
Corollary 7.19.

Let α∈ℕr+1\alpha\in\mathbb{N}^{r+1}. For (w1,…,wr)∈Δr(w_{1},\dots,w_{r})\in\Delta^{r}, write w0=1−w1−⋯−wrw_{0}=1-w_{1}-\dots-w_{r}. Then

∫Δrw0α0​w1α1​…​wrαr​d​w1∧⋯∧d​wr=α0!​…​αr!(|α|+r)!\int_{\Delta^{r}}w_{0}^{\alpha_{0}}w_{1}^{\alpha_{1}}\dots w_{r}^{\alpha_{r}}\,\text{\rm d}w_{1}\wedge\dots\wedge\,\text{\rm d}w_{r}=\frac{\alpha_{0}!\dots\alpha_{r}!}{(|\alpha|+r)!}

and, for i=0,…,ri=0,\dots,r,

∫Δrw0α0w1α1…wrαrlog(wi)dw1∧⋯∧dwr=−α0!​…​αr!(|α|+r)!∑j=αi+1|α|+r1j.\int_{\Delta^{r}}w_{0}^{\alpha_{0}}w_{1}^{\alpha_{1}}\dots w_{r}^{\alpha_{r}}\log(w_{i})\,\text{\rm d}w_{1}\wedge\dots\wedge\,\text{\rm d}w_{r}=-\frac{\alpha_{0}!\dots\alpha_{r}!}{(|\alpha|+r)!}\sum_{j=\alpha_{i}+1}^{|\alpha|+r}\frac{1}{j}.
[02XI]
Proof.

The first integral follows from Lemma 7.18 applied to β=(α0,…,αr−1)\beta=(\alpha_{0},\dots,\alpha_{r-1}) and f⁡(z)=z|α|+r(|α|+r)!f(z)=\frac{z^{|\alpha|+r}}{(|\alpha|+r)!}. The second one follows similarly, applying Lemma 7.18 to the function f⁡(z)=z|α|+r(|α|+r)!​(log⁡(z)−∑j=αi+1|α|+r1j)f(z)=\frac{z^{|\alpha|+r}}{(|\alpha|+r)!}\left(\log(z)-\sum_{j=\alpha_{i}+1}^{|\alpha|+r}\frac{1}{j}\right), after some possible permutation (for i=1,…,r−1i=1,\dots,r-1) or linear change of variables (for i=0i=0). ∎

[02XJ]

7.2. Metrics, heights and entropy

In this section we will consider some metrics arising from polytopes. We will use the notation of §4 and §5. In particular, we consider a split torus over the field of rational numbers 𝕋≃𝔾m,ℚn\mathbb{T}\simeq\mathbb{G}_{m,\mathbb{Q}}^{n} and we denote by N,M,Nℝ,MℝN,M,N_{\mathbb{R}},M_{\mathbb{R}} the lattices and dual spaces corresponding to 𝕋\mathbb{T}.

Let Δ⊂Mℝ\Delta\subset M_{\mathbb{R}} be a lattice polytope of dimension nn. Let ℓi\ell_{i}, i=1,…,ri=1,\dots,r, be affine functions on MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} defined as ℓi​(x)=⟨ui,x⟩−λi\ell_{i}(x)=\langle u_{i},x\rangle-\lambda_{i} for some ui∈Nℝu_{i}\in N_{\mathbb{R}} and λi∈ℝ\lambda_{i}\in\mathbb{R} such that ℓi≥0\ell_{i}\geq 0 on Δ\Delta and let also ci>0c_{i}>0. Write ℓ=(ℓ1,…,ℓr)\ell=(\ell_{1},\dots,\ell_{r}) and c=(c1,…,cr)c=(c_{1},\dots,c_{r}). We consider the function ϑΔ,ℓ,c:Δ→ℝ\vartheta_{\Delta,\ell,c}\colon\Delta\to\mathbb{R} defined, for x∈Δx\in\Delta, by

(7.20) ϑΔ,ℓ,c(x)=−∑i=1rciℓi(x)log(ℓi(x)).\vartheta_{\Delta,\ell,c}(x)=-\sum_{i=1}^{r}c_{i}\ell_{i}(x)\log(\ell_{i}(x)).

When Δ,ℓ,c\Delta,\ell,c are clear from the context, we write for short ϑ=ϑΔ,ℓ,c\vartheta=\vartheta_{\Delta,\ell,c}.

[02XK]
Lemma 7.21.

Let notation be as above.

  1. (1)

    The function ϑΔ,ℓ,c\vartheta_{\Delta,\ell,c} is concave.

  2. (2)

    If the family {ui}i\{u_{i}\}_{i} generates NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, then ϑΔ,ℓ,c\vartheta_{\Delta,\ell,c} is strictly concave.

  3. (3)

    If Δ=⋂i{x∈Mℝ|ℓi​(x)≥0}\Delta=\bigcap_{i}\{x\in M_{\mathbb{R}}|\ell_{i}(x)\geq 0\}, then the restriction of ϑΔ,ℓ,c\vartheta_{\Delta,\ell,c} to Δ∘\Delta^{\circ} is of Legendre type (Definition 3.51).

[02XL]
Proof.

Let 1≤i≤r1\leq i\leq r and consider the affine map ℓi:Δ→ℝ≥0\ell_{i}\colon\Delta\to\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}. We have that −z​log⁡(z)-z\log(z) is a strictly concave function on ℝ≥0\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0} and −ℓi​log⁡(ℓi)=ℓi∗​(−z​log⁡(z))-\ell_{i}\log(\ell_{i})=\ell_{i}^{*}(-z\log(z)). Hence, each function −ci​ℓi​(x)​log⁡(ℓi​(x))-c_{i}\ell_{i}(x)\log(\ell_{i}(x)) is concave and so is ϑ\vartheta, as stated in (1)

For statement (2), let x1,x2x_{1},x_{2} be two different points of Δ\Delta. The assumption that {ui}i\{u_{i}\}_{i} generates NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} implies that ℓi0​(x1)≠ℓi0​(x2)\ell_{i_{0}}(x_{1})\neq\ell_{i_{0}}(x_{2}) for some i0i_{0}. Hence, the affine map ℓi0\ell_{i_{0}} gives an injection of the segment x1​x2¯{\overline{x_{1}x_{2}}} into ℝ≥0\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}. We deduce that −ci0​ℓi0​log⁡(ℓi0)-c_{i_{0}}\ell_{i_{0}}\log(\ell_{i_{0}}) is strictly concave on x1​x2¯{\overline{x_{1}x_{2}}} and so is ϑ\vartheta. Varying x1,x2x_{1},x_{2}, we deduce that ϑ\vartheta is strictly concave on Δ\Delta.

For statement (3), it is clear that ϑ|Δ∘\vartheta|_{\Delta^{\circ}} is differentiable. Moreover, the assumption that Δ\Delta is the intersection of the halfspaces defined by the ℓi\ell_{i}’s implies that the uiu_{i}’s generate NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and so ϑ\vartheta is strictly concave. The gradient of ϑ\vartheta is given, for x∈Δ∘x\in\Delta^{\circ}, by

(7.22) ∇ϑ(x)=−∑i=1rciui(log(ℓi(x)+1).\nabla\vartheta(x)=-\sum_{i=1}^{r}c_{i}u_{i}(\log(\ell_{i}(x)+1).

Let ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\| be a fixed norm on MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} and (xj)j≥0(x_{j})_{j\geq 0} a sequence in Δ∘\Delta^{\circ} converging to a point in the border. Then there exists some i1i_{1} such ℓi1​(xj)→j0\ell_{i_{1}}(x_{j})\stackrel{{\scriptstyle j}}{{\to}}0. Thus, ‖∇ϑ​(x)‖→j∞\|\nabla\vartheta(x)\|\stackrel{{\scriptstyle j}}{{\to}}\infty and the statement follows. ∎

[02XM]
Definition 7.23.

Let ΣΔ\Sigma_{\Delta} and ΨΔ\Psi_{\Delta} be the fan and the support function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} induced by Δ\Delta. Let (XΣΔ,DΨΔ)(X_{\Sigma_{\Delta}},D_{\Psi_{\Delta}}) be the associated polarized toric variety over ℚ\mathbb{Q} and write L=𝒪⁡(DΨΔ)L={\mathcal{O}}(D_{\Psi_{\Delta}}). By Lemma 7.21(1), ϑ\vartheta is a concave function on Δ\Delta. By Theorem 5.73, it corresponds to some approachable toric metric on L⁡(ℂ)L(\mathbb{C}). We denote this metric by ∥⋅∥Δ,ℓ,c\|\cdot\|_{\Delta,\ell,c}. We write L¯{\overline{L}} for the line bundle LL equipped with the metric ∥⋅∥Δ,ℓ,c\|\cdot\|_{\Delta,\ell,c} at the Archimedean place of ℚ\mathbb{Q} and with the canonical metric at the non-Archimedean places. This is an example of an adelic toric metric.

[02XN]
Example 7.24.

Following the notation in Example 3.53, consider the standard simplex Δn\Delta^{n} and the concave function ϑ=12​εn\vartheta=\frac{1}{2}\varepsilon_{n} on Δn\Delta^{n}. From examples 3.53 and 5.18(1), we deduce that the corresponding metric is the Fubini-Study metric of 𝒪​(1)an{\mathcal{O}}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}}.

In case Δ\Delta is the intersection of the halfspaces defined by the ℓi\ell_{i}’s, Lemma 7.21(3) shows that ϑ|Δ∘\vartheta|_{\Delta^{\circ}} of Legendre type (Definition 3.51). By Theorem 3.52 and equation (7.22), the gradient of ϑ\vartheta gives a homeomorphism between Δ∘\Delta^{\circ} and NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and, for x∈Δ∘x\in\Delta^{\circ},

(7.25) ϑ∨(∇ϑ(x))=−∑i=1rciλilog(ℓi(x))+ci⟨ui,x⟩.\vartheta^{\vee}(\nabla\vartheta(x))=-\sum_{i=1}^{r}c_{i}\lambda_{i}\log(\ell_{i}(x))+c_{i}\langle u_{i},x\rangle.

This gives an explicit expression of the function ψ∥⋅∥Δ,ℓ,c=ϑ∨\psi_{\|\cdot\|_{\Delta,\ell,c}}=\vartheta^{\vee}, and a fortiori of the metric ∥⋅∥Δ,ℓ,c{\|\cdot\|_{\Delta,\ell,c}}, in the coordinates of the polytope. Up to our knowledge, there is no simple expression for ψ\psi in linear coordinates of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, except for special cases like Fubini-Study.

[02XP]
Remark 7.26.

This kind of metrics are interesting when studying the Kähler geometry of toric varieties. Given a Delzant polytope Δ⊂Mℝ\Delta\subset M_{\mathbb{R}}, Guillemin has constructed a “canonical” Kähler structure on the associated symplectic toric variety [Gui95]. The corresponding symplectic potential is the function −ϑΔ,ℓ,c-\vartheta_{\Delta,\ell,c}, for the case when rr is the number of facets of Δ\Delta, ci=1/2c_{i}=1/2 for all ii, and uiu_{i} is a primitive vector in NN and λi\lambda_{i} is an integer such that Δ={x∈Mℝ|⟨ui,x⟩≥λi,i=1,…,r}\Delta=\{x\in M_{\mathbb{R}}|\langle u_{i},x\rangle\geq\lambda_{i},i=1,\dots,r\}, see [Gui95, Appendix 2, (3.9)].

In this case, the metric ∥⋅∥Δ,ℓ,c\|\cdot\|_{\Delta,\ell,c} on the line bundle 𝒪​(DΨ)an{\mathcal{O}}(D_{\Psi})^{{\text{\rm an}}} is smooth and positive and, as explained in Remark 5.74, its Chern form gives this canonical Kähler form.

We obtain the following formula for the height of XΣΔX_{\Sigma_{\Delta}} with respect to the adelic metrized line bundle L¯\overline{L}, in terms of the coefficients Ck​(Δ,ui,V)C_{k}(\Delta,u_{i},V).

[02XQ]
Proposition 7.27.

Let notation be as in Definition 7.23. Then hL¯⁡(XΣΔ)\operatorname{h}_{\overline{L}}(X_{\Sigma_{\Delta}}) equals

(n+1)!​∑i=1rci​∑V∈Δ⁡(ui)∑k=0dim(V)Ck​(Δ,ui,V)​ℓi​(V)n−k+1(n−k+1)!​(∑j=2n−k+11j−log⁡(ℓi​(V))).{(n+1)!}\sum_{i=1}^{r}c_{i}\sum_{V\in\Delta(u_{i})}\sum_{k=0}^{\dim(V)}C_{k}(\Delta,u_{i},V)\frac{\ell_{i}(V)^{n-k+1}}{(n-k+1)!}\left(\sum_{j=2}^{n-k+1}\frac{1}{j}-\log(\ell_{i}(V))\right).

Suppose furthermore that Δ⊂ℝn\Delta\subset\mathbb{R}^{n} is a simplex, r=n+1r=n+1 and that ℓi\ell_{i}, i=1,…,n+1i=1,\dots,n+1, are affine functions such that Δ=⋂i{x∈Mℝ|ℓi​(x)≥0}\Delta=\bigcap_{i}\{x\in M_{\mathbb{R}}|\ell_{i}(x)\geq 0\}. Then

(7.28) hL¯⁡(XΣΔ)=n!​volM⁡(Δ)​∑i=1n+1ci​ℓi​(νi)​(∑j=2n+11j−log⁡(ℓi​(νi))).\operatorname{h}_{\overline{L}}(X_{\Sigma_{\Delta}})=n!\operatorname{vol}_{M}(\Delta)\sum_{i=1}^{n+1}c_{i}\ell_{i}(\nu_{i})\bigg(\sum_{j=2}^{n+1}\frac{1}{j}-\log(\ell_{i}(\nu_{i}))\bigg).

where νi\nu_{i} is the unique vertex of Δ\Delta not contained in the facet defined by ℓi\ell_{i}.

[02XR]
Proof.

The first statement follows readily from Theorem 6.37 and Proposition 7.3 applied to the functions fi​(z)=(log⁡(z−λi)−∑j=2n+11j)​(z−λi)n+1/(n+1)!f_{i}(z)=\left(\log(z-\lambda_{i})-\sum_{j=2}^{n+1}\frac{1}{j}\right)(z-\lambda_{i})^{n+1}/(n+1)!. The second statement follows similarly from Proposition 7.15. ∎

[02XS]
Example 7.29.

Let 𝒪⁡(1){\mathcal{O}}(1) be the universal line bundle of ℙn\mathbb{P}^{n}. The Fubini-Study metric of 𝒪​(1)an{\mathcal{O}}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}} corresponds to the case of the standard simplex, ℓi​(x)=xi\ell_{i}(x)=x_{i}, i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,n and ℓn+1​(x)=1−∑i=1nxi\ell_{n+1}(x)=1-\sum_{i=1}^{n}x_{i} and the choice ci=1/2c_{i}=1/2 for all ii. Hence we recover from (7.28) the well known expression for the height of ℙn\mathbb{P}^{n} with respect to the Fubini-Study metric in [BGS94, Lemma 3.3.1]:

h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(ℙn)=n+12​∑j=2n+11j.\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}^{n})=\frac{n+1}{2}\sum_{j=2}^{n+1}\frac{1}{j}.
[02XT]
Example 7.30.

In dimension 11, a polytope is an interval of the form Δ=[m0,m1]\Delta=[m_{0},m_{1}] for some mi∈ℤm_{i}\in\mathbb{Z}. The corresponding roof function in (7.20) writes down, for x∈[m0,m1]x\in[m_{0},m_{1}], as

(7.31) ϑ(x)=−∑i=1rciℓi(x)log(ℓi(x))\vartheta(x)=-\sum_{i=1}^{r}c_{i}\ell_{i}(x)\log(\ell_{i}(x))

for affine function ℓi=ui​x−λi\ell_{i}=u_{i}x-\lambda_{i} which take non negative values on the Δ\Delta and ci>0c_{i}>0

The polarized toric variety corresponding to Δ\Delta is ℙ1\mathbb{P}^{1} together with the ample divisor m1​[(0:1)]−m0​[(1:0)]m_{1}[(0:1)]-m_{0}[(1:0)]. Write L=𝒪ℙ1​(x1−x0)L={\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}^{1}}(x_{1}-x_{0}) for the associate line bundle and L¯{\overline{L}} for the adelic metrized line bundle corresponding to the function ϑ\vartheta. The Legendre-Fenchel dual to −ci​ℓi​(x)​log⁡(ℓi​(x))-c_{i}\ell_{i}(x)\log(\ell_{i}(x)) is the function fi:ℝ→ℝf_{i}\colon\mathbb{R}\rightarrow\mathbb{R} defined, for v∈ℝv\in\mathbb{R}, by

fi​(v)=λiui​v−ci​e−1−vci​ui.f_{i}(v)=\frac{\lambda_{i}}{u_{i}}v-c_{i}{\operatorname{e}}^{-1-\frac{v}{{c_{i}u_{i}}}}.

Therefore, the function ψ=ϑ∨\psi=\vartheta^{\vee} is the sup-convolution of these function, namely ψ=f1⊞⋯⊞fm\psi=f_{1}\boxplus\dots\boxplus f_{m} For the height, a simple computation shows that

hL¯⁡(ℙ1)=∫m0m1ϑ​d​x=∑i=1rci4​ui​[ℓi​(x)2​(1−2​log⁡(ℓi​(x)))]m0m1{\operatorname{h}_{\overline{L}}(\mathbb{P}^{1})}=\int_{m_{0}}^{m_{1}}\vartheta\,\text{\rm d}x=\sum_{i=1}^{r}\frac{c_{i}}{4u_{i}}\Big[\ell_{i}(x)^{2}\left(1-2\log(\ell_{i}(x))\right)\Big]^{m_{1}}_{m_{0}}

In some cases, the height of a toric variety with respect to the metrics constructed above has an interpretation in terms of the average entropy of some natural random processes. Let Γ\Gamma be an arbitrary polytope containing Δ\Delta. For a point x∈ri⁡(Δ)x\in\operatorname{ri}(\Delta), we consider the partition Πx\Pi_{x} of Γ\Gamma which consists of the cones ηx,F\eta_{x,F} of vertex xx and base the relative interior of each proper face FF of Γ\Gamma.

We consider Γ\Gamma as a probability space endowed with the uniform probability distribution and βx\beta_{x} the random variable which, for a point y∈Γy\in\Gamma, returns the base FF of the unique cone ηx,F\eta_{x,F} it belongs to. Clearly, the probability that a given face FF is returned is the ratio of the volume of the cone based on FF to the volume of Γ\Gamma. We have voln⁡(ηx,F)=n−1​dist⁡(x,F)​voln−1⁡(F){\operatorname{vol}}_{n}(\eta_{x,F})={n}^{-1}{\operatorname{dist}}(x,F){\operatorname{vol}}_{n-1}(F) where, as before, voln\operatorname{vol}_{n} and voln−1\operatorname{vol}_{n-1} denote the Lebesgue measure on ℝn\mathbb{R}^{n} and on LFL_{F}, respectively. Hence,

(7.32) P⁡(βx=F)={dist⁡(x,F)​voln−1⁡(F)n​voln​(Γ) if ​dim(F)=n−1,0 if ​dim(F)≤n−2.P(\beta_{x}=F)=\begin{cases}\displaystyle\frac{{\operatorname{dist}}(x,F){\operatorname{vol}}_{n-1}(F)}{n{\operatorname{vol}}_{n}(\Gamma)}&\text{ if }\dim(F)=n-1,\\ 0&\text{ if }\dim(F)\leq n-2.\end{cases}

The entropy of the random variable βx\beta_{x} is

ℰ(x)=−∑FP(βx=F)log(P(βx=F)),{\mathcal{E}}(x)=-\sum_{F}P(\beta_{x}=F)\log(P(\beta_{x}=F)),

where the sum is over the facets FF of Γ\Gamma.

For each facet FF of Γ\Gamma we let uF∈ℝnu_{F}\in\mathbb{R}^{n} be the inner normal vector to FF of Euclidean norm (n−1)!​voln−1⁡(F)(n-1)!\operatorname{vol}_{n-1}(F) and λF=ΨΓ​(uF)∈ℝ\lambda_{F}=\Psi_{\Gamma}(u_{F})\in\mathbb{R} and consider the affine form ℓF\ell_{F} defined as ℓF​(x)=⟨uF,x⟩−λF\ell_{F}(x)=\langle u_{F},x\rangle-\lambda_{F}. Hence, Γ={x∈Mℝ|ℓF​(x)≥0}\Gamma=\{x\in M_{\mathbb{R}}|\ell_{F}(x)\geq 0\}. Let also cF=cc_{F}=c for some constant c>0c>0. By the Minkowski condition, ∑FuF=0\sum_{F}u_{F}=0. Hence ∑FℓF=−∑FλF\sum_{F}\ell_{F}=-\sum_{F}\lambda_{F}.

[02XU]
Remark 7.33.

Suppose that Γ\Gamma is a lattice polytope and let FF be a facet of Γ\Gamma. Recall that M⁡(F)M(F) is the lattice LF∩ML_{F}\cap M and let M​(F)′M(F)^{\prime} be the sublattice of M⁡(F)M(F) generated by the differences of the lattice points in FF. Then the vector uFu_{F} can be alternatively defined as [M(F):M(F)′][M(F):M(F)^{\prime}] times the primitive inner normal vector to the facet FF.

The concave function ϑ=−∑FcℓF(x)log(ℓF(x))\vartheta=-\sum_{F}{c\,\ell_{F}(x)}\log({\ell_{F}(x)}) belongs to the class of functions considered in Definition 7.23. Thus, we obtain a line bundle with an adelic toric metric L¯{\overline{L}} on XΔX_{\Delta}. For short, we write X=XΔX=X_{\Delta}. The following result shows that the average entropy of the random variable βx\beta_{x} with respect to the uniform distribution on Δ\Delta can be expressed in terms of the height of the toric variety XX with respect to L¯{\overline{L}}.

[02XV]
Proposition 7.34.

With the above notation,

1voln⁡(Δ)​∫Δℰ⁡(x)​d​voln=1n!​voln​(Γ)​(hL¯⁡(X)c⁡(n+1)​degL​(X)−log⁡(n!​voln⁡(Γ))​(∑FλF))\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}_{n}(\Delta)}\int_{\Delta}{\mathcal{E}}(x)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n}=\frac{1}{n!\operatorname{vol}_{n}(\Gamma)}\bigg(\frac{\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X)}{c(n+1)\deg_{L}(X)}-{\log(n!\operatorname{vol}_{n}(\Gamma))}\Big(\sum_{F}\lambda_{F}\Big)\bigg)

where the sum is over the facets FF of Γ\Gamma. In particular, if Γ=Δ\Gamma=\Delta,

1voln⁡(Δ)​∫Δℰ⁡(x)​d​voln=hL¯⁡(X)c⁡(n+1)​degL​(X)2−log⁡(degL⁡(X))degL⁡(X)​(∑FλF).\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}_{n}(\Delta)}\int_{\Delta}{\mathcal{E}}(x)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n}=\frac{\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(X)}{c(n+1)\deg_{L}(X)^{2}}-\frac{\log(\deg_{L}(X))}{\deg_{L}(X)}\Big(\sum_{F}\lambda_{F}\Big).
[02XW]
Proof.

For x∈ri⁡(Δ)x\in\operatorname{ri}(\Delta) and FF a facet of Γ\Gamma, we deduce from equation (7.32) that P⁡(βx=F)=ℓF​(x)/(n!​voln⁡(Γ))P(\beta_{x}=F)=\ell_{F}(x)/(n!\operatorname{vol}_{n}(\Gamma)). Hence,

ℰ⁡(x)\displaystyle{\mathcal{E}}(x) =−∑FℓF​(x)n!​voln​(Γ)log(ℓF​(x)n!​voln​(Γ))\displaystyle=-\sum_{F}\frac{\ell_{F}(x)}{n!{\operatorname{vol}_{n}}(\Gamma)}\log\Big(\frac{\ell_{F}(x)}{n!{\operatorname{vol}_{n}}(\Gamma)}\Big)
=1n!​voln​(Γ)(−∑FℓF(x)log(ℓF(x))−log(n!voln(Γ))(∑FλF))\displaystyle=\frac{1}{n!{\operatorname{vol}_{n}}(\Gamma)}\bigg(-\sum_{F}{\ell_{F}(x)}\log({\ell_{F}(x)})-\log({n!{\operatorname{vol}_{n}}(\Gamma)})\Big(\sum_{F}\lambda_{F}\Big)\bigg)
=1n!​voln​(Γ)​(ϑ⁡(x)c−log⁡(n!​voln⁡(Γ))​(∑FλF)).\displaystyle=\frac{1}{n!{\operatorname{vol}_{n}}(\Gamma)}\bigg(\frac{\vartheta(x)}{c}-\log({n!{\operatorname{vol}_{n}}(\Gamma)})\Big(\sum_{F}\lambda_{F}\Big)\bigg).

The result then follows from Theorem 6.37. ∎

[02XX]
Example 7.35.

The Fubini-Study metric of 𝒪​(1)an{\mathcal{O}}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}} corresponds to the case when Γ\Gamma and Δ\Delta are the standard simplex Δn\Delta^{n} and c=1/2c=1/2. In that case, the average entropy of the random variable βx\beta_{x} is

1n!​∫Δnℰ⁡(x)​d​voln=2​h𝒪⁡(1)¯​(ℙn)(n+1)=∑j=2n+11j.\frac{1}{n!}\int_{\Delta^{n}}{\mathcal{E}}(x)\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{n}=\frac{2\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}^{n})}{(n+1)}=\sum_{j=2}^{n+1}\frac{1}{j}.
[02XY]
Remark 7.36.

In case Δ\Delta is a Delzant polytope whose facets have lattice volume 1, Γ=Δ\Gamma=\Delta, and c=1/2c=1/2, the roof function ϑ\vartheta coincides with the symplectic potential of Guillemin canonical Kähler metric, see Remark 7.26.

[02XZ]

8. Variations on Fubini-Study metrics

[02Y0]

8.1. Height of toric projective curves

In this section, we study the Arakelov invariants of curves which are the image of an equivariant map into a projective space. In the Archimedean case we equip the projective space with the Fubini-Study metric, while in the non-Archimedean case we equip it with the canonical metric. For each of these curves, the metric, measure and toric local height can be computed in terms of the roots of a univariate polynomial associated to the relevant equivariant map.

Let KK be either ℝ,ℂ\mathbb{R},\mathbb{C} or a complete field with respect to an absolute value associated to a nontrivial discrete valuation. On ℙr\mathbb{P}^{r}, we consider the universal line bundle 𝒪⁡(1){\mathcal{O}}(1) equipped with the Fubini-Study metric in the Archimedean case, and with the canonical metric in the non-Archimedean case. We write 𝒪⁡(1)¯{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}} for the resulting metrized line bundle. We also consider the toric section s∞s_{\infty} of 𝒪⁡(1){\mathcal{O}}(1) whose Weil divisor is the hyperplane at infinity. Next result gives the induced function ψ\psi for a subvariety of ℙr\mathbb{P}^{r} which is the image of an equivariant map.

[02Y1]
Proposition 8.1.

Let H:N→ℤrH\colon N\to\mathbb{Z}^{r} be an injective map such that H⁡(N)H(N) is a saturated sublattice of ℤr\mathbb{Z}^{r}, p∈ℙ0r​(K)p\in\mathbb{P}^{r}_{0}(K). Consider the map φH,p:𝕋→ℙr\varphi_{H,p}:\mathbb{T}\to\mathbb{P}^{r}, and set L¯=φH,p∗​𝒪⁡(1)¯{\overline{L}}=\varphi_{H,p}^{*}{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}} and s=φH,p∗​s∞s=\varphi_{H,p}^{*}s_{\infty}. Let ψL¯,s:Nℝ→ℝ\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} be the associated concave function, mi=ei∨∘H∈Mm_{i}=e_{i}^{\vee}\circ H\in M, i=1,…,ri=1,\dots,r, and p=(1:p1:…:pr)p=(1:p_{1}:\dots:p_{r}) with pi∈K×p_{i}\in K^{\times}. Then, for u∈Nℝu\in N_{\mathbb{R}},

ψL¯,s(u)={−12​log⁡(1+∑i=1r|pi|2​e−2​⟨mi,u⟩),in the Archimedean case,min1≤i≤r⁡{0,⟨mi,u⟩+valK⁡(pi)}in the non-Archimedean case.\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}(u)=\begin{cases}-\frac{1}{2}\log(1+\sum_{i=1}^{r}|p_{i}|^{2}\operatorname{e}^{-2\langle m_{i},u\rangle}),&\text{in the Archimedean case},\\ \min_{1\leq i\leq r}\{0,\langle m_{i},u\rangle+{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p_{i})\}&\text{in the non-Archimedean case}.\end{cases}
[02Y2]
Proof.

In the Archimedean case, the expression for the concave function ψ\psi follows from that for ℙKr\mathbb{P}^{r}_{K} (Example 5.18(2)) and Proposition 5.24. The non-Archimedean case follows from Example 5.26. ∎

Let Y⊂ℙrY\subset\mathbb{P}^{r} be the closure of the image of the map φH,p\varphi_{H,p}. In this situation, the roof function seems difficult to calculate. Hence it is difficult to use it directly to compute the toric local height (see Example 3.57). A more promising approach is to apply the formula of Corollary 6.17. Writing ψ=ψL¯,s\psi=\psi_{{\overline{L}},s} this formula reads

(8.2) hL¯tor⁡(Y)=λK​(n+1)!​∫Nℝψ∨∘∂ψ​ℳM​(ψ).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=\lambda_{K}(n+1)!\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}\psi^{\vee}\circ\partial\psi\,{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(\psi).

To make this formula more explicit in the Archimedean case, we choose a basis of NN, hence coordinate systems in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and MℝM_{\mathbb{R}} and we write

g=(g1,…,gn):=∇ψ:Nℝ⟶Δ,g=(g_{1},\dots,g_{n}):=\nabla\psi\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\longrightarrow\Delta,

where Δ=stab⁡(ψ)\Delta=\operatorname{stab}(\psi) is the associated polytope. Then, from Proposition 3.94 and Example 3.106(1), we derive

hL¯tor⁡(Y)\displaystyle\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y) =(n+1)!​∫Nℝ(⟨∇ψ​(u),u⟩−ψ⁡(u))​(−1)n​det(Hess⁡(ψ))​d​volN\displaystyle=(n+1)!\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}(\langle\nabla\psi(u),u\rangle-\psi(u))\,(-1)^{n}\det(\operatorname{Hess}(\psi))\,\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{N}
(8.3) =(n+1)!​∫Nℝ(⟨g⁡(u),u⟩−ψ⁡(u))​(−1)n​d​g1∧⋯∧d​gn.\displaystyle=(n+1)!\int_{N_{\mathbb{R}}}(\left<g(u),u\right>-\psi(u))\,(-1)^{n}\,\text{\rm d}g_{1}\land\dots\land\,\text{\rm d}g_{n}.

When KK is not Archimedean, we have ℳM​(ψ)=∑v∈Π0​(ψ)δv{\mathcal{M}}_{M}(\psi)=\sum_{v\in\Pi^{0}(\psi)}\delta_{v} and, for v∈Π​(ψ)0v\in\Pi(\psi)^{0},

ψ∨∘∂ψ⁡(v)=1volM⁡(v∗)​∫v∗⟨x,v⟩​d​volM−ψ⁡(v),\psi^{\vee}\circ\partial\psi(v)=\frac{1}{\operatorname{vol}_{M}(v^{*})}\int_{v^{*}}\langle x,v\rangle\,\text{\rm d}\operatorname{vol}_{M}-\psi(v),

see Proposition 3.95 and Example 3.106(2). Thus, if now we denote by g:Nℝ→Mℝg\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to M_{\mathbb{R}} the function that sends a point uu to the barycentre of ∂ψ⁡(u)\partial\psi(u), then

(8.4) hL¯tor⁡(Y)=λK​(n+1)!​∑v∈Π0​(ψ)(⟨g⁡(v),v⟩−ψ⁡(v)).\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=\lambda_{K}(n+1)!\sum_{v\in\Pi^{0}(\psi)}(\left<g(v),v\right>-\psi(v)).

In the case of curves, the integral of equation (8.2), can be transformed into another integral that will prove useful for explicit computations. We introduce a notation for derivatives of concave functions of one variable. Let f:ℝ→ℝf\colon\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R} be a concave function. We write

(8.5) f′​(u)=12​(D+​f​(u)+D−​f​(u)),f^{\prime}(u)=\frac{1}{2}(D_{+}f(u)+D_{-}f(u)),

where D+​fD_{+}f and D−​fD_{-}f denote the right and left derivatives of ff respectively, that exist always. Then f′f^{\prime} is monotone and is continuous almost everywhere (with respect to the Lebesgue measure). The associated distribution agrees with the derivative of ff in the sense of distributions. This implies that, if {fn}n\{f_{n}\}_{n} is a sequence of concave functions converging uniformly to ff on compacts, then {fn′}\{f^{\prime}_{n}\} converges to f′f^{\prime} almost everywhere.

[02Y3]
Lemma 8.6.

Let ψ:ℝ→ℝ\psi\colon\mathbb{R}\to\mathbb{R} be a concave function whose stability set is an interval [a,b][a,b]. Then

2​∫ℝψ∨∘∂ψ​ℳℤ​(ψ)=(b−a)​(ψ∨​(a)+ψ∨​(b))+∫ℝ(ψ′​(u)−a)​(b−ψ′​(u))​d​u.2\int_{\mathbb{R}}\psi^{\vee}\circ\partial\psi\,{\mathcal{M}}_{\mathbb{Z}}(\psi)=(b-a)(\psi^{\vee}(a)+\psi^{\vee}(b))+\int_{\mathbb{R}}(\psi^{\prime}(u)-a)(b-\psi^{\prime}(u))\,\text{\rm d}u.
[02Y4]
Proof.

By the properties of the Monge-Ampère measure (Proposition 3.93) and of the Legendre-Fenchel dual (Proposition 3.18) the left-hand side is continuous with respect to uniform convergence of functions. Again by Proposition 3.18 and the discussion before the lemma, the right-hand side is also continuous with respect to uniform convergence of functions. Therefore it is enough to treat the case when ψ\psi is smooth and strictly concave. Then

2​∫ℝψ∨∘∂ψ​ℳℤ​(ψ)=2​∫ℝ(ψ⁡(u)−u​ψ′​(u))​ψ′′​(u)​d​u.2\int_{\mathbb{R}}\psi^{\vee}\circ\partial\psi\,{\mathcal{M}}_{\mathbb{Z}}(\psi)=2\int_{\mathbb{R}}(\psi(u)-u\psi^{\prime}(u))\psi^{\prime\prime}(u)\,\text{\rm d}u.

Consider the function

γ⁡(u)\displaystyle\gamma(u) =(ψ′​(u)−a+b2)​ψ​(u)−u​(ψ′)22+u​a​b2\displaystyle=(\psi^{\prime}(u)-\frac{a+b}{2})\psi(u)-u\frac{(\psi^{\prime})^{2}}{2}+u\frac{ab}{2}
=−(ψ′​(u)−a+b2)​ψ∨​(ψ′​(u))−u2​(ψ′​(u)−a)​(b−ψ′​(u)).\displaystyle=-(\psi^{\prime}(u)-\frac{a+b}{2})\psi^{\vee}(\psi^{\prime}(u))-\frac{u}{2}(\psi^{\prime}(u)-a)(b-\psi^{\prime}(u)).

Then

limu→∞γ⁡(u)=b−a2​ψ∨​(a),limu→−∞γ⁡(u)=a−b2​ψ∨​(b),\lim_{u\to\infty}\gamma(u)=\frac{b-a}{2}\psi^{\vee}(a),\qquad\lim_{u\to-\infty}\gamma(u)=\frac{a-b}{2}\psi^{\vee}(b),

and

d​γ=(ψ−u​ψ′)​ψ′′​d​u−12​(ψ′−a)​(b−ψ′)​d​u,\,\text{\rm d}\gamma=(\psi-u\psi^{\prime})\psi^{\prime\prime}\,\text{\rm d}u-\frac{1}{2}(\psi^{\prime}-a)(b-\psi^{\prime})\,\text{\rm d}u,

from which the result follows. ∎

With the notation in Proposition 8.1, assume that N=ℤN=\mathbb{Z}. The elements mj∈N∨m_{j}\in N^{\vee} can be identified with integer numbers and the hypothesis that the image of HH is a saturated sublattice is equivalent to gcd⁡(m1,…,mr)=1\gcd(m_{1},\dots,m_{r})=1. Moreover, by reordering the variables of ℙr\mathbb{P}^{r} and multiplying the expression of φH,p\varphi_{H,p} by a monomial (which does not change the equivariant map), we may assume that 0≤m1≤⋯≤mr0\leq m_{1}\leq\dots\leq m_{r}. We make the further hypothesis that 0<m1<⋯<mr0<m_{1}<\dots<m_{r}. With these conditions, we next obtain explicit expressions for the concave function ψ\psi and the associated measure and toric local height in terms of the roots of a univariate polynomial. We consider the absolute value |⋅||\cdot| of the algebraic closure K¯{\overline{K}} extending the absolute value of KK. For ξ∈K¯×\xi\in{\overline{K}}^{\times}, we set valK¯⁡(ξ)=−log⁡|ξ|λK{\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}(\xi)=-\frac{\log|\xi|}{\lambda_{K}}.

[02Y5]
Theorem 8.7.

Let 0<m1<⋯<mr0<m_{1}<\dots<m_{r} be integer numbers with gcd⁡(m1,…,mr)=1\gcd(m_{1},\dots,m_{r})=1, and p1,…,pr∈K×p_{1},\dots,p_{r}\in K^{\times}. Let φ:𝕋→ℙr\varphi\colon\mathbb{T}\to\mathbb{P}^{r} be the map given by φ(t)=(1:p1tm1:…:prtmr)\varphi(t)=(1:p_{1}t^{m_{1}}:\dots:p_{r}t^{m_{r}}) and let YY be the closure of the image of φ\varphi. Consider the polynomial q∈K⁡[z]q\in K[z] defined as

q={1+∑j=1r|pj|2​zmj, in the Archimedean case,1+∑j=1rpj​zmj, in the non-Archimedean case.\displaystyle q=\begin{cases}1+\sum_{j=1}^{r}|p_{j}|^{2}z^{m_{j}},&\text{ in the Archimedean case},\\ 1+\sum_{j=1}^{r}p_{j}z^{m_{j}},&\text{ in the non-Archimedean case}.\end{cases}

Let {ξi}i⊂K¯×\{\xi_{i}\}_{i}\subset{\overline{K}}^{\times} be the set of roots of qq and, for each ii, let ℓi∈ℕ\ell_{i}\in\mathbb{N} be the multiplicity of ξi\xi_{i}. Let L¯{\overline{L}} and ss be as in Proposition 8.1. Then, in the Archimedean case,

  1. (1)

    ψL¯,s​(u)=−log⁡|pr|−12​∑iℓi​log⁡|e−2​u−ξi|\displaystyle\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}(u)=-\log|p_{r}|-\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\log|\operatorname{e}^{-2u}-\xi_{i}| for u∈ℝu\in\mathbb{R},

  2. (2)

    ℳℤ(ψL¯,s)=−2∑iℓiξi​e2​u(1−ξi​e2​u)2du\displaystyle{\mathcal{M}}_{\mathbb{Z}}(\psi_{{\overline{L}},s})=-2\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\frac{\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}{(1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u})^{2}}\,\,\text{\rm d}u,

  3. (3)

    hL¯tor⁡(Y)=mr​log⁡|pr|+12​∑iℓi2+12​∑i<jℓi​ℓj​ξi+ξjξi−ξj​(log⁡(−ξi)−log⁡(−ξj))\displaystyle\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=m_{r}\log|p_{r}|+\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i}\ell_{i}^{2}+\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i<j}\ell_{i}\ell_{j}\frac{\xi_{i}+\xi_{j}}{\xi_{i}-\xi_{j}}(\log(-\xi_{i})-\log(-\xi_{j})), where log\log is the principal determination of the logarithm.

While in the non-Archimedean case,

  1. (4)

    ψL¯,s​(u)=valK⁡(pr)+∑iℓi​min⁡{u,valK¯⁡(ξi)}\displaystyle\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}(u)={\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p_{r})+\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\min\{u,{\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}(\xi_{i})\} for u∈ℝu\in\mathbb{R},

  2. (5)

    ℳℤ​(ψL¯,s)=∑iℓi​δvalK¯⁡(ξi)\displaystyle{\mathcal{M}}_{\mathbb{Z}}(\psi_{{\overline{L}},s})=\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\delta_{{\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}(\xi_{i})},

  3. (6)

    hL¯tor⁡(Y)=mr​log⁡|pr|+∑i<jℓi​ℓj​log⁡(max⁡{1,|ξi|/|ξj|})\displaystyle\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=m_{r}\log|p_{r}|+\sum_{i<j}\ell_{i}\ell_{j}\log(\max\{1,|\xi_{i}|/|\xi_{j}|\}).

[02Y6]
Remark 8.8.

The real roots of the polynomial qq are all negative, this allows the use of the principal determination of the logarithm in (3). Introducing the argument θi∈]−π,π[\theta_{i}\in]-\pi,\pi[ of −ξi-\xi_{i}, the last sum in (3) can be rewritten

12​∑i<jℓi​ℓj​(|ξi|2−|ξj|2)​log⁡|ξi/ξj​|+2|​ξi|​|ξj|​(θi−θj)​sin⁡(θi−θj)|ξi|2+|ξj|2−2​|ξi|​|ξj|​cos⁡(θi−θj)\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i<j}\ell_{i}\ell_{j}\frac{(|\xi_{i}|^{2}-|\xi_{j}|^{2})\log|\xi_{i}/\xi_{j}|+2|\xi_{i}||\xi_{j}|(\theta_{i}-\theta_{j})\sin(\theta_{i}-\theta_{j})}{|\xi_{i}|^{2}+|\xi_{j}|^{2}-2|\xi_{i}||\xi_{j}|\cos(\theta_{i}-\theta_{j})}

showing that it is real.

[02Y7]
Proof.

Write ψ=ψL¯,s\psi=\psi_{{\overline{L}},s} for short. First we consider the Archimedean case. We have that q=|pr|2​∏i(z−ξi)ℓiq=|p_{r}|^{2}\prod_{i}(z-\xi_{i})^{\ell_{i}}. By Proposition 8.1,

ψ⁡(u)=−12​log⁡(q⁡(e−2​u))=−log⁡|pr|−12​∑iℓi​log​|e−2​u−ξi|,\psi(u)=-\frac{1}{2}\log(q(\operatorname{e}^{-2u}))=-\log|p_{r}|-\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\log|\operatorname{e}^{-2u}-\xi_{i}|,

which proves (1). Hence,

ψ′​(u)=∑iℓi​11−ξi​e2​uandψ′′​(u)=∑i2​ℓi​ξi​e2​u(1−ξi​e2​u)2.\psi^{\prime}(u)=\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\frac{1}{1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}\quad\text{and}\quad\psi^{\prime\prime}(u)=\sum_{i}2\ell_{i}\frac{\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}{(1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u})^{2}}.

The Monge-Ampère measure of ψ\psi is given by −ψ′′​d​u-\psi^{\prime\prime}\,\text{\rm d}u, and so the above proves (2). To prove (3) we apply Lemma 8.6. We have that stab⁡(ψ)=[0,mr]\operatorname{stab}(\psi)=[0,m_{r}], ψ∨​(0)=0\psi^{\vee}(0)=0, and ψ∨​(mr)=log⁡|pr|\psi^{\vee}(m_{r})=\log|p_{r}|. Thus,

(8.9) hL¯tor⁡(Y)=mr​log⁡|pr|+∫−∞∞(mr−ψ′)​ψ′​d​u.\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=m_{r}\log|p_{r}|+\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}(m_{r}-\psi^{\prime})\psi^{\prime}\,\text{\rm d}u.

We have mr−ψ′(u)=∑iℓi(1−11−ξi​e2​u)=−∑iℓiξi​e2​u1−ξi​e2​u\displaystyle m_{r}-\psi^{\prime}(u)=\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\bigg(1-\frac{1}{1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}\bigg)=-\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\frac{\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}{1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}. Hence,

(mr−ψ′​(u))​ψ′​(u)=−(∑iℓi​ξi​e2​u1−ξi​e2​u)​(∑jℓj​11−ξj​e2​u)=−∑iℓi2ξi​e2​u(1−ξi​e2​u)2−∑i≠jℓiℓjξi​e2​u(1−ξi​e2​u)​(1−ξj​e2​u).(m_{r}-\psi^{\prime}(u))\psi^{\prime}(u)=-\bigg(\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\frac{\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}{1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}\bigg)\bigg(\sum_{j}\ell_{j}\frac{1}{1-\xi_{j}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}\bigg)\\ =-\sum_{i}\ell_{i}^{2}\frac{\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}{(1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u})^{2}}-\sum_{i\neq j}\ell_{i}\ell_{j}\frac{\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}{(1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u})(1-\xi_{j}\operatorname{e}^{2u})}.

Moreover ∫−∞∞ξi​e2​u(1−ξi​e2​u)2​d​u=[12​(1−ξi​e2​u)]−∞∞=−12\displaystyle\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}{(1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u})^{2}}\,\text{\rm d}u=\bigg[\frac{1}{2(1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u})}\bigg]^{\infty}_{-\infty}=-\frac{1}{2} and

∫−∞∞ξi​e2​u(1−ξi​e2​u)​(1−ξj​e2​u)​d​u=[ξi2​(ξi−ξj)​(log⁡(1−ξj​e2​u))−log⁡(1−ξi​e2​u)]−∞∞=ξi2​(ξi−ξj)​(log⁡(−ξi)−log⁡(−ξj)),\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u}}{(1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u})(1-\xi_{j}\operatorname{e}^{2u})}\,\text{\rm d}u=\bigg[\frac{\xi_{i}}{2(\xi_{i}-\xi_{j})}(\log(1-\xi_{j}\operatorname{e}^{2u}))-\log(1-\xi_{i}\operatorname{e}^{2u})\bigg]^{\infty}_{-\infty}\\ =\frac{\xi_{i}}{2(\xi_{i}-\xi_{j})}(\log(-\xi_{i})-\log(-\xi_{j})),

for the principal determination of log\log. These calculations together with equation (8.9) imply that

hL¯tor⁡(Y)=mr​log⁡|pr|+12​∑iℓi2+12​∑i≠jℓi​ℓj​ξiξi−ξj​(log⁡(−ξi)−log⁡(−ξj))=mr​log⁡|pr|+12​∑iℓi2+12​∑i<jℓi​ℓj​ξi+ξjξi−ξj​(log⁡(−ξi)−log⁡(−ξj)),\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=m_{r}\log|p_{r}|+\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i}\ell_{i}^{2}+\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i\neq j}\ell_{i}\ell_{j}\frac{\xi_{i}}{\xi_{i}-\xi_{j}}(\log(-\xi_{i})-\log(-\xi_{j}))\\ =m_{r}\log|p_{r}|+\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i}\ell_{i}^{2}+\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i<j}\ell_{i}\ell_{j}\frac{\xi_{i}+\xi_{j}}{\xi_{i}-\xi_{j}}(\log(-\xi_{i})-\log(-\xi_{j})),

which proves (3).

Next we consider the non-Archimedean case. Let U⊂K¯×U\subset{\overline{K}}^{\times} be a sufficiently small open subset and ζ∈U\zeta\in U. For short, write vi=valK¯⁡(ξi)v_{i}={\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}(\xi_{i}). By Proposition 8.1, the genericity of ζ\zeta, and the condition mi≠mjm_{i}\not=m_{j} for i≠ji\not=j, imply

ψ⁡(valK¯⁡(ζ))=mini⁡{0,mi​valK¯⁡(ζ)+valK⁡(pi)}=valK¯⁡(q⁡(ζ)).\psi({\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}(\zeta))=\min_{i}\{0,m_{i}{\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}(\zeta)+{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p_{i})\}={\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}(q(\zeta)).

By the factorization of qq,

valK¯⁡(q⁡(ζ))=valK⁡(pr)+∑iℓi​valK¯⁡(ζ−ξi)=valK⁡(pr)+∑iℓi​min​{valK¯⁡(ζ),vi}.{\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}(q(\zeta))={\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p_{r})+\sum_{i}\ell_{i}{\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}(\zeta-\xi_{i})={\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p_{r})+\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\min\{{\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}(\zeta),v_{i}\}.

The image of valK¯:K¯×→ℝ{\operatorname{val}}_{{\overline{K}}}\colon{\overline{K}}^{\times}\to\mathbb{R} is a dense subset. We deduce that, u∈ℝu\in\mathbb{R},

ψ⁡(u)=valK⁡(pr)+∑iℓi​min​{u,valK⁡(ξi)},\psi(u)={\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p_{r})+\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\min\{u,{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(\xi_{i})\},

which proves (4). The gradient of this function is, for u∈ℝu\in\mathbb{R},

∂ψ(u)={[∑j:vj>viℓj,∑j:vj≥viℓj] if ​u=vi​ for some ​i,∑j:vj>xℓj otherwise.\partial\psi(u)=\begin{cases}\Big[\sum_{j:v_{j}>v_{i}}\ell_{j},\sum_{j:v_{j}\geq v_{i}}\ell_{j}\Big]&\text{ if }u=v_{i}\text{ for some }i,\\ \sum_{j:v_{j}>x}\ell_{j}&\text{ otherwise.}\end{cases}

Hence, the associated Monge-Ampère measure is ∑iℓi​δvi,\sum_{i}\ell_{i}\delta_{v_{i}}, which proves (5). The derivative of ψ\psi in the sense of (8.5) is, for u∈ℝu\in\mathbb{R},

ψ′(u)={∑j:vj>viℓj+12∑j:vj=viℓj if ​u=vi​ for some ​i,∑j:vj>xℓj otherwise.\psi^{\prime}(u)=\begin{cases}\sum_{j:v_{j}>v_{i}}\ell_{j}+\frac{1}{2}\sum_{j:v_{j}=v_{i}}\ell_{j}&\text{ if }u=v_{i}\text{ for some }i,\\ \sum_{j:v_{j}>x}\ell_{j}&\text{ otherwise.}\end{cases}

Moreover, stab⁡(ψ)=[0,mr]\operatorname{stab}(\psi)=[0,m_{r}], ψ∨​(0)=0\psi^{\vee}(0)=0 and ψ∨​(mr)=−valK⁡(pr)\psi^{\vee}(m_{r})=-{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p_{r}). By Lemma 8.6

(8.10) hL¯tor⁡(Y)=−mr​λK​valK⁡(pr)+λK​∫−∞∞(mr−ψ′)​ψ′​d​u.\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=-m_{r}\lambda_{K}{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(p_{r})+\lambda_{K}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}(m_{r}-\psi^{\prime})\psi^{\prime}\,\text{\rm d}u.

If we write

fi​(u)={0, if ​x≤viℓi, if ​x>vi,f_{i}(u)=\begin{cases}0,&\text{ if }x\leq v_{i}\\ \ell_{i},&\text{ if }x>v_{i},\end{cases}

then, we have that, almost everywhere ψ′​(u)=∑iℓi−fi​(u)\psi^{\prime}(u)=\sum_{i}\ell_{i}-f_{i}(u) and mr−ψ′​(u)=∑ifim_{r}-\psi^{\prime}(u)=\sum_{i}f_{i}. Therefore

(8.11) ∫−∞∞(mr−ψ′)​ψ′​d​u=∑i,j∫−∞∞fi​(ℓj−fj)​d​u=∑i,jℓi​ℓj​max⁡{0,vj−vi}.\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}(m_{r}-\psi^{\prime})\psi^{\prime}\,\text{\rm d}u=\sum_{i,j}\int_{-\infty}^{\infty}f_{i}(\ell_{j}-f_{j})\,\text{\rm d}u=\sum_{i,j}\ell_{i}\ell_{j}\max\{0,v_{j}-v_{i}\}.

Thus, joining together (8.10), (8.11) and the relation log⁡(|ζ|)=−λK​valK⁡(ζ)\log(|\zeta|)=-\lambda_{K}{\operatorname{val}}_{K}(\zeta) we deduce

hL¯tor⁡(Y)=mr​log​|pr|+∑i,jℓi​ℓj​max​{0,log⁡(|ξi|/|ξj|)},\operatorname{h}^{\operatorname{tor}}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=m_{r}\log|p_{r}|+\sum_{i,j}\ell_{i}\ell_{j}\max\{0,\log(|\xi_{i}|/|\xi_{j}|)\},

finishing the proof of the theorem. ∎

We now treat the global case.

[02Y8]
Corollary 8.12.

Let (𝕂,𝔐𝕂)(\mathbb{K},\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}) be a global field. Let 0<m1<⋯<mr0<m_{1}<\dots<m_{r} be integer numbers with gcd⁡(m1,…,mr)=1\gcd(m_{1},\dots,m_{r})=1, and p1,…,pr∈𝕂×p_{1},\dots,p_{r}\in\mathbb{K}^{\times}. Let φ:𝕋→ℙr\varphi\colon\mathbb{T}\to\mathbb{P}^{r} be the map given by φ(t)=(1:p1tm1:…:prtmr)\varphi(t)=(1:p_{1}t^{m_{1}}:\dots:p_{r}t^{m_{r}}), YY the closure of the image of φ\varphi, and L¯=φ∗​𝒪⁡(1)¯{\overline{L}}=\varphi^{*}{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}, where 𝒪⁡(1)¯{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}} is equipped with the Fubini-Study metric for the Archimedean places and with the canonical metric for the non-Archimedean places. For v∈𝔐Kv\in\mathfrak{M}_{K}, set

qv={1+∑j=1r|pj|v2​zmj, if v is Archimedean,1+∑j=1rpj​zmj, if v is not Archimedean.\displaystyle q_{v}=\begin{cases}1+\sum_{j=1}^{r}|p_{j}|_{v}^{2}z^{m_{j}},&\text{ if }v\text{ is Archimedean},\\ 1+\sum_{j=1}^{r}p_{j}z^{m_{j}},&\text{ if }v\text{ is not Archimedean}.\end{cases}

Let {ξv,i}⊂𝕂¯×\{\xi_{v,i}\}\subset{\overline{\mathbb{K}}}^{\times} be the set of roots of qvq_{v} and, for each ii, let ℓv,i∈ℕ\ell_{v,i}\in\mathbb{N} denote the multiplicity of ξv,i\xi_{v,i}. Then

hL¯⁡(Y)=∑v|∞nv​(12​∑iℓv,i2+12​∑i<jℓv,i​ℓv,j​ξv,i+ξv,jξv,i−ξv,j​(log⁡(−ξv,i)−log⁡(−ξv,j)))+∑v∤∞nv(∑i<jℓv,iℓv,jlog(max{1,|ξv,i|v/|ξv,j|v})).\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=\sum_{v|\infty}n_{v}\bigg(\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i}\ell_{v,i}^{2}+\frac{1}{2}\sum_{i<j}\ell_{v,i}\ell_{v,j}\frac{\xi_{v,i}+\xi_{v,j}}{\xi_{v,i}-\xi_{v,j}}(\log(-\xi_{v,i})-\log(-\xi_{v,j}))\bigg)\\ +\sum_{v\nmid\infty}n_{v}\bigg(\sum_{i<j}\ell_{v,i}\ell_{v,j}\log(\max\{1,|\xi_{v,i}|_{v}/|\xi_{v,j}|_{v}\})\bigg).
[02Y9]
Proof.

This follows readily from Proposition 6.35, Theorem 8.7, and the product formula. ∎

[02YA]
Corollary 8.13.

Let Cr⊂ℙℚrC_{r}\subset\mathbb{P}^{r}_{\mathbb{Q}} be the Veronese curve of degree rr and 𝒪⁡(1)¯{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}} the universal line bundle on ℙℚr\mathbb{P}^{r}_{\mathbb{Q}} equipped with the Fubini-Study metric at the Archimedean place and with the canonical metric at the non-Archimedean ones. Then

(8.14) h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(Cr)=r2+π​∑j=1⌊r/2⌋(1−2​jr+1)​cot⁡(π​jr+1)∈r2+π​ℚ¯.\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(C_{r})=\frac{r}{2}+\pi\sum_{j=1}^{\lfloor r/2\rfloor}\bigg(1-\frac{2\,j}{r+1}\bigg)\,\cot\bigg(\frac{\pi\,j}{r+1}\bigg)\in\frac{r}{2}+\pi\,{\overline{\mathbb{Q}}}.
[02YB]
Proof.

The curve CrC_{r} coincides with the closure of the image of the map φ:𝕋→ℙr\varphi\colon\mathbb{T}\to\mathbb{P}^{r} given by φ(t)=(1:t:t2:…:tr)\varphi(t)=(1:t:t^{2}:\dots:t^{r}). With the notation in Corollary 8.12, this map correspond to mi=im_{i}=i and pi=1p_{i}=1, for i=1,…,ri=1,\dots,r. Then qv=∑j=0rzjq_{v}=\sum_{j=0}^{r}z^{j} for all v∈𝔐ℚv\in\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{Q}}. Consider the primitive (r+1)(r+1)-th root of unity ω=e2​π​ir+1\omega=\operatorname{e}^{\frac{2\pi i}{r+1}}. The polynomial qvq_{v} is separable and its set of roots is {ωl}l=1,…,r\{\omega^{l}\}_{l=1,\dots,r}. Since |ωl|v=1|\omega^{l}|_{v}=1 for all vv, Corollary 8.12 implies that

(8.15) hL¯⁡(Y)=r2+12​∑l<jωl+ωjωl−ωj​(log⁡(−ωl)−log⁡(−ωj))=r2+12​∑l≠jωl+ωjωl−ωj​log⁡(−ωl).\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}}(Y)=\frac{r}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\sum_{l<j}\frac{\omega^{l}+\omega^{j}}{\omega^{l}-\omega^{j}}(\log(-\omega^{l})-\log(-\omega^{j}))\\ =\frac{r}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\sum_{l\neq j}\frac{\omega^{l}+\omega^{j}}{\omega^{l}-\omega^{j}}\log(-\omega^{l}).

We have that

∑j=1rωj+1ωj−1=∑j=1rωjωj−1+∑j=1r1ωj−1=∑j=1r11−ω−j+∑j=1r1ωj−1=0.\sum_{j=1}^{r}\frac{\omega^{j}+1}{\omega^{j}-1}=\sum_{j=1}^{r}\frac{\omega^{j}}{\omega^{j}-1}+\sum_{j=1}^{r}\frac{1}{\omega^{j}-1}=\sum_{j=1}^{r}\frac{1}{1-\omega^{-j}}+\sum_{j=1}^{r}\frac{1}{\omega^{j}-1}=0.

This implies that, for l=1,…,rl=1,\dots,r,

∑1≤j≤r,j≠lωl+ωjωl−ωj=−ωl+1ωl−1=i​cot⁡(π​lr+1)\sum_{1\leq j\leq r,j\neq l}\frac{\omega^{l}+\omega^{j}}{\omega^{l}-\omega^{j}}=-\frac{\omega^{l}+1}{\omega^{l}-1}=i\cot\Big(\frac{\pi l}{r+1}\Big)

Hence,

12∑l≠jωl+ωjωl−ωjlog(−ωl)=−i2∑l=1rcot(π​lr+1)log(−ωl)=π​∑l=1⌊r/2⌋cot⁡(π​lr+1)​(1−2​lr+1),\frac{1}{2}\sum_{l\neq j}\frac{\omega^{l}+\omega^{j}}{\omega^{l}-\omega^{j}}\log(-\omega^{l})=-\frac{i}{2}\sum_{l=1}^{r}\cot\Big(\frac{\pi l}{r+1}\Big)\log(-\omega^{l})\\ =\pi\sum_{l=1}^{\lfloor r/2\rfloor}\cot\Big(\frac{\pi l}{r+1}\Big)\Big(1-\frac{2l}{r+1}\Big),

since cot⁡(π⁡(r+1−l)r+1)​log⁡(−ωr+1−l)=cot⁡(π​lr+1)​log⁡(−ωl)\cot(\frac{\pi(r+1-l)}{r+1})\log(-\omega^{r+1-l})=\cot(\frac{\pi l}{r+1})\log(-\omega^{l}) for l=1,…,⌊r/2⌋l=1,\dots,\lfloor r/2\rfloor and log⁡(−ωr+12)=0\log(-\omega^{\frac{r+1}{2}})=0 whenever rr is odd. The statement follows from this calculations together with (8.15). ∎

Here follow some special values:

rr 1 2 3 5 7
h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(Cr)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(C_{r}) 12\displaystyle\frac{1}{2} 1+13​3​π\displaystyle 1+\frac{1}{3\,\sqrt{3}}\,\pi 32+12​π\displaystyle\frac{3}{2}+\frac{1}{2}\,\pi 52+73​3​π\displaystyle\frac{5}{2}+\frac{7}{3\,\sqrt{3}}\,\pi 72+(1+2)​π\displaystyle\frac{7}{2}+(1+\sqrt{2})\,\pi
[02YC]
Corollary 8.16.

With the notation of Corollary 8.13, h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(Cr)=r​log⁡r+O⁡(r)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(C_{r})=r\log r+O(r) for r→∞r\to\infty.

[02YD]
Proof.

We have that π​cot⁡(π​x)=1x+O⁡(1)\displaystyle\pi\cot(\pi x)=\frac{1}{x}+O(1) for x→0x\to 0. Hence,

h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(Cr)=∑j=1⌊r/2⌋(1−2​jr+1)​jr+1+O⁡(r)=r⁡(∑j=1⌊r/2⌋1j)+O⁡(r)=r​log​r+O⁡(r).\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(C_{r})=\sum_{j=1}^{\lfloor r/2\rfloor}\bigg(1-\frac{2\,j}{r+1}\bigg)\,\frac{j}{r+1}+O(r)=r\bigg(\sum_{j=1}^{\lfloor r/2\rfloor}\frac{1}{j}\bigg)+O(r)=r\log r+O(r).

∎

By the theorem of algebraic successive minima [Zha95a],

μess​(Cr)≤h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(Cr)deg𝒪⁡(1)⁡(Cr)≤2​μess​(Cr)\mu^{\operatorname{ess}}(C_{r})\leq\frac{\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(C_{r})}{\deg_{{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}(C_{r})}\leq 2\mu^{\operatorname{ess}}(C_{r})

The essential minimum of CrC_{r} is μess​(Cr)=12​log⁡(r+1)\mu^{\operatorname{ess}}(C_{r})=\frac{1}{2}\log(r+1) [Som05]. Hence, the quotient h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(Cr)deg𝒪⁡(1)⁡(Cr)\frac{\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(C_{r})}{\deg_{{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}(C_{r})} is asymptotically closer to the upper bound than to the lower bound.

[02YE]

8.2. Height of toric bundles

Let n≥0n\geq 0 and write ℙn=ℙℚn\mathbb{P}^{n}=\mathbb{P}^{n}_{\mathbb{Q}} for short. Given ar≥⋯≥a0≥1a_{r}\geq\dots\geq a_{0}\geq 1, consider the bundle ℙ⁡(E)→ℙn\mathbb{P}(E)\rightarrow\mathbb{P}^{n} of hyperplanes of the vector bundle

E=𝒪⁡(a0)⊕𝒪⁡(a1)⊕⋯⊕𝒪⁡(ar)⟶ℙn,E={\mathcal{O}}(a_{0})\oplus{\mathcal{O}}(a_{1})\oplus\dots\oplus{\mathcal{O}}(a_{r})\longrightarrow\mathbb{P}^{n},

where 𝒪⁡(aj){\mathcal{O}}(a_{j}) denotes the aja_{j}-th power of the universal line bundle of ℙn\mathbb{P}^{n}. Equivalently, ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) can be defined as the bundle of lines of the dual vector bundle E∨E^{\vee}. The fibre of the map π:ℙ⁡(E)→ℙn\pi\colon\mathbb{P}(E)\to\mathbb{P}^{n} over each point p∈ℙn​(ℚ¯)p\in\mathbb{P}^{n}({\overline{\mathbb{Q}}}) is a projective space of dimension rr. This bundle is a smooth toric variety over ℚ\mathbb{Q} of dimension n+rn+r, see [Oda88, pp. 58-59], [Ful93, p. 42]. The particular case n=r=1n=r=1 corresponds to Hirzebruch surfaces: for b≥0b\geq 0, we have 𝔽b=ℙ⁡(𝒪⁡(0)⊕𝒪⁡(b))≃ℙ⁡(𝒪⁡(a0)⊕𝒪⁡(a0+b))\mathbb{F}_{b}=\mathbb{P}({\mathcal{O}}(0)\oplus{\mathcal{O}}(b))\simeq\mathbb{P}({\mathcal{O}}(a_{0})\oplus{\mathcal{O}}(a_{0}+b)) for any a0≥1a_{0}\geq 1.

The tautological line bundle of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E), denoted 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(−1){\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(-1), is defined as a subbundle of π∗​E∨\pi^{*}E^{\vee}. Its fibre over a point of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) is the inverse image under π\pi of the line in E∨E^{\vee} which is dual to the hyperplane of EE defining the given point. The universal line bundle 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1){\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1) of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) is defined as the dual of the tautological one. Since 𝒪⁡(aj){\mathcal{O}}(a_{j}), j=0,…,rj=0,\dots,r, is ample, the universal line bundle is also ample [Har66]. This is the line bundle corresponding to the Cartier divisor a0​D0+D1a_{0}D_{0}+D_{1}, where D0D_{0} denotes the inverse image in ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) of the hyperplane at infinity of ℙn\mathbb{P}^{n} and D1=ℙ⁡(0⊕𝒪⁡(a1)⊕⋯⊕𝒪⁡(ar))D_{1}=\mathbb{P}(0\oplus{\mathcal{O}}(a_{1})\oplus\dots\oplus{\mathcal{O}}(a_{r})). Observe that, although ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) is isomorphic to the bundle associated to the family of integers ai+ca_{i}+c for any c∈ℕc\in\mathbb{N}, this is not the case for the associated universal line bundle, that depends on the choice of cc.

Following Example 4.3, we regard ℙn\mathbb{P}^{n} as a toric variety over ℚ\mathbb{Q} equipped with the action of the split torus 𝔾mn\mathbb{G}_{m}^{n}. Let ss be the toric section of 𝒪⁡(1){\mathcal{O}}(1) which corresponds to the hyperplane at infinity H0H_{0} and let sj=s⊗−ajs_{j}=s^{\otimes-a_{j}}, which is a section of 𝒪⁡(−aj){\mathcal{O}}(-a_{j}). Let U=ℙn∖H0U=\mathbb{P}^{n}\setminus H_{0}. The restriction of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) to UU is isomorphic to U×ℙrU\times\mathbb{P}^{r} through the map φ\varphi defined, for p∈Up\in U and q∈ℙrq\in\mathbb{P}^{r}, as

(p,q)⟼(p,q0​s0​(p)⊕⋯⊕qr​sr​(p)).(p,q)\longmapsto(p,q_{0}s_{0}(p)\oplus\dots\oplus q_{r}s_{r}(p)).

The torus 𝕋:=𝔾mn+r\mathbb{T}:=\mathbb{G}_{m}^{n+r} can then be included as an open subvariety of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) through the map φ\varphi composed with the standard inclusion of 𝔾mn+r\mathbb{G}_{m}^{n+r} into U×ℙrU\times\mathbb{P}^{r}. The action of 𝕋\mathbb{T} on itself by translation extends to an action of the torus on the whole of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E). Hence ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) is a toric variety over ℚ\mathbb{Q}. With this action the divisor a0​D0+D1a_{0}D_{0}+D_{1} is a 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor.

By abuse of notation, we also denote E∨E^{\vee} the total space associated to the vector bundle E∨E^{\vee}. The map 𝔾mn+r→E∨\mathbb{G}_{m}^{n+r}\to E^{\vee} defined as

(z,w)⟼((1:z),(s0​(1:z)⊕w1​s1​(1:z)⊕⋯⊕wr​sr​(1:z)))(z,w)\longmapsto((1:z),(s_{0}(1:z)\oplus w_{1}s_{1}(1:z)\oplus\dots\oplus w_{r}s_{r}(1:z)))

induces a no-where vanishing section of the tautological line bundle of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) over the open subset 𝕋\mathbb{T}. Its inverse, denoted ss, is a no-where vanishing section of 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1){\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1) over 𝕋\mathbb{T}. In particular, this section induces a structure of toric line bundle on 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1){\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1). The divisor of the section ss is precisely the 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor a0​D0+D1a_{0}D_{0}+D_{1} considered above.

We now introduce an adelic toric metric on 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1){\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1). For v=∞v=\infty, we consider the complex vector bundle E⁡(ℂ)E(\mathbb{C}) that can be naturally metrized by the direct sum of the Fubiny-Study metric on each factor 𝒪​(aj)​(ℂ){\mathcal{O}}(a_{j})(\mathbb{C}). By duality, this gives a metric on E∨​(ℂ)E^{\vee}(\mathbb{C}), which induces by restriction a metric on the tautological line bundle. Applying duality once more time, we obtain a smooth metric, denoted ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_{\infty}, on Oℙ​(E)​(ℂ)​(1)O_{\mathbb{P}(E)(\mathbb{C})}(1). For v∈Mℚ∖{∞}v\in M_{\mathbb{Q}}\setminus\{\infty\}, we equip Oℙ⁡(E)​(1)O_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1) with the canonical metric (Proposition-Definition 5.20). We write 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)¯=(𝒪ℙ⁡(E)(1),(∥⋅∥v)v∈Mℚ)\overline{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1)}=({\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1),(\|\cdot\|_{v})_{v\in M_{\mathbb{Q}}}) for the obtained adelic metrized toric line bundle.

We have made a choice of splitting of 𝕋\mathbb{T} and therefore a choice of an identification N=ℤn+rN=\mathbb{Z}^{n+r}. Thus we obtain a system of coordinates in the real vector space associated to the toric variety ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E), Nℝ=ℝn+r=ℝn×ℝrN_{\mathbb{R}}=\mathbb{R}^{n+r}=\mathbb{R}^{n}\times\mathbb{R}^{r}. Since the metric considered at each non-Archimedean place is the canonical one, the only nontrivial contribution to the global height will come from the Archimedean place. The restriction to the principal open subset ℙ​(E)0​(ℂ)≃(ℂ×)n+r=(ℂ×)n×(ℂ×)r\mathbb{P}(E)_{0}(\mathbb{C})\simeq(\mathbb{C}^{\times})^{n+r}=(\mathbb{C}^{\times})^{n}\times(\mathbb{C}^{\times})^{r} of the valuation map is expressed, in these coordinates, as the map val:(ℂ×)n+r→Nℝ{\operatorname{val}}\colon(\mathbb{C}^{\times})^{n+r}\to N_{\mathbb{R}} defined by

val⁡(z,w)=(−log⁡|z1|,…,−log⁡|zn|,−log⁡|w1|,…,−log⁡|wr|).{\operatorname{val}}(z,w)=(-\log|z_{1}|,\dots,-\log|z_{n}|,-\log|w_{1}|,\dots,-\log|w_{r}|).

Let θ0\theta_{0} be the natural inclusion of real variety ℙ​(E)0​(ℝ≥0)≃(ℝ>0)n+r\mathbb{P}(E)_{0}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})\simeq(\mathbb{R}_{>0})^{n+r} in ℙ​(E)0​(ℂ)\mathbb{P}(E)_{0}(\mathbb{C}) and let 𝐞ℂ{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{\mathbb{C}} be the homeomorphism Nℝ→ℙ​(E)0​(ℝ≥0)N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{P}(E)_{0}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}), both defined in §5.1. In these coordinates, the composition map θ0∘𝐞ℂ:Nℝ→ℙ​(E)0​(ℂ)\theta_{0}\circ{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{\mathbb{C}}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{P}(E)_{0}(\mathbb{C}) is given by (u,v)↦(e−u1,…,e−un,e−v1,…,e−vr)(u,v)\mapsto(\operatorname{e}^{-u_{1}},\dots,\operatorname{e}^{-u_{n}},\operatorname{e}^{-v_{1}},\dots,\operatorname{e}^{-v_{r}}).

Write ψ∞:Nℝ→ℝ\psi_{\infty}\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to\mathbb{R} for the function corresponding to the metric ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_{\infty} and the toric section ss defined above.

[02YF]
Lemma 8.17.

The function ψ∞\psi_{\infty} is defined, for u∈ℝnu\in\mathbb{R}^{n} and v∈ℝrv\in\mathbb{R}^{r}, as

ψ∞​(u,v)=−12​log⁡(∑j=0re−2​vj⁡(∑i=0ne−2​ui)aj),\psi_{\infty}(u,v)=-\frac{1}{2}\log\left(\sum_{j=0}^{r}{\operatorname{e}}^{-2v_{j}}\left(\sum_{i=0}^{n}{\operatorname{e}}^{-2u_{i}}\right)^{a_{j}}\right),

with the convention u0=v0=0u_{0}=v_{0}=0. It is a strictly concave function.

[02YG]
Proof.

The metric on E∨E^{\vee} is given, for p∈ℙn​(ℂ)p\in\mathbb{P}^{n}(\mathbb{C}) and q0,…,qr∈ℂq_{0},\dots,q_{r}\in\mathbb{C}, by

‖q0​s0​(p)⊕⋯⊕qr​sr​(p)‖∞2=|q0|2​‖s0​(p)‖2+⋯+|qr|2​‖sr​(p)‖2,||q_{0}s_{0}(p)\oplus\dots\oplus q_{r}s_{r}(p)||_{\infty}^{2}=|q_{0}|^{2}||s_{0}(p)||^{2}+\dots+|q_{r}|^{2}||s_{r}(p)||^{2},

where ‖sj​(p)‖||s_{j}(p)|| is the norm of sj​(p)s_{j}(p) with respect to the Fubini-Study metric on 𝒪​(−aj)an{\mathcal{O}}(-a_{j})^{{\text{\rm an}}}. By Example 2.2,

‖sj​(p)‖2=(|p0|2|p0|2+⋯+|pn|2)−aj.||s_{j}(p)||^{2}=\bigg(\frac{|p_{0}|^{2}}{|p_{0}|^{2}+\dots+|p_{n}|^{2}}\bigg)^{-a_{j}}.

Let s⊗−1s^{\otimes-1} be the monomial section of the tautological line bundle defined by ss. Then

(8.18) ‖s⊗−1∘θ0∘𝐞ℂ⁡(u,v)‖2=∑j=0re−2​vj⁡(∑i=0ne−2​ui)aj.\|s^{\otimes-1}\circ\theta_{0}\circ{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{\mathbb{C}}(u,v)\|^{2}=\sum_{j=0}^{r}{\operatorname{e}}^{-2v_{j}}\left(\sum_{i=0}^{n}{\operatorname{e}}^{-2u_{i}}\right)^{a_{j}}.

By Proposition 5.19(2), ψ∞\psi_{\infty} is −1/2-1/2 times the logarithm of the above expression.

For the last statement, observe that the functions e−2​vj⁡(∑i=0ne−2​ui)aj{\operatorname{e}}^{-2v_{j}}(\sum_{i=0}^{n}{\operatorname{e}}^{-2u_{i}})^{a_{j}} are log-strictly convex, because −1/2-1/2 times their logarithm is the function associated to the Fubini-Study metric on 𝒪​(aj)an{\mathcal{O}}(a_{j})^{{\text{\rm an}}}, which is a strictly concave function. Their sum is also log-strictly convex [BV04, §3.5.2]. Hence, ψ∞\psi_{\infty} is strictly concave. ∎

[02YH]
Corollary 8.19.

The metric ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_{\infty} is a semipositive smooth toric metric.

The following result summarizes the toric structure of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) and of 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)¯{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1)}}.

[02YI]
Proposition 8.20.
  1. (1)

    Let eie_{i}, 1≤i≤n1\leq i\leq n, and fjf_{j}, 1≤j≤r1\leq j\leq r, be the ii-th and (n+j)(n+j)-th vectors of the standard basis of N=ℤn+rN=\mathbb{Z}^{n+r}. Set f0=−f1−⋯−frf_{0}=-f_{1}-\cdots-f_{r} and e0=a0​f0+⋯+ar​fr−e1−⋯−ene_{0}=a_{0}f_{0}+\cdots+a_{r}f_{r}-e_{1}-\cdots-e_{n}. The fan Σ\Sigma corresponding to ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) is the fan in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} whose maximal cones are the convex hull of the rays generated by the vectors

    e0,⋯,ek−1,ek+1,⋯,en,f0,⋯,fℓ−1,fℓ+1,⋯,fre_{0},\cdots,e_{k-1},e_{k+1},\cdots,e_{n},f_{0},\cdots,f_{\ell-1},f_{\ell+1},\cdots,f_{r}

    for 0≤k≤n,0≤ℓ≤r0\leq k\leq n,0\leq\ell\leq r. This is a complete regular fan.

  2. (2)

    The support function Ψ:Nℝ→ℝ\Psi\colon N_{\mathbb{R}}\to{\mathbb{R}} corresponding to the universal line bundle 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1){\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1) is defined, for u∈ℝnu\in\mathbb{R}^{n} and v∈ℝrv\in\mathbb{R}^{r}, as

    Ψ⁡(u,v)=min0≤k≤n0≤ℓ≤r⁡(aℓ​uk+vℓ),\Psi(u,v)=\mathop{\min_{0\leq k\leq n}}_{0\leq\ell\leq r}(a_{\ell}u_{k}+v_{\ell}),

    where, for short, we have set u0=v0=0u_{0}=v_{0}=0.

  3. (3)

    The polytope Δ\Delta in Mℝ=ℝn×ℝrM_{\mathbb{R}}=\mathbb{R}^{n}\times\mathbb{R}^{r} associated to (Σ,Ψ)(\Sigma,\Psi) is

    {(x,y)|y1,…,yr≥0,∑ℓ=1ryℓ≤1,x1,…,xn≥0,∑k=1nxk≤L(y)}\Big\{(x,y)|y_{1},\dots,y_{r}\geq 0,\ \sum_{\ell=1}^{r}y_{\ell}\leq 1,\ x_{1},\dots,x_{n}\geq 0,\ \sum_{k=1}^{n}x_{k}\leq L(y)\Big\}

    with L⁡(y)=a0+∑ℓ=1r(aℓ−a0)​yℓL(y)=a_{0}+\sum_{\ell=1}^{r}(a_{\ell}-a_{0})y_{\ell}. Using the convention y0=1−∑ℓ=1ryℓy_{0}=1-\sum_{\ell=1}^{r}y_{\ell} and x0=L⁡(y)−∑k=1nxkx_{0}=L(y)-\sum_{k=1}^{n}x_{k}, then L⁡(y)=∑ℓ=0raℓ​yℓL(y)=\sum_{\ell=0}^{r}a_{\ell}y_{\ell} and the polytope Δ\Delta can be written as

    {(x,y)|y0,…,yr≥0,x0,…,xn≥0}.\Big\{(x,y)|y_{0},\dots,y_{r}\geq 0,\ x_{0},\dots,x_{n}\geq 0\Big\}.
  4. (4)

    The Legendre-Fenchel dual of ψ∞\psi_{\infty} is the concave function ψ∞∨:Δ→ℝ\psi_{\infty}^{\vee}\colon\Delta\to\mathbb{R} defined, for (x,y)∈Δ(x,y)\in\Delta, as

    ψ∞∨​(x,y)=−12​(εr​(y1,…,yr)+L⁡(y)⋅εn​(x1L⁡(y),…,xnL⁡(y))),\psi^{\vee}_{\infty}(x,y)=-\frac{1}{2}\left(\varepsilon_{r}(y_{1},\dots,y_{r})+L(y)\cdot\varepsilon_{n}\left(\frac{x_{1}}{L(y)},\dots,\frac{x_{n}}{L(y)}\right)\right),

    where, for k≥0k\geq 0, εk\varepsilon_{k} is the function defined in (3.54). For v≠∞v\neq\infty, the concave function ψv∨\psi^{\vee}_{v} is the indicator function of Δ\Delta.

[02YJ]
Proof.

By Corollary 5.17, we have Ψ=rec⁡(ψ∞)\Psi=\operatorname{rec}(\psi_{\infty}). By equation (3.49), we have rec⁡(ψ∞)=limλ→∞λ−1​ψ∞​(λ⁡(u,v))\operatorname{rec}(\psi_{\infty})=\lim_{\lambda\to\infty}\lambda^{-1}\psi_{\infty}(\lambda(u,v)). Statement (2) follows readily from this and from the expression for ψ∞\psi_{\infty} in Lemma 8.17.

The function Ψ\Psi is strictly concave on Σ\Sigma, because 𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1){\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1) is an ample line bundle. Hence Σ=Π⁡(Ψ)\Sigma=\Pi(\Psi) and this is the fan described in statement (1).

Let (e1∨,…,en∨,f1∨,…,fr∨)(e_{1}^{\vee},\dots,e_{n}^{\vee},f_{1}^{\vee},\dots,f_{r}^{\vee}) be the dual basis of MM induced by the basis of NN. By Proposition 3.64 and statement (2), we have

Δ=conv⁡(0,(a0​ek∨)1≤k≤n,(fℓ∨)1≤ℓ≤r,(aℓ​ek∨+fℓ∨)1≤ℓ≤r1≤k≤n).\Delta=\operatorname{conv}\bigg(0,(a_{0}e^{\vee}_{k})_{1\leq k\leq n},(f^{\vee}_{\ell})_{1\leq\ell\leq r},(a_{\ell}e^{\vee}_{k}+f^{\vee}_{\ell})_{\stackrel{{\scriptstyle 1\leq k\leq n}}{{\scriptscriptstyle 1\leq\ell\leq r}}}\bigg).

Statement (3) follows readily from this.

For the first part of statement (4), it suffices to compute the Legendre-Fenchel dual of ψ∞\psi_{\infty} at a point (x,y)(x,y) in the interior of the polytope. Lemma 8.17 shows that ψ∞\psi_{\infty} is strictly concave. Hence, by Theorem 3.52(3), ∇ψ∞\nabla\psi_{\infty} is a homeomorphism between NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} and Δ∘\Delta^{\circ}. Thus, there exist a unique (u,v)∈Nℝ(u,v)\in N_{\mathbb{R}} such that, for i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,n and j=1,…,rj=1,\dots,r,

xi=∂ψ∞∂ui​(u,v),yj=∂ψ∞∂vj​(u,v).x_{i}=\frac{\partial\psi_{\infty}}{\partial u_{i}}(u,v),\quad y_{j}=\frac{\partial\psi_{\infty}}{\partial v_{j}}(u,v).

We use the conventions x0=L⁡(y)−∑i=1nxix_{0}=L(y)-\sum_{i=1}^{n}x_{i}, y0=1−∑j=1ryjy_{0}=1-\sum_{j=1}^{r}y_{j}, and u0=v0=0u_{0}=v_{0}=0 as before, and also η=∑i=0ne−2​ui\eta=\sum_{i=0}^{n}\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{i}} and ψ=ψ∞\psi=\psi_{\infty}, so that −2​ψ=log⁡(∑j=0re−2​vj⁡ηaj)-2\psi=\log\big(\sum_{j=0}^{r}\operatorname{e}^{-2v_{j}}\eta^{a_{j}}\big). Computing the gradient of ψ\psi, we obtain, for i=1,…,ni=1,\dots,n and j=1,…,rj=1,\dots,r,

xi​e−2​ψ=(∑j=0raj​ηaj−1​e−2​vj)​e−2​ui,yj​e−2​ψ=ηaj​e−2​vj.x_{i}\operatorname{e}^{-2\psi}=\Big(\sum_{j=0}^{r}a_{j}\eta^{a_{j}-1}\operatorname{e}^{-2v_{j}}\Big)\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{i}},\quad y_{j}\operatorname{e}^{-2\psi}=\eta^{a_{j}}\operatorname{e}^{-2v_{j}}.

Combining these expressions, we obtain, for i=0,…,ni=0,\dots,n and j=0,…,rj=0,\dots,r,

xiL⁡(y)=e−2​uiη,yj=e−2​vj+2​ψηaj.\frac{x_{i}}{L(y)}=\frac{\operatorname{e}^{-2u_{i}}}{\eta},\quad y_{j}=\frac{\operatorname{e}^{-2v_{j}+2\psi}}{\eta^{a_{j}}}.

From the case i=0i=0 we deduce η=L⁡(y)/x0\eta=L(y)/x_{0} and from the case j=0j=0 it results 2​ψ=log⁡(y0)+a0​log⁡(x0/L⁡(y))2\psi=\log(y_{0})+a_{0}\log(x_{0}/L(y)). From this, one can verify

ui=12​log⁡(x0xi),vj=12​log⁡(y0yj)+a0−aj2​log⁡(x0L⁡(y)).u_{i}=\frac{1}{2}\log\Big(\frac{x_{0}}{x_{i}}\Big),\quad v_{j}=\frac{1}{2}\log\Big(\frac{y_{0}}{y_{j}}\Big)+\frac{a_{0}-a_{j}}{2}\log\Big(\frac{x_{0}}{L(y)}\Big).

From Theorem 3.52(4), we have ψ∨​(x,y)=⟨x,u⟩+⟨y,v⟩−ψ⁡(u,v)\psi^{\vee}(x,y)=\langle x,u\rangle+\langle y,v\rangle-\psi(u,v). Inserting the expressions above for ψ\psi, uiu_{i} and vjv_{j} in terms of x,yx,y, we obtain the stated formula.

For v≠∞v\neq\infty, we have ψv=Ψ\psi_{v}=\Psi. The last statement follows from Example 3.16. ∎

Proposition 4.37 and Theorem 6.37 imply

(8.21) deg𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)⁡(ℙ⁡(E))\displaystyle\deg_{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1)}(\mathbb{P}(E)) =(n+r)!​vol⁡(Δ),\displaystyle=(n+r)!\operatorname{vol}(\Delta),
h𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)¯⁡(ℙ⁡(E))\displaystyle\operatorname{h}_{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1)}}(\mathbb{P}(E)) =(n+r+1)!​∫Δψ∞∨​d​x​d​y,\displaystyle=(n+r+1)!\int_{\Delta}\psi^{\vee}_{\infty}\ \,\text{\rm d}x\,\,\text{\rm d}y,

where, for short, d​x\,\text{\rm d}x and d​y\,\text{\rm d}y stand for d​x1​…​d​xn\,\text{\rm d}x_{1}\dots\,\text{\rm d}x_{n} and d​y1​…​d​yr\,\text{\rm d}y_{1}\dots\,\text{\rm d}y_{r}, respectively.

We now compute these volume and integral giving the degree and the height of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E). We show, in particular, that the height is a rational number. Recall that Δr\Delta^{r} and Δn\Delta^{n} are the standard simplexes of ℝr\mathbb{R}^{r} and ℝn\mathbb{R}^{n}, respectively.

[02YK]
Lemma 8.22.

With the above notation, we have

(8.23) deg𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)⁡(ℙ⁡(E))=(n+r)!n!​∫ΔrL​(y)n​d​y\displaystyle\deg_{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1)}(\mathbb{P}(E))=\frac{(n+r)!}{n!}\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)^{n}\,\text{\rm d}y
(8.24) h𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)¯⁡(ℙ⁡(E))=(n+r+1)!(n+1)!​h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(ℙn)​∫ΔrL​(y)n+1​d​y\displaystyle\operatorname{h}_{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1)}}(\mathbb{P}(E))=\frac{(n+r+1)!}{(n+1)!}\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}^{n})\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)^{n+1}\,\text{\rm d}y
−(n+r+1)!2​n!∫ΔrL(y)nεr(y)dy,\displaystyle\hskip 160.0pt-\frac{(n+r+1)!}{2\,n!}\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)^{n}\varepsilon_{r}(y)\,\text{\rm d}y,

where h𝒪⁡(1)¯⁡(ℙn)=∑h=1n∑j=1h12​j\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}^{n})=\sum_{h=1}^{n}\sum_{j=1}^{h}\frac{1}{2j} is the height of the projective space relative to the Fubini-Study metric.

[02YL]
Proof.

Equation (8.21) shows that the degree of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) is equal to (n+r)!​vol⁡(Δ)(n+r)!\operatorname{vol}(\Delta). The same equation together with Proposition 8.20(4) gives that the height of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) is equal to :

(8.25) −(n+r+1)!2​(∫Δεr​(y)​d​x​d​y+∫ΔL⁡(y)⋅εn​(L​(y)−1​x)​d​x​d​y).-\frac{(n+r+1)!}{2}\left(\int_{\Delta}\varepsilon_{r}(y)\,\text{\rm d}x\,\text{\rm d}y+\int_{\Delta}L(y)\cdot\varepsilon_{n}(L(y)^{-1}x)\,\text{\rm d}x\,\text{\rm d}y\right).

Let I1I_{1} and I2I_{2} be the two above integrals. Observe Δ=⋃y∈Δr({y}×L⁡(y)⋅Δn)\Delta=\bigcup_{y\in\Delta^{r}}(\{y\}\times L(y)\cdot\Delta^{n}). Then

vol⁡(Δ)\displaystyle\operatorname{vol}(\Delta) =∫Δr(∫L⁡(y)⋅Δn𝑑x)​d​y=1n!​∫ΔrL​(y)n​d​y,\displaystyle=\int_{\Delta^{r}}\left(\int_{L(y)\cdot\Delta^{n}}dx\right)\,\text{\rm d}y=\frac{1}{n!}\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)^{n}\,\text{\rm d}y,
I1\displaystyle I_{1} =∫Δr(∫L⁡(y)⋅Δnd​x)​εr​(y)​d​y=1n!​∫ΔrL​(y)n​εr​(y)​d​y,\displaystyle=\int_{\Delta^{r}}\left(\int_{L(y)\cdot\Delta^{n}}\,\text{\rm d}x\right)\varepsilon_{r}(y)\,\text{\rm d}y=\frac{1}{n!}\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)^{n}\varepsilon_{r}(y)\,\text{\rm d}y,

since ∫L⁡(y)⋅Δnd​x=L​(y)n/n!\int_{L(y)\cdot\Delta^{n}}\,\text{\rm d}x=L(y)^{n}/n!. And, for the second integral,

I2\displaystyle I_{2} =∫ΔrL⁡(y)​(∫L⁡(y)⋅Δnεn​(L​(y)−1​x)​d​x)​d​y\displaystyle=\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)\left(\int_{L(y)\cdot\Delta^{n}}\varepsilon_{n}(L(y)^{-1}x)\,\text{\rm d}x\right)\,\text{\rm d}y
=(∫ΔrL(y)n+1dy)⋅(∫Δnεn(x)dx)=−2​h𝒪⁡(1)¯​(ℙn)(n+1)!∫ΔrL(y)n+1dy.\displaystyle=\left(\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)^{n+1}\,\text{\rm d}y\right)\cdot\left(\int_{\Delta^{n}}\varepsilon_{n}(x)\,\text{\rm d}x\right)=-\frac{2\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}^{n})}{(n+1)!}\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)^{n+1}\,\text{\rm d}y.

since ∫L⁡(y)⋅Δnεn​(L​(y)−1​x)​d​x=L​(y)n​∫Δnεn​(x)​d​x\int_{L(y)\cdot\Delta^{n}}\varepsilon_{n}(L(y)^{-1}x)\,\text{\rm d}x=L(y)^{n}\int_{\Delta^{n}}\varepsilon_{n}(x)\,\text{\rm d}x and

∫Δnεn​(x)​d​x=−1(n+1)!⋅∑h=1n∑j=1h1j=−2​h𝒪⁡(1)¯​(ℙn)(n+1)!.\int_{\Delta^{n}}\varepsilon_{n}(x)\,\text{\rm d}x=\frac{-1}{(n+1)!}\cdot\sum_{h=1}^{n}\sum_{j=1}^{h}\frac{1}{j}=-\frac{2\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}^{n})}{(n+1)!}.

The expression for vol⁡(Δ)\operatorname{vol}(\Delta) gives the formula for the degree. Carrying the expressions of I1I_{1} and I2I_{2} in (8.25) concludes the proof of Lemma 8.22. ∎

[02YM]
Proposition 8.26.

In the above setting, one has :

deg𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)⁡(ℙ⁡(E))\displaystyle\deg_{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1)}(\mathbb{P}(E)) =∑i0,…,ir∈ℕi0+⋯+ir=na0i0​…​arir\displaystyle=\sum_{{i_{0},\dots,i_{r}\in{\mathbb{N}}}\atop{i_{0}+\dots+i_{r}=n}}a_{0}^{i_{0}}\dots a_{r}^{i_{r}}
h𝒪ℙ⁡(E)​(1)¯⁡(ℙ⁡(E))\displaystyle\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}(E)}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}(E)) =(∑i0,…,ir∈ℕi0+⋯+ir=n+1a0i0​…​arir)​h𝒪ℙn​(1)¯⁡(ℙn)\displaystyle=\left(\sum_{{i_{0},\dots,i_{r}\in{\mathbb{N}}}\atop{i_{0}+\dots+i_{r}=n+1}}a_{0}^{i_{0}}\dots a_{r}^{i_{r}}\right)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{P}^{n}}(1)}}}(\mathbb{P}^{n})
+∑i0,…,ir∈ℕi0+⋯+ir=na0i0…arirAn,r(i0,…,ir),\displaystyle\kern 99.58464pt+\sum_{{i_{0},\dots,i_{r}\in{\mathbb{N}}}\atop{i_{0}+\dots+i_{r}=n}}a_{0}^{i_{0}}\dots a_{r}^{i_{r}}A_{n,r}(i_{0},\dots,i_{r}),

where An,r​(i0,…,ir)=∑m=0r(im+1)​∑j=im+2n+r+112​jA_{n,r}(i_{0},\dots,i_{r})=\sum_{m=0}^{r}(i_{m}+1)\sum_{j=i_{m}+2}^{n+r+1}\frac{1}{2j}. In particular, the height of ℙ⁡(E)\mathbb{P}(E) is a positive rational number.

[02YN]
Proof.

To prove this result it suffices to compute the two integrals appearing in Lemma 8.22. However

L⁡(y)=a0+∑ℓ=1r(aℓ−a0)​yℓ=a0​y0+⋯+ar​yr,L(y)=a_{0}+\sum_{\ell=1}^{r}(a_{\ell}-a_{0})y_{\ell}=a_{0}y_{0}+\dots+a_{r}y_{r},

with y0=1−y1−⋯−yry_{0}=1-y_{1}-\dots-y_{r}, and therefore

L​(y)n=∑|α|=nα∈ℕr+1(nα0,…,αr)​∏ℓ=0r(aℓ​yℓ)αℓL(y)^{n}=\sum_{\stackrel{{\scriptstyle\alpha\in\mathbb{N}^{r+1}}}{{\scriptscriptstyle|\alpha|=n}}}\binom{n}{\alpha_{0},\dots,\alpha_{r}}\prod_{\ell=0}^{r}(a_{\ell}y_{\ell})^{\alpha_{\ell}}

and similarly for L​(y)n+1L(y)^{n+1}. Now, Corollary 7.19 gives :

∫Δry0α0​y1α1​…​yrαr​d​y\displaystyle\int_{\Delta^{r}}y_{0}^{\alpha_{0}}y_{1}^{\alpha_{1}}\dots y_{r}^{\alpha_{r}}\,\text{\rm d}y =α0!​…​αr!(|α|+r)!,\displaystyle=\frac{\alpha_{0}!\dots\alpha_{r}!}{(|\alpha|+r)!},
∫Δry0α0​y1α1​…​yrαr​log⁡(yj)​d​y\displaystyle\int_{\Delta^{r}}y_{0}^{\alpha_{0}}y_{1}^{\alpha_{1}}\dots y_{r}^{\alpha_{r}}\log(y_{j})\,\text{\rm d}y =−α0!​…​αr!(|α|+r)!∑ℓ=αj+1|α|+r1ℓ,\displaystyle=-\frac{\alpha_{0}!\dots\alpha_{r}!}{(|\alpha|+r)!}\sum_{\ell=\alpha_{j}+1}^{|\alpha|+r}\frac{1}{\ell},

which, combined with the above expression for L​(y)nL(y)^{n} and L​(y)n+1L(y)^{n+1}, gives

∫ΔrL​(y)n​𝑑y\displaystyle\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)^{n}dy =∑|α|=nα∈ℕr+1n!(n+r)!​∏ℓ=0raℓαℓ=∑i0+⋯+ir=ni0,…,ir∈ℕ∏ℓ=0raℓiℓ\displaystyle=\sum_{\stackrel{{\scriptstyle\alpha\in\mathbb{N}^{r+1}}}{{\scriptscriptstyle|\alpha|=n}}}\frac{n!}{(n+r)!}\prod_{\ell=0}^{r}a_{\ell}^{\alpha_{\ell}}=\sum_{\stackrel{{\scriptstyle i_{0},\dots,i_{r}\in\mathbb{N}}}{{\scriptscriptstyle i_{0}+\dots+i_{r}=n}}}\prod_{\ell=0}^{r}a_{\ell}^{i_{\ell}}
∫ΔrL​(y)n+1​𝑑y\displaystyle\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)^{n+1}dy =∑|α|=n+1α∈ℕr+1(n+1)!(n+1+r)!​∏ℓ=0raℓαℓ=∑i0+⋯+ir=n+1i0,…,ir∈ℕ∏ℓ=0raℓiℓ\displaystyle=\sum_{\stackrel{{\scriptstyle\alpha\in\mathbb{N}^{r+1}}}{{\scriptscriptstyle|\alpha|=n+1}}}\frac{(n+1)!}{(n+1+r)!}\prod_{\ell=0}^{r}a_{\ell}^{\alpha_{\ell}}=\sum_{\stackrel{{\scriptstyle i_{0},\dots,i_{r}\in\mathbb{N}}}{{\scriptscriptstyle i_{0}+\dots+i_{r}=n+1}}}\prod_{\ell=0}^{r}a_{\ell}^{i_{\ell}}
∫ΔrL​(y)n​εr​(y)​𝑑y\displaystyle\int_{\Delta^{r}}L(y)^{n}\varepsilon_{r}(y)dy =−∑m=0r∑|α|=nα∈ℕr+1n!​(αm+1)(n+1+r)!(∏ℓ=0raℓαℓ)∑ℓ=αm+2n+1+r1ℓ\displaystyle=-\sum_{m=0}^{r}\sum_{\stackrel{{\scriptstyle\alpha\in\mathbb{N}^{r+1}}}{{\scriptscriptstyle|\alpha|=n}}}\frac{n!(\alpha_{m}+1)}{(n+1+r)!}\bigg(\prod_{\ell=0}^{r}a_{\ell}^{\alpha_{\ell}}\bigg)\sum_{\ell=\alpha_{m}+2}^{n+1+r}\frac{1}{\ell}
=−n!(n+1+r)!∑i0+⋯+ir=ni0,…,ir∈ℕ(∏ℓ=0raℓiℓ)∑m=0r(im+1)∑ℓ=im+2n+1+r1ℓ\displaystyle=-\frac{n!}{(n+1+r)!}\sum_{\stackrel{{\scriptstyle i_{0},\dots,i_{r}\in\mathbb{N}}}{{\scriptscriptstyle i_{0}+\dots+i_{r}=n}}}\bigg(\prod_{\ell=0}^{r}a_{\ell}^{i_{\ell}}\bigg)\sum_{m=0}^{r}(i_{m}+1)\sum_{\ell=i_{m}+2}^{n+1+r}\frac{1}{\ell}
=−2​n!(n+1+r)!∑i0+⋯+ir=ni0,…,ir∈ℕ(∏ℓ=0raℓiℓ)An,r(i0,…,ir).\displaystyle=-\frac{2\,n!}{(n+1+r)!}\sum_{\stackrel{{\scriptstyle i_{0},\dots,i_{r}\in\mathbb{N}}}{{\scriptscriptstyle i_{0}+\dots+i_{r}=n}}}\bigg(\prod_{\ell=0}^{r}a_{\ell}^{i_{\ell}}\bigg)A_{n,r}(i_{0},\dots,i_{r}).

The statement follows from these expressions together with Lemma 8.22. ∎

[02YP]
Remark 8.27.

We check A1,1​(0,1)=A1,1​(1,0)=3/4A_{1,1}(0,1)=A_{1,1}(1,0)={3}/{4}. Let b≥0b\geq 0 and let 𝒪𝔽b​(1)¯{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{F}_{b}}(1)}} the adelic line bundle on 𝔽b\mathbb{F}_{b} associated to a0=1a_{0}=1 and a1=b+1a_{1}=b+1. Putting n=r=1n=r=1, a0=1a_{0}=1 and a1=b+1a_{1}=b+1 in Proposition 8.26, we recover the expression for the height of Hirzebruch surfaces established in [Mou06]: h𝒪𝔽b​(1)¯⁡(𝔽b)=12​b2+94​b+3\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{{\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{F}_{b}}(1)}}}(\mathbb{F}_{b})=\frac{1}{2}b^{2}+\frac{9}{4}b+3.

References

  • [Abr03] M. Abreu, Kähler geometry of toric manifolds in symplectic coordinates, Symplectic and contact topology: interactions and perspectives (Y. Eliashberg, B. Khesin, and F. Lalonde, eds.), Fields Inst. Commun., vol. 35, Amer. Math. Soc., 2003, pp. 1–24.
  • [AKS07] M. Avendaño, T. Krick, and M. Sombra, Factoring bivariate sparse (lacunary) polynomials, J. Complexity 23 (2007), 193–216.
  • [AMRT75] A. Ash, D. Mumford, M. Rapoport, and Y. Tai, Smooth compactification of locally symmetric varieties, Lie Groups: History, Frontiers and Applications, vol. IV, Math. Sci. Press, 1975.
  • [Ara74] S. J. Arakelov, An intersection theory for divisors on an arithmetic surface, Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR Ser. Mat. 38 (1974), 1179–1192.
  • [AV09] F. Amoroso and E. Viada, Small points on subvarieties of a torus, Duke Math. J. 150 (2009), 407–442.
  • [BBDL+11] V. Baldoni, N. Berline, J. De Loera, M. Köppe, and M. Vergne, How to integrate a polynomial over a simplex, Math. Comput. 80 (2011), 297–325.
  • [BC09] S. Boucksom and H. Chen, Okounkov bodies of filtered linear series, Compositio Math. (to appear), e-print arXiv:0911.2923v1, 2009.
  • [Ber75] D. N. Bernštein, The number of roots of a system of equations, Funkcional. Anal. i Priložen. 9 (1975), 1–4, English translation: Functional Anal. Appl. 9 (1975), 183–185.
  • [Ber90] V. G. Berkovich, Spectral theory and analytic geometry over non-Archimedean fields, Math. Surveys Monogr., vol. 33, Amer. Math. Soc., 1990.
  • [BG06] E. Bombieri and W. Gubler, Heights in Diophantine geometry, New Math. Monogr., vol. 4, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2006.
  • [BGS94] J.-B. Bost, H. Gillet, and C. Soulé, Heights of projective varieties and positive Green forms, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 7 (1994), 903–1027.
  • [BPS09] J. I. Burgos Gil, P. Philippon, and M. Sombra, Hauteur des sous-schémas toriques et dualité de Legendre-Fenchel, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sér. I Math. 347 (2009), 589–594.
  • [BS10] J. I. Burgos Gil and M. Sombra, When do the recession cones of a polyhedral complex form a fan?, Discrete Comput. Geom. (to appear), e-print arXiv:1008.2608v2, 2010.
  • [Bur94] J. I. Burgos Gil, Green forms and their product, Duke Math. J. 75 (1994), 529–574.
  • [BH69] T. Bloom and M. Herrera, De Rham cohomology of an analytic space, Invent. Math. 7 (1969), 275–296.
  • [Bil97] Y. Bilu, Limit distribution of small points on algebraic tori, Duke Math. J. 89 (1997), 465–476.
  • [Bri88] M. Brion, Points entiers dans les polyèdres convexes, Ann. Sci. École Norm. Sup. (4) 21 (1988), 653–663.
  • [BV04] S. Boyd and L. Vandenberghe, Convex optimization, Cambridge Univ. Press, 2004.
  • [Cha06] A. Chambert-Loir, Mesures et équidistribution sur les espaces de Berkovich, J. Reine Angew. Math. 595 (2006), 215–235.
  • [CM00] J. Cassaigne and V. Maillot, Hauteur des hypersurfaces et fonctions zêta d’igusa, J. Number Theory 83 (2000), 226–255.
  • [CT09] A. Chambert-Loir and A. Thuillier, Mesures de Mahler et équidistribution logarithmique, Ann. Inst. Fourier 59 (2009), 977–1014.
  • [Dan97] N. Dan, La hauteur des quadriques, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Sér. I Math. (1997), 1323–1326.
  • [DKS10] X. Dahan, A. Kadrid, and É. Schost, Bit-size estimates for triangular sets in positive dimension, preprint, 2010.
  • [DP99] S. David and P. Philippon, Minorations des hauteurs normalisées des sous-variétés des tores, Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa Cl. Sci. (4) 28 (1999), 489–543.
  • [ELST10] E. J. Elizondo, P. Lima-Filho, F. Sottile, and Z. Teitler, Arithmetic toric varieties, e-print arXiv:1003.5141v1, 2010.
  • [Ewa96] G. Ewald, Combinatorial convexity and algebraic geometry, Grad. Texts in Math., vol. 168, Springer Verlag, 1996.
  • [Ful93] W. Fulton, Introduction to toric varieties, Ann. of Math. Stud., vol. 131, Princeton Univ. Press, 1993.
  • [GH94] P. Griffiths and J. Harris, Principles of algebraic geometry, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1994.
  • [GHH+97] M. Giusti, J. Heintz, K. Hägele, J. E. Morais, L. M. Pardo, and J. L. Montaña, Lower bounds for Diophantine approximations, J. Pure Appl. Algebra 117/118 (1997), 277–317.
  • [GKZ94] I. M. Gelfand, M. M. Kapranov, and A. V. Zelevinsky, Discriminants, resultants, and multidimensional determinants, Math. Theory Appl., Birkhäuser, 1994.
  • [GS90] H. Gillet and C. Soulé, Arithmetic intersection theory, Inst. Hautes Études Sci. Publ. Math. 72 (1990), 94–174.
  • [Gub02] W. Gubler, Basic properties of heights of subvarieties, Habilitation thesis, ETH Zürich, 2002.
  • [Gub03] by same author, Local and canonical heights of subvarieties, Ann. Sc. Norm. Super. Pisa Cl. Sci. (5) 2 (2003), 711–760.
  • [Gub07] by same author, Tropical varieties for non-archimedean analytic spaces, Invent. Math. 169 (2007), 321–376.
  • [Gui95] V. Guillemin, Moment maps and combinatorial invariants of Hamiltonian 𝕋n\mathbb{T}^{n}-spaces, Progr. Math., vol. 122, Birkhäuser, 1995.
  • [Har66] R. Hartshorne, Ample vector bundles, Inst. Hautes Études Sci. Publ. Math. 29 (1966), 63–94.
  • [HT99] R. Horst and N. V. Thoai, DC programming: overview, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 103 (1999), 1–43.
  • [KKMS73] G. Kempf, F. F. Knudsen, D. Mumford, and B. Saint-Donat, Toroidal embeddings. I, Lecture Notes in Math., vol. 339, Springer-Verlag, 1973.
  • [Kuš76] A. G. Kušnirenko, Polyèdres de Newton et nombres de Milnor, Invent. Math. 32 (1976), 1–31.
  • [Lic68] S. Lichtenbaum, Curves over discrete valuation rings, Amer. J. Math. 90 (1968), 380–405.
  • [Liu06] Q. Liu, Stable reduction of finite covers of curves, Compos. Math. 142 (2006), 101–118.
  • [Mai00] V. Maillot, Géométrie d’Arakelov des variétés toriques et fibrés en droites intégrables, Mém. Soc. Math. France, vol. 80, Soc. Math. France, 2000.
  • [Mav00] A. R. Mavlyutov, Semiample hypersurfaces in toric varieties, Duke Math. J. 101 (2000), 85–116.
  • [Mou06] C. Mourougane, Analytic torsion of Hirzebruch surfaces, Math. Ann. 335 (2006), 221–247.
  • [NS06] T. Nishinou and B. Siebert, Toric degenerations of toric varieties and tropical curves, Duke Math. J. 135 (2006), 1–51.
  • [Oda88] T. Oda, Convex bodies and algebraic geometry, Ergeb. Math. Grenzgeb. (3), vol. 15, Springer-Verlag, 1988.
  • [Ovc02] S. Ovchinnikov, Max-min representation of piecewise linear functions, Beiträge Algebra Geom. 43 (2002), 297–302.
  • [Phi94] P. Philippon, Sur des hauteurs alternatives. II, Ann. Inst. Fourier 44 (1994), 1043–1065.
  • [PR04] M. Passare and H. Rullgård, Amoebas, Monge-Ampère measures, and triangulations of the Newton polytope, Duke Math. J. 121 (2004), 481–507.
  • [PS08a] P. Philippon and M. Sombra, Hauteur normalisée des variétés toriques projectives, J. Inst. Math. Jussieu 7 (2008), 327–373.
  • [PS08b] by same author, A refinement of the Bernštein-Kušnirenko estimate, Adv. Math. 218 (2008), 1370–1418.
  • [Roc70] R. T. Rockafellar, Convex analysis, Princeton Math. Series, vol. 28, Princeton Univ. Press, 1970.
  • [RT77] J. Rauch and B. A. Taylor, The Dirichlet problem for the multidimensional Monge-Ampère equation, Rocky Mountain J. Math. 7 (1977), 345–364.
  • [Som05] M. Sombra, Minimums successifs des variétés toriques projectives, J. Reine Angew. Math. 586 (2005), 207–233.
  • [Stu02] B. Sturmfels, Solving systems of polynomial equations, CBMS Regional Conf. Ser. in Math., vol. 97, Amer. Math. Soc., 2002.
  • [SUZ97] L. Szpiro, E. Ullmo, and S. Zhang, Équirépartition des petits points, Invent. Math. 127 (1997), 337–347.
  • [Yua08] X. Yuan, Big line bundles over arithmetic varieties, Invent. Math. 173 (2008), 603–649.
  • [Zha95a] S. Zhang, Positive line bundles on arithmetic surfaces, J. Amer. Math. Soc. 8 (1995), 187–221.
  • [Zha95b] by same author, Small points and adelic metrics, J. Algebraic Geom. 4 (1995), 281–300.
[02YQ]

List of symbols

  • AA

    affine map of vector spaces, \hyperpage34

  • Ad​(X)A_{d}(X)

    Chow group of dd-dimensional cycles, \hyperpage59

  • 𝒜Xan∗\mathscr{A}^{\ast}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}

    sheaf of differential forms of a complex space, \hyperpage12

  • aff⁡(C)\operatorname{aff}(C)

    affine hull of a convex set, \hyperpage25

  • CxC_{x}

    piece of a convex decomposition, \hyperpage30

  • C⁡(Δ,u,V)C(\Delta,u,V)

    polynomial associated to an aggregate, \hyperpage112

  • Ck​(Δ,u,V)C_{k}(\Delta,u,V)

    coefficient of C⁡(Δ,u,V)C(\Delta,u,V), \hyperpage112

  • c1⁡(L¯)\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}})

    Chern form of a smooth metrized line bundle, \hyperpage12

  • c1⁡(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(L¯d−1)∧δY\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{0})\wedge\cdots\wedge\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{d-1})\wedge\delta_{Y}

    signed measure (smooth case), \hyperpage13

  • c1⁡(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(L¯d−1)∧δY\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{0})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{d-1})\land\delta_{Y}

    signed measure (algebraic case), \hyperpage19

  • c1⁡(L¯0)∧⋯∧c1⁡(L¯d−1)∧δY\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{0})\land\dots\land\operatorname{c}_{1}({\overline{L}}_{d-1})\land\delta_{Y}

    signed measure (integrable case), \hyperpage20

  • c⁡(C)\operatorname{c}(C)

    cone of a convex set, \hyperpage25

  • c⁡(Π)\operatorname{c}(\Pi)

    cone of a polyhedral complex, \hyperpage27

  • CXan∞C^{\infty}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}

    sheaf of smooth functions of a complex space, \hyperpage12

  • cl⁡(f){\operatorname{cl}}(f)

    closure of a concave function, \hyperpage29

  • cone⁡(b1,…,bl)\operatorname{cone}(b_{1},\dots,b_{l})

    cone generated by a set of vectors, \hyperpage27

  • conv⁡(b1,…,bl)\operatorname{conv}(b_{1},\dots,b_{l})

    convex hull of a set of points, \hyperpage27

  • 𝔻\mathbb{D}

    unit disk of ℂ\mathbb{C}, \hyperpage12

  • 𝒟⁡(Λ){\mathscr{D}(\Lambda)}

    space of differences of piecewise affine concave functions, \hyperpage45

  • 𝒟⁡(Λ)¯{\overline{\mathscr{D}(\Lambda)}}

    space of differences of uniform limits of piecewise affine concave functions, \hyperpage45

  • DD

    Cartier divisor, \hyperpage56

  • DΨD_{\Psi}

    𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor on a toric variety, \hyperpage57

  • DψD_{\psi}

    𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisor on a toric scheme, \hyperpage69

  • def⁡(α)\operatorname{def}(\alpha)

    defect of the product formula on an adelic field, \hyperpage23

  • Div𝕋⁡(XΣ)\operatorname{Div}_{\mathbb{T}}(X_{\Sigma})

    group of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Cartier divisors, \hyperpage59

  • dom⁡(f){\operatorname{dom}}(f)

    effective domain of a concave function, \hyperpage29

  • dom⁡(∂f){\operatorname{dom}}(\partial f)

    effective domain of the sup-differential, \hyperpage30

  • Ei,Fi,jE_{i},F_{i,j}

    components of the special fibre of a semi-stable model of ℙ1\mathbb{P}^{1}, \hyperpage93

  • eH/Ke_{H/K}

    ramification degree of a finite field extension, \hyperpage91

  • 𝐞K{\operatorname{\mathbf{e}}}_{K}

    parameterization of a variety with corners, \hyperpage80

  • FσF_{\sigma}

    face dual to a cone, \hyperpage42

  • g∘∂fg\circ\partial f

    a ℳ⁡(f){\mathcal{M}}(f)-measurable function, \hyperpage50

  • gL¯,sg_{{\overline{L}},s}

    function on X0anX_{0}^{{\text{\rm an}}} associated to a metrized toric line bundle and a toric section, \hyperpage81

  • HH

    linear map of lattices, \hyperpage54

  • HH

    linear map of vector spaces, \hyperpage34

  • HiH_{i}

    standard hyperplane of ℙn\mathbb{P}^{n}, \hyperpage59

  • hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y,s0,…,sd)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y;s_{0},\dots,s_{d})

    local height, \hyperpage21

  • hL¯0,…,L¯d⁡(Y)\operatorname{h}_{{\overline{L}}_{0},\dots,{\overline{L}}_{d}}(Y)

    global height, \hyperpage25

  • ℋ⁡(p)\mathscr{H}(p)

    field associated to a point of a Berkovich space, \hyperpage14

  • hypo⁡(f)\operatorname{hypo}(f)

    hypograph of a concave function, \hyperpage31

  • 𝕂\mathbb{K}

    adelic field, \hyperpage23

  • 𝕂v\mathbb{K}_{v}

    completion of an adelic field, \hyperpage23

  • 𝕂S∘\mathbb{K}^{\circ}_{S}

    subring of an adelic field, \hyperpage24

  • KK

    non-Archimedean field, \hyperpage13

  • K∘K^{\circ}

    valuation ring of a non-Archimedean field, \hyperpage13

  • K∘⁣∘K^{\circ\circ}

    maximal ideal of a valuation ring, \hyperpage13

  • kk

    residue field of a valuation ring, \hyperpage13

  • K⁡[Mσ]K[M_{\sigma}]

    semigroup KK-algebra of a cone, \hyperpage52

  • K∘​[M~σ]K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}]

    semigroup K∘K^{\circ}-algebra of a cone, \hyperpage64

  • K∘​[𝒳σ]K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma}]

    ring of functions of an affine toric scheme, \hyperpage64

  • K∘​[M~Λ]K^{\circ}[{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda}]

    semigroup K∘K^{\circ}-algebra of a polyhedron, \hyperpage65

  • K∘​[𝒳Λ]K^{\circ}[{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}]

    ring of functions of an affine toric scheme, \hyperpage65

  • 𝒦X\mathcal{K}_{X}

    sheaf of rational functions of a scheme, \hyperpage52

  • ℒ​f{\mathcal{L}}f

    Legendre-Fenchel correspondence of a concave function, \hyperpage32

  • ℒ{\mathcal{L}}

    model of a line bundle, \hyperpage16

  • LL

    line bundle, \hyperpage12

  • L¯{\overline{L}}

    metrized line bundle (Archimedean case), \hyperpage12

  • L¯{\overline{L}}

    metrized line bundle (non-Archimedean case), \hyperpage15

  • LΨL_{\Psi}

    toric line bundle determined by a virtual support function, \hyperpage58

  • LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}

    analytification of a line bundle over ℂ\mathbb{C}, \hyperpage12

  • LanL^{{\text{\rm an}}}

    Berkovich analytification of a line bundle, \hyperpage15

  • L¯can{\overline{L}}^{{\operatorname{can}}}

    toric line bundle with its canonical metric, \hyperpage83

  • LΛL_{\Lambda}

    linear space associated to a polyhedron, \hyperpage49

  • mσm_{\sigma}

    defining vector of a virtual support function, \hyperpage57

  • ℳμ​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{\mu}(f)

    Monge-Ampère measure associated to a concave function and a measure, \hyperpage47

  • ℳM​(f){\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f)

    Monge-Ampère measure associated to a concave function and a lattice, \hyperpage49

  • ℳM​(f1,…,fn){\mathcal{M}}_{M}(f_{1},\dots,f_{n})

    mixed Monge-Ampère measure, \hyperpage50

  • ℳ¯M​(ψ){\overline{\mathcal{M}}}_{M}(\psi)

    Monge-Ampère measure on NΣN_{\Sigma}, \hyperpage87

  • MVM⁡(Q1,…,Qn)\operatorname{MV}_{M}(Q_{1},\dots,Q_{n})

    mixed volume of a family of convex sets, \hyperpage51

  • MIM⁡(g0,…,gn)\operatorname{MI}_{M}(g_{0},\dots,g_{n})

    mixed integral of a family of concave functions, \hyperpage51

  • 𝔐𝕂\mathfrak{M}_{\mathbb{K}}

    absolute values and weights of an adelic field, \hyperpage23

  • MM

    lattice dual to NN, \hyperpage28

  • MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}

    vector space dual to NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, \hyperpage25

  • M~{\widetilde{M}}

    M⊕ℤM\oplus\mathbb{Z}, \hyperpage64

  • MσM_{\sigma}

    semigroup of MM associated to a cone, \hyperpage52

  • M⁡(σ)M(\sigma)

    dual sublattice associated to a cone, \hyperpage53

  • M~σ{\widetilde{M}}_{\sigma}

    semigroup of M~{\widetilde{M}} associated to a cone, \hyperpage64

  • M~Λ{\widetilde{M}}_{\Lambda}

    semigroup associated to a polyhedron, \hyperpage65

  • M⁡(Λ)M(\Lambda)

    sublattice associated to a polyhedron in MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}, \hyperpage49

  • M⁡(Λ)M(\Lambda)

    sublattice associated to a polyhedron in NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}, \hyperpage67

  • M~​(Λ){\widetilde{M}}(\Lambda)

    sublattice of M~{\widetilde{M}} associated to a polyhedron, \hyperpage66

  • mult⁡(Λ)\operatorname{mult}(\Lambda)

    multiplicity of a polyhedron, \hyperpage67

  • NN

    lattice, \hyperpage28

  • NℝN_{\mathbb{R}}

    real vector space, \hyperpage25

  • N~{\widetilde{N}}

    N⊕ℤN\oplus\mathbb{Z}, \hyperpage64

  • N⁡(σ)N(\sigma)

    quotient lattice associated to a cone, \hyperpage53

  • N⁡(Λ)N(\Lambda)

    quotient lattice of NN associated to a polyhedron, \hyperpage67

  • N~​(Λ){\widetilde{N}}(\Lambda)

    quotient lattice of N~{\widetilde{N}} associated to a polyhedron, \hyperpage66

  • NΣN_{\Sigma}

    compactification of NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} with respect to a fan, \hyperpage80

  • nvn_{v}

    weight of an absolute value, \hyperpage23

  • oo

    special point of SS, \hyperpage15

  • O⁡(σ)O(\sigma)

    orbit in a toric variety, \hyperpage53

  • O⁡(Λ)O(\Lambda)

    vertical orbit in a toric scheme, \hyperpage66

  • 𝒪X\mathcal{O}_{X}

    sheaf of algebraic functions of a scheme, \hyperpage52

  • 𝒪Xan\mathcal{O}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}

    sheaf of analytic functions of a complex space, \hyperpage12

  • 𝒪Xan\mathcal{O}_{X^{{\text{\rm an}}}}

    sheaf of analytic functions of a Berkovich space, \hyperpage14

  • 𝒪⁡(D)\mathcal{O}(D)

    line bundle associated to a Cartier divisor, \hyperpage58

  • PP

    lattice dual to QQ, \hyperpage56

  • PfP_{f}

    pairing associated to a concave function, \hyperpage30

  • Pic⁡(X)\operatorname{Pic}(X)

    Picard group, \hyperpage59

  • 𝒫\mathscr{P}

    space of piecewise affine functions, \hyperpage43

  • 𝒫⁡(Λ)\mathscr{P}(\Lambda)

    space of piecewise affine functions with given effective domain, \hyperpage43

  • 𝒫⁡(Λ,Λ′)\mathscr{P}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime})

    space of piecewise affine functions with given effective domain and stability set, \hyperpage43

  • 𝒫¯{\overline{\mathscr{P}}}

    closure of 𝒫\mathscr{P}, \hyperpage43

  • 𝒫⁡(Λ)¯{\overline{\mathscr{P}(\Lambda)}}

    closure of 𝒫⁡(Λ)\mathscr{P}(\Lambda), \hyperpage43

  • 𝒫¯​(Λ,Λ′){\overline{\mathscr{P}}}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime})

    closure of 𝒫⁡(Λ,Λ′)\mathscr{P}(\Lambda,\Lambda^{\prime}), \hyperpage43

  • 𝔭p\mathfrak{p}_{p}

    prime ideal of a point of a Berkovich space, \hyperpage14

  • QQ

    saturated sublattice of NN, \hyperpage55

  • ℝ¯{\underline{\mathbb{R}}}

    real line with −∞-\infty added, \hyperpage29

  • rec⁡(Π)\operatorname{rec}(\Pi)

    recession of a polyhedral complex, \hyperpage27

  • rec⁡(C)\operatorname{rec}(C)

    recession cone of a convex set, \hyperpage25

  • rec⁡(f)\operatorname{rec}(f)

    recession function of a concave function, \hyperpage36

  • rec⁡(f)\operatorname{rec}(f)

    recession of a difference of concave functions, \hyperpage46

  • red{\operatorname{red}}

    reduction map, \hyperpage16

  • ri⁡(C)\operatorname{ri}(C)

    relative interior of a convex set, \hyperpage25

  • SS

    scheme associated to a DRV, \hyperpage15

  • sΨs_{\Psi}

    toric section determined by a virtual support function, \hyperpage58

  • 𝕊an\mathbb{S}^{{\text{\rm an}}}

    compact torus, \hyperpage79

  • stab⁡(f)\operatorname{stab}(f)

    stability set of a concave function, \hyperpage29

  • 𝕋\mathbb{T}

    split algebraic torus, \hyperpage52

  • 𝕋M\mathbb{T}_{M}

    algebraic torus associated to a lattice, \hyperpage15

  • val{\operatorname{val}}

    valuation map of a non-Archimedean field, \hyperpage68

  • valK{\operatorname{val}}_{K}

    valuation map on an analytic toric variety, \hyperpage80

  • vτv_{\tau}

    smallest nonzero lattice point in a ray, \hyperpage58

  • vFv_{F}

    integral inner orthogonal vector of a facet, \hyperpage49

  • V⁡(σ)V(\sigma)

    closure of an orbit of a toric variety, \hyperpage53

  • 𝒱⁡(σ){\mathcal{V}}(\sigma)

    horizontal closure of an orbit of a toric scheme, \hyperpage66

  • V⁡(Λ)V(\Lambda)

    vertical closure of a orbit of a toric scheme, \hyperpage67

  • volL\operatorname{vol}_{L}

    normalized Haar measure, \hyperpage49

  • XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}

    analytification of a variety over ℂ\mathbb{C}, \hyperpage11

  • XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}}

    Berkovich space of a scheme, \hyperpage13

  • XalgX_{{\text{\rm alg}}}

    algebraic points of a variety, \hyperpage14

  • XalganX^{{\text{\rm an}}}_{{\text{\rm alg}}}

    algebraic points of a Berkovich space, \hyperpage14

  • Xan​(K)X^{\text{\rm an}}(K)

    rational points of a Berkovich space, \hyperpage14

  • XσX_{\sigma}

    affine toric variety, \hyperpage52

  • XΣX_{\Sigma}

    toric variety associated to a fan, \hyperpage52

  • XΣ,0X_{\Sigma,0}

    principal open subset, \hyperpage52

  • XΣ​(ℝ≥0)X_{\Sigma}(\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0})

    variety with corners associated to a toric variety, \hyperpage78

  • 𝒳{\mathcal{X}}

    model of a variety, \hyperpage15

  • 𝒳o\mathcal{X}_{o}

    special fiber of a scheme over SS, \hyperpage15

  • 𝒳η\mathcal{X}_{\eta}

    generic fiber of a scheme over SS, \hyperpage15

  • 𝒳σ{\mathcal{X}}_{\sigma}

    affine toric scheme associated to a cone, \hyperpage64

  • 𝒳Λ{\mathcal{X}}_{\Lambda}

    affine toric scheme associated to a polyhedron, \hyperpage65

  • 𝒳Σ~{\mathcal{X}}_{{\widetilde{\Sigma}}}

    toric scheme associated to a fan, \hyperpage65

  • 𝒳Π{\mathcal{X}}_{\Pi}

    toric scheme associated to a polyhedral complex, \hyperpage66

  • (𝒳,ℒ,e)(\mathcal{X},\mathcal{L},e)

    model of a variety and a line bundle, \hyperpage16

  • 𝒳𝕊{\mathcal{X}}_{\mathbb{S}}

    toric model associated to a semi-stable model, \hyperpage93

  • xσx_{\sigma}

    distinguished point of an affine toric variety, \hyperpage53

  • YΣ,QY_{\Sigma,Q}

    toric subvariety, \hyperpage56

  • YΣ,Q,pY_{\Sigma,Q,p}

    translated toric subvariety, \hyperpage56

  • zΨz_{\Psi}

    toric structure determined by a virtual support function, \hyperpage58

  • Zn−1𝕋​(XΣ)Z_{n-1}^{\mathbb{T}}(X_{\Sigma})

    group of 𝕋\mathbb{T}-Weil divisors, \hyperpage59

  • ΔΨ\Delta_{\Psi}

    polytope associated to a virtual support function, \hyperpage61

  • Δn\Delta^{n}

    standard simplex, \hyperpage37

  • η\eta

    generic point of SS, \hyperpage15

  • Θi\Theta_{i}

    set of components of the special fibre of a semi-stable model of ℙ1\mathbb{P}^{1}, \hyperpage93

  • ϑL¯,s\vartheta_{{\overline{L}},s}

    roof function, \hyperpage104

  • θΣ\theta_{\Sigma}

    injection of the variety with corners in the corresponding analytic toric variety, \hyperpage79

  • ι\iota

    inclusion of a saturated sublattice, \hyperpage55

  • ιC\iota_{C}

    indicator function of a convex set, \hyperpage29

  • ισ\iota_{\sigma}

    closed immersion of the closure of an orbit into a toric variety, \hyperpage54

  • λK\lambda_{K}

    scalar associated to a local field, \hyperpage80

  • μ\mu

    Haar measure on MℝM_{\mathbb{R}}, \hyperpage47

  • μ\mu

    action of a torus on a toric variety, \hyperpage52

  • μ\mu

    moment map, \hyperpage80

  • ξV\xi_{V}

    point associated to an irreducible component of the special fiber, \hyperpage16

  • ϖ\varpi

    generator of the maximal ideal of a DVR, \hyperpage15

  • π\pi

    map from XanX^{{\text{\rm an}}} to XX, \hyperpage14

  • πσ\pi_{\sigma}

    projection associated to a cone, \hyperpage53

  • Π\Pi

    polyhedral complex, \hyperpage27

  • Πi\Pi^{i}

    set of ii-dimensional polyhedra of a complex, \hyperpage27

  • Π⁡(f)\Pi(f)

    convex decomposition associated to a concave function, \hyperpage30

  • Π⁡(σ)\Pi(\sigma)

    star of a cone in a polyhedral complex, \hyperpage66

  • ρ\rho

    morphism of tori, \hyperpage54

  • ρH\rho_{H}

    morphism of tori induced by HH, \hyperpage54

  • ρΣ\rho_{\Sigma}

    projection of a toric variety to its associated variety with corners, \hyperpage78

  • σ\sigma

    anti-linear involution defined by a variety over ℝ\mathbb{R}, \hyperpage13

  • σ\sigma

    cone, \hyperpage26

  • σF\sigma_{F}

    cone dual to a face, \hyperpage42

  • Σ\Sigma

    fan, \hyperpage27

  • Σi\Sigma^{i}

    set of ii-dimensional cones of a fan, \hyperpage27

  • Σ\Sigma

    rational fan, \hyperpage52

  • ΣΔ\Sigma_{\Delta}

    fan associated to a polytope, \hyperpage41

  • Σ⁡(σ)\Sigma(\sigma)

    star of a cone in a fan, \hyperpage54

  • Σ~{\widetilde{\Sigma}}

    fan in Nℝ×ℝ≥0N_{\mathbb{R}}\times\mathbb{R}_{\geq 0}, \hyperpage64

  • τu0​f\tau_{u_{0}}f

    translate of a concave function, \hyperpage34

  • Φp,A\Phi_{p,A}

    equivariant morphism of toric schemes, \hyperpage69

  • φH\varphi_{H}

    toric morphism of toric varieties, \hyperpage55

  • φp,H\varphi_{p,H}

    equivariant morphism of toric varieties, \hyperpage55

  • χm\chi^{m}

    character of 𝕋\mathbb{T}, \hyperpage52

  • ΨC\Psi_{C}

    support function of a convex set, \hyperpage29

  • Ψ\Psi

    virtual support function, \hyperpage57

  • Ψ⁡(σ)\Psi(\sigma)

    virtual support function induced on a quotient, \hyperpage59

  • ψ\psi

    H-lattice function, \hyperpage69

  • ψL¯,s\psi_{{\overline{L}},s}, ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|}

    function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} associated to a metrized toric line bundle and a section, \hyperpage82

  • ψ∥⋅∥\psi_{\|\cdot\|}

    function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} associated to a non-necessarily toric metric, \hyperpage91

  • ψg\psi_{g}

    function on NℝN_{\mathbb{R}} associated to a rational function, \hyperpage90

  • A∗​fA^{\ast}f

    inverse image of a concave function by an affine map, \hyperpage34

  • A∗​gA_{\ast}g

    direct image of a concave function by an affine map, \hyperpage34

  • C∗C^{\ast}

    corresponding convex set in a dual decomposition, \hyperpage32

  • [D]

    Weil divisor associated to a Cartier divisor, \hyperpage58

  • E⋅FE\cdot F

    intersection product of two 11-cycles on a surface, \hyperpage93

  • (ι⋅div⁡(s))(\iota\cdot\operatorname{div}(s))

    intersection number of a curve with a divisor, \hyperpage17

  • Π1⋅Π2\Pi_{1}\cdot\Pi_{2}

    complex of intersections, \hyperpage28

  • ∠⁡(K,Λ)\angle(K,\Lambda)

    angle of a polyhedron at a face, \hyperpage41

  • σ⊥\sigma^{\bot}

    orthogonal space, \hyperpage53

  • σ∨\sigma^{\vee}

    dual of a convex cone, \hyperpage41

  • f∨f^{\vee}

    Legendre-Fenchel dual of a concave function, \hyperpage29

  • H∨H^{\vee}

    dual of a linear map, \hyperpage34

  • λ​f\lambda f

    left scalar multiplication, \hyperpage34

  • f​λf\lambda

    right scalar multiplication, \hyperpage34

  • ∇f\nabla f

    gradient of a differentiable function, \hyperpage30

  • ∂f\partial f

    sup-differential of a concave function, \hyperpage30

  • f1⊞f2f_{1}\boxplus f_{2}

    sup-convolution of concave functions, \hyperpage33

  • |Π||\Pi|

    support of a convex decomposition, \hyperpage26

  • |⋅|v|\cdot|_{v}

    absolute value of an adelic field, \hyperpage23

  • ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|

    metric on a line bundle (Archimedean case), \hyperpage12

  • ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|

    metric on a line bundle (non-Archimedean case), \hyperpage15

  • ∥⋅∥can\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{can}}}

    non-Archimedean canonical metric of 𝒪​(1)an{\mathcal{O}}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}}, \hyperpage18

  • ∥⋅∥can\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{can}}}

    Archimedean canonical metric of 𝒪​(1)an\mathcal{O}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}}, \hyperpage20

  • ∥⋅∥can\|\cdot\|_{{\operatorname{can}}}

    canonical metric of a toric line bundle, \hyperpage83

  • ∥⋅∥FS\|\cdot\|_{\operatorname{FS}}

    Fubini-Study metric of 𝒪​(1)an{\mathcal{O}}(1)^{{\text{\rm an}}}, \hyperpage12

  • ∥⋅∥𝒳,ℒ,e\|\cdot\|_{{\mathcal{X}},{\mathcal{L}},e}

    metric induced by a model, \hyperpage16

  • ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}}

    toric metric from a metric (Archimedean case), \hyperpage88

  • ∥⋅∥𝕊\|\cdot\|_{\mathbb{S}}

    toric metric from a metric (non-Archimedean case), \hyperpage91

Index

Original mathematics by the credited authors. Source-backed reader collection; mathematical self-containment is not assessed.